2.4 Maintenance of Civil Works

(DRAFT)
Water Resources Department

Government of Maharashtra
Maharashtra Water
Resources Works
Manual
Volume – I
(Chapters)
Nov, 2016
Table of Contents
CHAPTER 1 DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................................. 21
1. General: ............................................................................................................................... 21
CHAPTER -2 FUNCTIONS, DUTIES OF ESTABLISHMENT & MISCELLANEOUS............................. 26
A-GENERAL .................................................................................................................................... 26
2. Background: ....................................................................................................................... 26
2.1 Formation of Maharashtra State: ............................................................................. 26
2.2 Creation of Water Resources Department (W.R.D.): ............................................. 26
3. Functions of the Water Resources Department:............................................................ 26
4. Irrigation Development Corporations: ............................................................................ 27
5. Acts, Rules, Manuals, Codes, Hand books: ..................................................................... 27
5.1 Acts.............................................................................................................................. 27
5.2 Rules:........................................................................................................................... 28
5.3 Codes:.......................................................................................................................... 28
5.4 Manuals: ...................................................................................................................... 28
5.5 Handbooks .................................................................................................................. 29
B-SERVICES .................................................................................................................................... 29
6. Services and Staff: ............................................................................................................ 29
C-ORGANIZATION SETUP AND FUNCTIONS ................................................................................. 30
7. Organization: ..................................................................................................................... 30
8. Functions of various Organizations:................................................................................ 30
8.1 Irrigation Development Corporations (IDC’s):......................................................... 30
8.2 Water and Land Management Institute (WALMI): ................................................... 31
8.3 Hydro-Electrical Organization: ................................................................................. 32
8.4 Mechanical Organization: .......................................................................................... 32
8.5 Designs Organizations................................................................................................ 33
8.5.1 Central Designs Organisation (CDO): ................................................................ 33
8.5.2 Koyna Design Circle (KDC): ................................................................................ 34
8.5.3 Field Design Divisions......................................................................................... 34
8.5.4 E and M Design .................................................................................................... 34
8.5.5 Hoist Design Division .......................................................................................... 34
8.5.6 Planning and Design Division:............................................................................ 34
8.6 Maharashtra Engineering Training Academy (META): ............................................ 34
8.7 Planning and Hydrology, ( P & H) ............................................................................. 35
8.8 Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation: ........................................................................... 35
DRAFT MAHARASHTRA WATER RESOURCES WORKS MANUAL, 2016
8.9 Irrigation Project Investigation Organization (IPI): ................................................ 35

8.10 Technical Audit Cell:.............................................................................................. 35
8.10.1 Technical Audit of Project Reports for Administrative Approval and
Revised Administrative Approval: ................................................................................... 35
8.10.2 Technical Audit at Construction Stage: ........................................................ 35
8.10.3 Technical Audit at Post construction stage: ................................................ 35
8.11 Command Area Development (CAD) Organization:............................................. 36
8.12 Maharashtra Engineering Research Institute (MERI): ......................................... 36
8.13 Dam Safety Organization (DSO): ........................................................................... 36
8.14 Quality Control (QC) Organization: ...................................................................... 36
8.15 Directorate of Irrigation Research and Development (DIRD): ........................... 37
8.16 Project Management Office (PMO) ....................................................................... 37
8.17 Kharland development organization:................................................................... 38
8.18 Vigilance Unit.......................................................................................................... 38
8.19 Inter-State Control Boards (ISCB): ........................................................................ 38
9 For All Officers: ................................................................................................................. 39
10 Duties of officers of the rank of Secretary to Government:..................................... 40
10.1 Managing Director of IDC: ...................................................................................... 40
10.2 Executive Director of IDC:..................................................................................... 40
10.3 Director General Design, Training, Hydrology, Research and Safety (DTHRS):
40
10.4 Director General WALMI: ....................................................................................... 40
11 Duties of Chief Engineer and Below: ........................................................................... 41
11.1 Chief Engineer:- ..................................................................................................... 41
11.1.1 Chief Engineer (Investigation and Execution of Irrigation / Hydro-electric
Projects) 41
11.1.2 Chief Engineer (Irrigation Management): ..................................................... 41
11.1.3 Chief Engineer (Civil) (Hydro Electric Projects and Quality Control): ...... 42
11.1.4 Chief Engineer (Hydro Electrical).................................................................. 42
11.1.5 Chief Engineer (Mechanical):- ....................................................................... 42
11.1.6 Chief Engineer (Designs) ................................................................................ 43
11.1.7 Chief Engineer (Planning and Hydrology) ..................................................... 43
11.1.8 Chief Auditor, Water and Irrigation .............................................................. 43
11.2 Superintending Engineer: - ................................................................................... 44
11.2.1 Superintending Engineer (Construction):..................................................... 44
11.2.2 Superintending Engineer (Irrigation Management): .................................... 44
Page 2 of 303
11.2.3 Superintending Engineer (Hydro Electrical): ............................................... 45

11.2.4 Superintending Engineer (Mechanical):........................................................ 45
11.2.5 Superintending Engineer (Design) (Civil/Mech/Electrical): ........................ 45
11.2.6 Superintending Engineer and Joint Director,(Water and Land
Management Institute(WALMI)): ...................................................................................... 45
11.2.7 Superintending Engineer(Maharashtra Engineering Training Academy
(META)): 46
11.2.8 Superintending Engineer (Data Analysis): .................................................... 46
11.2.9 Superintending Engineer (Data Collection):................................................. 46
11.2.10 Superintending Engineer (Project Investigation): ....................................... 46
11.2.11 Superintending Engineer (Construction Audit): .......................................... 47
11.2.12 Superintending Engineer (Water & Irrigation Management Audit):........... 47
11.2.13 Superintending Engineer and Director (SLTAC)........................................... 47
11.2.14 Superintending Engineer Dam Safety Organisation (DSO): ......................... 47
11.2.15 Superintending Engineer (Quality Control):................................................. 48
11.2.16 Superintending Engineer (DIRD):................................................................... 48
11.2.17 Superintending Engineer (Kharland Development):.................................... 48
11.2.18 Superintending Engineer (Vigilance): ........................................................... 48
11.2.19 Superintending Engineer (Designated as co-ordinating zonal officer): .... 48
11.2.20 Superintending Engineer, Inter State Control Board (ISCB): ...................... 49
11.2.21 Superintending Engineer (Posted in Irrigation Development Corporation’s
office): 49
11.3 Executive Engineer:-.............................................................................................. 49
11.3.1 All Executive Engineers:................................................................................. 49
11.3.2 Executive Engineer(Construction) ................................................................ 51
11.3.3 Executive Engineer(Irrigation Management) ................................................ 53
11.3.4 Executive Engineer (Hydro Electrical): ........................................................ 55
11.3.5 Executive Engineer (Mechanical): ................................................................. 55
11.3.6 Executive Engineer (Design) (Civil/Mechanical/Electrical): ....................... 56
11.3.7 Administrative Officer (WALMI): ................................................................... 56
11.3.8 Executive Engineer (Hydrology Project): ..................................................... 56
11.3.9 Executive Engineer (Hydro-meteorological Data Processing): ................... 56
11.3.10 Executive Engineer (Hydrodynamics Division, Hydrology Project): .......... 57
11.3.11 Executive Engineer(Water Planning Division (Yield)) ................................. 57
11.3.12 Executive Engineer(Water Planning Division (Flood)) ................................ 57
11.3.13 Executive Engineer(Basin Simulation) .......................................................... 57
Page 3 of 303
11.3.14 Research Officer/ Executive Engineer (Instrumentation Research

Division) 57
11.3.15 Executive Engineer(Project Investigation)(Civil / Hydro): ......................... 57
11.3.16 Executive Engineer (Construction Audit Unit): ........................................... 58
11.3.17 Executive Engineer (Hydro Electrical Audit): .............................................. 58
11.3.18 Executive Engineer (Mechanical Audit):....................................................... 59
11.3.19 Executive Engineer (Irrigation Management Audit): ................................... 59
11.3.20 Executive Engineer (Water Audit): ............................................................... 59
11.3.21 Executive Engineer (Data Updation):............................................................ 60
11.3.22 Executive Engineer(Project Safety) (Civil / Mechanical / Electrical): ....... 60
11.3.23 Executive Engineer (Quality Control): .......................................................... 60
11.3.24 Executive Engineer (DIRD): ............................................................................ 61
11.3.25 Executive Engineer (In IDC, Assistant Chief Engineer in Region Office and
Deputy Superintending Engineer in Circle office):........................................................ 61
11.4 Deputy Engineer:.................................................................................................... 61
11.4.1 Deputy Engineer (Construction):................................................................... 62
11.4.2 Deputy Engineer (Irrigation Management) ................................................... 62
11.4.3 Deputy Engineer (Hydro Electrical) .............................................................. 64
11.4.4 Deputy Engineer (Mech.): .............................................................................. 64
11.4.5 Deputy Engineer (Design) (Civil / Mech / Electrical): .................................. 65
11.4.6 Deputy Engineer (WALMI): ............................................................................. 65
11.4.7 Deputy Engineer (Project Investigation)(Civil / Hydro): ............................. 65
11.4.8 Deputy Engineer (Construction Audit).......................................................... 66
11.4.9 Deputy Engineer (Water Audit): .................................................................... 66
11.4.10 Deputy Engineer (Irrigation Management Audit):........................................ 66
11.4.11 Deputy Engineer (Mechanical Audit)............................................................. 66
11.4.12 Deputy Engineer (Electrical Audit) ............................................................... 66
11.4.13 Deputy Engineer (Project Safety) (Civil / Mechanical / Electrical) : ......... 66
11.4.14 Deputy Engineer (Quality Control (QC)): ...................................................... 67
11.4.15 Deputy Engineer (DIRD):................................................................................. 67
11.4.16 Deputy Engineer (Vigilance) .......................................................................... 68
11.4.17 Assistant Superintending Engineer in Circle office and Deputy Executive
Engineer in Divisional office: ........................................................................................... 68
11.5 Junior Engineer:- ................................................................................................... 68
11.5.1 Junior Engineer (Construction): .................................................................... 68
11.5.2 Junior Engineer (Irrigation Management): ................................................... 71
Page 4 of 303
11.5.3 Junior Engineer (Electrical):.......................................................................... 72

11.5.4 Junior Engineer (Mechanical):....................................................................... 72
11.5.5 Junior Engineer (Design):............................................................................... 73
11.5.6 Junior Engineer (Project Investigation) (Civil / Hydro) .............................. 73
11.5.7 Junior Engineer (Quality Control):................................................................ 73
11.5.8 Junior Engineer, (Project Safety) (Civil / Mechanical / Electrical): .......... 74
11.5.9 Junior Engineer (DIRD):.................................................................................. 74
11.5.10 Junior Engineer (Kharland Development) .................................................... 74
11.5.11 Junior Engineer in IDC, Region, Circle, Division and Sub Division office:
74
11.6 Civil Engineering Assistant (CEA):- ....................................................................... 74
11.7 Chief Accounts and Finance Officer (CAFO):- ..................................................... 75
11.8 Divisional Accounts Officer (DAO):-...................................................................... 76
11.9 Senior Geologist: .................................................................................................... 76
11.10 Assistant Geologist: ............................................................................................... 76
11.11 Geological Assistant : ............................................................................................. 77
11.12 Senior Soil Survey Officer: .................................................................................... 77
11.13 Deputy Soil Survey Officer: ................................................................................... 77
E. APPOINTMENT AND TRANSFER OF GROUP C STAFF: ............................................................ 77
12 Appointment of Group C staff: ..................................................................................... 77
13 Zonal Committee:-......................................................................................................... 78
F. EXAMINATIONS: ........................................................................................................................ 78
14 Professional Examinations:........................................................................................... 78
G. TRANSFER OF SUB DIVISIONAL AND DIVISIONAL CHARGES: ................................................. 78
15 Transfers......................................................................................................................... 78
H. COURT CASES AND OTHER LEGAL MATTERS:-....................................................................... 81
16 Court Cases..................................................................................................................... 81
I. TRANSFER OF TEMPORARY ESTABLISHMENT (POSTS): .......................................................... 81
17 Transfer of Temporary Establishment......................................................................... 81
J-SECURITY DEPOSIT .................................................................................................................... 82
18 Security Deposit............................................................................................................. 82
K-MISCELLANEOUS RULES ............................................................................................................ 82
19 Personal:......................................................................................................................... 82
20 Anonymous / Pseudonymouss Communication: ......................................................... 83
21 Stationery and Forms:................................................................................................... 83
Page 5 of 303
22 Maintenance of office, furniture and equipment’s:-................................................. 84

23 Use of Information & Communication Technology (ICT) in Water Resources
Department: .............................................................................................................................. 84
24 Maintenance and Disposal of Official Records............................................................ 84
25 General Rules for Office Procedure: ........................................................................... 85
26 Periodical Returns ......................................................................................................... 86
27 Administrative Inspections & Inspection Report:....................................................... 86
28 Touring& Inspection of Works:..................................................................................... 86
29 Static Staff Pool ............................................................................................................. 86
30 Lodging of Police Complaints ....................................................................................... 87
CHAPTER 3 WORKS ....................................................................................................................... 88
A. NATURE OF THE WORKS RELATED TO THE PROJECTS OF THE DEPARTMENT: ........... 88
C. ADMINISTRATIVE APPROVAL (AA) AND REVISED ADMINISTRARTIVE APPROVAL (RAA).... 94
D. PREPARATION OF ESTIMATES FOR TECHNICAL SANCTION................................................... 95
E. TECHNICAL SANCTION ............................................................................................................. 96
F. REVISED TECHNICAL SANCTION .............................................................................................. 98
G. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR WORKS ....................................................................................... 99
H. RESTORATION, EXTENSION, IMPROVEMENT AND MODERNIZATION WORKS ..................... 104
I. SCHEDULE OF RATES (SoR)..................................................................................................... 105
J. WORK PLAN AND PROCUREMENT PLAN ............................................................................. 106
K-CONTRACTS ............................................................................................................................. 108
a. GENERAL .............................................................................................................................. 108
b. MODES OF EXECUTION OF WORKS ..................................................................................... 108
c. REGISTRATION OF CONTRACTORS ..................................................................................... 110
d. DRAFT TENDER PAPERS (DTP) ............................................................................................ 111
e. TENDERS ............................................................................................................................... 115
139. SECURITY FOR PERFORMANCE OF CONTRACTS ........................................................ 121
140. PROVISION FOR SUPPLY OF STORES. ......................................................................... 122
141. ACCEPTANCE OF TENDERS .......................................................................................... 122
L. SCOPE OF SANCTION:.......................................................................................................... 127
M. LAPSE OF SANCTION........................................................................................................ 127
N. ALTERATION IN DESIGN DURING CONSTRUCTION:........................................................ 127
O. MEASUREMENTS, MEASUREMENT BOOKS AND FIELD BOOKS ....................................... 128
P. Enforcement of terms of contract .................................................................................... 128
Q. RULES FOR THE EXECUTION OF WORKS:....................................................................... 129
Page 6 of 303
R. EXECUTION OF EXTRA ITEMS AND QUANTITY VARIATION ............................................... 133

S. PROGRESS REPORT OF WORKS ........................................................................................... 134
T. MEDICAL AND SANITARY ARRANGEMENTS: ....................................................................... 134
U. INFORMATION TO BE GIVEN TO THE SURVEY DEPARTMENT: ...................................... 135
V. INCIDENCE OF LAW CHARGES ON CIVIL SUITS IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXECUTION OF
GOVERNMENT WORKS: ............................................................................................................... 135
W. PAYMENT OF COMPENSATION TO WORKERS EMPLOYED BY CONTRACTORS.............. 135
X. CONTRIBUTION AND DEPOSIT WORKS ............................................................................... 136
Y. CONTRIBUTION WORKS.......................................................................................................... 136
Z. DEPOSIT WORKS ..................................................................................................................... 136
AA. PRESERVATION OF ESTIMATES & THEIR USE FOR EXPENDITURE CONTROL ................... 137
BB. COMPLETION REPORTS ........................................................................................................ 137
1. Financial Completion Report: ........................................................................................ 137
2. Technical Completion Report: ....................................................................................... 138
CC. RECORD DRAWINGS.......................................................................................................... 138
DD. OFFICE OF RECORD ......................................................................................................... 139
EE. MISCELLANEOUS............................................................................................................... 139
FF. ACQUISITION OF LAND .................................................................................................... 140
1. Procedure for Compulsory Acquisition as Per L.A. Act, 2013: .................................. 140
2. Procedure for Taking Possession of Land by Direct Purchase: .................................. 141
GG. OCCUPATION OF LAND WITHIN CANTONMENT: - ............................................................. 142
HH. DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS LANDS & BUILDINGS ................................................................. 143
II. LEASING OF LAND ................................................................................................................ 143
Chapter 4 -CLASSIFICATION OF EXPENDITURE ........................................................................ 144
A. MAIN CLASSIFICATION OF EXPENDITURE .......................................................................... 144
B. CAPITAL AND REVENUE ACCOUNTS .................................................................................. 145
C. PRINCIPLES FOR DETERMINING WHAT EXPENDITURE IS CHARGEABLE TO CAPITAL AND
WHAT TO REVENUE................................................................................................................. 145
D. SURVEY WORKS FOR PROJECTS........................................................................................ 145
E. COMPLETION REPORTS AND OPEN CAPITAL ACCOUNT EXPENDITURE .......................... 146
CHAPTER 5 BUILDINGS, LANDS INCLUDING MANAGEMENT OF IMMOVABLE ASSETS ............. 147
256.1 Registers and Records.............................................................................................. 147
256.2 Electric Installations In Residential And Non-Residential Buildings: .................. 147
256.3 Fixtures & Furniture ................................................................................................ 148
256.4 Rules for Occupation of Government Rest Houses And Irrigation Bungalows. .. 148
Page 7 of 303
256.5 Allocation And Occupation Of Government Buildings .......................................... 148

256.6 Inspection of Buildings ............................................................................................ 149
256.7 Maintenance and repairs ......................................................................................... 149
256.8 Watch and ward ....................................................................................................... 149
256.9 Payment of Taxes: ................................................................................................... 150
256.10 Renting of Buildings to Government Offices / Local Bodies ............................ 150
256.11 Hire of Office Accommodation............................................................................ 150
256.12 Surplus buildings .................................................................................................. 150
256.13 Purchase and sale of Government Buildings ..................................................... 151
257 Activities related to Lands ............................................................................................. 151
257.1 Registers and Records: ............................................................................................ 151
257.2 Monitoring the progress of Land Acquisition by Construction Division: ............ 151
257.3 Surplus land .............................................................................................................. 151
258 Estate management Unit ................................................................................................ 152
259 Duties of estate manager ............................................................................................... 152
Chapter 6 STORES ...................................................................................................................... 154
A - GENERAL ................................................................................................................................ 154
B - PURCHASE AND MANUFACTURE OF STORES ....................................................................... 154
C - STOCK ACCOUNT .................................................................................................................... 155
a) General Procedure .......................................................................................................... 155
b) Stock taking: .................................................................................................................... 155
D - RESERVE STOCK .................................................................................................................... 156
E – TOOLS AND PLANTS (T&P) ................................................................................................... 156
a) General:............................................................................................................................ 156
b) Accounts:.......................................................................................................................... 156
c) Physical Verification ....................................................................................................... 156
i) By Departmental Offices............................................................................................. 156
ii) By Store Verification Unit of Finance Department .................................................. 156
d) Inspection of Machinery: ................................................................................................ 157
e) Transfer of Machinery and Equipments:....................................................................... 157
F – DISPOSAL OF STORES............................................................................................................ 158
G - SURVEY REPORT OF UNSERVICEABLE ARTICLES ................................................................ 158
H - STORES ACCOUNTS ............................................................................................................... 160
I - SCIENTIFIC, ELECTRONIC AND MATHEMATICAL (SEM) INSTRUMENTS ............................... 160
J - STORE KEEPERS / ASSISTANT STORE KEEPERS ................................................................... 160
Page 8 of 303
K - HIRING OF STORE HOUSES ................................................................................................... 161

L - POWERS OF OFFICERS TO PURCHASE, MANUFACTURE, DISPOSE AND WRITE OFF
STOR
ES 161
M - MISCELLANEOUS ................................................................................................................... 161
CHAPTER-7 POWERS....................................................................................................................... 162
CHAPTER 8 TRIANGULATION STATIONS & ESTABLISHING AND PRESERVING BENCHMARKS 163
CHAPTER 9 TECHNICAL AUDIT OF WATER RESOURCES PROJECTS ........................................ 166
331 GENERAL........................................................................................................................... 166
331.1 Scope & Objective: .................................................................................................. 166
331.2 Types of TA:- ............................................................................................................ 166
331.2.1 Internal TA ........................................................................................................ 166
331.2.2 External TA........................................................................................................ 166
331.3 Stages of TA .............................................................................................................. 166
331.3.1 Pre- audit........................................................................................................... 166
331.3.2 Post-audit .......................................................................................................... 166
332 Internal Audit................................................................................................................... 166
332.1 Assessing Techno-Economic Feasibility:................................................................ 167
332.1.1 Estimates for Preliminary survey and Investigation: .................................... 167
332.1.2 Approval to the PIR .......................................................................................... 167
332.2 Preparation of Proposal for Administrative Approval .......................................... 167
332.2.1 Estimates for Detailed Survey and Investigation: ......................................... 167
332.2.2 Approval to the DPR ......................................................................................... 167
332.3 Pre-Construction Stage............................................................................................ 168
332.3.1 Procurement Plan: ........................................................................................... 168
332.3.2 Technical Sanction to Estimate....................................................................... 169
332.3.3 Sanction to Draft Tender Papers .................................................................... 169
332.3.4 Invitation and Acceptance of tender: ............................................................ 169
333 External Audit: ................................................................................................................ 170
333.1 Audit for AA & RAA proposals: - ............................................................................. 170
333.1.1 Scope: ................................................................................................................ 170
333.1.2 Organization: .................................................................................................... 170
333.1.3 Methodology:- ................................................................................................... 170
333.2 Audit at Construction stage: ................................................................................... 171
333.2.1 Objective:.......................................................................................................... 171
Page 9 of 303
333.2.2 Organization: .................................................................................................... 171

333.2.3 Methodology:..................................................................................................... 172
333.2.3.1 Audit of Technically sanctioned estimates: ............................................. 172
333.2.3.1.1 Selection Criteria: ............................................................................... 172
333.2.3.1.2 General Guidelines for Technically Sanctioned Estimate ............... 172
333.2.3.2 Procurement Procedure& Contract for various works: .......................... 173
333.2.3.2.2 General Guidelines for TA of Contract Documents.......................... 173
333.2.3.3 EIRL Sanctioned .......................................................................................... 174
333.2.3.3.2 General guidelines for technical audits of EIRL: .............................. 174
333.2.3.4 Quantity Variation Proposals..................................................................... 174
333.2.3.4.2 General guidelines for technical audit of Quantity Variation
Proposals: 175
333.2.3.5 Execution of Works- ................................................................................... 175
333.3 Issue of remarks and Audit para............................................................................. 175
333.4 Audit at Post construction stage: ........................................................................... 175
333.4.1 Water Audit ....................................................................................................... 176
333.4.1.1 Objectives: .................................................................................................. 176
333.4.1.2 Organization:............................................................................................... 176
333.4.1.3 Methodology ................................................................................................ 176
333.4.2 Yearly Inspection/ Site Visit by Audit Cell ..................................................... 177
333.4.3 Irrigation Management Audit ........................................................................... 177
333.4.3.1 Scope .............................................................................................................. 177
333.4.4 Audit of Operation and Maintenance of HEP & LIS (For Electrical &
Mechanical Components) ................................................................................................... 178
333.4.4.1 Objective ..................................................................................................... 178
333.4.4.2 Organization:............................................................................................... 178
333.5 Issue of remarks and Audit para: ........................................................................... 178
CHAPTER 10 WATER MANAGEMENT OF IRRIGATION PROJECTS UNDER WATER RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT ................................................................................................................................ 180
334 Peculiarities of Water Management (WM) works............................................................. 180
335 Functions of WRD in Water Management (WM):............................................................... 180
336 Acts, Rules, Manuals, Handbooks and Government publications related to WM.................. 181
337 Organisation and Hierarchy in WM.................................................................................. 181
Page 10 of 303
338 Classification of irrigation projects:.................................................................................. 181

339 Command area under different types of Section offices ................................................... 182
340 Duties of Management Staff in WM:................................................................................ 182
346 Supply of water for various uses...................................................................................... 188
346.1 General ................................................................................................................... 188
346.2 Domestic use including livestock .......................................................................... 191
346.3 Agricultural use.................................................................................................... 192
346.4 Industrial use:...................................................................................................... 193
347 Observations to be recorded at various Head-Work sites including instrumentation......... 194
348 Reservoir Area-capacity table & its periodical verification................................................ 194
349 Safety measures & Vigilance at Various Head Works sites ................................................ 195
350 Pre and Post Monsoon Inspections of Head Works, Canals and Distribution Systems ........ 195
351 Periodical inspections of Buildings & Roads ..................................................................... 195
352 Mode of Supply of water for irrigation............................................................................. 195
352.1 General ................................................................................................................... 195
352.2 Common provisions for all the modes of supply........................................................ 195
352.3 Supply of water on an application ............................................................................ 196
352.4 Supply of water on Volumetric basis ........................................................................ 196
352.5 Supply of water under irrigation agreements............................................................ 196
352.5.1 Block system .................................................................................................... 196
352.5.2 Irrigation Agreement System ............................................................................ 197
352.5.3 Under a scheme................................................................................................ 197
352.5.4 Water Supply to Supplement Village Tanks ....................................................... 197
353 Water supply to Water Users’ Associations (WUA)........................................................... 197
353.1 General ................................................................................................................... 197
353.2 WUA establishment under MMISF Act, 2005 ............................................................ 198
353.3 Functions of WUA.................................................................................................... 198
353.4 Agreement with WUA:............................................................................................. 199
353.5 Water charges: ........................................................................................................ 199
353.6 Management Committee: ........................................................................................ 199
353.7 Maintenance & Repairs:........................................................................................... 199
353.8 Quota of water: ....................................................................................................... 200
353.9 Lift Irrigation Water Users' Association (LIWUA) ....................................................... 200
353.9.1 Electronic Measuring Devices (EMD) ................................................................. 200
353.10 Membership of higher level association ................................................................... 200
Page 11 of 303
353.11 Audit of WUA .......................................................................................................... 200

353.12 Motivation of WUA:................................................................................................. 201
353.13 Committees for water use planning.......................................................................... 201
353.13.1 District Level Committee................................................................................... 201
353.13.2 Canal Advisory Committee................................................................................ 202
i.Constitution:................................................................................................................. 202
(i) For major projects having command area more than 1 lakh ha.- ............................... 202
(ii) For major projects having command area less than 1 Lakh ha.- .......................... 203
(iii) For medium projects- ....................................................................................... 204
(iv) For minor projects-........................................................................................... 205
353.14 Functions of Canal Advisory Committees .............................................................. 206
353.15 Working of Canal Advisory Committee ................................................................. 206
354 Conjunctive use of water in command area ..................................................................... 206
355 Irrigation Seasons ........................................................................................................... 207
356 Preliminary Irrigation Programme (PIP) ........................................................................... 207
356.1 General ................................................................................................................... 207
356.2 Common provisions for PIP for different seasons ...................................................... 208
356.3 Competent authority for approval of PIP ................................................................... 208
357 PIP in normal year of rainfall ........................................................................................... 209
357.1 Kharif Season........................................................................................................... 209
357.2 Rabi and Hot Weather ............................................................................................. 209
357.3 PIP for Eastern Vidarbha and Konkan Region............................................................ 209
358 Implementation of PIP during water deficit year.............................................................. 209
358.1 In Kharif season ....................................................................................................... 209
358.2 In Rabi and Hot weather season ............................................................................... 210
359 Completion Irrigation Report (CIR)................................................................................... 211
360 Notification of seasonal irrigation programme ................................................................. 211
361 Freedom of taking crops.................................................................................................. 211
362 Lifts on Reservoirs, Canals & notified rivers/ nallas .......................................................... 212
363 Canal operation during irrigation rotation ....................................................................... 213
363.1 General guidelines (volumetric basis or area basis) ................................................... 213
363.2 Canal Operation on projects not notified under MMISF Act, 2005 (water is supplied on
area basis) .............................................................................................................................. 213
363.3 Canal Operation during irrigation on projects notified under MMISF Act, 2005. ......... 215
364 Water supply for non-irrigation purpose:......................................................................... 216
Page 12 of 303
365 Water Audit, Irrigation management Audit and Benchmarking......................................... 217

366 Benchmarking................................................................................................................. 217
367 Vigilance in respect of management of irrigation and non irrigation uses of water............ 217
368 Unauthorised Irrigation and its Panchnama..................................................................... 218
369 Emergencies on dams / canals ......................................................................................... 218
370 Measurement of irrigated area........................................................................................ 219
371 Measurements of discharge ............................................................................................ 219
372 Assessment, Recovery and Remission of Water charges ................................................... 220
373 Mode of assessment ....................................................................................................... 220
373.1 Water supplied on volumetric basis.......................................................................... 220
373.2 On the basis of area irrigated ................................................................................... 220
374 Recovery of arrears of water charges............................................................................... 221
375 Other sources of revenue (tank-bed lands, fisheries, etc.) ................................................ 221
375.1 Leasing tank bed lands (Galper lands)....................................................................... 222
375.2 Fisheries.................................................................................................................. 222
375.3 Tourism ................................................................................................................... 222
376 Dispute Resolution, appeals and compensations.............................................................. 222
377 Repair and Maintenance of the Projects .......................................................................... 222
377.1 Principles................................................................................................................. 222
377.2 The classification of repair works ............................................................................. 223
377.3 AM&R grants & its Distribution among Various components of the project ............... 223
377.4 Unit for contracts for AM&R works .......................................................................... 223
377.5 Special repairs, Extension and Improvement (RRR) works and Emergency repairs: .... 223
377.6 Repairs of Works handed over /to be handed over to WUA ...................................... 223
378 Norms for safe distance from dam for development works .............................................. 224
379 Flood management and Flood forecasting system............................................................ 224
380 Flood forecasting system................................................................................................. 224
381 Irrigation ........................................................................................................................ 224
382 Water logging & Saline area in command and its reclamation & prevention ..................... 224
383 Maintenance of Drainage Schemes.................................................................................. 225
384 Water quality protection & preservation ......................................................................... 225
385 Research in Irrigation management ................................................................................. 225
CHAPTER 11 USE OF INFORMATION & COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT) IN
DEPARTMENTAL WORKING......................................................................................................... 234
394 Definitions:- ..................................................................................................................... 234
Page 13 of 303
395 General ............................................................................................................................. 235

396 Applications of ICT for Water Resources Department................................................. 235
396.1 e-Jalseva Portal (Earlier called as “Integrated Computerized Information
System (ICIS)” ):...................................................................................................................... 235
396.2 Website of Water Resources Department: ............................................................ 235
396.3 Websites of Individual Organizations: ................................................................... 235
396.4 e-Jalhami:................................................................................................................. 236
396.5 e-Service Book.......................................................................................................... 236
396.6 e-TIMES: .................................................................................................................... 236
396.7 Video Conference: ................................................................................................... 236
396.8 GIS and Mobile Applications:................................................................................... 237
396.9 e-Mail Service: .......................................................................................................... 237
397 Duties of end users in ICT Application:......................................................................... 237
398 Facilitator Organizations related to development of ICT ........................................... 237
398.1 Hydrology Project, Nashik....................................................................................... 237
398.2 Resource Engineering Centre, Nashik.................................................................... 238
398.3 e-Governance Circle, Mumbai ................................................................................ 238
399 Functions of Facilitator organizations: ......................................................................... 238
400 Technical Consultant in the Department: .................................................................... 238
400.1 Methodology for Engagement: ................................................................................ 238
400.2 Functions of Technical Consultant......................................................................... 239
401 Pool of IT personnel in WRD: ......................................................................................... 239
401.1 Salient Features of Pool: ......................................................................................... 239
401.2 Strength of the Pool................................................................................................. 240
402 Methodology of evolving ICT applications .................................................................... 241
402.1 Requirement Assessment:....................................................................................... 241
402.2 Assessment and finalization of requirements including GPR:............................. 241
402.3 Functional Requirements ........................................................................................ 242
402.4 Evaluation of Alternative Solutions........................................................................ 242
402.5 Formulation of Concept Note ................................................................................. 242
402.6 Approval to Original or Revised Concept Note: .................................................... 243
402.6.1 Approving Authorities: ..................................................................................... 243
402.6.2 Composition of PIC of Water Resources Department: .................................. 243
402.6.3 Composition of High Power Committee (HPC): ............................................. 243
402.6.4 Powers of approval to the Original or Revised Concept Note: .................... 244
Page 14 of 303
402.7 Administrative Approval (AA) or Revised AA to the project proposal: .............. 244
402.8 Technical Sanction (TS) to the project proposal .................................................. 244
402.9 Development of ICT Application ............................................................................. 245
402.9.1 Government agencies / shortlisted agencies for development of ICT
application- .......................................................................................................................... 245
402.9.2 Development of ICT Application from Private Agency: ................................ 245
402.10 Contract Management.......................................................................................... 246
402.11 Revised Administrative Approval........................................................................ 249
402.12 ICT application finally developed/ Hardwares supplied:.............................. 249
402.13 Assessment of Performance ............................................................................ 250
402.14 Enhancements required: ................................................................................. 250
402.15 Project Completion report .................................................................................. 250
CHAPTER 12 SAFETY OF PROJECTS .......................................................................................... 253
403. DEFINITIONS.............................................................................................................. 253
(A) DAM SAFETY.......................................................................................................................... 253
404. PERIODICAL DAM INSPECTION: ................................................................................... 253
404.1 Inspecting Authority for Periodical Inspection: .................................................... 253
404.2 Time Schedule of Inspections and submission of report: .................................... 255
404.3 Periodical Inspection of Gates of dam: .................................................................. 255
405. Inspections reports: .................................................................................................... 256
406. Remedial measures:................................................................................................. 256
407. Inspections of Dams by Dam Safety Organisation (DSO): ..................................... 256
408. Monitoring of Periodical inspections of dams to be carried out by field officers:
257
408.1 Dam Inspection:........................................................................................................ 257
408.2 Category A deficiencies:...................................................................................... 257
409. Health Status Report (HSR) of Dams: ..................................................................... 258
409.1 HSR for Large Dams Category I & II: ................................................................... 258
409.1.1 Regionwise HSR: ............................................................................................ 258
409.1.2 Consolidated HSR .......................................................................................... 258
409.1.3 Contents of HSR: ........................................................................................... 258
409.1.4 Publication of the HSR: ................................................................................ 258
409.2 HSR for Large dams (Category III) and small dams: .......................................... 258
409.3 Health Status Report of Century Old Dams: ...................................................... 259
410 Review of Safety of Large dams (Category I)............................................................ 259
Page 15 of 303
411 Special Preparedness and vigilance before first filling of reservoir ...................... 259
412 Seepages from Dams: .................................................................................................. 259
413 Dam Instrumentation: ................................................................................................. 260
413.1 Distribution of works amongst various organizations: ..................................... 260
413.2 Forms for observations:....................................................................................... 261
413.3 Instrumentation Data Analysis: ........................................................................... 261
414 Records to be maintained for completed dams for watching safety aspects ....... 261
415 Security arrangements on Dams: ............................................................................... 262
416 Adoption of provisions in Dam Safety Manual: ......................................................... 262
417 Reservoir Operation Schedule (ROS):........................................................................ 262
418 Gate Operation schedule (GOS) ................................................................................. 262
419 Emergency Action Plan (EAP): ................................................................................... 262
420 Standard Operating Procedure for Flood Control .................................................... 262
420.1 SOP shall be prepared for the dam fulfilling any of the following conditions-
263
420.2 Components of SOP:............................................................................................. 263
420.3 Approval to SOP: .................................................................................................. 263
421 Reporting of Important Events:.................................................................................. 263
422 Inspection and Reporting in case of Dam failure and Alarming events ................. 265
(B) CANAL SAFETY...................................................................................................................... 265
423.1 Inspection of canal structures ................................................................................ 266
423.1.1 Inspecting Authority: ......................................................................................... 266
423.1.2 Proforma for Inspection: ................................................................................... 266
424 Inspection of Embankments ....................................................................................... 267
424.1 Schedule for Inspection......................................................................................... 267
424.2 Details of Inspection ............................................................................................ 267
424.3 Inspection of Surface Drainage System on Canal and Distribution System ... 268
425 Points to be checked during inspection of canal structures and embankments:. 268
426 Inspection of canals by DSO........................................................................................ 269
427 Remedial measures: .................................................................................................... 269
428 Reporting Important events like canal breaches ..................................................... 269
(C) Safety of Lift Irrigation Schemes ........................................................................................ 269
429. Safety of the Civil structures: .................................................................................... 269
430. Inspecting authority ............................................................................................. 270
431. Safety of the electrical equipments: ..................................................................... 270
Page 16 of 303
431.1 Switchyard: ........................................................................................................... 270

431.2 Transmission Lines:.............................................................................................. 271
431.3 Inspecting authority and frequency for inspection .......................................... 271
431.4 Statutory Inspections:.......................................................................................... 272
432 Safety of mechanical equipments: ............................................................................ 272
432.1 Inspecting authority ............................................................................................. 272
433 Remedial measures: .................................................................................................... 273
(D) Safety of Hydro Electric Power Projects ........................................................................... 273
434 Scope: ........................................................................................................................... 273
435 Safety aspects of hydro projects Operated by Maharashtra State Power
Generation Company Ltd (MAHAGENCO) ............................................................................. 273
436. Safety aspects of Hydro Projects operated by GoM: ............................................ 274
437. Safety aspects of Private Hydro Projects and Hydro Projects developed and
operated by Private Developers: .......................................................................................... 274
438. Inspection of Hydro Power stations, Switch yard and Transmission lines ......... 274
438.1 Hydro Power Stations and Switch yard:............................................................. 274
438.2 Transmission Lines:.............................................................................................. 275
438.3 Prevention against flooding of Hydro Projects: ................................................ 276
439 Safety Guidelines for Electrical Works: .................................................................... 276
(E) Flood Zones and Marking:.................................................................................................... 277
440 Important flood zones : .............................................................................................. 277
440.1 Prohibited zones: ..................................................................................................... 277
440.2 Restrictive zone: ...................................................................................................... 277
441 Preparation & Approval to the Flood Zones ............................................................. 277
442 Development works including tourism in the vicinity of dams: ............................. 277
(F) Railway Affecting Works ...................................................................................................... 277
(G) Organizational Setup for DSO ............................................................................................. 278
444 Organizational setup: .................................................................................................. 278
444.1 Staffing in each of the additional Divisions- ......................................................... 278
445 Responsibilities of additional Divisions under DSO:................................................. 278
445.1 LIS Safety Division:................................................................................................... 278
445.2 Hydro Projects Safety Division: ...................................................................... 278
Chapter 13 Quality Assurance of Works .................................................................................. 279
446 General:............................................................................................................................ 279
448. Trainings ....................................................................................................................... 280
Page 17 of 303
450. Role of Quality Control (QC) Organizations: ......................................................... 280

451. Assurance regarding compliance of specifications: ............................................. 281
(i) Availability of men, material and machinery: ........................................................ 281
(iii) Method of execution and testing: ............................................................................ 281
452. Documentation of test results: ............................................................................... 282
453. Internal work clearance register............................................................................ 282
454. Analysis of test results for mid-term review of design and methodology: ........ 282
455. Interaction between construction organization and quality control
organization: ........................................................................................................................... 283
456. Inspection and Review: ........................................................................................... 283
a. Inspection: ....................................................................................................................... 283
b. Review Meetings:......................................................................................................... 284
457. Electrical and Mechanical works: .............................................................................. 284
b. Testing of Materials used for execution of works and Testing to be done related to
Workmanship: ......................................................................................................................... 284
i. Testing of materials: ................................................................................................... 284
ii. Testing related to Workmanship................................................................................ 285
c. Physical Inspection- ........................................................................................................ 285
d. Quality assurance for workmanship:............................................................................. 285
i. Role of Construction engineer: .................................................................................. 285
ii. Role of Quality Control Wing ...................................................................................... 285
e. Inspection and Testing at manufacturer’s workplace and at places other than work
site: .......................................................................................................................................... 286
h. Special provisions for Electrical Works:........................................................................ 287
Chapter 14 WORKING OF IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT CORPORATIONS................................. 288
458. Objectives of creation of Irrigation Development Corporations (IDC): ................ 288
459. Formation and Area of Operation of Corporations: ................................................. 288
460. Structure of the Corporations.................................................................................... 289
a. Structure common to all Corporations: ........................................................................ 289
b. Non Official Members: .................................................................................................... 289
461. Functions of the Corporations. .................................................................................. 290
462. Staffing pattern: .......................................................................................................... 291
463. The remuneration and allowances of the official & non-official members of the
Corporation:................................................................................................................................ 292
464. Constitution, Functions & Powers of Governing Council (GC) of Corporation ...... 292
a. Constitution of GC:.......................................................................................................... 292
Page 18 of 303
b. Functions of GC: .............................................................................................................. 292

c. Powers of GC.................................................................................................................... 293
465. Meetings of GC ............................................................................................................. 294
a. Convening of meeting :................................................................................................... 294
b. Notice of meeting............................................................................................................ 294
c. Presiding authority of meeting ...................................................................................... 295
d. Adjournment of meeting for want of quorum.............................................................. 295
e. Business of the meeting ............................................................................................... 295
466. Executive Committee: ................................................................................................ 296
a. Composition of Committee: ........................................................................................... 296
b. Functions & Powers of Executive Committee:............................................................. 296
c. Working of the Executive Committee ........................................................................... 296
467. The responsibilities & duties of the Managing Director(MD) .................................. 296
468. The responsibilities & duties of the Executive Director (ED) ................................. 297
469. Responsibilities & duties of the Chief Accounts and Finance Officer (CAFO ) ...... 298
470. Additional Charge of CAFO: ........................................................................................ 298
471. Powers of officers: ...................................................................................................... 299
472. Financial management................................................................................................ 299
473. Distribution of Budget Grants: ................................................................................... 299
474. Accounting Procedure of Corporation: ..................................................................... 299
a. Maintenance of Accounts ............................................................................................... 299
b. Account of DDOs:- ........................................................................................................... 300
c. Accounts of the Corporation as a whole:- .................................................................... 300
475 Audit of Annual Account of Corporation: ..................................................................... 300
a. Concurrent audit: ........................................................................................................ 301
b. Internal Audit: ............................................................................................................. 301
c. Statutory Audit: ........................................................................................................... 301
476. Annual report of the Corporation.................................................................................. 301
477. Disposal & Leasing of lands & buildings ........................................................................ 302
a. Disposal............................................................................................................................. 302
b. Leasing of lands & Building: ........................................................................................... 302
c. Conditions ........................................................................................................................ 302
d. Procedure......................................................................................................................... 303
e. Tank Bed Land:................................................................................................................ 303
478. Legal matters ............................................................................................................... 303
Page 19 of 303
479. Matter which are not covered above: ....................................................................... 303
Page 20 of 303
CHAPTER 1 DEFINITIONS
1. General:
Unless there be something repugnant in the subject or context, the following terms
are used in this Manual in the sense explained. Words and expressions used and not
defined in this Manual but defined in various water resources related Acts, Rules
and other Rules e.g. Financial Rules, Treasury Rules, Maharashtra Civil Services
Rules, etc., Manuals, Hand Books in the State shall have the meanings respectively
assigned to those therein.
a) Appropriation means the amount authorized for expenditure under a
major or minor head or sub-head or other unit of classification of
expenditure.
b) Area Assessed: Area assessed is the area for which water charges are
payable by the water user entity as per the provisions of the agreement
executed or as per the provisions of the Act.
c) Area Irrigated: It is the area which is irrigated directly or indirectly by
the distribution network including lifts on reservoir and canals of the
project.
d) Audit Officer: means the Accountant General unless otherwise specified.
e) Black-listed irrigation water user entity: means an entity which has
committed two or more offences of unauthorized irrigation within a
stipulated period and which is debarred for a certain period for receiving
irrigation water.
f) Blue Line: Blue line is the flood line outlining the boundary of prohibitive
zone on both banks of river.
g) Canal: is the main channel of irrigation scheme, off-taking from reservoir.
h) Canal Officer means an Officer appointed under clause (4) of section 2 of
the Maharashtra Irrigation Act, 1976.
i) Canal system means a network of all channels including main canal,
branch canal, distributaries, minors and all structures thereupon.
j) Capital Expenditure: The expenditure on works which results in creation
of new assets or in enhancement of productivity of existing assets. This
includes expenditure on salary of establishment exclusively devoted for
creation of new assets. The expenditure on special repair works required
to restore the serviceability / productivity shall also be considered as
Capital Expenditure.
k) Categories of Use of water shall mean different purposes (such as
domestic, agricultural irrigation, agro based industries, industrial or
commercial, environmental, etc., and includes such other purposes as
may be prescribed); for which water is used.
l) Chief Accounts and Finance Officer: An officer posted by Finance
Department, in Irrigation Development Corporation to head the accounts
and finance section.
m) Competent authority in relation to the exercise of any power means
Government, or any other authority to which the power is delegated by or
under this Manual or by specific orders of Government.
n) Created Irrigation Potential of a project (for a given year in the case of
on-going project) is the cumulative cropped area that can be irrigated, in
Page 21 of 303
an irrigation year, which will not be limited by inadequate storage

capacity and inadequate distribution network including Part-I CAD works.
o) Cropped Area is the basic (or physical) area of a piece of land multiplied
by the number of times crops are grown on the piece of land, in one
irrigation year.
p) Deficit Year in relation to a diversion system or reservoir based canal
system, means a year in which the water availability at the head works is
less than that for which project is planned or as revised subsequently by
the State Government.
q) Department This term when qualified by the prefix " the" or" this'; shall
mean the Water Resources Department.
r) Deputy Engineer: This designation shall include Sub Divisional Officer,
Sub Divisional Engineer, Assistant Engineer Gr. I and Assistant Executive
Engineer belonging to Maharashtra Services of Engineers.
s) Distributary is a channel having carrying capacity of 0.8 to 3 cumec at
head, off-taking from main or branch canal.
t) Drainage System in irrigated command area, includes (a) channels, either
natural or artificial, for the discharge of waste or surplus water and all
works connected with or ancillary to such channels; (b) any drainage work
for preventing water logging or for reclaiming water logged and / or saline
area.
u) Emergency Action Plan: An Emergency Action Plan (EAP) is a document
that identifies potential emergency conditions which are likely to be
caused due to failure or distress to dam, and specifies preplanned actions
to be followed to minimize property damage and loss of life.
v) External Appraisal: External Appraisal of quality of work is the appraisal
carried out by the engineers of Quality Control organizations.
w) Field tests: The tests which are carried out at the work site and / or in
the field laboratory are called as field tests
x) Governing Council of IDC: The governing council is an apex body of the
IDC, comprising Chairman, Vice Chairmen, Managing Director, members,
as per the respective Act for establishing the IDC.
y) Gross Command Area (GCA): Area to which water can be supplied by
gravity
z) Head of Department this term includes the officers mentioned in the
Maharashtra Civil Services Rules and any others whom Gov ernment may,
from time to time, declare to be Heads of Departments.
aa) Head of office: means an authority declared to be such by Government
for the purpose of this Manual and financial Rules of Government (The
Bombay Financial Rules, 1959). In this Department it is an officer not
below the rank of Executive Engineer, holding an independent charge of
an office and also includes other Officers who are declared by Government
as Head of Office.
bb) Holder: Holder in relation to land, means the person who is lawfully in
actual possession of land as owner and includes a Government or private
lessee.
cc) Internal Appraisal: Internal Appraisal is the appraisal carried out by the
construction engineers.
dd) Irrigable Command Area (ICA): It is the basic (i.e. physical) area (part of
CCA) to which water is envisaged to be supplied as per project planning.
Page 22 of 303
ee) Irrigation Development Corporation: A corporation created by an Act of

legislature to carry out certain functions of the department having
jurisdiction as specified in the Act.
ff) Irrigation Pass: It is permission in a standard form, issued to an irrigator
for receiving water to his sanctioned crops and sanctioned area.
gg) Irrigation Potential (IP): is the cropped area which can be irrigated in
one irrigation year by using the quantum of water allocated for irrigation
purpose as per the project planning.
hh) Irrigation Potential Utilized: The irrigation potential utilized is the total
cropped area actually irrigated by a project/scheme during a particular
irrigation year.
ii) Junior Engineer: Includes Junior Engineer, Assistant Engineer Grade II and
Junior Engineer of Maharashtra Subordinate Services of Engineers.
jj) Maharashtra Water Resources Regulatory Authority (MWRRA) means
the authority established by the State Government by an Act of the State
Legislature for regulation of water resources in the State;
kk) Major project: Irrigation project having Culturable Command Area (CCA)
equal to or more than 10,000 Ha.
ll) Medium Project: Irrigation project having CCA equal to or more than
2,000 Ha. but less than 10,000 Ha.
mm) Minor project (State Sector): Irrigation project having CCA equal to or
more than 250 Ha. but less than 2,000 Ha.
nn) Minor: A Minor is a branch of a distributary having discharge less than 0.8
cumec at head.
oo) Multi-Disciplinary work: Multi-Disciplinary work is a work which involves
activities related to more than one organization such as civil, mechanical
or electrical
pp) Office Record: A document either in physical form or in digital form
generated or received in office during the course of functioning of the
office.
qq) OK card: OK card is the clearance given by the Quality Control (QC) staff
to start the activity of a work (at start of work and at start of every
working season) after ascertaining that all the prerequisites for the start
of proposed activity are fulfilled.
rr) Pali Patrak is a statement showing the turn of rotation of every irrigator
to his sanctioned crops on a particular outlet.
ss) Prevailing market rates: The rates of materials, labours, services or
finished goods of specified specification at the time of preparing rate
analysis.
tt) Principal Auditor: The Accountant General of the audit office who is
immediately subordinate to the Comptroller and Auditor General of India.
uu) Professional Examination: A mandatory examination prescribed for in-
service technical officers and technical staff of the department.
vv) Prohibitive Zone: This is the zone in and around the river / nalla course
in which no construction work / development of permanent nature is
permissible
ww) Project officers: Project officers mean officers concerned with the
execution of projects but not below the rank of Executive Engineer.
xx) Project: Project means one or more components of Irrigation / Hydro
Electric scheme viz. Dam (Including all its components), Canals, Canal
Page 23 of 303
Structures, Power Houses, Lift Irrigation Schemes, Barrages, Kolhapur

Type Weirs, etc.
yy) Railway Affecting Works: These are the project works which may affect
existing railway works due to construction or the failure of former
zz) Record Tests: Record tests are tests carried out in standard laboratories
(e.g. MERI, Central Laboratories, etc.) at predetermined interval to
ascertain the properties of input material for comparison with those
assumed in design.
aaa) Red Line: Red line is the flood line outlining the boundary of restrictive
zone on both banks of river
bbb) Red slip: Red slip is the inspection slip issued by the officers of quality
control organization (not below the rank of Deputy Engineer) for the
deficiencies of serious nature for which it is not desirable to continue the
work unless such deficiencies are corrected to the satisfaction of the QC
staff.
ccc) Restrictive Zone: This is the zone in and around the river / nalla course
in which construction work / development is permissible only subject to
certain conditions
ddd) Revenue Expenditure: The expenditure on works intended to maintain
existing assets in good and serviceable condition.
eee) River Basin Agency means any one of the River Basin Development
Corporations operating in the River Basin and includes the Government
Authorities as specified by the Government, from time to time;
fff) R-Limit is the maximum area of cane permissible in reclaimed area of the
command area of a project.
ggg) Scope of Contract: The items of work which are included in the Schedule-
B of the approved contract and such items of work which are incidental to
the execution of the items of work in the accepted contract.
hhh) Shejpali system of irrigation: It is a method of supplying water to the
sanctioned crops from the irrigation system according to a fixed order in
each rotation.
iii) State Government means the Government of Maharashtra.
jjj) Stock means the sub head of the suspense account which records
transactions of procurement and issue of materials, of a temporary nature
which are not adjustable in accounts as final outlay or the correct
classification of which cannot be determined at once.
kkk) Sub-Basin means a hydrologic unit, or hydrologic sub-unit of a river basin
within the State.
lll) Tenure: Period of continuous service for working on a particular
sanctioned post in the office.
mmm) Water Quota (i.e. Applicable Water Entitlement) in relation to a water
resources project, means the total volume of water guaranteed to be
supplied to a Water Users' entity at the agreed point of supply, in irrigation
year by the Appropriate Authority.
nnn) Weighted rate: It is the rate arrived at by dividing, total amount of similar
items of works which are to be clubbed together for the purpose of tender,
by total quantity of these items.
ooo) Work: the term “work” when by itself, is used in a comprehensive sense
and applies not only to works of construction or repair but also to other
individual objects of expenditure connected with the supply, procurement
of consultancy services, procurement of software development and
Page 24 of 303
maintenance services, procurement of electronic equipment (e.g.

computer hardware and peripherals, etc.), repair and carriage of tools
and plant, the supply or manufacture of other stores, or the operation of
a workshop.
ppp) Working drawings for a particular work: It is a drawing prepared on the
basis of technically sanctioned drawing, which should incorporate the
detailed dimensions for the actual execution of that work (e.g. excavation
plan for a structure, detailing of reinforcement, embedments etc.)
qqq) X-Limit is the maximum area of cane permissible in command area of a
project.
rrr) Yellow slip: Yellow slip is the inspection slip issued by the officers of
quality control organisation mentioning minor deficiencies which shall be
rectified by construction engineer before continuing with the work
(without obtaining clearance from QC staff).
Page 25 of 303
CHAPTER -2 FUNCTIONS, DUTIES OF ESTABLISHMENT &

MISCELLANEOUS
A-GENERAL
2. Background:
2.1 Formation of Maharashtra State:
The State of Maharashtra was formed on 1st of May 1960, the immediate
predecessor of which was the Bombay State. The present Marathvada Region
of the Maharashtra State was in the past a part of the former princely
Hyderabad State which was merged in the Indian Union & thus the Region
became a part of the Bombay State. Also the present Vidarbha Region of the
Maharashtra State was in the past a part of the former C.P. & Berar State,
this Region became a part of the Bombay State (before formation of
Maharashtra state)
2.2 Creation of Water Resources Department (W.R.D.):
The erstwhile Public Works Department (P.W.D.) of the Bombay
State used to carry out the important functions related to the infra
structural development of the State. On formation of the Maharashtra
State, the P.W.D. was bifurcated into 2 Departments Viz. Irrigation &
Power Department (I. & P.D.) and Building and Communication
Department (B. & C.D.). Later on, the I. & P.D. was renamed as Irrigation
Department (I.D.) although its function of hydro-electric power
development continued with that Department. Also since 26 October
2004, the Irrigation Department is further renamed as Water Resources
Department (W.R.D.), although its functions remained unchanged.
3. Functions of the Water Resources Department:
Any State functions through its various Departments. The allocation
of the functions amongst various departments is laid down in the rules of
business of the State. Accordingly, the Public Works Department (P.W.D.)
of the Bombay State used to carry out the functions related to the
important infra structural development of the State. viz. - planning,
construction & maintenance of public structures & utilities as mentioned
below:
i) Residential & non-residential buildings for various Departments of
the State required for running its administration, including the
legislature & the judiciary.
ii) Roads & bridges for inter-connecting villages, towns & cities in the
State for facilitating transport
iii) Dams, weirs & barrages for storing water which is a vital input for
sustenance of life, agricultural & industrial development
iv) Distribution network for providing irrigation to farm lands,
including irrigation management
v) Domestic Water supply & sewage disposal schemes for community
use, including their operation & management
vi) Khar land development & flood control schemes
Page 26 of 303
vii) Hydro-electric projects for generation of electricity by harnessing

hydro-electric potential of water resources
On formation of Maharashtra state on 1st May 1960, the functions
at Sr. No. (i) & (ii) above were allocated to the B. & C. Department & the
rest of the functions to the I. & P. Department. However, planning,
construction & maintenance of the buildings, access roads & bridges
required for irrigation projects & hydro-electric projects has been the
responsibility of the I. & P.D. The “public health” organization of the I. &
P.D., which used to carry out the function at sr. no. (v) above, was
transferred to the Urban Development & Public Health Department
sometime later & hence the I. & P.D. has no longer been responsible for
this function.
Also, in 1992 the works of planning, construction and management
of irrigation projects having CCA in the range of 101 to 250 ha are handed
over to newly established Minor Irrigation, Water Conservation
Department. The minor irrigation projects with CCA up to 100 ha are
planned, constructed and managed by Zilla Parishad.
4. Irrigation Development Corporations:

Good many irrigation projects were found to be languishing for want of
adequate funds. Hence, the Govt. established by law, five statutory
corporations, as mentioned below, for planning and construction of these
projects. The purpose of the corporations was to raise funds & to ensure
closer control & monitoring over the execution of the projects.
i) Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation for the
projects in the Krishna basin, established in 1996
ii) Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation for the projects in the
Godavari basin & also in Tapi basin in Vidarbha region, established
in 1997
iii) Tapi Irrigation Development Corporation for the projects in the Tapi
basin in North Maharashtra region, established in 1998
iv) Konkan Irrigation Development Corporation for the projects in the
Konkan region, established in 1998.
v) Godavari Marathwada Irrigation Development Corporation for the
projects in the Godavari basin in Marathwada & North Maharashtra
regions, established in 1998
As of now, the corporations are not raising any funds and budget grant for
the projects under them are provided by the Government.
5. Acts, Rules, Manuals, Codes, Hand books:
The State Government enacted legislations, framed rules &
published manuals, codes & hand books mainly for conferring powers to
its officers & legal rights to beneficiaries; for laying down procedures,
streamlining administration & providing guidelines to the Government
officers & staff.
Some of the main publications are listed below:
5.1 Acts
i) Maharashtra Co-operative Societies Act 1960 to regulate the
working of co-op. societies e.g. Water Users’ Associations
Page 27 of 303
ii) Maharashtra Irrigation Act, 1976

Before formation of State of Maharashtra, three
irrigation Acts were in existence namely, for western
Maharashtra Bombay Irrigation Act 1879, for Vidarbha,
Central Provinces Irrigation Act 1931 and for Marathwada,
Hyderabad Irrigation Act. Maharashtra Irrigation Act, 1976
replaced all these three Acts.
iii) Kharland Development Act, 1979
iv) Maharashtra Water Resources Regulatory Authority Act, 2005
(MWRRA Act)
v) Maharashtra Management of Irrigation System by Farmers
Act, 2005 (MMISF Act)
vi) Irrigation Development Corporation Acts (5 Numbers) (1996
to 1998)
vii) Maharashtra Groundwater (Development and Management)
Act, 2009.
viii) Maharashtra Right to Services Act, 2015
5.2 Rules:
i) Maharashtra Management of Irrigation System by Farmers
Rules, (MMISF Rules, 2006)
ii) Civil Services Rules (The Bombay Civil Services Rules in 2
volumes of the Bombay State have been partly replaced by
the rules of the Maharashtra State in small volumes e.g.
Maharashtra Civil Service (Conduct, Discipline & Appeal)
Rules-1979, and other rules) to regulate the service
conditions of the Government employees.
iii) Maharashtra Contingent Expenditure Rules, 1965 to lay down
the procedure of incurring expenditure of contingent
nature.
iv) Bombay Financial Rules, 1959 to enforce general financial
discipline.
v) Maharashtra Treasury Rules, 1968 to lay down the procedure
to regulate receipt, custody, drawing & disbursement of
funds.
5.3 Codes:
Maharashtra Public Works Account (MPWA) Code: - to lay
down the procedure of accounting for the financial transactions
related to the execution of public works
5.4 Manuals:
i) Manual of Office Procedures to lay down the procedure of
conducting office administration
ii) Maharashtra Public Works (M.P.W.) Manual: The Maharashtra Public
Works Manual was meant mainly for the execution of works of the
former B. & C. Department (the present name of this Department
is P.W.D.) & the I. D. The same was useful also for other
Engineering Departments. Since the public buildings works & the
public roads works outnumbered those of irrigation projects in the
Page 28 of 303
initial stage, the provisions in this manual were more suited for the
works of the B. & C. Department. The Government has, since
thought it fit to prepare & publish a separate manual for the Water
Resources Department, which is named as Maharashtra Water
Resources Works Manual (MWRW) & which will replace the M.P.W.
Manual, so far as WRD is concerned.
iii) Maharashtra Budget Manual, 1987: This manual elaborates
procedure for annual budget classification, estimation, distribution
and monitoring of financial provisions.
iv) Manual of Financial Powers, 1978
v) Manual of office procedure for purchase of stores by the
Government Departments-2015
5.5 Handbooks
The Public Works Department (P.W.D.) handbook has been
published to issue guide lines on technical (i.e. engineering)
matters. The handbook has since been replaced by different
chapters.
The above list is illustrative & not exhaustive. Provisions in all the above
codes, hand books & manuals are binding on the employees of the W.R.D. Where
the provisions in any of the Existing Government Orders (including GR, circulars
etc.), codes, hand book & manuals are not consistent with those in this MWRW
Manual, the provisions in the MWRW manual will prevail.
Any Government Orders (including GR, circulars etc.) issued subsequent
to enforcement of MWRW Manual, shall prevail over the provisions of this
manual.
B-SERVICES
6. Services and Staff:
The functions of department are carried out through staff belonging to
following services-
a) Maharashtra Service of Civil Engineers,
b) Maharashtra Subordinate Service of Engineers,
c) Maharashtra Mechanical Service of Engineers,
d) Maharashtra Electrical and Mechanical Service of Engineers,
e) Officers from State / Central Services of other department.
f) State Subordinate Services.
Page 29 of 303
C-ORGANIZATION SETUP AND FUNCTIONS

7. Organization:
The Water Resources Department is headed in Mantralaya by a Secretary
(WRP & D) and Secretary (WRM & CAD), assisted by Joint Secretaries, Deputy
Secretaries, Under Secretaries and other staff. The Water resources Department
consists of following main organizations-
i. Irrigation Development Corporations (IDC)
ii. Water and Land Management Institute, (WALMI) Aurangabad
iii. Hydro Project Organization
iv. Mechanical Organization
v. Designs Organization
vi. Maharashtra Engineering Training Academy (META)
vii. Planning and Hydrology ( P&H)
viii. Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation (CA, W&I)
ix. Project Investigation Organisations
x. Command Area Development Organization
xi. Maharashtra Engineering Research Institute (MERI), Nashik
xii. Dam Safety Organization (DSO)
xiii. Quality Control Organization
xiv. Technical Audit Cell (Proposed)
xv. Directorate of Irrigation Research and Development (DIRD)
xvi. Khar Land Development Organization
xvii. Vigilance Unit
xviii. Interstate Control Board (ISCB)
xix. Project Management Office
For the purpose of administration, the various organizations are divided
into regions headed by Chief Engineers or Circles headed by Superintending
Engineers. These organizations are further divided in to Divisions headed by
Executive Engineers which in turn are divided into Subdivisions headed by Deputy
Engineers. The subdivisions entrusted with Irrigation Management are further
subdivided into Sections each headed by a Sectional Officer.
8. Functions of various Organizations:
The various organizations of the Department deal with their respective
subjects.
8.1 Irrigation Development Corporations (IDC’s):
The Irrigation Development Corporations are headed by an officer of
Maharashtra Service of Civil Engineers of the rank of Secretary to
Government, with Chief Engineers in charge of regions, Superintending
Engineers in charge of circles, and Executive Engineers in charge of Divisions
and Deputy Engineers in charge of sub divisions under the Corporation. There
are five corporate offices in the State with head quarters at Pune,
Aurangabad, Nagpur, Jalgaon and Thane. The Executive Director is assisted
in his office by a Chief Accounts and Finance Officer belonging to Maharashtra
Finance and Accounts Service and officers belonging to the Maharashtra
Page 30 of 303
Service of Engineers of the rank of Superintending Engineer and Executive

Engineer.
The functions of the Corporations are-
a) to promote and operate,—
(i) irrigation projects and command area development
including flood control; and
(ii) schemes for the generation of hydro-electric energy ;
b) to plan, investigate, design, construct and manage the irrigation
projects and command area development and to help drip irrigation
schemes through the Agriculture Department of Government;
c) to plan, investigate, design, construct and manage the schemes of
generation of hydro-electric energy ;
d) to enter into contracts in respect of the works and any other
matters transferred to the Corporation along with assets and
liabilities;
e) to invite tenders, bids, offers and enter into contracts for the
purposes of all the activities of the Corporation ;
f) to promote participation of any person or body or association of
individuals whether incorporated or not, in planning, investigation,
designing, construction and management of irrigation projects, and
command area development and Hydro-Electric Power Projects
including flood control ;
g) to undertake schemes or works, either jointly with other corporate
bodies, or institutions or with Government or local authorities, or
on agency basis in furtherance of the purposes for which the
Corporation is established and all matters connected therewith ;
h) to promote irrigation related activities such as fisheries, pisci-
culture, floriculture, horticulture, sericulture, tissue culture, etc.
i) to promote tourism, water sports and other related activities on
and around the Irrigation and Hydro-Electric Power Projects ;
j) to develop the land around or nearby lake and in other suitable
locations with irrigation facilities and other infrastructure facilities
and lease part or whole of such developed properties to the
interested parties ;
k) to prepare annual plan and five year working development plan ;
l) to prepare annual budget ;
m) To undertake any other activities entrusted by the State
Government in furtherance of the objectives for which the
Corporation is established.
Presently, all the construction works of irrigation projects stand
transferred to IDCs hence there is no separate construction organization.
In case of Hydro-electric projects, the construction works are carried out
by hydro-electrical organization so far as E&M components are concerned
and by concerned regional Chief Engineer / Chief Engineer Civil (HP) so
far as Civil components are concerned.
8.2 Water and Land Management Institute (WALMI):
Page 31 of 303
The Water and Land Management Institute (WALMI), is headed by an officer

of Maharashtra Service of Civil Engineers of the rank of Secretary to
Government and designated as Director General WALMI, with headquarter at
Aurangabad. The institute is responsible for training of departmental
engineers in land and water use management, training to farmers and others
associated with irrigation in innovative and modern methods of water use,
and research in the field of land and water use.
8.3 Hydro-Electrical Organization:
Hydro-Electrical organization is headed by an officer of Maharashtra
Service of Electrical and Mechanical Engineers of the rank of Chief
Engineer; with headquarter at Mumbai. This organization deals with
feasibility studies, preparation of project reports, design and execution
of all hydroelectric projects and all electrical works of LIS, as directed by
Government in the state as far as the electrical and mechanical portion is
concerned and also maintenance of hydro power stations in Government
Sector. This organisation is also entrusted with the work of inspecting the
powerhouses handed over to MAHAGENCO for running and maintenance ,
and all hydro-electric projects commissioned on BOT basis in the state.
8.4 Mechanical Organization:
The Mechanical Organization of the Department with headquarter at
Nashik, is headed by an officer of the Maharashtra Service of Mechanical
Engineers, and of the rank of Chief Engineer. The organization deals with
execution of works with the help of departmental machinery and
equipment. The mechanical organization also deals with design of hoists
and electro-mechanical components of LIS, manufacturing and erection
of all gates and hoists.
There are five circles under this organization each headed by
Superintending' Engineer, viz. Superintending Engineer, Mechanical
Circle Pune, Kolhapur, Nashik, Nagpur and Nanded. This organization has
workshops at various places for repairs of heavy machinery and for
manufacture of gates. The Mechanical Divisions at various headquarters
are in-charge of operation, maintenance and repairs to equipment and
vehicles in the area under their jurisdiction.
There are also Chief Gate Erection Units, headed by Executive
Engineers which are entrusted with the erection of gates manufactured
at workshops. The Government Central Workshop and Stores at Nagpur
also functions under this organization. This workshop is of productive
nature catering to the requirements of both Government and private
parties.
The organization is entrusted with the work of-
(a) Operation, maintenance and repair of the heavy earthmoving equipment
including vehicles and boring machinery.
(b) Centralized manufacture of sluice gates, hoists and heavy radial gates.
(c) Purchase of Machinery, spare parts and steel
(d) Deployment of machinery
(e) Design, erection, commissioning, testing and O & M of mechanical parts
of LIS and hoist.
(f) Canal cleaning works
Page 32 of 303
(g) Valuation of machinery

(h) Providing specialized services to Public Works Department and Public
Health Department
(i) Inspection of mechanical installations of dams and canals.
(j) Maintenance and replacement of old and worn out parts of gates and
sluices as per demand of project authorities.
(k) Impart induction and refresher training to drivers and maintenance staff
of the department, mainly for awareness of protocol, discipline, safety
on road, digital equipments such as GPS, first aid measures, record
keeping and minor repairs of vehicles.
8.5 Designs Organizations
8.5.1 Central Designs Organisation (CDO):
Central Designs Organization is headed by an officer of
Maharashtra Service of Engineers of the rank of Chief Engineer with
headquarters at Nashik and deals with pre-construction hydrology
planning of irrigation projects and design of project components.
Presently it consists of three circles, (viz. Dam, Gates, and Lift
Irrigation Schemes), each headed by an officer of Maharashtra
Service of Engineers of the rank of Superintending Engineer.
This organization deals with-
i) the planning for the flood surplussing arrangement,
hydraulic and structural designs of major components of
major, medium and some minor irrigation projects
(including evolving standard design code for dams and other
components etc.
ii) Design and drawings of specified major components of
works, as decided by Government.
iii) Standardization of design of various works and improvement
and modernization of technology in design and construction.
iv) Preparation of designs and drawings required for head work
chapters of project reports for new projects which are to be
submitted to Central Water Commission (CWC) for approval,
Eventually CDO also deals with compliances of CWC
comments on such head works chapters.
v) Designs of important and costly canal structures, as per
orders of Government.
vi) Designs and drawings for strengthening of old dams.
vii)Preparation of proposals for geological exploration for
various components of projects (viz. dam, spillways, power
houses, tanks, tunnels etc.) and evaluation of the data
yielded from the exploration as to make recommendations
regarding foundation grade rock levels, alignment of dams,
spillway channels and tunnels and foundation treatment etc.
viii) Preparation of detailed proposals including operating
criteria, parameters required etc. for instrumentation in
dams, specifying the tests for analyses of data obtained from
the instruments.
Page 33 of 303
ix) Initiation of proposals for various model tests (hydraulic,

structural, photo elastic etc.) for ensuring more reliable
designs.
8.5.2 Koyna Design Circle (KDC):
This organisation deals with designs (structural as well as
hydraulic including gates) of civil components of hydro projects.
This organisation is headed by an officer of the Maharashtra Service
of Civil Engineers, of the rank of Superintending Engineer, assisted
by four design units. This organisation has headquarter at Pune.
8.5.3 Field Design Divisions
Design units at field level are set up for the designs of
various project components, which are not dealt with by CDO/KDC.
These units are headed by an officer of the rank of Executive
Engineer, belonging to Maharashtra Services of Engineers with
headquarter at Pune, Amravati, Nagpur and Thane
8.5.4 E and M Design
This organisation deals with designs of electrical
components of hydro projects and electrical components outside
the pump house of lift irrigation schemes. This organisation is
headed by an officer of the Maharashtra Service of Electrical and
Mechanical Engineers, of the rank of Superintending Engineer,
assisted by design units.
8.5.5 Hoist Design Division
The Hoist Design Division under the Superintending Engineer
(Mechanical), is entrusted with work of designing all types of hoists
required for operation of gates in dams and power houses. The
division is also entrusted with the design of (i) stem rods required
for all lift type gates and other gates, (ii) elevated overhead cranes
and Goliath cranes required to be erected on dams for operation
and maintenance of all types of gates.
8.5.6 Planning and Design Division:
Planning and Design Division under the Superintending
Engineer (Mechanical), is entrusted with work of designing support
structures for hoists based on the design details received from the
Central Designs Organisation (CDO). The Division also designs gates
of smaller sizes which are not normally designed by Central Designs
Organisation.
8.6 Maharashtra Engineering Training Academy (META):
Maharashtra Engineering Training Academy, is headed by an officer of
Maharashtra Service of Civil Engineers of the rank of Superintending Engineer,
with headquarters at Nashik, and is having three regional training centres
with headquarters at Pune, Aurangabad and Nagpur. It is entrusted with the
responsibility of imparting in house training to all officers and staff of this
department as well as other engineering departments of the Government,
with the view to enhance the skill and capacity of the officers and staff. The
Academy conducts specialized courses in various subjects and imparts
foundation training to probationary engineers appointed to the Maharashtra
Service of Engineers. The Academy is entrusted with the responsibility of
Page 34 of 303
prescribing the syllabus and conducting professional examinations of all

engineering officers and staff of WRD and PWD.
8.7 Planning and Hydrology, ( P & H)
The Planning and Hydrology organization is headed by an officer of the
rank of Chief Engineer, belonging to Maharashtra Services of Civil Engineers,
with headquarter at Nashik. The organization is entrusted with the work of
World Bank assisted Hydrology Project Stage I, II and III by means of installing
and maintaining instruments therefor, data collection, validation, storage
and dissemination of hydro-meteorological and water quality data.
8.8 Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation:
Chief Auditor, Water and Irrigation is an officer of the rank of Chief Engineer,
belonging to Maharashtra Services of Civil Engineers or equivalent, with
headquarter at Aurangabad
The organization deals with -
a) Water audit (including inspections of irrigation divisions),
b) Preparation of reports of (i) annual Water Audit, (ii) Benchmarking and
(iii) Irrigation Status,
c) Monitoring of Repair Renovation and Restoration (RRR) scheme.
d) Monitoring of assessment and recovery of water charges
8.9 Irrigation Project Investigation Organization (IPI):
The Irrigation Projects Investigation Circles carry out the survey and
investigations (including water resources investigations) which provide
essential inputs for planning of projects. Preparation of project reports at
various stages viz. Preliminary Investigation Report, Draft Project Report and
obtaining approval thereto are also included in the functions of this
Organisation.
8.10 Technical Audit Cell:
8.10.1 Technical Audit of Project Reports for Administrative
Approval and Revised Administrative Approval:
The Technical Audit Cell headed by a Superintending Engineer
working under State Level Technical Advisory Committee, conducts
pre-audit of reports, designs, drawings and estimates including
Rate Analysis of all original and repairs and renovation works of
projects, prepared for Administrative Approval and Revised
Administrative Approval.
8.10.2 Technical Audit at Construction Stage:
A Technical Audit cell headed by a Superintending Engineer,
working under the control of Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation
conducts audit of Technical sanction, Procurement Plan,
Procurement Procedure, execution of works, (including inspection
reports, results of tests conducted at factories as well as at site, of
machinery and equipment, Audit of equipment/machine
performance and to ascertain the degree of compliance of
provisions in the Indian Electricity Act, 2003 standards, rules,
Government orders and procedures etc.), excess over the tendered
quantity and extra items cropped up during execution of the work.
8.10.3 Technical Audit at Post construction stage:
Page 35 of 303
A Technical Audit cell headed by a Superintending Engineer,

working under the control of Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation,
conducts audit during Operation, Management and Maintenance of
project (including all types of repair work of machinery and
equipments, pumps, HEP etc.) (as post construction stage audit).
This audit is conducted by way of -
a) Water Audit of water accounts
b) Audit During Inspection of records
c) Irrigation Management Audit (mainly observance of irrigation
management procedure)
d) Audit of Operation and Maintenance of HEP and LIS (For
Electrical and Mechanical Components)
8.11 Command Area Development (CAD) Organization:

This organisation was created in 1974 for bridging the gap between the
created irrigation potential and its actual utilization. This organization is
headed by an officer of the Maharashtra Service of Engineers, and of the rank
of Superintending Engineer at Circle level. This Organisation was expected to
(i) carry out on-farm- development works like field channels and turnouts for
these channels (ii) execute land levelling works at the cost of beneficiaries
(iii) provide guidelines for cultivation of appropriate crops and for desirable
agricultural practices (iv) help in providing credit facilities to the farmers and
guide them in forming their co-operative societies (v) provide communication
facilities by constructing roads in the command area so that the farmers can
have access to the marketing outlets, etc.
The CAD works at sr. no. (i) above, now form part and parcel of the
project works and hence, these works are now implemented by the
construction / CAD organization. Remaining activities are not carried out
presently by WRD.
8.12 Maharashtra Engineering Research Institute (MERI):
The Maharashtra Engineering Research Institute, headed by an officer of
Maharashtra Service of Engineers of the rank of Superintending Engineer
designated as Joint Director, with headquarters at Nashik, is entrusted with
the responsibility of testing of construction materials, sedimentation survey,
crop mapping, land use and land cover mapping using Remote Sensing and
DGPS. There is one separate division for highway research which deals with
field testing of strength of the roads and roughness.
8.13 Dam Safety Organization (DSO):
The Dam Safety Organization (DSO) is headed by an officer of the rank of
Superintending Engineer, belonging to Maharashtra Services of Civil
Engineers, with headquarter at Nashik.The main functions of dam safety
organization include monitoring the inspection of dams carried out by the
project officers, carry out test inspections of dams, monitoring of remedial
actions concerned with dam safety, Instrumentation data analysis, prepare
inventory of National Register of Large Dams and compile register of Small
Dams, prepare and update dam safety and canal safety manuals, etc.
8.14 Quality Control (QC) Organization:
Page 36 of 303
The Quality Control organization of the Department consists of Circles each

headed by an officer of the rank of Superintending Engineer, belonging to
Maharashtra Services of Civil Engineers with headquarters at Pune, Nagpur
and Aurangabad and they perform their function under the control of Chief
Engineer (Civil), Hydro Electric Projects & Quality Control, Pune. The
organization is expected to ensure that all input materials and finished
products are checked by the construction organization. They are also
expected to test check quality of materials and finished works. QC
organisation is expected to point out the deficiencies and short-falls in all
aspects of construction, well in time and as frequently as necessary. The
role of QC organization is to assist construction engineers in assuring quality
of works.
8.15 Directorate of Irrigation Research and Development (DIRD):
The Directorate of Irrigation Research and Development headed by an officer
of Maharashtra Service of Civil Engineers of the rank of Superintending
Engineer, with headquarters at Pune, is entrusted with the responsibility of
conducting research and development relating to irrigation management. The
directorate also looks after the construction and maintenance of land
reclamation works in the canal command areas. The directorate, in addition,
is entrusted with work of soil survey and monitoring ground water level in the
command area, arranging for publicity, participating in and arranging
exhibitions related to the department, Capacity Building and / or
Strengthening of Water Users’ Association, Evaluation and Monitoring of
Water Users’ Associations. Other activities of the directorate include,
publication of quarterly magazine ‘Maharashtra Sinchan Vikas’, participation
in various agricultural exhibitions, and facilitating telecast of programs
related to functions of WRD.
8.16 Project Management Office (PMO)
This organisation is set up to facilitate development of applications for
use of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in the working of
WRD. The organisation is headed by the officer of the rank of Superintending
Engineer, belonging to Maharashtra Services of Civil Engineers with
headquarter at Mumbai. PMO comprises four executive engineers, 22
Assistant Engineer Grade-I and 20 Assistant Engineer Grade-II, belonging to
Maharashtra Services of Civil Engineers and supported by three experts from
outside namely, Project Management Specialist, Technology Management
Expert and Change Management Expert, as and when required.
Following are the broad objectives of PMO:
a. Evolve modules considering the requirements for the use of ICT in
the department.
b. Improvise the modules as and when necessary.
c. Impart training to employees of WRD in the use of modules and
also to orient department staff towards ICT.
d. Monitoring Service Level Agreements (SLA) compliance by various
vendors for various e-governance initiatives. i.e. removing defects
in the software, repairing hardware, etc.
e. Maintaining stored project documentation data
Page 37 of 303
f. Integrate ICT applications developed by WRD with those of other

organizations at state and national level.
g. Procure and / or develop software matching with compatible
hardware
h. Getting required knowledge for application and / or modification
in the software programmes under implementation.
8.17 Kharland development organization:
The Kharland Development organization is headed by an officer of the rank
of Superintending Engineer, belonging to Maharashtra Services of Civil
Engineers, with headquarter at Thane. Objective of organisation is to execute
coastal land reclamation and protection works to reclaim and protect
agricultural lands which are rendered saline due to ingress of sea water during
high tide. The organization is entrusted with the works of renovation of old
and deteriorated Kharland Development Schemes developed by the erstwhile
Kharland Development Board, construction of new bunds to arrest the ingress
of saline water from sea, build protective works to prevent the farmlands
from the fury of cyclones and tsunamis, develop mangroves to protect the
coastal ecosystem and develop suitable biospheres for inland fish breeding.
The completed schemes are handed over to Kharland Users’ Associations
(KLUA) specially formed for operation and maintenance of each project. The
completed schemes are maintained by the organization till they are handed
over to the Kharland Users’ Associations. The organization collects cess from
farmers who are cultivating the developed Kharland.
8.18 Vigilance Unit
In order to curb corruption, irregularities, malpractices in works, etc. and to
expedite the preliminary enquiry in case of irregularities, vigilance units
headed by Superintending Engineer are established at Pune, Satara, Nashik,
Thane, Aurangabad, Amravati and Nagpur. The unit conducts preliminary
enquiry about the complaints received and submits the enquiry report to the
Government. The unit is entrusted with drafting charge-sheets against
delinquent officers.
8.19 Inter-State Control Boards (ISCB):
Inter State Control Boards are set up for coordination in respect of joint
projects of Maharashtra and other neighboring states for which understanding
has been reached between the two States.
The boards act as monitoring body for joint irrigation and hydel projects
under their purview and act as high power advisory and coordinating body in
the matter of their investigation / project planning, construction, operation
and maintenance. An officer of the rank of Superintending Engineer is the
Secretary of the Board.
Page 38 of 303
D-DUTIES AND GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF OFFICERS

9 For All Officers:
All officers are responsible for exercising control over their subordinate officers
with respect to administrative and technical matters. Also, they shall exercise
the financial control to the extent possible through periodical returns, review
meetings etc.
All officers shall exercise administrative, financial and technical powers
delegated to them.
All officers shall be responsible to their superior officers for any deviation or
delay in achievement of stated goals.
The officer approving Draft Tender Papers of works shall be responsible for
ensuring that the statutory clearances are in place.
The tender accepting authorities shall be responsible to consider definite opinion
of the Executive Engineer with reference to workability of quoted
rates/percentage. If the accepting authority does not accept the opinion of
Executive Engineer, it shall record the reasons thereupon.
All tender accepting authorities shall get approval to the excess involved in
acceptance of tender, if any, from competent authority prior to acceptance of
tender.
All officers shall inspect works, as and when required, under their jurisdiction
with a view to ensuring the execution of the work as per technical specifications
etc. and issue inspection notes.
All officers shall carry out the office inspections of all immediate subordinate
offices once a year and all immediate lower level offices once every three years.
All officers shall carry out various inspections as elaborated in Chapter ‘Project
Safety’.
All officers shall provide inputs to various committees, with which they are
associated.
As soon as any irregularity is noticed the officer shall report the same to higher
officer and initiate appropriate action.
It shall be the duty of concerned in-charge officer / engineer to lodge police
compliant when situation for lodging the police complaint arises.
All officers shall ensure that the developed ICT applications are being used in
their offices and sub-ordinate offices. They shall communicate to the concerned
developing authority the issues including modifications required, if any, so as to
make optimum use of ICT application. They shall take review of use of ICT
application about this during review meetings.
All officers shall prepare a handing over note detailing the functions and
important points, which they may like to bring to the notice of the relieving
officer, regarding works to be done.
Engineering staff equivalent to the rank of Secretary to Government and below
have some common administrative, financial and technical duties and
responsibilities as enumerated above, whereas some of the duties and
responsibilities are specific to the organisation in which the staff works and the
post held by him.
In addition to duties mentioned above, following specific duties, based on the
office held, shall be carried out by the incumbent of the post.
Page 39 of 303
10 Duties of officers of the rank of Secretary to Government:

10.1 Managing Director of IDC:
Secretary (WR & P), Water Resources Department is ex-officio Managing
Director of IDC. The Managing Director shall exercise the overall control over
the matters of the Corporation involving financial implications & policy
decisions subject to the directives of the Governing Council of the IDC.
10.2 Executive Director of IDC:
Executive Director shall be an officer of the rank of Secretary belonging to
Maharashtra Services of Civil Engineers.The Executive Director of an
Irrigation Development Corporation is the executive head of the Corporation
responsible for day to day functioning of all officers directly under his
control. The Executive Director is responsible mainly for physical / technical
and financial planning of various stages of a project.
He shall finalize the agenda notes for discussion in the Governing Council and
cause to implement the decisions of the Governing Council. The Executive
Director shall finalize for recommending to Governing Council, both long term
and annual physical and financial plans for administratively approved
projects, including targets for stages of activities by other departments and
Governments. He shall not clear proposals involving financial implications,
unless examined and commented by the CAFO of the IDC. The Executive
Director shall monitor key areas of progress at quarterly intervals or more
frequently in critical cases and take steps to rectify slippages in order to
adhere to the intended time schedule. The Executive Director shall
correspond directly with the technical heads of other governments in all
matters of technical purpose.
He shall take timely review of creation of storage, creation of irrigation
potential, formation of WUA, handing over of projects to Management
Organization, actual irrigation utilization and ensure monitoring of this
aspect. He shall also take timely review of handing over of completed
irrigation system to management organization and WUA.
10.3 Director General Design, Training, Hydrology, Research and Safety
(DTHRS):
The Director General, Design, Training, Hydrology, Research and Safety (DG,
DTHRS) shall be an officer of the rank of Secretary to Government, belonging
to the Maharashtra Service of Civil Engineers. He shall exercise overall control
on the activities entrusted to various organizations, viz. Central Design
Organization, Planning and Hydrology, Maharashtra Engineering Training
Academy, Maharashtra Engineering Research Institute, Dam Safety
Organization and State Level Technical Advisory Committee. He shall be
head of SLTAC-I
10.4 Director General WALMI:
The Director General shall be an officer of the rank of Secretary to
Government, belonging to the Maharashtra Service of Civil Engineers. He shall
exercise overall control of all activities of the institute. He shall finalize the
agenda notes for discussion in the Governing Council and cause to implement
the decisions of the Governing Council. He shall propose the syllabi for Long
Term Training courses for approval to Governing council. He shall approve
Page 40 of 303
the syllabi for Short Term Training courses for training of Executive Engineer
and above posts. He shall finalize the training programmes to be conducted
by the Institute and also shall approve taking up of consultancy works by the
Institute. He shall extend guidance in strengthening the Water Users’
Associations, Command Area Development activities, etc. generally in line
with policies of State and Central Governments. He shall oversee the
activities of reclamation of saline farmlands, and research in Irrigation. He
shall act as advisor to Government in respect of improvement in performance
of Irrigation, better water use management, land use management, etc.
based on inputs from research and stakeholders. He shall exercise overall
control on the activities entrusted to WALMI. He shall be head of SLTAC-II.
11 Duties of Chief Engineer and Below:
The duties mentioned in the below paragraphs apply not only designation
wise but also as per the category of work handled by the incumbent of various
posts. (e.g. Irrigation management, construction, investigation, design, etc.) If
any incumbent of any post has to carry out the works of various categories, the
duties pertaining to all such categories of work shall have to be performed by
him.
11.1 Chief Engineer:-
(a) The Chief Engineer is the professional head of the department and is
responsible to Government (Executive Director / DG as the case may
be) for efficient working of his organization. Approval to the designs
(excepting the designs approved by the CE, CDO) of project
components for the work which are within the powers of Technical
Sanction to be accorded by the Chief Engineer.
11.1.1 Chief Engineer (Investigation and Execution of Irrigation /
Hydro-electric Projects)
He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Services of
Civil Engineer. In addition to the duties mentioned in paragraph 9
and paragraph 11.1(a), the Chief Engineer shall ensure that
detailed and meticulous investigation and planning at the project
formulation stage as well as project construction stage is done by
the immediate and next subordinate officers. The Chief Engineer
shall monitor the progress of works in order to achieve the
objective of physical progress as per the planned target. The Chief
Engineer shall guide the subordinate officers to device measures to
overcome shortfalls noticed in the progress. The Chief Engineer
shall co-ordinate with other organizations of the department for
proper deployment of resources. He shall generally act as a project
director, when more than one circle is executing the project. The
Chief Engineer shall be competent to interact with other
departments of the Government at the highest levels.
He shall be responsible for the passing of foundations of
structures as prescribed in Works chapter.
11.1.2 Chief Engineer (Irrigation Management):
Civil Engineers. In addition to the duties mentioned in paragraph 9
and paragraph 11.1(a) above, Chief Engineer shall accord sanction
to the procurement list of annual maintenance and repair works of
Page 41 of 303
irrigation projects. He shall endeavour that items requiring serious

attention pointed out by (a) Dam Safety Organization, (b) project
officers and (c) mechanical organization are included in the annual
maintenance plan or special repairs proposed by the field officers.
He shall approve the Reservoir Operation Schedules of major
projects in the region. He shall take review of recovery of water
charges for achieving the annual targets.
During monsoon and floods, the Chief Engineer shall carry
out the duties in the capacity of Basin Flood Controlling Officer.
Some of the duties are mentioned below -
I. To take measures for integrated planning of release of floods
from reservoirs.
II. To see that the websites are updated from time to time and
press notes are published daily during high floods.
III. To guide District and Interstate Flood Coordinating Officers
for coordination with field officers.
IV. To update all concerned in the Government about Flood
Control
11.1.3 Chief Engineer (Civil) (Hydro Electric Projects and Quality
Control):
Civil Engineer. In addition to the above duties mentioned in
paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.1(a) and paragraph 11.1.1 above, he
shall exercise overall control over quality control works as head of
quality control organization, and also over the designs and
execution of civil engineering components of hydro electric
projects.
11.1.4 Chief Engineer (Hydro Electrical)
The Chief Engineer (Hydro Electrical) is the professional
head of Hydro Electrical organization of the department. He shall
be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Services of Engineers. In
addition to the duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph
11.1(a) above, following shall be additional duties.
He shall exercise overall control over the works entrusted to
the hydro electrical organization, such as, investigation, planning,
designing, erection, testing, commissioning, operation and
maintenance of hydro-electric projects (excluding civil
components), electrical components of Lift Irrigation Schemes as
entrusted by the government, all electrical installations,
compilation of budget for hydro-electric projects, obtaining
clearance of Central Electricity Authority to the hydro-electric
projects, act as nodal officer for coordination and implementation
of Small Hydro Projects on BOT basis, arrange inspection of small
hydro projects executed on BOT basis, be responsible for
recruitment of the Junior Engineers in Electrical Organization,
preparation of proposal for SoR for electrical works and approval
to the designs of project components before issue of drawings for
construction.
11.1.5 Chief Engineer (Mechanical):-
Page 42 of 303
The Chief Engineer is the professional head of the

Mechanical Organization.He shall be the officer belonging to
Maharashtra Services of Mechanical Engineers. In addition to the
duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.1(a) above, he
is responsible to Government for efficient working of the
organization. He is professional adviser to Government in all
matters relating to Mechanical works.
The Chief Engineer (Mech.) shall,
i) Ensure proper distribution of work among the subordinate
offices.
ii) Recommend to Government the annual deployment
programme for machinery, gate manufacturing, LIS and gate
erection and efficient implementation of the approved
program.
iii) Provide inputs to various committees, related to works
concerned with the machinery, equipment and LIS.
iv) Issue directives related to third party inspection.
v) Be responsible for recruitment of Junior Engineers required
within Mechanical Organization.
vi) Submit to Government proposal for Machinery Use Rates and
SoR for mechanical works
vii) Approve the designs of hoists and pumping machinery.
11.1.6 Chief Engineer (Designs)

He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Services of Civil
Engineers. In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and
paragraph 11.1(a) above, CE (Designs), shall give approval to the
designs of project components before issue of drawings for
construction, provide inputs to various committees, related to
works concerned with design, innovative technologies, etc.
11.1.7 Chief Engineer (Planning and Hydrology)
Civil Engineers. In addition to the duties mentioned in paragraph 9
and paragraph 11.1(a) above, he shall exercise control over
assessment of surface water resources in the State by means of
installing and maintaining instruments therefor, data collection,
validation, storage and dissemination of hydro-meteorological and
water quality data. He shall issue water availability certificate for
basins as well as projects, approval to flood studies, test inspection
of selected large dams, approval to hydraulic / mathematical
model study reports, test inspection of Hydrological Information
System Network, exercise control over implementation of
externally aided Hydrology project. He shall exercise control over
activities of Dam Safety Organization, Nashik.
11.1.8 Chief Auditor, Water and Irrigation
Civil Engineers or equivalent In addition to the duties mentioned in
paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.1(a) above, he shall conduct water
Page 43 of 303
auditing and technical audit during construction of all projects in

the State, benchmarking of selected projects in the State and
publish Irrigation Status Report, Water Audit Report and
Benchmarking report annually.
He shall furnish the Audit Objections to the Government
after getting feedback / compliance from the project officers.
11.2 Superintending Engineer: -
a) The Superintending Engineer is head of the department for all
administrative and financial purposes. He shall act as the project
director, in the cases where projects are executed through more than
one division. He shall ensure proper application of technical, financial
and manpower resources in the project. The Superintending Engineer
shall formulate detailed annual physical and financial plan of works
under his jurisdiction for approval by Corporation or Government as
the case may be. He shall take periodical reviews and revise the annual
physical and financial plan, if necessary. He shall inspect the various
works at various stages within his jurisdiction and satisfy himself that
the system of work management prevailing is efficient and
economical. He shall disburse judiciously the budget grants made
available by Government for works to the respective divisions. He shall
monitor the compliance of Audit paragraphs including Technical audit
paragraphs.
11.2.1 Superintending Engineer (Construction):
Civil Engineers. In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and
paragraph 11.2 (a) above, he shall be responsible for the passing of
foundations of structures as prescribed in ‘Works’ chapter. He shall
grant permission for gorge filling only after all pre-requisites as
mentioned in Works Chapter are fulfilled.
He shall inspect the completed dams, canals etc. as
prescribed in ‘Safety of Projects’ Chapter.
The Superintending Engineer shall offer definite opinion
about the workability of the quoted rate / percentage in a tender
for work.
He shall approve the Mix Design received from Executive
Engineer, Quality Control
11.2.2 Superintending Engineer (Irrigation Management):
paragraph 11.2(a) above, he shall inspect the components of
projects as prescribed in ‘Safety of Projects’ Chapter. He shall
timely approve the Preliminary Irrigation Programme of major
projects under his jurisdiction and review and finalize the annual
water account of all projects for onward submission to Chief
Auditor, Water & Irrigation. He shall monitor the performance of
all irrigation projects in respect of irrigation management. He shall
monitor to see that the calibration of measuring devices is carried
out by the subordinate officers. He shall monitor the compliance of
Water Audit paragraphs. Designated Superintending Engineer shall
Page 44 of 303
carry out the duties in respect of Flood Control, in the capacity of

District Flood Coordinating Officer. He shall discharge his duties in
respect of conducting the election of directors of managing
committee and chairmen of Water Users’ Associations as laid down
in Maharashtra Management of Irrigation Systems by Farmers Act,
2005.
11.2.3 Superintending Engineer (Hydro Electrical):
He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Electrical and
Mechanical Services of Engineers. In addition to duties mentioned
in paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.2(a) above, Superintending
Engineer shall monitor activities related to electirical works such
as, investigation, planning, design, estimation and construction of
Hydro Electric Projects and LIS. He shall monitor Operation and
Maintenance of Hydro Electric Projects which are not taken over by
Maharashtra State Power Generation Company Limited
(MahaGenCo). He shall take adequate steps for planning, design,
estimation and construction regarding Renovation, Modernisation,
Uprating and Life Extension (RMU and LE) of the Hydro Electric
Projects which have completed useful life of 35 years or more. He
shall monitor the progress of works of electrical installations such
as electrification of residential and non-residential buildings,
colonies, rehabilitated villages, dams, LT/HT line shifting, etc.
11.2.4 Superintending Engineer (Mechanical):
He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Mechanical
Services of Engineers. In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph
9 and paragraph 11.2(a) above, he shall monitor the efficient use
of man and machinery under his jurisdiction for Deployment
Programme. He shall be responsible for effective use of GPS and
other software programmes for optimum utilization.
11.2.5 Superintending Engineer (Design) (Civil/Mech/Electrical):
He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Services of Civil /
Mechanical or Electrical Engineers, as the case may be. In addition
to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.2(a) above,
he shall issue design approach guidelines to Executive Engineer for
design. He shall finalize the design for various components and
submit the same for approval to the concerned CE.
11.2.6 Superintending Engineer and Joint Director,(Water and
Land Management Institute(WALMI)):
paragraph 11.2(a) above, he shall propose annual training and
research programme for approval of the Director General. He shall
monitor the training and research schedules and see that the
schedule is adhered to. He shall propose for approval of DG, the
syllabi for Short Term training courses for training of Executive
Engineer and above posts and shall approve the syllabi for other
short term courses. He shall cause to prepare agenda notes for
Governing Council meetings. He shall monitor the progress of
consultancy services undertaken by the Institute. He shall ensure
that effective mechanism is put in place for use of infrastruct ure
Page 45 of 303
for training and training material. He shall be the chairman of

accomodation allotment committee for WALMI.
11.2.7 Superintending Engineer(Maharashtra Engineering
Training Academy (META)):
Civil Engineer. In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and
paragraph 11.2(a) above, he shall, propose annual training
programme for approval to the Director General. He shall monitor
the training schedule and see that the schedule is adhered to. He
shall propose for approval of the Director General, the syllabi for
various training courses. He shall ensure that effective mechanism
is put in place for use of training material and infrastructure.
He shall arrange to conduct professional examination of the
engineering cadres. He shall timely update the syllabi for various
professional examinations for various engineering cadres and
submit the same to the Director General for obtaining approval to
the same from Government.
11.2.8 Superintending Engineer (Data Analysis):
paragraph 11.2(a) above, he shall,
a. Monitor final data validation
b. ensure smooth operation of Hydrological Information System
(HIS) and Data Storage Center (DSC).
c. ensure proper storage and administration of data and data flows.
d. act as liaison between DSC and data providers as well as between
DSC and Data Users.
e. provide adequate formatting procedure for easy import and
export of data.
f. authenticate allotment of data access privileges in accordance
with State procedures.
g. initiate preparation and the distribution of catalogues of HIS
database.
h. ensure proper maintenance of database.
i. cause to prepare and scrutinize water availability reports and
submit to Chief Engineer for apporval.
11.2.9 Superintending Engineer (Data Collection):
paragraph 11.2(a) above, he shall carry out test inspection of
Hydrological Information System Network, monitor field data
collection, including maintenance of instruments, data entry,
initial data validation, flow of data from Division to State Data
Processing Center.
11.2.10 Superintending Engineer (Project Investigation):
Civil Engineer. In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and
paragraph 11.2(a) above, he shall;
a) Approve reconnaissance report, including selection of best
alternative sites of water resources project.
Page 46 of 303
b) Obtain administrative approval (including estimate of cost

involved) to the proposal of preparing PIR or DPR from
competent authority.
c) Accord technical sanction to the estimate of preparing PIR or
DPR, if it is within his power. Otherwise he shall obtain approval
from competent authority.
d) Obtain approval to the PIR and DPR (including estimate of cost
involved) from competent authority.
11.2.11 Superintending Engineer (Construction Audit):
paragraph 11.2(a) above, he shall cause to get Technical Audit of
works carried out by Civil, Mechanical and Electrical organisations
at Construction stage and Post construction stage and submit to
Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation for approval.
11.2.12 Superintending Engineer (Water & Irrigation Management
Audit):
paragraph 11.2(a) above,
a. He shall prepare and obtain approval of Chief Auditor to the
annual inspection programme and monitor the inspections.
b. As a part of annual inspection of irrigation division, he shall
conduct memo reading of projects, where more than one
division is looking after its management.
c. He shall take periodical review of pending water audit paras
and steps taken by field officers for dropping of the same.
d. He shall take measures for dropping of water audit paras
where the deviation of performance is within 10 percent of
target (Irrigation System Performance, Evaporation losses,
conveyance losses, etc.)
e. He shall cause to analyse data for water audit BM and Irrigation
Status Report (ISR) and submit to Chief Auditor for approval.
He shall also cause to prepare State's reports of the same.
11.2.13 Superintending Engineer and Director (SLTAC)
paragraph 11.2(a) above, he shall cause to get technical Audit for
AA and RAA proposals. He shall also prepare agenda notes for
meetings of SLTAC.
11.2.14 Superintending Engineer Dam Safety Organisation (DSO):
paragraph 11.2(a) above,he shall
i) Carry out test inspections of Government owned dams / Private
Dams / Dams of National importance / Century old Category-I
large dams
ii) Scrutinize Annual Health Status Reports for Category-I and II
large dams and Century old dams.
Page 47 of 303
iii) compile and communicate the observations related to

Hydropower projects, LIS, Instrumentation Analysis report, etc.
for further action to concerned project officers
iv) categorise deficiencies observed during dam safety inspection
and communicate Category-A and B deficiencies to the Project
Officers and Govt.
v) prepare and monitor annual inspection programme.
11.2.15 Superintending Engineer (Quality Control):
paragraph 11.2(a) above, the Superintending Engineer (Quality
Control) shall inspect periodically all major dams and major canal
structures, high embankments / lining work under construction,
issue inspection memos and instructions to the field staff of
projects on important points. He shall monitor the compliance of
notes issued by him and his subordinate officers. He shall bring to
the notice of the Chief Engineer in charge of a project and
Government any serious lacuna in construction practices.
11.2.16 Superintending Engineer (DIRD):
paragraph 11.2(a) above, the Superintending Engineer, DIRD is
Chairman of editorial board of the quarterly magazine ‘Maharashtra
Sichan Vikas’ and shall act as nodal officer for participation of the
department in various agricultural exhibitions and facilitating
telecast of programs related to functions of Water Resources
Department. Other functions are (i) conducting research and
development relating to irrigation management, (ii) construction
and maintenance of land reclamation in the canal command areas,
(iii) soil survey and monitoring ground water levels in the command
area, etc.
11.2.17 Superintending Engineer (Kharland Development):
paragraph 11.2(a) above, he shall represent the Department before
the Maharashtra Coastal Zone Management Authority, for securing
exemption from the Environment (Protection) Act 1986, for
construction of Kharland Development Schemes in coastal
regulation zone.
11.2.18 Superintending Engineer (Vigilance):
paragraph 11.2(a) above, he shall finalize reports of preliminary
enquires conducted on the basis of complaints received, submit
draft charge sheets against officers and staff of the department
who are found delinquent as a result of the preliminary enquiry and
prepare and submit a list of officers whose integrity is doubtful.
11.2.19 Superintending Engineer (Designated as co-ordinating
zonal officer):
Page 48 of 303
paragraph 11.2(a) above, the Superintending Engineer designated

as co-ordinating zonal officer shall
a) review position of vacancies in various group C cadres every
month,
b) initiate proposals to fill up the vacant posts either by promotion
or appointment,
c) arrange recruitment examinations for group C staff and publish
the results of such examinations,
d) call meetings of zonal committee every month or as frequntly
as required,
e) coordinate to build consensus amongst all the members of the
zonal committee on issues before the committee.
f) Make arrangements for conduct of qualifying examination and
departmental examination of Civil Engineering Assistants on
dates prescribed by the Maharashtra Engineering Training
Academy.
11.2.20 Superintending Engineer, Inter State Control Board (ISCB):
He shall be the officer belonging to Civil Engineering Service.
In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph
11.2(a) above, the Superintending Engineer, ISCB will work as
Secretary of the Interstate Control Board. He will be the
administrative head of establishment of the Board and will enjoy
all the powers of the head of department for running the office of
the Board. The Superintending Engineer, ISCB will fix the meetings
of the ISCB and finalize the agenda under the orders of the
Chairman ISCB and circulate the notice of meeting with agenda as
per the rule of the Board. He shall address all references requiring
consideration by the Board and if necessary, prepare a note for
consideration of the Board for decision or recommendation. He
shall issue minutes of the proceedings of the Board after the
approval of the Chairman. He shall carry out all the routine
correspondence on behalf of the Board.
11.2.21 Superintending Engineer (Posted in Irrigation
Development Corporation’s office):
Engineers. He shall -
1) Conduct pre-audit of all technical proposals received in the
corporate office.
2) take review of Court Cases, audit Para, store verification
paragraphs, office inspection paragraphs, review of pending
cases particularly enquiry cases,
3) Ensure timely disposal of all works related to legislature and
parliament.
4) Take review of all activities related to e-Governance.
11.3 Executive Engineer:-
11.3.1 All Executive Engineers:
i) The Executive Engineer shall be responsible for ensuring that
payments made out of the funds allocated to a project are
Page 49 of 303
proper, commensurate with the outcome and absolutely

needed for imminent use.
ii) The Executive Engineer shall not commence construction of
any work or spend public funds without sanction or orders of
iii) The Executive Engineer shall, as soon as the work is finished,
close the work accounts and cause to prepare the
completion report of the work.
iv) The Executive Engineer shall take necessary steps to demand
funds for the works under his control and keep the accounts
and ensure submission of accounts punctually to the AG or
the Irrigation Development Corporation as the case may be,
according to the rules and procedures framed for the
accounts from time to time.
v) The Executive Engineer shall watch the progress of
expenditure under each item of contract with the
sanctioned estimate and ensure that a revised estimate is
prepared immediately and submitted to the competent
authority for sanction.
vi) The Executive Engineer is primarily responsible for
submitting information in case of probability of excess of
actual expenditure over the estimated cost of work and is
expected not to allow any delay to occur in reporting to the
Superintending Engineer, any such probability. Such cases
and those relating to execution of works under clause 38 of
B-1 contract and extra items to the contract shall be brought
immediately to the notice of the Superintending Engineer
for sanction.
vii) The Executive Engineer, in discharging his responsibilities
regarding maintenance of accounts will be assisted by
Divisional Accounts Officer posted to each division by the
Accountant General.
viii) The Executive Engineer shall exercise a thorough and
efficient check over his Divisional Accounts Officer and
carefully examine the books, returns and papers from which
the monthly accounts are compiled.
ix) Reference to the accounts or any financial matter shall be
dealt with by the Executive Engineer only after it is seen and
commented upon by the Divisional Accounts Officer.
x) He shall clear proposals involving financial implications, only
after they are examined and commented upon by the
Divisional Accounts Officer.
xi) The Executive Engineer shall ensure that all the assets are
maintained in proper shape.
xii) Executive Engineer is required to report any loss to property,
occurring due to any reason, to the Superintending Engineer
and the Accountant General.
Page 50 of 303
xiii) As soon as encroachment noticed by the subordinate officer

is reported to the Executive Engineer, he shall be
responsible to get the encroachment vacated.
xiv) Executive Engineer is required to report immediately to the
Superintending Engineer any important accident or unusual
occurrence noticed connected with his division and to state
how he has acted in consequence.
xv) Executive Engineer is required to report directly to the
Government, any occurrence of fatal accident at the site of
work, under simultaneous intimation to the Superintending
Engineer and Chief Engineer.
xvi) The Executive Engineer shall ensure proper distribution of
work to subordinate officers and staff within the division.
The Executive Engineer shall interact with district level
officers of other departments of Government and officers of
Government of India.
xvii) The Executive Engineer is empowered to transfer group C
ministerial staff within his jurisdiction in order to ensure
best distribution of work.
xviii) He shall ensure that validated data is entered in the system
and it is being updated in various e-governance projects
conceptualized, pertaining to field of his working.
11.3.2 Executive Engineer(Construction)
paragraph 11.3.1 above, following duties shall be carried out;
The Executive Engineer is the head of executing division of
the works who shall be responsible to the Superintending Engineer
for timely execution of the works allotted to the unit. The
Executive Engineer shall be guided by the project planning decided
by the competent authority, as far as the objectives are concerned.
The Executive Engineer may suggest modifications to the designs
and planning of the project. He shall report to the Superintending
Engineer any demand from sources other than the department and
abide by the competent authority’s directives.
The Executive Engineer as head of the executing unit shall
ensure that best working practices are followed within the unit
while executing the projects. The Executive Engineer is responsible
to ensure that all the necessary rules and regulations prescribed by
various authorities are followed scrupulously by the executing
contractors and the subordinates of the department. The Executive
Engineer shall be responsible for obtaining all approvals including
statutory clearances wherever and whenever necessary.
The Executive Engineer shall intimate to the competent
authority through the Superintending Engineer, all suggestions for
variations of designs and drawings received from organizations
within the department or from other sources and abide by the
competent authority’s directives. The Executive Engineer shall
Page 51 of 303
report to the Superintending Engineer any bottleneck or hurdle

which may need revised planning.
11.3.2.1 Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation
a) The Executive Engineer shall pursue for early utilization of funds
placed with other agencies like land acquisition officers, etc.
b) The Executive Engineer shall take monthly review of all land
acquisition proposals pending with revenue authorities and devise
effective methods of follow up of the cases.
11.3.2.2 Estimate:
a) He shall ensure that estimate is prepared on the basis of
approved design and drawings prepared for the work, for
which estimate has been prepared.
b) He shall satisfy himself about the suitability and adequacy of
various construction materials on the basis of test results and
quantity estimations done by the subordinate officers and also
about the quantum of the lead with reference to various
sources of material explored by the subordinate officers.
c) He shall ensure that the technical specifications are
appropriate in respect of their applicability to the item and
they shall be in conformity of design requirements.
d) He shall be responsible for appropriateness of the provisions
in the Rate analysis with reference to SoR to meet the
specifications. In respect of non-SoR items, he should obtain
approval from competent authority.
11.3.2.3 Tenders:
a) He shall ensure that the Draft Tender Papers are prepared as
per sanctioned estimates and that all general conditions
prescribed are included. He shall be responsible for
appropriateness of inclusion of Special conditions, if any, in
the Draft Tender Papers.
b) He shall ensure that proper procedure is followed while
opening the tenders.
c) The Executive Engineer shall offer definite opinion about the
workability of the quoted rate / percentage in a tender.
11.3.2.4 Execution of Work:
a) He shall ensure that work order for a tender is issued
expeditiously after its acceptance by competent authority.
b) He shall accord approval to and modify whenever necessary,
construction programme and mobilization programme
submitted by the contractor.
c) He shall monitor construction activities to ensure that these
activities are commensurate with the approved construction
programme.
d) He shall personally check measurements of work done as
prescribed.
e) He shall inspect and pass the foundation of various works, if
within his powers to do so.
Page 52 of 303
f) He shall ensure that the tender is always kept alive by either

proposing/according suitable extensions of time limits or
proposing suitable compensation for delay of the work.
g) He shall adhere to the sanctioned estimates as far the
quantities of various items are concerned. He shall obtain
approval from competent authority for any deviation in
sanctioned estimates.
h) He shall not pass the bills of contractors for work done unless
the quality of materials and work are tested and found to be
satisfactory, all drawings of components which are likely to be
hidden and may not be susceptible to measurements at later
date are approved by him and all due recoveries are effected
from the bill.
i) He shall ensure that an adequate mechanism for quality
control is established at the site of work.
j) He shall ensure that the provisions in contract are scrupulously
followed by the contractor.
k) He shall cause to prepare and approve all record drawings of
works as soon as the works are executed and/or covered up.
l) He shall issue the certificate of completion of work promptly
as soon as the work is physically completed.
m) He shall ensure that, as soon a part of project is ready for
handing over to the management organization of the
department, all the required documents as enumerated in
Chapter 10 are compiled and kept ready. He shall intimate the
concerned Executive Engineer of the management
organization about the readiness of whole or part of the
project to be transferred.
11.3.3 Executive Engineer(Irrigation Management)
paragraph 11.3.1 above, following duties shall be carried out-
i) The Executive Engineer entrusted with maintenance works
shall plan, release water for different purposes and arrange
for recovery of the water charges.
ii) Executive Engineer in WM division shall act as a canal officer
and he has to follow duties and responsibilities, as assigned
to him under Maharashtra Irrigation Act, 1976 and
Maharashtra Management of Irrigation Systems by Farmers
Act, 2005.
iii) Executive Engineer shall monitor that maintenance,
operation and management of all projects under his control
is being carried out, subject to approval of procurement
schedule.
iv) He shall carry out pre and post monsoon inspections of head
works and canals of Water Resources projects and
components as mentioned in chapter on Project Safety. He
Page 53 of 303
shall arrange to carry out, any urgent repairs, with due

priority.
v) He shall arrange and monitor safety and security of property
at head work structures from theft point of view.
vi) He shall arrange and monitor recording of hydro-
meteorological, gauge data and instrumentation data at dam
site.
vii) He shall ensure availability of required record (completion
report, record drawings, Reservoir Operation Schedule, Gate
Operation Schedule, etc.) as per Dam Safety Organization’s
guidelines.
viii) In case of emergency or danger to dam/canal or likely
emergency due to release of flood, he shall immediately
inform Superintending Engineer, Chief Engineer and
concerned revenue authority and visit site and guide to
restore the situation, as per procedures mentioned in
chapter on Irrigation Management and Safety of Project.
ix) He shall prepare Preliminary Irrigation Program (PIP) and
approve it or get the approval from the competent authority.
He shall ensure that annual water account is prepared and
submitted to the Superintending Engineer.
x) Executive Engineer shall decide the rotation program, in
each irrigation season, in consultation with canal advisory
committee and representatives of WUA. He shall provide
consultation to Project Level Associations (PLA), where exist,
for deciding the rotation programme.
xi) He shall execute irrigation and non-irrigation agreements
and timely renew them, wherever applicable, with prior
approval of competent authority.
xii) He shall give wide publicity to seasonal irrigation program
before start of season,
xiii) He shall approve all seasonal irrigation demands in time
xiv) He shall cause to monitor the gauges at important discharge
measuring points for major and medium projects.
xv) He shall visit the command area under irrigation of each
major and medium irrigation project during rotation at least
once in a year.
xvi) He shall approve all water assessment statements and
monitor the progress of their realization.
xvii) He shall check at least 1 % crop measurements in an irrigation
season for each project.
xviii) He shall check at least 4 percent of areas for which
Panchanama is conducted in a season, and all panchnamas
Page 54 of 303
having area more than 4 ha. or cause to conduct su-moto

panchanama, where unauthorized irrigation is noticed by him
xix) He shall arrange training for crop cutting experiments for his
staff and monitor crop cutting experiments.
xx) Responsibility of finalizing the measurements of earthwork
and canal cleaning works done by mechanical organization
shall rest with the Executive Engineer. Revised estimates of
works as per joint measurements conducted by Executive
Engineer of mechanical and civil organization shall be
prepared by Executive Engineer of civil division and he shall
obtain sanction of competent authority.
xxi) Executive Engineer shall accord permission for navigation on
major, medium and minor tanks with permission of Chief
Engineer and Superintending Engineer, as the case may be.
xxii) He shall work as appellate authority in respect of appeals
under Section 47 of MIA-1976.
xxiii) He shall declare wet areas and uncommand area in the
command area with the approval of Superintending Engineer.
xxiv) He shall pass orders on granting remissions in case of water
supply for irrigation on Agreement System.
xxv) He shall call for labour in emergency by public proclamation
from permanent holders, occupiers or such agricultural
labour employed by them, of all irrigable lands. In case such
labour is not found sufficient, he can order requiring
attendance of all cultivators or all agricultural labour or
both, resident within 10 km of the place of such urgent work.
xxvi) He shall get water courses constructed under water courses
agreement, repaired and proportionate cost recovered from
such permanent holders or stop supply of water.
xxvii) He shall discharge his duties in respect of conducting the
elections of directors of managing committee and chairmen
of Water Users’ Associations as laid down in Maharashtra
Management of Irrigation Systems by Farmers Act, 2005.
11.3.4 Executive Engineer (Hydro Electrical):
He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Electrical
Services of Engineer. In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph
9 and paragraph 11.3.1 above, he shall
1) monitor Operation and Maintenance of Lift Irrigation Schemes as
well as Hydro Electric Projects which are not taken over by
Maharashtra State Power Generation Company Limited
(MahaGenCo).
2) He shall finalise the plan and design proposals regarding
Renovation, Modernisation, Uprating and Life Extension (RMU and
LE) of the Hydro Electric Projects which have completed useful
life of 35 years for obtaining approval from competetnt authority.
11.3.5 Executive Engineer (Mechanical):
Page 55 of 303

9 and paragraph 11.3.1 above, he shall
i) Control activities such as canal cleaning, mechanical works of lift
irrigation schemes, manufacturing, erection and repairs of
hydraulic gates, pre and post monsoon inspection of gates.
ii) Ensure optimum deployment of plant and machinery within his
Division
Executive Engineer is also ex-officio professional adviser related
to mechanical and automotive issues of all offices of other
departments within his jurisdiction
11.3.6 Executive Engineer (Design) (Civil/Mechanical/Electrical):
/Mechanical or Electrical Engineer, as the case may be. In addition
to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.3.1 above,
he shall
a) Prepare design approach note.
b) re-verify whether design is as per approved approach note
c) Study the literatures and initiate proposal for innovative methods
and modern technologies related to design.
11.3.7 Administrative Officer (WALMI):
He shall be of the rank of Executive Engineer, belonging to
Maharashtra Service of Civil Engineers.In addition to duties mentioned
in paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.3.1 above, the Administrative Officer
shall entrust duties to officers to take care of estate including
buildings of the institute. He shall prepare agenda notes for Governing
Council meetings. He shall take necessary steps for printing and
revision of WALMI publications. He shall ensure that effective
mechanism is put in place for use of training material and
infrastructure.
11.3.8 Executive Engineer (Hydrology Project):
paragraph 11.3.1 above, his duties shall include,
a. inspection of hydrological and meteorological observation stations
b. ensuring of all data entry and initial validation
c. Monitoring and processing data at Divisional Data Processing
Centres (DPC) as per norms
d. Ensuring smooth functioning of Divisional DPCs.
e. Testing of river water quality at designated points.
11.3.9 Executive Engineer (Hydro-meteorological Data
Processing):
a. Carrying out timely final data validation.
b. Ensuring publication of water yearbooks and special reports.
Page 56 of 303
c. Ensuring smooth functioning of State DPC and flow of data to and

from State DPC
11.3.10 Executive Engineer (Hydrodynamics Division, Hydrology
Project):
a. Model study of spillway, EDA, outlets, etc.
b. Mathematical modelling
c. Calibration of SWF, if requested by Field Offices.
11.3.11 Executive Engineer(Water Planning Division (Yield))
paragraph 11.3.1 above, he shall-
a. Guide and monitor yield study for issuing water availability
certificates
b. Submit yield study to higher officer
11.3.12 Executive Engineer(Water Planning Division (Flood))
paragraph 11.3.1 above, he shall carry out flood study of projects.
11.3.13 Executive Engineer(Basin Simulation)
paragraph 11.3.1 above, he shall monitor-
a. Installation and Commissioning of centres of Real Time Data
Acquisition System (RTDAS)
b. Real Time Stream flow Forecasting (RTSF) and Reservoir
operation System, simulation model development
c. Providing decision support to project officers for flood
routing and reservoir operation using the model.
d. Conduct special purpose driven studies for externally aided
projects
11.3.14 Research Officer/ Executive Engineer (Instrumentation
Research Division)
Civil Engineers. In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9
and paragraph 11.3.1 above, his duties include,
a. procurement, installation and commissioning of instruments
b. annual inspection, checking, calibration and special repairs
of instruments.
c. giving training to project engineers for proper upkeep,
maintenance and operation of instruments
d. research and development works related to
instrumentation.
11.3.15 Executive Engineer(Project Investigation)(Civil / Hydro):
Page 57 of 303

i. Get prepared reconnaissance report, including comparative
study of alternative possible sites for water resources projects
and obtain approval from competent authority.
ii. Furnish proposals for obtaining administrative approval
(including estimate of cost involved) to the proposals of
preparing PIR or DPR from competent authority.
iii. Monitor completion of survey and investigation works required
for the preparation of PIR / DPR.
iv. Get prepared the PIR / DPR and furnish to higher authority for
approval.
v. Accord technical sanction to the estimate of preparing PIR or
DPR, if it is within his power. Otherwise he shall obtain approval
from competent authority.
vi. Arrange to execute survey and investigation works including
fixing required agencies.
vii. Arrange to obtain all data and records required for planning of
project (PIR/DPR). He shall arrange for required tests for
checking suitability of construction material.
viii. To ascertain the availability of construction material and lead
thereof.
11.3.16 Executive Engineer (Construction Audit Unit):
paragraph 11.3.1 above, he shall conduct test audit (as per criteria
laid down in Chapter of Technical Audit) of Technical Sanction,
procurement plan, procurement procedure, execution of works,
excess over the tendered quantity and extra items cropped up
during execution of the work, design, drawings and estimates
including rate analysis of all original and repair and renovation of
projects proposed for AA/RAA pertaining to civil works.
He shall audit from point of compliance of provisions laid down in
various standards, rules, Government Orders and procedures, etc.
11.3.17 Executive Engineer (Hydro Electrical Audit):
He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Electrical Services
of Engineer. In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and
paragraph 11.3.1 above, he shall conduct test audit (as per criteria
laid down in Chapter of Technical Audit) of Technical Sanction,
procurement plan, procurement procedure, execution of works,
excess over the tendered quantity and extra items cropped up
during execution of the work, in respect of electrical works.
He shall conduct the audit of operation and maintenance of Hydro
Electric Projects and Lift Irrigation Schemes mainly for electrical
and mechanical components outside the pump house. In addition
to the operation and maintenance, the audit shall include test
Page 58 of 303
requirements, warrantees and guarantees for Hydro Electric

Projects and Lift Irrigation Schemes.
He shall audit inspection reports, results of tests conducted at
factories as well as at site, of machinery and equipments.
He shall audit from the point of compliance of provisions in the
Indian Electricity Act, 2003, standards, rules, Government Orders
and procedures, etc.
11.3.18 Executive Engineer (Mechanical Audit):
9 and paragraph 11.3.1 above, he shall conduct test audit (as per
criteria laid down in Chapter of Technical Audit of Technical
Sanction, procurement plan, procurement procedure, execution of
works, excess over the tendered quantity and extra items cropped
up during execution of the work, in respect of mechanical works.
He shall conduct the audit of operation and maintenance of
Lift Irrigation Schemes mainly for electrical and mechanical
components inside the pump house. In addition to the operation
and maintenance, the audit shall include test requirements,
warrantees and guarantees for Lift Irrigation Schemes. He shall
audit inspection reports, results of tests conducted at factories as
well as at site, of machinery and equipments.
11.3.19 Executive Engineer (Irrigation Management Audit):
paragraph 11.3.1 above, he shall conduct the audit of irrigation
management by scrutiny of records in the offices as well as by
inspection of site.
11.3.20 Executive Engineer (Water Audit):
paragraph 11.3.1 above,
i) He shall scrutinise water accounts, communicate to field
offices the remarks as approved by Chief Auditor, Water &
Irrigation.
ii) He shall conduct water audit of all the projects assigned to
him where storage is created (partially or fully) by scrutiny
of records submitted by project officers and verification by
field visits.
iii) He shall prepare and update template files for Annual Water
Accounts and those for benchmarking.
iv) He shall find out project wise/indicator wise reasons for
lower performance.
v) He shall cause to conduct inspection of every irrigation
division and some of its sub-divisions and Section offices once
in a year or any time with directives from Chief Auditor,
Water & Irrigation / Government, in case of serious
complaints.
Page 59 of 303
vi) He shall conduct memo reading for annual inspection.

vii)He shall analyse water audit and benchmarking data and
prepare draft Water Audit and benchmarking reports of
Water Resources Projects in the State.
viii) He shall take follow-up actions for compliance of
preliminary remarks of inspection and water audit
paragraphs.
ix) He shall take measures for dropping of water audit
paragraphs concerning procedural lapses.
x) He shall prepare annual Irrigation Status Report of the State,
after reconciling the data received from the field Chief
Engineers, where possible.
11.3.21 Executive Engineer (Data Updation):
paragraph 11.3.1 above, he shall collect, analyse and update data
in respect of parameters decided by the Government from time to
time.
11.3.22 Executive Engineer(Project Safety) (Civil / Mechanical /
Electrical):
He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Services of Civil /
Mechanical or Electrical Engineer, as the case may be. In addition
to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.3.1 above,
his duties shall include,
a) Test inspections of Government owned dams/ Private dams / Dams
of National importance / Century old Category-II large dams
b) Preparation of Status Reports for Category-I and II large dams and
Century old dams.
c) Scrutiny and compilation of the consolidated inspection reports for
hydro projects received from field officers and preparation of
consolidated status report for all Hydro Electric Projects in the
State.
d) Scrutiny and compilation of the consolidated inspection reports for
Civil, Mechanical and Electrical components of LIS, received from
field officers and preparation of consolidated status report for all
Lift Irrigation Schemes in the State.
11.3.23 Executive Engineer (Quality Control):
Engineers. In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph
11.3.1 above, he shall-
a. Test check materials for quality at the time of survey and
investigation.
b. approve the compliance of Red Slips issued by Deputy Engineer and
further issue OK Slips after compliance
c. Visit various work sites periodically
d. prepare Monthly Progress Report (MPR) and annual Quality Control
report
Page 60 of 303
11.3.24 Executive Engineer (DIRD):

a) monitor salinity and water logging in command area
b) arrange for Survey and Planning of the land drainage schemes in
command area
c) plan and monitor execution of land drainage schemes
b) monitor and maintain the land drainage schemes
c) Monitor the well observations and saline affected areas in the
command of Major & Medium irrigation projects in order to
reclaim waterlogged and salt affected lands by constructing and
maintaining drainage schemes and test checking of observations
of water levels in wells and affected areas.
d) Improvise the proposal formulated for schemes for reclamation of
affected lands, where necessary.
e) Monitor research studies by means of paper and field studies
within his division related to water and land management.
f) Formulate proposals related to Information, Education and
Communication through print and electronic media, regarding
Water Resources Department by arranging training, participating
in various exhibitions, workshops and publishing articles in
quarterly magazine Maharashtra Sinchan Vikas.
g) Formulate Annual Status Report regarding health of irrigation
canal commands in relation to water logging and salinity, in
respect of major and medium projects.
11.3.25 Executive Engineer (In IDC, Assistant Chief Engineer in
Region Office and Deputy Superintending Engineer in Circle
office):
Civil / Mechanical or Electrical Engineer, as the case may be. He
shall-
1) Carry out the duties of Drawing and Disbursing officer, if assigned.
2) Conduct pre-audit of all technical proposals received in the office.
3) Take review of court cases, audit paragraphs, store verification
paragraphs, office inspection paragraphs, pending cases
particularly enquiry cases.
4) Ensure timely disposal of all works related to legislature and
parliament.
5) Take review of all activities related to e-Governance.
11.4 Deputy Engineer:
a) The term Deputy engineer includes engineering officers such as,
Assistant Executive Engineer, Assistant Engineer Grade-I, Sub
Divisional Engineer and Sub Divisional Officer. A Deputy Engineer is
either in charge of a Sub Division which is a sub unit of construction
or maintenance or part of the office or unit. The Deputy Engineer
is assisted by Junior Engineers in his task. The Deputy Engineer shall
interact with local officers of other departments as and when
Page 61 of 303
required. The Deputy Engineer shall supervise all the works under
his charge, take or cause to be taken the measurements of works
and propose payments to be made for works.
11.4.1 Deputy Engineer (Construction):
paragraph 11.4(a) above, his duties shall be-
11.4.1.1 Estimate
I. He shall explore all possible sources for all construction
materials, ascertain the suitability of material and extent of
availability of suitable material. He shall measure the leads of
these sources from construction site and propose the adoption
of appropriate (from quality, quantity and economy point of
view) source(s) in the estimate.
II. He shall get estimates prepared from junior engineers and
check that they are prepared on the basis of approved design
and drawings.
11.4.1.2 Execution
I. He shall carry all Bench marks by double leveling method.
II. He shall take joint measurements of initial levels before start
of work.
III. He shall either himself record all the measurements or check
100 percent the measurements recorded by junior engineer.
IV. He shall himself record all measurements which are likely to be
hidden and may not be susceptible to measurements at later
date.
V. He shall ensure that, the contractor has adequately mobilized
the required men and machinery before commencement of the
work and according to approved construction programme.
VI. He shall insist that contractor establishes the requisite standard
of quality control and testing facilities at the site of work
before commencement of work.
VII. He shall ensure that all the prerequisite permissions clearances,
sanctions, insurance etc. are obtained by the contractor.
VIII. He shall ensure that the construction materials, tools and
machinery are of the required quality and standard.
IX. He shall ensure that the contractor procures optimum quantity
of construction material in order to maintain good and
continuous work flow.
X. He shall ensure that the work is done as per specifications,
drawings, of proper quality and in best workmanship like
manner.
XI. He shall inspect the work and report any deviation of quantity
and also departure from construction programme.
11.4.2 Deputy Engineer (Irrigation Management)
Page 62 of 303

11.4(a) above,
I. He shall act as a canal officer and he has to follow duties and
responsibilities, as assigned to him under Maharashtra Irrigation Act,
1976 and Maharashtra Management of Irrigation Systems by Farmers
Act, 2005.
II. He shall supervise maintenance, operation and management of all
projects under his control.
III. He shall supervise safety and security of property at head work
structures from theft point of view
IV. If any danger or emergency to any work in his jurisdiction is reported
by his staff or the people, he should immediately visit and inspect the
work and report the situation to Executive Engineer and the revenue
authority, if required. He should also take immediate actions to
restore the situation.
V. He shall supervise recording of data at dam site and canal as
mentioned in chapter of Irrigation Management.
VI. He shall ensure availability of required record (completion report,
record drawings, ROS, GOS etc.) as per Dam Safety Organisation’s
guidelines, in his sub division.
VII. He shall be present in his jurisdiction during monsoon.
VIII. In case of likely emergency due to release of flood, he shall
immediately inform Executive Engineer and concerned revenue
authority and take action, as guided in Standard Operating Procedures
for Flood Management.
IX. He shall carry annual inspection of dams and canals as mentioned in
chapter on Project Safety.
X. He shall prepare the program of annual maintenance and repairs on
the basis of annual inspection by him and reports submitted by Section
Officers and submit the same to Executive Engineer for approval.
XI. He shall get the irrigation programme of all the sections in his
jurisdiction, compile it, prepare Preliminary Irrigation Program of
projects under his sub division and submit it to Executive Engineer
before each irrigation season. After the end of each irrigation season
he should prepare project wise annual water accounts of his sub
division and submit to the Executive Engineer.
XII. He shall monitor the gauges at important discharge measuring points
for projects under his jurisdiction.
XIII. He shall visit the command area under his jurisdiction at least once in
season, during rotation to ensure proper irrigation management.
XIV. He shall scrutinise all assessment statements and watch the progress
of its realisation.
XV. He shall check at least 8 percent areas for which Panchanamas is
conducted in a season, and all panchnamas having area more than 2
ha or conduct su-moto panchanama, where unauthorized irrigation is
noticed by him
Page 63 of 303
XVI. He shall check at least 2 % crop measurements in an irrigation season

for each project.
XVII. He shall conduct training for crop cutting experiments for his staff and
supervise crop cutting experiment.
XVIII. He shall work as appellate authority in respect of appeals under
Section 47 of Maharashtra Irrigation Act -1976.
XIX. He shall enquire in to the complaints or representations regarding
water supply or sanction to the same.
XX. He shall take review of recovery of water charges.
XXI. He shall discharge his duties in respect of conducting the election of
directors of managing committee and chairmen of Water Users’
Associations as laid down in Maharashtra Management of Irrigation
Systems by Farmers Act, 2005.
11.4.3 Deputy Engineer (Hydro Electrical)
He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Electrical Services of
Engineer. In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph
11.4(a) above, he shall
I. Supervise all the works under his charge, take or cause to be taken the
measurements of works and propose payments to be made for works.
II. Get estimate prepared from JE and check whether the estimates are
based on approved designs and drawings.
III. Either himself record all the measurements or check 100 percent the
measurements recorded by junior engineer.
IV. Himself record all measurements which are likely to be hidden and may
not be susceptible to measurements at later date.
V. Ensure that, the contractor has adequately mobilized the required men
and machinery before commencement of the work and according to
approved construction programme.
VI. Ensure that the work is done as per specifications, drawings, of proper
quality and in best workmanship like manner.
VII. Inspect the work and report any deviation of quantity and also
departure from construction programme.
VIII. Inspect materials, store records and update them.
IX. monitor work done by subordinate Engineers and other staff members
X. Distribute work amongst the Assistant Engineers-II/Section
Engineers/Junior Engineers under his sub division.
XI. Make arrangements for effective Operation and Maintenance of
electrical components of LIS outside pump house.
XII. Ensure the safety of Operation and Maintenance of components of
Hydro Electric Projects entrusted to him.
XIII. Prepare the plan and design proposals regarding Renovation,
Modernization, Uprating and Life Extension (RMU and LE) of the Hydro
Electric Projects which have completed useful life of 35 years for
obtaining approval from competent authority.
11.4.4 Deputy Engineer (Mech.):
Page 64 of 303
He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Mechanical Services

of Engineer. In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph
11.4(a) above, shall-
I. Carry out deployment programme of earth work, canal cleaning,
erection work, gate work, lift irrigation work, etc. as per works
programme/deployment programme.
II. Monitor earth moving machinery, maintain an account of
machinery use.
III. Inspect materials, store records and update them.
IV. Monitor work done by subordinate Engineers and other staff
members
V. Distribute work amongst the Assistant Engineers-II/Section
Engineers/Junior Engineers under his sub division.
11.4.5 Deputy Engineer (Design) (Civil / Mech / Electrical):
/Mechanical or Electrical Engineer, as the case may be. In addition to
duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.4(a) above, his duties
include-
I. Checking of arithmetical calculations
II. Checking the design with reference to the approved design
approach
III. Scrutinizing the design data and assumptions
IV. Preparing non-conventional/ atypical design including
calculation and notes and also conventional design where
Junior Engineer is not available.
V. Verification of drawings prepared by Assistant Engineer-II
VI. Cross checking of design prepared by another Deputy
Engineer, if desired by Executive Engineer.
11.4.6 Deputy Engineer (WALMI):
paragraph 11.4(a) above,he shall ensure proper care and upkeep of
all buildings and other estates of the Institute. He shall ensure
proper running and maintenance of infrastructure facilities for
training courses.
11.4.7 Deputy Engineer (Project Investigation)(Civil / Hydro):
paragraph 11.4(a) above, he shall
I. Prepare reconnaissance report, including comparative study of
alternative possible sites for water resources project and obtain
approval from competent authority.
II. Prepare proposal for obtaining administrative approval (including
estimate of cost involved) to preparing Preliminary Investigation
Report or Draft Project Report from competent authority.
Page 65 of 303
III. Arrange to complete survey and investigation works required for the
preparation of Preliminary Investigation Report and Draft Project
Report and also for estimate of the project works.
IV. Prepare the Preliminary Investigation Report and Draft Project
Report and furnish to higher authority for approval.
V. Obtain technical sanction to the estimate of preparing Preliminary
Investigation Report or Draft Project Report from competent
authority.
VI. He shall obtain all data and records required for planning of project
(PIR/DPR). He shall arrange for required tests for checking suitability
of construction material.
11.4.8 Deputy Engineer (Construction Audit)
paragraph 11.4(a) above, he shall assist in conducting pre audit of
proposals for Administrative Approval/Revised Administrative
Approval. He shall assist in conducting pre audit at construction
stage.
11.4.9 Deputy Engineer (Water Audit):
11.4(a) above, his duties include
I. Carrying out annual inspection of irrigation division, sub division and
Section as per programme approved by Chief Auditor, Water &
Irrigation.
II. Analysis of water audit and benchmarking data and submit preliminary
remarks on the same to Executive Engineer for further action.
III. Assisting Executive Engineer for preparation of drafts for Benchmarking
and Water Audit reports.
IV. Assisting Executive Engineer for preparation of drafts for Irrigation
Status Report.
11.4.10 Deputy Engineer (Irrigation Management Audit):
11.4(a) above, he shall assist in conducting audit of irrigation management.
11.4.11 Deputy Engineer (Mechanical Audit)
He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Mechanical Services of
Engineer. In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph
11.4(a) above, he shall assist in conducting mechanical audit.
11.4.12 Deputy Engineer (Electrical Audit)
He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Electrical
9 and paragraph 11.4(a) above, he shall assist in conducting
electrical audit.
11.4.13 Deputy Engineer (Project Safety) (Civil / Mechanical /
Electrical) :
Page 66 of 303

Engineers. In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.4(a)
above,his duties include-
I. Test inspections of Century old Category-III large dams
II. Scrutiny of inspection reports received from field officers
III. Assist Executive Engineer for preparation of various status reports
11.4.14 Deputy Engineer (Quality Control (QC)):
He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Services of Civil Engineers.
In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.4(a) above,
he shall
I. Cause to issue OK Card
II. Inspect site and issue slips according to quality of work
III. Supervise testing of materials in lab and field.
IV. Check a percentage of results by actual testing.
V. Cause to issue all test reports
VI. Prepare Mix design
VII. Check whether register of passing the foundation of structures,
including Cut off Trench of dam has been maintained and whether
competent authority has passed the foundation.
VIII. Check whether Green / OK Card / Inspection slip is obtained from QC
organization for centering, reinforcement.
IX. Verify whether the design for centering is approved by the competent
authority.
X. Verify whether the log book of pump for de-watering is maintained.
XI. Verify whether check measurement register is maintained.
XII. Verify whether cement consumption register in the Form No. 1, 2, and
3 is maintained.
XIII. Verify whether Water Intake Test register and cement consumption
register for grouting is maintained.
XIV. Verify whether Register of Machinery and workers brought on site by
contractors is maintained.
XV. Verify whether required tests are taken to ascertain the quality of
material as per technical specifications in approved drawing/estimate.
XVI. Verify whether required technical tests are taken for gates/ hoist
manufacturing, erectionand repairs, electrical equipment, also during
erection of machinery of Lift Irrigation Schemes.
11.4.15 Deputy Engineer (DIRD):
Engineers. In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.4(a) above,
he shall-
I. Monitor the well observation and affected area in the command of Major,
Medium irrigation project in order to reclaim waterlogged and salt
affected land by constructing and maintaining drainage schemes and
percentage checking of observations of water levels in wells and affected
area.
Page 67 of 303
II. Check the proposal formulated for scheme for reclamation of affected
land.
III. test check of water quality of wells in once in four year
IV. Carry out research studies by means of paper and field studies related to
water and land management.
V. Propagate the activities of Information, Education, and Communication
regarding Water Resources Department by arranging training,
participating in various exhibitions, workshops and publishing articles in
VI. Check estimates of drainage schemes based on field study in the command
of private Lift Irrigation Schemes if requested by beneficiaries at Govt.
cost and hand over it to concern as per instructions of Executive Engineer.
11.4.16 Deputy Engineer (Vigilance)
11.4(a) above,he shall assist the Superintending Engineer Vigilance in-
I. Collecting information required for preliminary inquiry from
concerned field officers regarding complaints referred by Government
against staff.
II. Preparing of draft charge-sheets, called for by Government.
III. Collecting information in respect of disciplinary actions, criminal
cases, suspension, etc., from field officers for onward submission to
Government.
IV. Compilation of list of officers/staff having doubtful integrity.
11.4.17 Assistant Superintending Engineer in Circle office and
Deputy Executive Engineer in Divisional office:
He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Services of Civil /Mechanical or
Electrical Engineer, as the case may be. He shall-
I. Carry out the duties of Drawing and Disbursing officer, if assigned.
II. Conduct pre-audit of all technical proposals received in the office.
III. Take review of Court Cases, audit Para, store verification para, office
inspection para, pending cases particularly inquiry cases,
IV. Ensure timely disposal of all works related to legislature and
parliament.
V. Take review of all activities related to e-Governance.
11.5 Junior Engineer:-
a) The term Junior Engineer includes engineers designated as Assistant
Engineer Grade-II, Sectional Engineer and Junior Engineer. The Junior
Engineer is primary level engineering officer of the department. He is
entrusted with the duties of preparation of estimates of works to be done
on the basis of measurements taken, preparation of draft tender papers
based on sanctioned estimate, supervising the work done at site, taking
measurements of work done to prepare bills of contractors, maintenance
of accounts of material at site, material consumed in work and
preparation of periodical return and reports.
11.5.1 Junior Engineer (Construction):
Page 68 of 303
Junior Engineer is the officer responsible to see that the

works executed are as per the plans and estimates, specifications
and are of required quality. The Junior Engineer takes initial
measurements for the purpose of estimation.
In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and
paragraph 11.5(a) above, he shall perform duties as below -
11.5.1.1 Project Planning and Work planning:
a) He shall carry out all necessary surveys, leveling, carry out sub-
surface investigations and data collection required for project
planning as mentioned in the PWD Handbook Chapter 6 (Part-I).
b) He shall assist Deputy Engineer in exploring the leads for all
possible sources for construction materials.
c) Assisting the Deputy Engineer in carrying of Bench mark by double
leveling. He shall establish temporary benchmarks.
d) He shall carry out all necessary surveys, leveling, carry out sub-
surface investigations and data collection, not done at the project
planning stage and also for other reasons such as - exploration of
new quarry areas in view of time lapse between administrative
approval and start of project construction, additional necessary
explorations etc.
11.5.1.2 Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation:
a) He shall demarcate the land to be acquired. He shall represent
WRD for purpose of Joint Measurements of the land.
b) He shall take actual measurements of civil structure to be
acquired in the presence of representatives of concerned
departments and the owner.
c) He shall prepare estimates for valuation of property (civil
structures), to be acquired on the basis of actual measurements.
d) He shall prepare the proposal for diverting forest land for
projects of WRD, wherever required.
e) He shall prepare proposal for transfer of Government land and
acquisition of private land required for WRD projects wherever
required.
f) He shall associate with the studies to be carried out by the
designated agencies engaged for EIA, for preparing proposal etc.
g) He shall prepare estimates for Civic amenities at resettlement
sites, in consultation with various departments, to the extent
necessary.
11.5.1.3 Estimate
a) He shall prepare the designs of the minor components of
projects which are neither dealt with by Central Designs
Organisation nor by the Field Design Divisions.
b) He shall prepare estimates for various purposes, such as project
planning, execution of works, etc. based on approved design
and drawings.
11.5.1.4 Execution
Page 69 of 303
a) Heshall ensure that approved drawings and specifications are

available at site.
b) He shall take and record initial levels of construction site before
start of construction work.
c) He shall update the documents such as work order books, quality
control registers, cement consumption register, grouting register,
dewatering register, foundation passing register, progress register
etc.
d) He shall update Material at Site account for materials procured at
departmental cost or material brought by the contractor for which
advance is paid.
e) He shall ensure the quality of work as per specifications and shall
comply with the requirements mentioned in chapter on Quality
Assurance.
f) He shall ensure that contractor fulfill all requisites as mentioned
in the contract document (such as mobilization of men and
machinery, establishment of QC lab) and he shall ensure that
contractor does not violate any legal requirement e.g. permission
to blast in an area, employ labour on site etc. and facilitate for
obtaining appropriate permissions from competent authority for
electric supply for plants and equipments,
g) He shall maintain and update register of machineries deployed and
men employed by contractor at work site, including record of use
of machineries. He shall also submit weekly such reports to Deputy
Engineer and in turn Deputy Engineer shall submit consolidated
report to Executive Engineer till completion of work.
h) In case of stoppage of work, he shall submit daily report of
contractor’s idle machinery and men to Deputy Engineer and
Executive Engineer till the work is resumed.
i) He shall initiate proposal for shifting or modifications in the
electric lines, telephone lines, road and rail line etc.
j) He shall give line outs for the work for the purpose of execution.
k) He shall supervise all the works under his charge, take or cause to
be taken the measurements of works and propose payments to be
made for works.
l) He shall take joint measurements of initial levels before start of
work.
m) He shall take measurement and record the same in Measurement
Book including signing the work slips of machineries of Mechanical
Organisation, if deployed.
n) He shall take care not to allow covering of parts which are likely
to be hidden, before measurements are recorded and checked by
o) He shall prepare record drawings for hidden parts before
proposing payment for the same.
p) He shall prepare final record drawings after completion of work or
component.
Page 70 of 303
q) He shall ensure work is done as per specifications and drawings

and proper quality.
11.5.2 Junior Engineer (Irrigation Management):
In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.5(a) above,he
shall,
I. Act as a canal officer and he has to carry out duties and
responsibilities, as assigned to him under Maharashtra Irrigation Act,
1976 and Maharashtra Management of Irrigation Systems by Farmers
Act, 2005.
II. Carry out maintenance, operation and management of all projects
under his control.
III. Regularly inspect all irrigation works including roads, buildings and
ancillary works under him, especially before and after monsoon and
bring his findings to the notice of Deputy Engineer.
IV. Inspect Dam, canal or its components immediately if any danger or
emergency is reported by his staff or a member of general population.
He should immediately inform the situation to Deputy Engineer and
Executive Engineer and act to restore the situation as per their
instructions or on his own, till he receives instructions.
V. Carry out annual maintenance and repair of works, after obtaining
required sanctions from competent authority.
VI. Arrange to watch the safety and security of head works of major and
medium projects and colonies in his jurisdiction. He shall report, as
soon as noticed, any incidence of encroachment, theft or damage to
property.
VII. Collect the rainfall data, and data on the basis of observations of all
the instruments including evaporimeter on dam site, check the data
and observations periodically. He should work out inflow and outflow
from dam and seepages at various points, canal releases, reading of
all measuring devices etc. in his jurisdiction. He should keep the
record of all this data and observations and convey the data to the
higher authority.
VIII. Keep required record as mentioned in Project Safety chapter in the
section office in good condition.
IX. Be available in his jurisdiction.
X. Immediately inform Deputy Engineer and Executive Engineer and
concerned revenue authority likely emergency and floods, and take
actions, as per Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) in case of floods.
XI. Carry out annual inspection of dams and canal structures as mentioned
in chapter on Project Safety.
XII. Get the irrigation program from his canal inspectors and WUAs, prior
to each irrigation season in his jurisdiction, compile it, prepare
preliminary irrigation program and submit it to Deputy Engineer. He
should submit rotation wise water account to the Deputy Engineer.
XIII. Report to superior officer any misuse of canal water.
XIV. Inspect field irrigation in his jurisdiction very frequently and to keep
with him;
(i) Schedule programme of rotation and sequence of running of the
distributaries in his section.
(ii) Discharge table of all measuring devices in his jurisdiction.
Page 71 of 303
(iii) Shejpali Patrak

(iv) Control Chart.
(v) Panchanama Pahani Tippan
(VI) Note book containing statistical and hydrological information of
canals and minors in his Section.
XV. Immediately note the unfair practices observed in the PahaniTippan
Form and follow the procedure mentioned in Chapter on Irrigation
Management.
XVI. He shall note down working conditions of the pump sets, with their
capacity for sanctioned lifts. He shall note crops grown on wells and
on seepage or pazar. In case of unauthorised devices used for drawl of
canal water. He shall take steps to remove such devices.
XVII. Check the season wise area irrigated to the extent of at least 7 percent
in every village and check Panchanamas to the extent of at least 20
percent for individual areas above 0.80 Hectares (2 acres).
XVIII. Act as Appellate authority as per Section 47 of Maharashtra Irrigation
Act-1976
XIX. Accept and approve water applications
XX. Discharge his duties in respect of conducting the election of directors
of managing committee and Chairmen of Water Users’ Associations as
laid down in Maharashtra Management of Irrigation Systems by Farmers
Act / rules.
XXI. Attend meetings of Water Users Associations.
XXII. Check wet areas for the purpose of irrigation agreements.
XXIII. Supervise the work of subordinates in respect of timely preparation
and submission of assessment statements.
XXIV. Collect water charges, issue triplicate receipts and remit the amount
collected either to the Sub division or to the treasury.
XXV. Be responsible, to the extent of 25 %, for achieving the annual target
given by the Government.
11.5.3 Junior Engineer (Electrical):

11.5(a) above, following shall be additional duties,
I. Normally he shall be present at work site and supervise the
electrical works as per standards and quality.
II. He shall keep the records of materials, tools and plants, under
his section and initiate measures for maintenance of safety and
security of works, material etc.
III. He shall maintain accounts of various materials used and which
are un-serviceable.
11.5.4 Junior Engineer (Mechanical):
11.5(a) above,following shall be additional duties,
I. Normally he shall be present at work site and carry out the
Mechanical works as per standards and quality.
II. He shall keep the records of materials, tools and plants, under
his section and initiate measures for maintenance of safety and
security of works, material etc.
Page 72 of 303
III. He shall maintain accounts of various materials such as- diesel,

oil, spare parts, un-serviceable material etc.
IV. He shall prepare debit memo and charges for machinery used.
11.5.5 Junior Engineer (Design):

11.5(a) above, following shall be additional duties, he shall-
I. Prepare conventional (where standard guidelines are available) design
and design note as per approved design approach/code of practice.
II. Formulate design data and assumptions
III. Prepare drawings as per design
IV. Cross checking the design, prepared by another design unit, as directed
by Executive Engineer.
11.5.6 Junior Engineer (Project Investigation) (Civil / Hydro)

In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and
paragraph 11.5(a) above, he shall-
I. carry out all necessary surveys, levelling, carry out sub-surface
investigations and data collection required for project planning as
mentioned in the PWD Handbook Chapter 6 (Part-I).
II. Assist Deputy Engineer in exploring the leads for all possible sources
for construction materials.
III. Assist the Deputy Engineer in carrying of Bench mark by double
levelling. He shall establish temporary benchmarks.
IV. Assist in preparing reconnaissance report, including comparative study
of alternative possible sites for water resources project.
V. Assist to prepare proposal for obtaining administrative approval
(including estimate of cost involved) to the cost involved in preparing
PIR or DPR.
VI. Assist in preparing the PIR / DPR.
VII. Obtain all data and records required for planning of project (PIR/DPR).
VIII. Conduct required tests for checking suitability of construction
material.
11.5.7 Junior Engineer (Quality Control):
In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.5(a) above, he
shall-
I. Prepare the clearance slip for starting of work.
II. Arrange to conduct the necessary tests which are expected to be
carried out by Quality control organization.
III. Ascertain that required number of tests are conducted by Construction
agency.
IV. Issue inspection slips mentioning shortcomings, if any observed during
the site visit.
V. Issue clearance slip to resume the works, the shortcomings of which
are rectified / dismantled.
Page 73 of 303
11.5.8 Junior Engineer, (Project Safety) (Civil / Mechanical /

Electrical):
following shall be additional duties,
I. To assist Deputy Engineer in scrutiny of inspection reports received
from field officers.
II. To preserve Health Status Reports
III. To monitor updating / revision of Emergency Action Plan (EAP),
Reservoir Operation Schedule (ROS) and Gate Operation Schedule
(GOS) of dams.
IV. To update National Register of large Dams in the state
11.5.9 Junior Engineer (DIRD):
he shall
I. Monitor the well observation and affected area in the command of Major,
Medium irrigation project in order to reclaim waterlogged and salt
affected land by constructing and maintaining drainage schemes and test
checking of observations of well water levels and test check of area of
affected area.
II. Formulate scheme for reclamation of affected land.
III. Test check of water quality of wells once in four years.
IV. Carry out research studies by means of paper and field studies related to
water and land management.
V. Assist the activities of Information, Education, and Communication
regarding Water Resources Department by arranging training,
participating in various exhibitions, workshops and publishing articles in
VI. Prepare estimates of drainage schemes based on field study in the
command of private Lift Irrigation Schemes if requested by beneficiaries
at Govt. cost.
11.5.10 Junior Engineer (Kharland Development)
In addition to duties mentioned in paragraph 9 and paragraph 11.5 (a) above,
he shall
I. collect the cess from the beneficiaries
II. Carry out MandR works of project components
III. work as catalyst for formation of Kharland Users Association
11.5.11 Junior Engineer in IDC, Region, Circle, Division and Sub
Division office:
The engineering officers designated as above and posted to
various offices shall provide assistance to the immediate superior
officer, as per the instructions of higher officer.
11.6 Civil Engineering Assistant (CEA):-
The Civil Engineering Assistant shall assist the Junior Engineer in his day
to day functions.
The CEA is responsible to see that the works executed are as per the plans
and estimates, specifications and input materials used at site are of required
quality. The CEA shall take and record measurement of the work done, to
the extent power delegated to him.
Page 74 of 303
11.6.1 Project Planning and Work planning:

a) He shall assist Junior Engineer to carry out all necessary surveys, levelling,
carry out sub-surface investigations and data collection required for project
planning as mentioned in the PWD Handbook Chapter 6.
11.6.2 Land Acquisition and Rehabilitation:
a) He shall assist Junior Engineer in demarcating land to be acquired.
b) He shall assist Junior Engineer in taking actual measurements in the presence
of representatives of concerned departments and the owner of civil structure
to be acquired.
c) He shall collect necessary data and records for preparing the proposal for
diverting forest land for projects of WRD, w herever required.
d) He shall collect necessary data and records for preparing proposal for transfer
of Government land and acquisition of private land for WRD projects
wherever required.
e) He shall collect data regarding property to be acquired, number of villages
to be resettled as per prevalent regulations.
11.6.3 Execution
a) When the work is in progress, he shall remain present at site.
b) He shall invariably keep the approved drawings and specifications at site of
work.
c) He shall assist in taking initial levels of construction site before start of
construction work.
d) He shall keep the documents such as work order books, quality control
registers, cement consumption register, grouting register, dewatering
register, foundation passing register, progress register etc.
e) He shall maintain Material at Site account for materials procured at
departmental cost or material brought by the contractor for which advance
is paid.
f) He shall ensure the quality of work as per specifications and shall comply
with the requirements mentioned in chapter on Quality Assurance.
g) He shall collect data required for preparing proposal of shifting or
modifications in the electric lines, telephone lines, road and rail line etc.
h) He shall assist Junior Engineer in preparing record drawings.
i) He shall be custodian of all Scientific and Mathematical instruments and Tools
and Plants articles at site. He is responsible for maintenance of the same.
11.7 Chief Accounts and Finance Officer (CAFO):-
The Chief Accounts and Finance Officer is the financial head of Irrigation
Development Corporation. The CAFO shall distribute appropriations received
for projects, shall ensure keeping proper accounts of the moneys spent on
each item of expenditure, devise suitable and effective means for
accounting, compile various accounts forms required for management
information, cause to prepare statutory accounts and get them audited. He
shall establish effective internal audit mechanism to ensure that proper
financial discipline is followed at local level. He is also responsible for
effective cash flow of funds received by corporation. He shall examine and
offer his comments on the proposals involving financial implication,
including tenders.
Page 75 of 303
11.8 Divisional Accounts Officer (DAO):-

Every Divisional Office shall have a Divisional Accounts Officer to assist
the Executive Engineer in account matters. The cadre of Divisional Accounts
Officer is under the ultimate administrative control of the Accountant
General of the state. The Divisional Accounts Officer is responsible for
proper upkeep of accounts in the divisional office and their timely
submission to the relevant authorities. The Divisional Accounts Officer is also
internal auditor authorized to exercise pre check on payment vouchers to
ensure proper adherence of rules and procedures by the Executive Engineer
and his subordinates. The Divisional Accounts Officer shall render expert
advice on financial issues if such an advice is sought for by the Executive
Engineer.
In addition to above, the DAO shall be bound to follow the duties
mentioned in MPW Account Code.
11.9 Senior Geologist:
He shall be assigned duties of-
I. Finalisation of all geological reports and update record and data , after
reviewing geological data, geological mapping, exploration of
foundations, geological section of dam site, specific recommendations
based on exploration work about alignment of spillways, channels, canals
etc. and obtain the approval to the same from concerned Superintending
Engineer.
II. Proposing the location for spot rock bolting for underground works in
consultation with the concerned executive engineer (designs).
III. Finalising geological parameters of rock mass for underground works.
IV. Inspection of at least 10% of geological mapping and logging.
V. Arranging for compilation of records related to Rock properties.
VI. Approvalof proposals for the foundation exploration.
VII. Finalising recommendations based on explorations work about alignment
and foundations levels of dam, spillway channels canal tunnel etc.
VIII. finalising geological reports of investigation for project planning
IX. studying and preparing reports regarding specific geotechnical problems
11.10 Assistant Geologist:
Each regional geological sub unit is headed by Assistant Geologist, under
the technical control of Senior Geologist. He shall perform following duties-
I. He shall check 100 percent of the geological mapping.
II. He shall check 100 percent of the geological bore holes.
III. He shall prepare proposals for the foundation exploration.
IV. He shall Check geological sections prepared by Geological Assistant
V. He shall propose recommendations based on explorations work about
alignment and foundations levels of dam, spillway channels, canal tunnel
etc.
VI. He shall prepare draft geological reports of investigation for project
planning
Page 76 of 303
VII. Geological Assistant shall carry out Geological mapping as well as

Geological logging of bore holes and prepare geological sections based on
bore hole data.
11.11 Geological Assistant :
He shall-
a) Carry out Geological mapping as well as Geological logging of bore holes
b) Prepare geological sections based on bore hole data
11.12 Senior Soil Survey Officer:
Senior Soil Survey Officer is in charge of the Division and is responsible to
Superintending Engineer and Director, DIRD for execution for the following
work:
i) To monitor pre and post irrigation soil survey for Major, Medium and
selected Minor irrigation projects with a view to describe and classify the
soils in the command of irrigation projects in terms of their suitability for
irrigation.
ii) To prepare and publish annual soil survey report in respect of major
and medium project.
iii) To monitor research studies by means of paper and field studies
related to soil and water management.
iv) To monitor soil and water sample testing for soil survey and
demarcation of affected area and maintaining the quality management
control of laboratory.
11.13 Deputy Soil Survey Officer:
Deputy Soil Survey Officer is in charge of the Sub Division and is
responsible to Soil Survey Officer for execution for the following work:
I. To carry out pre and post irrigation soil survey for Major, Medium and
selected Minor irrigation projects with a view to describe and classify the
soils of the command of irrigation projects in terms of their suitability for
irrigation. To prepare soil survey report and get it approved from Soil
Survey Officer.
II. To carry out research studies by means of paper and field studies related
to soil and water management.
III. To carry out soil and water sample testing for soil survey and demarcation
of affected area and maintaining the quality management control of
laboratory, if laboratory is attached to sub division.
E. APPOINTMENT AND TRANSFER OF GROUP C STAFF:
12 Appointment of Group C staff:
The appointment of Group C staff is made for different zones as
prescribed by the Government with fixed jurisdictions. At present there are
seven zones viz. Pune, Satara, Konkan, Nashik, Marathwada, Amravati and
Nagpur. The seniority of persons in the cadre whose appointment is made for a
particular zone is maintained by the officer designated as coordinating officer
for that zone. The vacancies arising in a cadre whose seniority is maintained
within the zone shall be filled up either by promotions of eligible subordinates
within that zone or by direct recruitment, depending on the recruitment rules
prescribed for that cadre. Inter zonal transfers, at the request of the
Government servant, can be made in exceptional cases with concurrence of both
Page 77 of 303
zonal committees, and provided the Government servant agrees to be placed at

the junior most level in the seniority of the cadre on the date of such transfer.
The request of only such Government servant shall be taken up for consideration,
who have been recruited against regular vacancies and not on short term or leave
vacancies; the government servants should have undergone requisite post
appointment training and should have passed departmental or professional
examination. Inter se seniority of government servants who are transferred out
of a zone due to restructuring of the charges shall be based on the total length
of service of the government servant in the cadre in all zones.
13 Zonal Committee:-
Each designated zone shall have a zonal committee comprising of
Superintending Engineers who have own or subordinate offices within the zone,
irrespective of the headquarters of the Superintending Engineer. One
Superintending Engineer in each zone shall be designated as coordinating
Superintending Engineer, who shall maintain the seniority list of various ranks of
services for which zonal seniority is to be maintained and take steps to fill up
vacant posts. The zonal committee shall decide the appointments either by
recruitment or by promotions to various cadres for which zonal seniority is
maintained. The zonal committee shall decide the allotment and transfers of
group C staff to various circles under the jurisdiction of the zone in case of cadres
for which zonal seniority is maintained. The decision of the committee shall be
by consensus. Any matter defying agreement shall be postponed till further
information is collected and placed before the committee by the designated
zonal officer. The committee in its working shall be guided by the orders issued
by the Government.
F. EXAMINATIONS:
14 Professional Examinations:
The engineering officers and staff of the department shall be required to
pass professional examination in accordance with the rules contained in
Appendix 1.
The non-technical staff is required to pass professional examination
pertaining to the cadre, conducted by the Public Works Department, as per rules
and procedures laid down by that department.
G. TRANSFER OF SUB DIVISIONAL AND DIVISIONAL CHARGES:
15 Transfers
A register in standard form P.W. 142 shall be kept in every divisional office
showing the period of incumbency of each officer who has held the charge of the
division, including the divisional accountant and of several subdivisions; and in
each sub divisional office a similar register shall be maintained of the incumbents
of that sub division, including junior engineers.
In the case of any sudden casualty occurring or any emergent necessity
for an officer to quit charge, the next higher authority shall forthwith issue
instructions for some other officer to assume charge, including cash and stores
directly held by the predecessor. Such orders shall be got confirmed from the
authority competent to issue orders for assumption of such charge without any
delay. The various passwords assigned to the officer shall be got reset from
proper authorities.
Page 78 of 303
An officer must not delay holding over charge after arrival of the relieving
officer, provided the relieving officer has relinquished his earlier charge under
orders of higher authority and produces charge transfer certificate to that
effect. No officer shall proceed on leave without a medical certificate, nor can
he leave the headquarters without the permission of his next superior officer,
before the arrival of the relieving officer.
Every transfer of charge of a gazetted Government servant shall be
reported in standard form PW 93 on the same day to all the officers, to whom,
the copies of transfer orders are issued.
The relieving officer shall take up the expenditure of cash and stores from
and for the first day of the month during which relief takes place and submit the
accounts in the same manner as if he has been in charge during the month. But
the relieved officer shall be responsible, if required, for transactions during his
incumbency.
If the relieving officer fails to bring to the notice within a period of 3
months in the case of sub divisional charges and 6 months in case of divisional
charges, any deficiency or defect in work or stores taken over from his
predecessor, he will be responsible for the same, both as to quality and quantity
so far as he was able to ascertain it.
In case of transfer of divisional and sub divisional charges, the cash book
must be closed on the date of transfer, and a note recorded in it, over the
signatures of both the relieved and relieving officers, showing the cash and
imprest balances , bank balance in DDO account as per cash book , the number
of unused cheques, various passwords assigned to the officer in a sealed cover
and made over and received in transfer by them respectively and bank statement
of DDO account showing transactions and balance on the date of charge. The
relieving officer shall immediately change the passwords and keep them in
personal custody. A copy of this note along with following documents shall be
forwarded within 7 days to the Superintending Engineer, in case of divisional
charges and to the Executive Engineer in case of sub divisional charges.
1. Transfer report in standard form 569 in case of sub divisional charges.
2. Receipts of stock, tools and plants and other stores under the immediate
charge of the officer, in forms A and B given at the end of this paragraph for
divisional and sub divisional charges respectively.
3. A detailed report in standard form PW 468 on the state of scientific and
mathematical instruments. In case of divisional charge, this report shall be in
respect of instruments in divisional office only.
4. Detailed handing over note of all works in hand any orders remaining to be
complied with, and any points of importance to be brought specifically to
notice.
The receipts of cash and stores may be prepared by the relieved officer,
but the relieving officer shall note any inaccuracies therein so that the
Superintending Engineer or the Executive Engineer, as the case may be may
pass such orders in respect of deficiencies if any as may be necessary. Copies
of receipts shall be given to the relieved officer after they are signed by the
relieving officer.
FORM A
Page 79 of 303
Received in transfer from Mr. / Mrs. __________________________________, ex-

Executive Engineer …………………………………….. Division, the stores in his personal charge
as detailed below.
The stock ledger and the ledger of tools and plants are on record and have been posted
to the end of ………………………………….
(Station and Date) Signature of relieving
officer
FORM B
Received in transfer fromMr. / Mrs. __________________________________, ex-
officer in charge …………………………………. Sub division, the stock and tools and plants
which have been in his personal custody, as detailed in the bin cards and the tools and
plants which have been posted up-to-date.
(Station and Date) Signature of relieving
officer
The relieving officer shall then, unless otherwise ordered, proceed with th e officer to
be relieved, to acquaint himself with the record, stores, works and material at site of
works, in charge of subordinates, but in cases of transfers of a divisional charge, the
officer to be relieved shall accompany the relieving officer in his inspection of
outstations only when directed by the Superintending Engineer. In this connection see
paragraph 10.3.14 of Maharashtra Public Works Accounts Code.
The relieved officer shall give the relieving officer a list and note showing all the works
in hand and orders remaining to be complied with detailing such matters as particularly
require his attention, with full explanation of any peculiarity of circumstances or
apprehended difficulties. He should also furnish the relieving officer with a complete
statement of all unadjusted claims, the reasons for non-adjustment of these claims in
due course and to any complication likely to arise owing to their non-adjustment.
The Executive Engineer shall issue instructions to follow these provisions mutatis
mutandis, in case of transfer of other officers and staff, who are handling cash, stores
or performing duties related to work sites.
The report of the completion of divisional charge shall be submitted to the
Superintending Engineer within a fortnight, unless there be some special reasons. In
case of any disagreement between the relieved and relieving officer, a reference shall
be made to the Superintending Engineer.
The transfer report of the sub divisional charge, upon its receipt in divisional office,
shall be scrutinized by the Executive Engineer, any remarks necessary being entered in
the column provided for in the form for that purpose. The report shall then be
submitted to the Superintending Engineer, who after passing such orders as may be
necessary, shall return it to the divisional office for record.
In the event of contingency mentioned above occurring, where an officer is required to
assume charge, the receipts of cash and stores in Forms A and Form B shall be submitted
by the officer who assumes charge.
An officer who is in charge of an office while handing over charge of the office to his
successor should prepare a brief note detailing the general position of work in each
section of the office and the items of work to be urgently attended to, and hand it over
to his successor and also forward a copy thereof to the controlling officer, in addition
to the procedure of transfer of charge referred to above. The incoming officer shall
Page 80 of 303
take immediate steps to finalise the matters requiring urgent action and report
compliance to the controlling officer.
Other important points to be observed in handing over charge of an officer who is in
charge of an Office.
• The relieving officer shall intimate to the relieved officer sufficiently in advance
to enable him to prepare a proper charge report.
• The new incumbent shall take his new charge preferably in the forenoon.
• The cash box and other Items shall be available for inspection In case the charge
has to be transferred during a holiday or a Sunday.
• The relieving officer shall verify the blank foils in the cash receipt book in use
in the office.
• The relieving officer shall verify the blank foils in the stock receipt book in use
in the office.
• The relieving officer shall verify the blank unused cash and stock receipt books
in the office.
• The relieving officer shall verify Keys including duplicate of Cash Box and Cash
Chest.
H. COURT CASES AND OTHER LEGAL MATTERS:-
16 Court Cases
It shall be duty of every officer against whom a case is instituted in any
court of law or tribunal by his designation to maintain a register (As per proforma
vide Appendix 2-Register for Court Cases) of such cases for proper follow up
actions. Registers of court cases showing the dates of hearing and status of the
case shall be maintained by the officer responsible to defend the Department in
Court. A monthly report of the status of all cases shall be submitted to all the
officers on behalf of whom he is defending case.
A responsible officer shall be appointed to keep track of proceedings in
the case. All cases involving service matters of employees before tribunals shall
be dealt with at appointing authority level. All matters involving works and
contracts shall be dealt with at division level. All matters related to land
acquisition shall be dealt with at sub divisional level.
While defending a case filed against Government, the authorised
representative of Government shall invariably obtain approval to the affidavits
and other says to be produced before the court, from the highest authority of
the department which is made party to the case.
I. TRANSFER OF TEMPORARY ESTABLISHMENT (POSTS):
17 Transfer of Temporary Establishment
In order to meet the demand for increased workload of execution or
supervision which may arise from time to time, as well as to ensure that the
establishment shall be capable of contraction as well as of expansion according
as the expenditure on works diminishes or increases, the permanent
establishment may be supplemented by temporary establishment to such extent
as may be necessary, and varying in strength from time to time according to
nature of work to be done. Temporary establishment will include all such non-
permanent establishment, no matter under what designation or cadre is
sanctioned, as is entertained for the general purpose of division or subdivision
or for the general supervision, as distinct from the actual execution of a work or
works and sanctioned by Government.
Page 81 of 303
Executive Directors, Chief Engineers, Superintending Engineers, Executive

Engineers shall have full powers in respect of transfer of temporary
establishment posts, except posts declared as heads of office, in their own
offices and those of subordinate offices within the total sanctioned strength.
Drafting of services commonly termed as ‘Deputation’ shall not be more
than 90 days of an employee during his entire tenure on one post.
J-SECURITY DEPOSIT
18 Security Deposit
The security deposit to be obtained from store keeper, store
superintendent, junior engineer, civil engineering assistant, draftsman, tracer
and all other subordinates entrusted with custody of cash, S&M / Tools and Plants
instruments or stores should be fixed at not less than one percent of maximum
value of cash, S&M / Tools and Plants instruments or stores, subject to max. Rs.
10,000/- as decided by head of the office.
Security shall be only in the following form,
1. In cash, either in lump sum or by monthly deductions in not more than 6 equal
installments from pay.
2. Following may also be accepted as security in lieu of cash
2.1 Government Securities as defined by the Indian Securities Act, 1920,
or securities specified in clause (c) or (d) of section 20 of the Indian
Securities Act, 1882,
2.2 Post Office Cash Certificates,
2.3 Deposits in Post Office Savings Bank
2.4 Bonds and Debentures issued by the Government of Maharashtra or
Central government
2.5 Bonds and Debentures issued by Public sector undertakings of
Government of Maharashtra or Central Government and with the
Government guarantee
2.6 By assignment of a Postal Life Insurance or Endowment Assurance
Policy.
The security should be formally transferred to the Head of office
concerned, i.e., the transfer should be made to the Head of the Office
by designation.
The assignment of above securities shall be executed by Government
servant in form prescribed under respective appendix mentioned in
rule 51 of Bombay Financial Rules 1959.
K-MISCELLANEOUS RULES
19 Personal:
Persons employed in the department shall have no personal or pecuniary
interest, directly or indirectly in the construction of any work or in the
manufacture, supply or sale of any material. They are further subject to rules
laid down in the Maharashtra Civil Services (Conduct) Rules and the Maharashtra
Civil Services (Discipline and Appeal) Rules.
Every member of the department, whether regular or casual, must
consider that his salary or pay for the time being or as defined by any agreement,
is his sole legal remuneration and that the receipt of commission or any
consideration, directly or indirectly on account of any transaction conducted on
Page 82 of 303
behalf of Government is prohibited Every officer of the Government is bound to

report to the departmental superior any infringement of this rule which may
come to his knowledge. The departmental officer however, may accept part of
fees done for services rendered to private persons or institutions, as mentioned
in Appendix 3.
The officers of the rank of Executive Engineer and above may accept,
under intimation to Government, examiner-ship of degree or diploma
examinations of any university in Maharashtra or Institution of Engineers (India),
and accept full remuneration therefor. The examiner-ship should normally not
entail travelling outside his headquarters. In case of travelling outside
Headquarters is necessitated, prior permission of superior officer shall be taken
and the absence from the headquarters shall be treated as casual leave or any
leave admissible.
20 Anonymous / Pseudonymouss Communication:
All anonymous communications shall be disposed off forthwith as
frivolous. Complaints against Government servants when received shall be sent
to the complainant for confirmation of the complaint. If no confirmation is
received within 15 days, the complainant shall be reminded again to confirm the
complaint. If no confirmation is received after 15 days of the reminder, the
complaint shall be treated as pseudonymous and no action shall be taken. If the
complainant confirms the fact of the complaint, the complaint shall be
forwarded for investigation of facts after hiding name of the complainant. The
report of the investigation officer shall be forwarded to the competent authority
for taking appropriate action.
21 Stationery and Forms:
Standard Forms for use in the department shall be prescribed by the
Government, either by a general order or by a special order. The forms
prescribed for conduct of rules of business by Government by various orders of
Government shall be used for those specific purposes. The standard forms used
in the department are catalogued in the list of standard and general form (GEN.)
and Public Works Department (P.W.). These forms shall be used mutatis
mutandis. Any changes to these forms can be made only with the sanction of the
Government. Stationery articles and forms required for the department should
be obtained from Director Stationery and Printing, Maharashtra or from offices
under that director. Private suppliers or printers can be entertained only if that
officer expresses his inability to supply the required stationery or complete the
printing job. Matters connected with indenting and supply of stationery and
forms shall be governed by the provisions of the Maharashtra Stationery and
Printing Manual.
Every officer entrusted with the supply of stationery and forms for their
official use shall take proper precautions to keep them in safe custody of a
responsible person, who shall maintain a register of receipts issues and balances
of all articles entrusted to his custody and who shall record a certificate every
month that, the stationery and forms have been verified, inspected and kept in
good order. Stock shall be verified annually by a gazetted officer or other
responsible subordinate who should record a certificate of verification in the
register over his signature.
Special forms for deeds and other documents shall be settled by the Law
Officers of the Government, and furnished through the Chief Engineer.
Page 83 of 303
22 Maintenance of office, furniture and equipment’s:-

The officer in charge of the office shall be responsible to maintain the
office furniture, fixtures and equipment’s in his office. He shall ensure that,
proper arrangements for daily and periodical maintenance of office furniture and
equipment’s are made. The office shall be presentable and pleasing to the
visitors and staff and proper hygiene shall be ensured in and around the office.
Regular rate contracts entered into by the Government for various activities shall
be used wherever possible. Every Officer shall ensure that his office complies
with various regulations like Persons with disabilities Act, Environment
(Protection) Act, 1986, Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical
Rules, Fire Safety Act and Rules etc.
23 Use of Information & Communication Technology (ICT) in Water Resources
Department:
The department has adopted ICT enabled services in all its activities. The
need of paper shall be reduced over a period of time. Every officer and staff of
the department shall make every endeavor to reduce paper in routine working.
Every officer of the department shall have a digital signature with authorization
to use in Government works. The digital signature shall be used in all
electronically transmitted documents. The digital signature shall be used by the
Executive Engineers for e-tendering process.
24 Maintenance and Disposal of Official Records
Official records should be generally maintained in the manner set out in
Maharashtra Public Records Act, 2005 and rules made thereunder. The records
shall be properly classified in following categories-
Class A- Records to be preserved permanently.
Class B- Records to be preserved for a period of 30 years.
Class C- Records to be preserved for a period of 5 years and
Class D- Records to be destroyed as soon as their purpose is fulfilled and in any
case not more than 1 year from the date of their filing.
The records shall be distinctly stored according to the classification in order to
retrieve for use or destruction. The head of branches in offices and head of offices shall
ensure that the subordinate staff is aware of correct classification of records dealt with
by them. The classification of records shall be done simultaneously with the creation
of records, so that large staff may not be needed at the time of weeding out.
The following principles shall be followed in maintaining files:
a) Cases shall be filed distinctly and singly.
b) Separate files shall be maintained separately for individual cases.
c) There may be strong administrative need for preserving certain papers for
short period; they shall be weeded out as soon the period of necessity is over.
d) Individual papers in a file which may contain records classified differently
shall be weeded out as per their classification, even if other papers are preserved for
longer periods.
e) Minimum period of preservation shall be long enough to retrieve the records
in case of revision of orders are required.
f) Even in respect of files to be preserved, the weeding of papers shall be carried
out to the fullest extent possible.
Page 84 of 303
All records and files that are to be preserved, but are not required for day to
day use shall be kept in a record in custody of a record keeper, who shall arrange the
keep that records branch wise and class wise. The records in record room shall be kept
secure and shall not be freely accessible. The record keeper shall ensure that the
records are kept in good shape and are protected from destruction by rain, fire,
termites etc. The record keeper shall issue any file required for office use and see that
it is returned to the record room after use. The clerks shall not keep the files from
record room with them longer than necessary.
Before actual destruction of records in accordance with the classification is
undertaken, contents of each file shall be examined by the concerned clerk, so as to
make sure that nothing that needs to be preserved gets destroyed. In cases of doubt,
the orders of section shall be taken. In doubtful cases papers shall be rather preserved
than destroyed. Confidential files shall be destroyed only with the orders of head of
office. After scrutiny of files, papers due for destruction shall be separated and papers
due to be preserved shall be neatly filed again.
All the records and registers shall be maintained in such a manner so as to afford
easy access to information whenever required. Records shall be preserved for periods
laid down in Appendix 4. Unnecessary records and records which have outlived their
preservation period shall be promptly disposed off. A list of records which have been
disposed off by destruction shall be maintained in a register in Form P.W. 577. The
following records shall not be destroyed.
1. Expenditure connected with the expenditure within statute of limitations.
2. Records of ongoing works though beyond the period of preservation.
3. Records connected with claims and service matters of employees in service.
4. Records of experiments and observations.
For writing off of records before the expiry of the period of their preservation,
on account of expected reasons, prior sanction of Superintending Engineer is essential.
25 General Rules for Office Procedure:
No officer shall correspond /shall see directly any authority superior to
the officer under whom he is immediately serving with Government or Central
Government out of regular course except in a case of extreme urgency in which
case he must send copies of communications to his immediate superior.
However, the officers are at the liberty to correspond through proper channel,
with the superior officers which are not directly superior to him. Such
correspondence shall be invariably sent by the intermediate superior officers
along with their opinion, if any, to the addressee, unless there are standing
Government instructions restricting such correspondence.
He must invariably obtain written permission of his immediate superior
before seeing any authority superior to him. In case it is not possible to obtain
written permission for want of time, at least oral permission is necessary.
The Government employee shall obtain prior permission of controlling
officer to leave the head quarter for private purpose, in case he is required to
leave head quarter for more than 6 hours or crossing the mid night.
Replies to press criticism and allegations, contradictions of incorrect press
reports etc. shall be issued through the office of Director General of Publicity in
case of offices in Greater Mumbai and through district publicity officers in case
of other districts. Such replies shall be given by an officer, not below the rank
of Executive Engineer, with prior approval of next higher authority.
Page 85 of 303
No Government employee shall approach Press / media for airing his

personal grievances as well as any matters related to Government working.
26 Periodical Returns
With regard to periodic returns, the officer to whom such returns are
submitted should institute, at regular intervals of time, an examination into
necessity of such return, with a view to discontinuance of any that may be found
to be no longer necessary.
27 Administrative Inspections & Inspection Report:
All officers shall carry out the office inspections of all immediate
subordinate offices once a year and all immediate next lower level offices once
every three years. Inspecting authority shall finalize the annual inspection
programme and inspection team for the inspection of offices. The inspection
team shall visit the offices to be inspected during the year. During inspection,
review of use of ICT applications shall be taken invariably and team shall add
item in respect of use of ICT application in the proforma. Findings of the
inspection team shall be handed over to the respective offices on the last day of
inspection for compliance of remarks within one month. The inspecting authority
shall visit the concerned office and conduct the memo reading of the same within
one month of inspection. Appropriate action for non-compliance or delay in
compliance of inspection reports shall be taken by inspecting authority.
28 Touring& Inspection of Works:
Every officer shall submit monthly tour diary after expiry of month, to his
controlling officer for approval. The necessity and extent of tours shall be
scrutinised by controlling officer while approving tour diary. TA Claims shall be
countersigned only after approval of Tour Diary.
29 Static Staff Pool
With growing number of irrigation projects the intricacy of technical work
is increasing. Though the papers/records/drawings are maintained, it is observed
that timely access to the required information is not forthcoming easily.
Organizational memory is getting wiped out in the course of time. To
retain the local knowledge associated with project work, there shall be a static
staff pool related to project at each division.
The static staff pool shall be formulated by selecting following competent
officers from division, subdivision or section office and this pool will be project
specific and it will be formulated for each major and medium project under the
division.
Staff for Static Pool:
2 Junior Engineer
2 CEA
1 Tracer
3 Clerical staff
The salient feature of this pool of staff:
1. Static posting shall be associated with Project and not with Place / Location /
Town / village / city.
2. Posting of such staff shall be only after obtaining willingness of employee.
3. Once opted he shall not be eligible to seek transfer out of Project.
4. If staff from static pool is promoted, he shall be posted at any vacant post
available in pool.
5. If the request from eligible applicant for such posting exceeds the strength of
the pool, the selection shall be based on the length of the service of an applicant
in the project.
Page 86 of 303
6. He can be transferred to any office within the Project including shifted

headquarter of Project.
7. In addition to the normal duties assigned to him, he shall contribute in retrieving
old documents, provide information about execution of project work, precedents
etc. when the same is not documented in the past.
30 Lodging of Police Complaints
When it is imminent to lodge a police complaint, whether cognizable or
non-cognizable, it shall be lodged by the officer not below the rank of Gazetted
Group B under whose jurisdiction the crime or offence has occurred.
If concerned compliant lodging officer is not head of an office, he shall obtain
permission from his head of office before lodging the complaint.
Page 87 of 303
CHAPTER 3 WORKS
A. NATURE OF THE WORKS RELATED TO THE PROJECTS OF THE DEPARTMENT:
31. The term ‘Project’ wherever used in this chapter refers to any project of Water
Resources Department with all its components e.g. Irrigation, HEPs, LIS,
Barrages, KT Weirs, Flood Protection works, Kharland development works, etc.
32. The works related to projects of the departments are either of ‘Original’
nature or of the ‘Operation, Maintenance & Repair’ (OMR) nature and the heads
of account under which expenditure on the works shall be classified are
different. Appropriate head of account shall be selected for classification after
deciding the nature of the work.
33. The 'Original works' include one or more of the following-
i) Construction, manufacturing and erection whether of entirely new works
or of additions and alterations,
ii) Maintenance of the components of the project, during construction of the
project, which are not handed over to management wing (see note 1, 2,
3 below),
iii) Extension, improvement and modernization of completed projects,
iv) Repairs to newly acquired or previously abandoned projects to bring these
projects into services again.
However in the case of (iii) & (iv) above, if cost of each such work is less
than Rs. 10 lakh, it may be treated as ‘Operation, Maintenance & Repair’
works.
Note 1: In case of canal and distribution network which is put to use and
the management is still looked after by construction wing, the work of
operation, maintenance & repair shall be classified as ‘Operation,
Maintenance & Repair’. The expenditure on this work shall not be charged
to the “P-Maintenance” i.e. head of expenditure of original works.
Note 2: In case of head works, where partial storage is created and used
for irrigation / non – irrigation purpose, the expenditure on the
maintenance of these head works can be debited to the ‘P-Maintenance’
i.e. head of expenditure of original works.
Note 3: In the case of LIS, operation, maintenance & repair of the pumps,
rising main and ancillary components put to use, shall be considered as of
maintenance nature. As regards that of common components such as
switchyard, pump house, intake arrangements etc. and other pumps,
rising main etc. which are not put to use, the maintenance of these
components shall be considered as original work.
34. The term ‘Operation, Maintenance & Repair’ primarily indicates works or
operations (short term or long term) undertaken to maintain project components
in serviceable condition on recurring basis. It also includes individual works of
original nature each costing less than Rs 10 lakh.
B. PREPARATION OF PROJECTS – ORIGINAL WORKS

35. Water Resources projects shall be part of the general plan for the development
of the irrigation resources of the basin concerned as outlined in the relevant
Master Plan of the river valley. This requirement determines to some extent the
scope of the project. It is necessary to conceive the whole project initially itself
Page 88 of 303
in its final aspect, otherwise the storage and canal designs are likely to be
difficult or uneconomical.
Planning of projects considering water use priorities-
Water resources projects shall be planned, as far as possible, as
multipurpose projects considering needs of irrigation, domestic water supply
and water for other developmental activities like industries, hydropower
generation, environment, navigation, recreation, cultural activities etc.
Provision for environmental purpose (aquatic life) in order to maintain
minimum flow in the river is also essential and be considered in water planning
of the project. Dependability of yield shall vary with the use.
Priority of water use in different sectors shall be kept in mind while planning
multipurpose projects, as per prevailing State Water Policy, the priorities of water use
are as follows:
1. Domestic use for drinking, cooling, hygiene and sanitation needs including
livestock;
2. Agriculture and hydropower;
3. Industrial, commercial use and agro-based industrial use;
4. Environment and recreation uses;
5. All other uses.
36. Water Resources projects have to pass through various phases, from the time it
is conceived, to its successful implementation and fruition (completion). The
consideration regarding the water availability, distribution of irrigation benefits,
the crop pattern likely to emerge in the context of the soil-climate complex,
depend on geographical and economic aspects. The designs of different
components of the project embrace many fields such as engineering geology,
organizing and handling mechanized construction in addition to the usual
engineering subjects. Hence the preparation of the project is very crucial and
shall be undertaken carefully in the following stages for ascertaining the
technical and techno-economical feasibility of the proposed project. At the
stage of Reconnaissance Report (RR), only technical feasibility shall be
ascertained and at the stage of Preliminary Investigation Report (PIR) as well as
Detailed Project Report (DPR), techno-economical feasibility shall be
ascertained. Detailed plans and estimates shall be prepared, based on detailed
survey, investigations and design, for obtaining the administrative approval.
37. Reconnaissance Report (RR): Initially, when a project is put forth for
consideration through the initiative of the department, or on the request of the
public, toposheets are referred to for location and for visualizing whether the
topographical features presented in the toposheets establish prima-facie
technical feasibility before preliminary investigations are undertaken. After
these toposheet studies are completed, reconnaissance survey shall be
undertaken after visiting the site and reconnaissance report shall be prepared.
Following activities shall be carried out for preparation of RR:
i) Identification of project sites and planning on the basis of toposheet
studies. It shall be ensured that the proposed project is covered by the
provisions made in the River Basin Plan
ii) Water availability certificate at the proposed site shall be obtained from
the competent authority.
Page 89 of 303
38. Approval to RR:

If the project is found to be technically feasible, the RR shall be approved
by the Chief Engineer in case of major and medium project and approved by
Superintending Engineer in case of minor project.
39. Preparation of Estimate for PIR:
Estimates for Preliminary survey and Investigation shall be prepared, considering
the following points
a) All items of survey and investigation to prepare the Preliminary Investigation
Report (PIR) shall be covered in the estimate as per Government directives,
issued from time to time.
b) Modern techniques of survey and investigation like GPS survey, and data
already available with the department and other agencies of GoI and GoM is
proposed to be used while preparing the estimate
c) If the project is Inter-state, the consent of the concerned state to take up
preparation of PIR, DPR and consent to share its proportionate cost is to be
taken at appropriate level. If the construction of a proposed work is likely to
affect adversely the interests of any other state, the fact should invariably
be brought to notice of the Government at PIR stage. Before approving the
PIR, the approval of the Government shall be obtained.
d) The plans and estimates for the preliminary survey and investigation, shall
be prepared as per provisions contained in PWD Handbook Chapter-6 on
‘Preparation of Projects and Engineering Geology’.
40. Preparation of PIR:
The detailed cost estimates of the project shall be prepared on the basis
of the survey and investigation carried out as per paragraph 40 above and also
on the basis of preliminary drawings and designs etc. as per the provisions
contained in PWD Handbook Chapter 6 on ‘Preparation of Projects and
Engineering Geology’.
The techno-economic feasibility of the project shall be ascertained on the
basis of prevailing norms specified by Government.
The Executive Engineers should survey the alternative alignments and
sites for dams and canals/distributaries network and submit the proposals in the
form of preliminary investigation reports with all their aspects to the competent
authorities for approval before preparing detailed plans and estimates required
for detailed project report.
41. Approval to the PIR:
a) If the project is found to be techno-economically feasible, the PIR shall be
approved by the Chief Engineer.
b) In case of projects involving lift irrigation having command area more than
2000 Ha., Government approval shall be invariably obtained before according
approval to PIR.
42. Preparation of Estimates for Detailed Survey and Investigation:
After PIR is approved, estimate for detailed survey and investigation shall be
prepared as per provisions contained in PWD Handbook Chapter 6 on
‘Preparation of Projects and Engineering Geology’.
The gist of provision for detailed surveys and investigations to be carried out
is given below for ready reference-
i) Hydrological data collection and analysis
ii) Climatological data collection
iii) Surveys
a. Control surveys (for establishing permanent Benchmarks)
Page 90 of 303
b. Rail road and highway surveys (surveys for approach road to

project site, surveys for relocation of affected roads and
railroutes, surveys for arrangement of construction
materials/equipments to project site, etc.)
c. Reservoir surveys
d. Dam site surveys
e. River profile and cross-section surveys
f. Construction material deposit surveys (trial pits in borrow area
including location of sand deposits, bore holes in stone quarries,
etc.)
g. Property surveys
h. Camp and construction plant surveys (survey required for
providing facilities for project colony)
iv) Geological investigations including Foundation exploration
v) Construction material investigations (sources of cement, steel,
etc.)
vi) Miscellaneous data collection (mainly concerning
environmental/social impact assessment, survey for Emergency
Action Plan (EAP), Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) Plan, etc.)
vii) Preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Plan and
Environment Management Plan (EMP)
viii) Special field tests (eg. Dewatering tests, etc.)
ix) Land acquisition (e.g. collection of data regarding land ownership,
etc.)
x) Communication investigation (collection of data regarding
availability of communication facilities such as waterways,
telephone, power supply, mobile towers, etc.)
xi) Construction planning (e.g. survey for cofferdam, diversion
tunnels, etc.)
xii) Hydraulic model study required for detailed design of components
of project.
xiii) Data for existing cropping pattern.
The detailed estimate incorporating the above provisions shall be submitted to
the competent authority for according AA and after obtaining AA to the same,
TS to this estimate shall be obtained from the competent authority.
43. Preparation of DPR
The Detailed Project Report shall be prepared as per provisions contained
in PWD Handbook Chapter 6 on ‘Preparation of Projects and Engineering
Geology’ and, so far as major and medium projects are concerned, as per
provisions contained in ‘Guidelines for Preparation of Detailed Project Report of
Irrigation and Multipurpose Projects, 2010’ published by Central Water
Commission, except that-
i) The project estimates shall be based on the Schedule of Rates (SoR)
approved by the Government and non-SoR rates (for the items not
included in SoR) approved by the competent authority. The competent
authority shall approve rates for non-SoR items as per guidelines issued
by the Government.
ii) The provision to be made for establishment and tools and plant, shall be
at the rates fixed by the Government from time to time.
iii) Cost of consultancy work where specifically not included in other subhead
shall be included in O-Miscellaneous.
Page 91 of 303
The DPR shall clearly show breakup of project cost in two parts viz., (i)
provision required for obtaining statutory clearances including consultancy
services required if any e.g. Environment, forest, wild life, etc. (ii) remaining
cost of the project.
Following main points shall be taken in to account while preparing DPR-
i) Water availability certificate at the finally selected site shall be obtained
from the competent authority.
ii) The detailed cost estimates of the project shall be prepared on the basis of
approved designs and drawings of major components, viz., all components of
head works, rising mains including anti-surge devices, cutoff and Canal Bed
Levels statements, CD works to be designed by Central Design Organization,
Nashik,
iii) Alternatives for location of various components shall be studied and techno -
economically suitable alternative locations shall be evaluated and layout
shall be finalized. The same shall be got approved from Chief Engineer, in
case of major, medium and hydro-electric projects and Superintending
Engineer in case of minor projects.
iv) Proposed cropping pattern shall be got approved from the Superintending
Agricultural officer in case of minor projects and Commissioner, Agriculture
in case of major and medium projects.
v) Survey of (a) command Area, (b) canal alignment and (c) disnet, to the extent
as mentioned in CWC guidelines shall be carried out, for major and medium
Projects. For minor projects, 100% Command Area, canal alignment and
disnet survey shall be done.
vi) Design flood for spillway / waste weir design shall be got approved from the
Chief Engineer
vii) Construction planning shall be properly done from technical considerations
and the Government orders.
viii) Rate analysis / lead statement / controlled blasting / chiseling / Non-DSR
items / lining shall be got approved by the competent authority.
ix) Emergency Action Plan (EAP) shall be prepared.
x) The CSR of other departments such as PWD, MJP etc. may be used if so
permitted in the SoR of the Department.
xi) NOC’s from various central / state government departments shall be
obtained. (e.g. Ministry of Defense in case of cantonment or other defense
establishments are likely to be affected, MoEF, Coal authorities, mining
department, archeology department, tribal department, clearance under
PESA act, etc.)
xii) Certificate of 100% arithmetical check in division office shall be attached.
xiii) Economic and financial statements shall be checked thoroughly.
xiv) Clearance for project shall be obtained from SLTAC & MWRRA.
xv) For making financial provision in the project estimate, for the land required
for the project purpose, the Executive Engineer should arrange to collect the
information from concerned revenue authority about various parameters of
the required land such as usage of land, proximity to urban area etc. The
value of the land shall be ascertained from ready reckoner and worked out
as per the procedure mentioned in Right to Fair Compensation &
Transparency in Land Acquisition & Rehabilitation & Resettlement Act-2013
(henceforth called as ‘LA Act, 2013’). As regards the structures of the
valuation shall be done by concerned Executive Engineer based on plinth area
rates for different types of structures and as regards the trees and
Page 92 of 303
plantations, valuation based on sample survey shall be done by District

Agriculture Officer. Provision shall be made in the project estimate
accordingly.
xvi) Correctness of forest land required and appropriateness of the provision for
the NPV, deforestation / tree cutting & compensatory afforestation as per
the norms prescribed by the forest department be ascertained,
xvii) Adequate provision shall be made for EIA & EMP, CAT Plan, provision for
shifting of Utility lines (like, HT/LT, water supply lines, etc.) in submergence
area / canal area, provision for diversion of roads, bridges, railway, etc.,
acquisition of properties / wells and fruit bearing trees in submergence area.
xviii) Provisions for Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) shall be made as per
prevailing Act & rules, if rehabilitation is involved.
xix) Power availability certificate in case of LIS & Pumped Storage Schemes (PSS)
shall be obtained from the concerned authority.
xx) The plants and elevations for important buildings and monuments (e.g.
pump house, administrative office building, power house building, rest
houses, etc.) costing above Rs. 20 lakh should be prepared in consultation
with the Architect to Government.
xxi) As regards the provisions for electrical and mechanical components to be
made in the estimate for AA, the concerned wing shall be consulted.
xxii) In cases where the dismantling of the existing structure is involved for project
purpose, the value of dismantled material shall be assessed and deducted
from the total estimated cost of the dismantling work.
xxiii) Price Escalation shall be provided for in the estimate for AA at the rate of
average annual percentage rise in Wholesale Price Index (WPI) for all
commodities for preceding five years. This percentage shall be applied on the
expected balance cost (as per the construction planning) at the end of each
year. For the purpose of working out the escalation, the period of completion
of construction may be assumed as 15 years for major projects, 10 years for
medium projects and 5 years for minor projects, unless otherwise considered
necessary from the point of view of complexity and extent of command area
of the project.
44. In the case of projects, which are likely to affect railway lines in the vicinity,
action shall be taken as per the provisions contained in ‘Maharashtra Manual of
Railway Affecting Tanks and Other Public Works, 2009.’
45. Approval to DPR
The Administrative Approval to a project amounts to approval to DPR of
that project, hence no separate approval to DPR is required and the powers of
approval are covered in paragraphs related to ADMINISTRATIVE APPROVAL (AA)
AND REVISED ADMINISTRATIVE APPROVAL (RAA).
46. Clearance to projects by Government of India (CWC/CEA):
Some of the projects of the Department, by practice, were included in
the Five-Year Plans/annual plan. They were financed totally from state funds or
partly from the State funds and partly from central assistance.
DPR approved by State Government shall be got cleared from the
Government of India when such central/external assistance is essential for
funding the projects.
In case of projects situated on interstate rivers or on their tributaries as
well as hydro projects, clearance shall be invariably obtained from Government
of India to the proposals of these projects as per guidelines issued by the
Government, from time to time.
Page 93 of 303
The work of the project for which such clearance is required shall be taken
in hand only after obtaining such clearance.
C. ADMINISTRATIVE APPROVAL (AA) AND REVISED ADMINISTRARTIVE
APPROVAL (RAA)
47. Administrative Approval means the approval accorded by the WRD for the
projects of the Department, for acceptance of liability involved in the execution
of certain specific work, at a stated cost. For the works carried out by WRD on
behalf of other Department / Local bodies / PSUs, etc. the AA shall be obtained
from concerned Department / Local bodies / PSUs, etc. If the authority
according the AA is other than WRD, technical sanction to the cost of the work
which is proposed for AA may be given by competent authority of the
department.
48. A proposal for administrative approval should be submitted to the authority
competent to accord it accompanied by a detailed project report, which shall
be prepared by complying with the requirements as mentioned in paragraph 44.
49. For every original work of the department, it is necessary to obtain
administrative approval from the competent authority as per powers mentioned
in Chapter on Powers. Such approval shall however be accorded subject to the
fulfillment of requirement of technical audit as mentioned in paragraph 385.2.ii
of Technical Audit chapter of this manual. For the projects, which do not require
Clearances from other departments of states or central Government (such as,
Environmental clearance including wild life and Forest clearances; wherever
applicable), the AA shall be obtained in single stage. For other projects, AA shall
be accorded in two stages as mentioned below -
Stage I: The AA in stage I shall be accorded for the entire cost of the project.
However the liability for obtaining clearances of various departments (to be
mentioned in the order) shall only be allowed to be incurred. If the expenditure
on this account is likely to exceed the approved provision, permission for the
same shall be obtained from the Government before incurring such excess
expenditure.
Stage II: After obtaining required clearances, the cost of the project shall be
revised, if required, considering-
a) the actual expenditure for obtaining clearances mentioned in stage I
b) change, if any, in rates of (i) works components (ii) lands (iii) royalty charges
(iv) Taxes, etc.
c) change, if any, in the number of civic amenities to be provided for PAPs,
d) changes, if any, in the designs, change in leads, etc.
If the cost is revised due to reasons other than (a) to (c) above, technical
clearance shall again be obtained.
If cost increases due to changes mentioned above, Revised AA to the project
shall be obtained before commencement of any work of the project.
50. Proposal of AA shall be accompanied by DPR showing details of the cost of
original work and annual recurring cost and annual revenue expected after
completion of project. AA shall be obtained for the cost of original work. The AA
order shall also mention the annual recurring cost and annual revenue expected
after completion of project at current rates.
51. For works of Civic amenities in rehabilitated villages, even though the cost of
such works is already covered by AA accorded to the concerned project by Water
Resources Department, separate AA shall be obtained from competent authority
of Revenue department.
Page 94 of 303
52. When there is likelihood of excess in one or more sub-heads of expenditure, an

excess note for such excess may be prepared (with a recapitulation sheet
accompanied by an explanatory note), pending preparation of proposal for RAA,
and approval to the same shall be obtained from the competent authority for
according RAA, as mentioned in Chapter on Powers.
53. Revised Administrative Approval (RAA) shall be obtained in any of the following
cases-
a) Change in scope of project by way of change in planned Irrigation potential
by ± 10 percent and / or change in planned live storage capacity by ± 1
percent, even if the increase in the estimated cost due to this change is less
than that stipulated in (c) below.
b) Deviations from the original proposals, for e.g. change in the notified /
approved command area, change in location of dam, length of canal, increase
in height of dam by way of flaps, lining to main canal and disnet, inclusion of
new LIS / KT Weir / Barrage, conversion of KT Weir to barrages, additional
roads and bridges in submergence area etc. even though the cost of the same
might be possibly covered by savings on other items,
c) Increase in estimated cost over AA / latest RAA amount is more than 15
percent or Rs. 25 crores, whichever is less.
In the case, where RAA is necessary, no works shall be continued and no liability
shall be created, without obtaining permission from the Government, especially
when the project feasibility is in jeopardy, except expenditure on watch and
ward of Government property and legal liability.
D. PREPARATION OF ESTIMATES FOR TECHNICAL SANCTION
Provision to be made in the estimate for repetitive works such as coffer dams,
dewatering, desilting, etc.
54. For every work (which includes all objects of expenditure such as Land
Acquisition, environmental clearance, plantation etc.) proposed to be carried
out, except annual repair works costing not more than Rs. 10,000 for which lump-
sum provisions have been sanctioned by the Superintending Engineer, a properly
detailed estimate must be prepared for the sanction of competent authority. In
respect of provisions which are to be operated every year over the project
period, annual estimates shall be prepared. E.g. amenities to the employees
(under O-Miscellaneous), plantation (under P-Maintenance), etc. The estimates
shall include report (general description of work), item-wise abstract of cost,
sheet containing computations of quantities of various items, rate analysis, lead
statement approved by competent authority, specifications and detailed design
and drawings.
55. Lump-sum provisions may be made in estimates, because for some items it is not
possible to calculate the quantity and also its verification and measurements are
not possible. Even then the basis for the lump-sum provision made should be
indicated. In any case the lump-sum provision, in an estimate shall not exceed 1
% of the estimated cost. The estimate sanctioning authority shall record the
certificate that it is satisfied that the lump-sum provision cannot be replaced by
detailed analyzed provision.
56. The plans and estimates of the works shall be framed with proper co-ordination
between various branches of the department and officers of other departments.
Such coordination shall also be ensured during execution of the concerned work.
57. While framing the plans and estimates, topography and other aspects of the site
shall be taken into account and a mention to that effect be made in the general
description of the estimate.
Page 95 of 303
58. The rates adopted for the estimate shall be based on approved prevailing
Schedule of Rates (SoR), sanctioned for the area. In case, any item of work is
not included in the SoR, the rate shall be approved by competent authority,
before incorporating in the estimate. If the rate mentioned in the SoR is not
applicable for the item of work for which methodology different from that
assumed while preparing the SoR, is to be adopted, it shall be treated as Non-
SoR item.
59. The estimate for a work should allow for variables such as lead for various
construction material and for other special local conditions such as difficult
approach, hilly area which should be clearly stated so that any excess of the
estimated rates over the schedule rates is properly accounted for. A full para
shall be devoted in the general description for discussion of the rates adopted in
the estimates. Approval to the lead statements shall be obtained, from the
competent authority before according TS.
60. In respect of estimates for works which are taken up in emergencies such as
danger of breach of canals etc., provision shall be made for contingent items
such as (i) recruitment of labour (ii) transport charges and (iii) providing material
for hutments etc. on the basis of actual expenses incurred during the emergency
without reference to the schedule of rates.
61. Provision shall be made separately in the estimate for all incidental charges
which can be foreseen such as taxes, duties, cess, levies, work insurance, labour
welfare, etc. provided that provision for these charges is not made in the rates
of items included in the SoR. In addition, provision at 5 per cent of the estimated
cost shall be made under a separate sub-head ‘work contingencies’ for
unforeseen items which may crop up later on. This provision should not,
however, be diverted, without the sanction of competent authority, to any new
item which, though fairly incidental to the work, is not provided for in the
estimate.
E. TECHNICAL SANCTION
62. The sanction accorded by the competent technical authority (as per Appendix
32) to the plans and estimate based on, design and drawings prepared
considering all technical aspects, is known as "technical sanction". This sanction
is to be accorded only after getting administrative approval wherever involved
but before the work is commenced. However, if the authority according the AA
is other than WRD, technical sanction may precede AA. TS shall be accorded only
after the remarks raised by the sanctioning authority, if any are complied with
to the satisfaction of sanctioning authority. No conditional TS shall be accorded.
The design and drawing on the basis of which estimate is prepared shall be
approved by the authority competent to accord TS or Chief Engineer, Central
Design Organization, Nashik as the case may be. TS shall be accorded only
thereafter.
63. The order for TS of a work shall include the cumulative amount of all TS’s
accorded under the concerned sub-head under which the TS for that work is
accorded. It shall invariably mention that the ‘plans and estimates’ are
sanctioned.
The sanctioning authority should communicate to the audit officer sanctions to
estimates as accorded by it, indicating the up-to-date amount for which
technical sanctions are accorded till then under the relevant compo nent part
along with the provision made in the estimate administratively approved for such
component part of project.
Page 96 of 303
Note: When plans are approved by the Chief Engineer, Central Design
Organization, Nashik, the word ‘Plans’ should not appear in the order for TS.
However, it shall be clearly mentioned in the order that the estimate is based
on the plans approved by the Chief Engineer, Central Design Organization,
Nashik.
64. Units for preparation of estimates of various project components for obtaining
technical sanction shall not be less than following-
a) Earthen dam - Total length of earthen dam along with envelope junctions
etc. from C.O.T. foundation to T.B.L.
b) Gravity dam (in colgrout masonry/concrete/Roller Compacted Concrete etc.)
Entire length including overflow, non-overflow portion and EDA from
foundation level to top of dam level.
c) Barrage / KT Weir / Storage Tank = single estimate for entire work.
d) Approach and tail channel. If utilization of material from approach and tail
channel is contemplated in earthen dam, combined estimate of (a) and (d)
shall be prepared.
e) Each Head Regulator
f) Canal Works including distribution networks
i. For Design Discharge ≥ 1.5 cumecs
a. Earthwork = 1 km
b. Structures = each structure
c. Lining = 1 km
ii. For Design Discharge between 0.5 and 1.5 cumecs
a. Earthwork and Structures = Full/balance length or 5 km, whichever
is less.
b. Lining = Full/balance length or 5 km, whichever is less.
iii. For Design Discharge ≤ 0.5 cumecs
a. Earthwork and Structures = Full length
b. Lining = Full length
Note: For distribution network, the discharge at off-taking point shall
be taken into account while deciding the unit of estimate.
g) Land Development Works: Area under one WUA.
h) Buildings (at one location): Single estimate for group of identical type of
buildings (e.g. A Type, B Type etc.)
i) Civic amenities - separate estimate for each amenity in a resettlement
village.
j) Valuation of property to be acquired - one estimate for each proposal of land
acquisition.
k) Land Acquisition, obtaining clearance from MoEF for use of forest land,
environment clearance, cost for handing over of Government land, etc. -one
estimate for each proposal of land acquisition.
l) Lift Irrigation (LI)Schemes :
For each stage of LIS units for preparation of estimates shall be as under-
a. Pump House including appurtenances (e.g. gated flood wall, booster
pump house, auxiliary transformer room etc.)
b. Pumping Machinery including appurtenances
c. Electrical equipments in control rooms inside and outside of pump-
house including works related to bus duct
d. EOT crane
e. Switchyard complete including Civil Works
f. Transmission lines
Page 97 of 303
g. Rising main including manifold, anti surge arrangement and Delivery /

Distribution chamber
m) Hydropower Projects
a. Power house building
b. Intake structure including penstock / Head Rest Tunnel (HRT)
c. Tail Race Tunnel (TRT) / Tail Race Channel (TRC)
d. Equipments in control room
e. EOT crane
f. Switchyard equipments
g. Transmission lines
h. Antisurge arrangement
65. A group of works or alterations or purchases, the aggregate cost of which exceeds
that an officer is empowered to sanction should not be split-up, to bring them
within the powers of sanction of the officer.
66. Before according TS to the estimates of valuation of the houses in affected
villages, physical verification of the property shall be carried out on selective
basis by the technical officers deputed by the sanctioning officer.
67. While selecting the unit more than that prescribed above for purpose of TS, it
shall be ensured that large liability shall not be created by adopting this unit for
tender purpose and continuity of work shall be ensured.
F. REVISED TECHNICAL SANCTION
68. Revised Technical Sanction shall be necessary in following cases-
(i) Before calling tender, if CSR is changed
(ii) After calling tender, if offer considered for acceptance is more than 5%. In
such cases, before accepting bid Revised TS shall be accorded after approval to
the excess is obtained from competent authority.
(iii) During execution due to any reason, such as excess in quantity, extra item
etc. (excluding price escalation in case of ongoing works) which is likely to
exceed the sanctioned cost by more than 5%. In this case further work shall not
be executed till revised TS is obtained.
(iv) Revised estimate shall also be prepared immediately when any technical
change is considered necessary in the design parameters (e.g. change in layout,
change in discharge, type of construction e.g. concrete instead of masonry,
change in type of structure e.g. slab culvert instead of HPC etc.) of the structure,
for which the original estimate is technically sanctioned. In this case further
work shall not be executed till revised TS is obtained.
In such cases, a revised estimate must be submitted to the competent Authority
for obtaining revised TS. It must be accompanied by a comparative statement
showing item-wise quantities as per sanctioned estimates, quantities executed,
likely quantities expected to be executed, expenditure incurred on the item and
the likely expenditure on balanced quantities, explaining fully the cause of the
revision.
69. When it is found that the amount of the accepted tender for a work is less than
that of the sanctioned estimate by 10 percent, the estimate should be recast
and a fresh abstract estimate at the lower tendered rates including the provision
for contingencies at the rate of 5 per cent of the amount of that abstract
estimate, should be prepared and sanctioned by the Executive Engineer, even
though the amount of such ‘reduced’ estimate may exceed the amount up to
which he is empowered to accord sanction. The original estimate should then be
cancelled and the reduced estimate substituted for it.
70. While preparing revised estimates, rates shall be considered as follows-
Page 98 of 303
Sr. No. Condition Rate

1) Part Work already executed As executed
2) Part Work in progress on As per contract rates (considering
contract percentage above / below)
3) Part works not covered by (1) As per prevailing SoR
and (2)
G. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR WORKS
71. General: Maintenance and repairs of the project components is essential to keep
these in good operational and serviceable condition throughout their planned
period. Hence the officers and/or WUAs responsible to maintain the
project/project components within their jurisdiction, shall ensure the
fulfillment of these objectives. To deliver predetermined services, the above
entities shall implement cost-efficient, timely and technically sound
maintenance programmes and manage and allocate funds for such maintenance
programmes.
72. Classification of Maintenance and repairs works and classification-wise
objectives:
Maintenance and repairs works are classified as-
1. Annual Maintenance and Repair (AM&R): These works include
Annual/periodical/preventive maintenance and ordinary repairs to be done in
a financial year. These works are mostly of repetitive nature to keep the system
in good working condition.
Objectives of these repairs are to-
a) Minimize wear and tear of each and every component of the project.
b) Prevent heavy damages and costly rehabilitation, resulting from
deferred maintenance.
c) Preventive maintenance for preparation of the irrigation system to face
monsoon shall be carried out to minimize damages due to atmospheric
impacts (e.g. painting of steel parts to avoid rusting etc.). Also
corrective maintenance shall be carried out for preparing the irrigation
system for regular irrigation soon after the monsoon (e.g.: rectification
of breach of canal embankment, removal of heavy silt in canal during
heavy rains and floods).
d) Restoration of discharge carrying capacity of the canal system by
maintaining all the dimensions and geometry (size and shape) of the
canal section in ‘as constructed’ condition. (e.g. work of desilting,
restoration of earth work, filling pot holes, rain cuts murum topping,
etc. to maintain constructed section.)
e) Take remedial measures, to the possible areas of distress, in time to
avoid special repairs, which are identified during inspection.
f) Timely rectification of damages occurred to the components including
damages leading to emergency conditions, and / or special repairs.
2. Emergency repairs: The inescapable works, which arise unexpectedly,
requiring immediate action come under this category. (i.e. imminent or actual
danger due to breach of canal, collapse of structure during rotation, slip of dam
embankment, breaking of wire ropes of gates or failure of operating system of
gates, sudden collapse of building due to natural calamity etc.)
Objectives of these repairs are to minimize the ill effects on the public
service and property, to restore serviceability of the system and to minimize
the hazardous effect.
Page 99 of 303
The officer who is to execute the work shall report immediately to the next
higher authority about the emergency and his proceeding with the work with
a copy to audit.
3. Special Repairs: The items of repairs / reconstruction / replacement /
installation, required occasionally, which cannot be covered under ordinary
annual maintenance and repair, due to one or more of the following reasons
shall be classified as special repairs.
a) Major breakdown or deterioration
b) Replacements required after expiry of life.
c) Damages due to natural calamity
d) Imperfection in design / construction / operation
e) Damages caused by extraneous reasons such as mob action /
vandalism, mischief, theft etc.
f) Deferred maintenance due to insufficient budget provision etc.
g) Works for handing over to WUA's where Water Users Association’s are
not formed during construction of project.
h) Works for handing over to higher level associations of water users
i) Repair works to Civic Amenities provided in rehabilitated village till
handing over to concerned Zilla Parishad.
Special repairs do not increase the value of the system and these works are
not of repetitive nature.
4. Annual Maintenance and Repairs (AM&R)
Maintenance manual shall be prepared (e.g. in case of different type of gates,
instrumentation etc.) or shall be provided by/obtained from the manufacturer
of the machinery/instrument/equipment, etc. It should contain the following:
a) The operating procedures
b) Do’s and don’ts,
c) Trouble shooting (frequently asked questions and their solutions)
d) Schedule of maintenance, Specifications of the materials to be used and
methodology
i) In the case machinery and equipments, provision for regular O&M should
be made in annual estimates and for the casual repairs in a separate
estimate as the occasion may require.
ii) Each AM&R estimate should include all the expenditure anticipated to be
incurred during the working year on the operation, maintenance and
repairs of the work concerned. The pending liability for work executed in
the preceding year, but not paid for want of funds shall be covered in the
estimate for the next year, provided that this expenditure would have
been covered by the grants as per norms.
iii) The sanction to Annual AM&R estimate shall lapse on the 31 March every
year and its account should be closed on that date only. Provision for
repairs for the works, which are covered by the estimate for the current
year but not executed partially or fully during the year shall be made in
the fresh estimate of the next year.
Page 100 of 303

iv) Basis for framing estimates of AM&R works: Provisions of O&M manual
for periodical maintenance and findings of inspections of the system by
the concerned officers at different level and also by officers of Dam Safety
Organization (DSO) shall form the basis for preparing estimates of AM&R
works.
v) Estimates for Annual Maintenance & Repair works: AM&R estimate
should normally cover all items required every year to fulfill the
objectives mentioned in paragraph 78.1 above. However looking to the
limitations of funds available for AM&R, the works like removal of weeds,
bushes and grass, desilting, murum topping, canal sectioning, minor
repairs to structures, painting etc. shall be phased in more than one year
but as far as possible, all the required works in entire system shall be
covered at least once in three years.
vi) AM&R estimate may include works like-
a. Normal repairs to civil, electrical, and mechanical works.
b. Replacement of deteriorated and unserviceable parts.
c. Provision for fast moving parts, fuel, oil and lubricants required for
machinery and equipments.
d. Annual expenditure on staff (excluding CRT staff) engaged for
operating running and maintenance of the system charged to work,
including expenditure required for outsourcing work of water
distribution. Separate sub-estimate shall be prepared for the pay
and allowances of CRT / CRP staff.
e. Annual expenditure on various services (e.g. electricity, water
supply, telephone charges etc.) and various taxes (e.g. municipal
taxes etc.) chargeable to work. See rule 148 in the Maharashtra
Contingent Expenditure Rules, 1965, in this connection.
f. Expenditure on Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC) of machinery,
equipment and civil works, if any.
g. In case of KT Weirs provision for replacement of about 10-15 % of
needles may be kept, where found necessary.
vii)The work of water distribution may be done on labour contract.
viii) Although Administrative Approval is not required for annual M&R
works, following requirements shall be followed-
a. Procurement schedule for works of maintenance and repair shall
be prepared and got approved from the Superintending Engineer
b. Competent authority should give technical sanction to the
detailed estimate of the works
c. The liability due to the taking up these works shall be limited to
40% of the admissible budget as per norms till budget grants are
placed at the disposal of Superintending Engineer.
d. Expenditure on all the M&R works shall be covered by the actual
budget grants
ix) Estimates shall be prepared separately for each M&R works as per
procedure elaborated in above Section D - PREPARATION OF ESTIMATES
FOR TS OF EXECUTION OF ORIGINAL WORKS, adopting appropriate SoR,
depending on source of funds e.g. to be done under Mahatma Gandhi
National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme (MGNREGS), if this source
Page 101 of 303

is known beforehand and also depending on agency for execution eg. i) to

be done by Mechanical Organization, ii) to be executed through scheduled
contracts.
x) Estimates for AM&R works to be executed during a year should be
prepared by the 15th of January. These estimates shall be sanctioned
before 15th Feb by the competent authority, as mentioned in Chapter on
Power of this manual, subject to the condition that the total cost of the
works in these estimates (excluding CRT cost) shall be within the
prescribed norms.
xi) Executive Engineer shall submit the procurement plan before 1 March to
Superintending Engineer and he shall accord approval to the same before
15th March of the year. The further procurement procedure should be
completed before 15th April of the year, so that the essential works can
be executed before monsoon.
xii)Tenders should be called for as early in the year as possible, for M & R
works, especially tenders must be called in April or as soon as the
allotment is known. Sometimes tenders for large works are called for or
received in September or October and the work is started in November or
December, involving loss of precious time. Tenders should be so-called as
to enable the work to be started in October. Where sanction of higher
authorities is required or correspondence is inevitable before acceptance
of tenders, the calling of tenders, should not be postponed until
September, but should be undertaken earlier.
xiii) In cases of urgency (of periodical repair works, which are not
covered in sanctioned AM&R estimates of current year), the
Superintending Engineer may authorize the commencement of repairs in
anticipation of the formal sanction to the estimate; with a copy to audit,
but in such cases a limit must be fixed for the expenditure and the
Executive Engineer will be responsible that the regular estimate shall be
submitted for sanction by the competent authority within 30 days from
start of the work. The procurement plan shall be revised after considering
such cases.
xiv) When, however, work is so urgent that advertisement is not
possible, competitive tenders from several capable contractors, may be
invited under the orders of Chief Engineer instead of calling for tenders
by advertising in the press.
73. Emergency repairs:
i) The officer who is to execute the work shall report immediately to the
next higher authority about the emergency and his proceeding with the
work with a copy to audit
ii) In case of emergency work there is no necessity to call for tenders and
Executive Engineer shall allot to any registered contractor or any
Government agency with the understanding that the executed work will
be paid at the rates as per current SoR. As soon as an item of work is
executed, measurements thereof shall be recorded in Measurement Book
by the Junior Engineer. Executive Engineer shall be responsible that the
regular estimate shall be submitted for sanction by the competent
authority within 30 days from start of the work.
Page 102 of 303

iii) After completion of work, Executive Engineer shall submit the demand for
liability created due to execution of emergency work to competent
authority. The required funds for such work shall be made available, which
shall be over and above the budgetary allocation for OMR works.
74. Taking up of works through mechanical wing or/and under MGNREGS shall be
decided by the concerned EE, depending on the availability of machinery,
requirement of works under MGNREGS from district administration, and
availability of funds from state and Central Govt. during that year. Works under
MGNREGS shall be taken up and executed as per the guidelines issued by the
Govt. from time to time.
75. Annual Maintenance and Repairs of drainage schemes: The drainage schemes
in the canal command shall be designed as per the provisions contained in
Technical Paper No. 56 of DIRD. The salient points to be considered during design
are mentioned below-
i. The drainage schemes shall have proper outfall into natural drainages.
ii. It should also be seen that the drains shall be provided with proper bed
gradient
iii. Maintenance works of the drainage scheme shall be carried out by the
beneficiaries in case of schemes handed over to them. For other schemes,
M&R shall be carried out after considering the performance of the drains
and as per norms prescribed by the Government from time to time.
76. Apportionment of M&R grants among various components: M&R grants
received as per prevailing norms, shall be apportioned to various components,
so that all the components shall receive equitable attention as under-
Sr. Component Sub component % of Allocation of
No. Grants
Sub- Component
component
A) Major & Medium project i) Dam and 15 %
1 Head works (i.e. dam and ancillary works, 30%
ancillary works, Pump head regulators
house, Gates of spillway, and barrages etc.
barrages, head regulators ii) Gates of 15%
etc.) spillway, Pump
house etc.
2 Main canal and branches i) Earth work 20 %
(Discharge above 35%
ii) Structures- 10 %
3.00cumecs.)
iii) Various gates 05 %
3 Distribution System i) Earth work 10 % 20%
a) Discharge bet.1.00 and ii) Structures 05 %
3.00 cumecs
ii) Various gates- 05 %
b) Discharge < 1.00cumecs 15 % 15 %
Total = 100%
B) Minor Irrigation Projects
Page 103 of 303

1 Dam, head regulator etc. 20 %

2 Spillway , spill channel etc. 20 %
3 Main canal and Distribution system 60 %
Total = 100 %
Powers to make changes in above apportionment shall rest with SE in case
of minor projects and with CE in case of major and medium projects, after duly
scrutinizing the facts and reasoning given by the field officers in each case.
77. Maintenance & Repairs of works handed over to Water Users' Association:
The maintenance of disnet handed over to WUA shall be carried out from the
funds received from concerned Executive Engineer as a part of water charges
paid by the WUA to the Government. (the details are elaborated in Chapter 10).
78. Silt, Weed Removal and gate repair works by Mechanical Organization:
Estimates for works of silt & weed removal shall be prepared by civil wing and
the works shall be executed by mechanical wing by deploying the machineries
after getting approval to annual deployment programme by the Government.
Provision for approach roads, ramps and other ancillary works be kept in
estimates separately. Technical sanction shall be accorded by officers of civil
wing at appropriate level and estimates forwarded to mechanical wing for
further action. At the start of work and on completion of works, mechanical and
civil officers shall conduct joint measurements. The responsibility for arranging
such joint measurements shall rest with the Executive Engineers of civil and
mechanical wing. On completion of work, quantities of work shall be finalized
based on the joint measurements and the estimates shall be revised, if required.
The reasons for variation of quantities shall be analyzed.
79. Proposal for the gate repair shall be initiated by Civil Wing after considering the
points raised by DSO, Inspection wing of Mechanical organization and officers of
civil wing. Proposal shall be sent to the Mechanical Wing. For the work of gate
repairs, the officers of the mechanical wing shall prepare the estimate and
technically sanction the same. The approved estimate shall be sent to the Civil
Wing, for their consent to execute the work.
80. SPECIAL REPAIRS:
These works shall be classified as ‘original work’ and AA (and RAA if
required) shall be obtained for the same from competent authority. Estimates
for these works remain current till the completion of the repairs in the same
manner as those for original works. For these works, AA shall be accorded by
competent authority as given in chapter of Power.
H. RESTORATION, EXTENSION, IMPROVEMENT AND MODERNIZATION WORKS
81. The works required for one or more of the following reasons shall be covered
under this caption-
i. Restoration of the irrigation potential as envisaged in the approved
project report. e.g. raising height of dam, re-sectioning of distribution
system to carry design discharge, canal lining etc.
ii. Enhancing with reference to the approved project, the irrigable area and
irrigation efficiency, e.g. by construction of additional minors, outlets,
etc.
iii. Adopting state of art technology e.g. pipe distribution network, micro
irrigation, canal automation.
iv. for hydro projects – up-rating / refurbishment
Page 104 of 303

82. These works shall be classified as ‘original work’ and AA (and RAA if required)
shall be obtained for the same from competent authority. Estimates for these
works remain current till the completion of the repairs in the same manner as
those for original works. For the purpose of approval and execution of these
works, prevailing Government orders shall be followed.
83. In case special repairs and alteration, addition and modernization to the
system become necessary at the same time, all these works shall be clubbed
together for the purpose of obtaining AA.
84. Special Repairs and restoration works of Maji Malgujari tanks
Special repairs and restoration works of Maji Malgujari tanks shall be
treated as original works. These works shall mainly include (a) silt removal in
the submergence area (b) works related to project safety (c) works related to
bridging the gap between IP created and IP utilized. Separate norms for these
works as prescribed by the Government shall be followed. For these works, AA
shall be accorded by competent authority as given in chapter of Power.
The approval and execution of these work shall be governed by the
prevalent Government orders. The salient points in this respect are mentioned
below-
i. The tank shall be notified (Notification No. 1, 2 & 3) under MMISF Act 2005
before starting the repair work.
ii. The canal/ distribution system shall be handed over to the concerned
WUA, after repairs.
iii. Detailed survey of submergence area shall be done to ascertain the
present water storage capacity of the tank. Provision, inter-alia, for
removing the silt to the extent, which is techno-economically possible,
which will augment the storage capacity to some extent, shall be
incorporated in the proposal. The item of silt removal shall be executed
only with the help of machinery available with the Mechanical
organization.
iv. Any item executed in last five years shall not be included in the proposal.
v. Proposals which include works related to project safety and works related
to improvement in the distribution system so that irrigation water can be
applied to the benefitted area (e.g. restoration of canal section, repairing
of outlets etc.) shall be given top priority.
I. SCHEDULE OF RATES (SoR)
85. The Schedule of Rates (SoR) for Civil Works for the entire state shall be
prepared by the Government, based on rate analysis prepared by adopting the
standard task works, standard consumption of materials, methodology, market
rates of materials / equipments / machinery etc. and labour rates (not more
than minimum wages) and approved by Government in Water Resources
Department every year by May end. For each item reference to standard
specification, approved by Government shall be made in the SoR. SoR shall be
applicable for the period from 1st July to 30th June. In the case of Electrical and
Mechanical works, the SoR shall be prepared by concerned Chief Engineer by
adopting above procedure and got approved from Government.
86. The SoR shall be prepared by way of revision primarily on the basis of the
tender response obtained during the previous year for works executed under
average conditions. If such revision of rate leads to change in rate by more than
±10 percent, such change shall be justified by a detailed rate analysis. This
provision shall apply to electrical works and mechanical works also.
Page 105 of 303

87. The SoR shall reflect the completed items and breakup thereof, in
following three components for each item of work-
(1) Completed items,
(2) Labour
(3) Materials
The instructions for use of SoR /RSR shall be clearly mentioned by way of
General Notes in SoR/RSR.
88. The digitally signed copy of SoR along with the Rate Analysis and
specifications shall be made available on Water Resources Department website.
The description of the items included in the SoR shall conform to that given in
the standard specifications approved by Government.
89. Regional Schedule of Rates (RSR) for Civil Works: Regional Schedule of
Rates (RSR) of each item of work commonly executed in the jurisdiction of each
Irrigation Development corporation (IDC)/ River Basin Agency (RBA), shall be
prepared based on the Schedule of Rates (SoR) and analysis of rates as sanctioned
by the Government in Water Resources Department. The Chief Engineers /
Superintending Engineers which are not under the administrative control of IDC
shall adopt the RSR of the concerned IDC, in whose territorial jurisdiction the
work is located.
90. RSR shall be prepared and approved by Executive Director of concerned
IDC on or before 30th June and rates shall be applicable for the period from 1st
July to 30th June. The digitally signed copy of RSR along with the Rate Analysis
and specifications shall be made available on Water Resources Department’s
website. The printouts of the schedule shall be taken at the division level and
bound book of these printouts shall be prepared, authenticated by Executive
Engineer and copies supplied to the sub division and sections.
91. Every year, audit officer shall be supplied with one copy of the SoR of
Mechanical and Electrical works and RSR of Civil Works. However, if there is no
revision in SoR/RSR, the copies need not be sent; but the decision about non-
revision shall be informed to the audit officer.
J. WORK PLAN AND PROCUREMENT PLAN
92. For every financial year Annual Work Plan shall be prepared in the month of
October of the earlier year, on the basis of overall planning of the projects in
hand, planning of new projects to be taken in hand after considering various
financial aspects (items) such as pending liabilities, land acquisition, works,
resettlement, gate manufacturing etc.
93. In the case of the works of the IDC, the Executive Director shall get prepared
project wise annual work plan consistent with budget outlay indicated by
Government. This annual work plan shall be placed in the GC meeting for
approval.
94. The procurement plan is a revised work plan which reflects detailed planning for
fixing of tenders, in addition to other financial aspects as mentioned in first sub-
paragraph.
95. In the case of the works of the IDC, the Executive Director shall get prepared
project wise procurement plan, consistent with approved budget grants
immediately after budget grants are known.
96. This plan shall be approved by Executive Director and placed in the GC meeting
for information.
Note: In the case of projects not under the IDCs, such plan shall be got prepared
and approved by the concerned Chief Engineer.
Page 106 of 303

97. Project wise procurement plan for the works to be executed during the financial
year shall be prepared, based on the following criteria-
1. Common for ongoing and new works:
1) The plan shall incorporate only the works which are technically sanctioned.
2) Likely cumulative expenditure on a project due to this plan shall not exceed
the approved project cost.
2. For Ongoing Works: -
The plan shall invariably include likely expenditure during the financial year
on following items
1. All pending liabilities
2. Works of ongoing tenders which are planned to be executed during the
financial year as per approved construction programme.
3. Cost of Land acquisition, rehabilitation of PAPs as well as of infrastructure
(e.g. shifting of transmission lines, diversion of roads, etc.)
4. Work components planned to be executed through other departments, as well
as mechanical and electrical organizations.
3. For New Works
1. Mega Projects (having CCA more than 1 lakh ha) & Major Projects
(having CCA between 10,000 ha to 1,00,000 ha): These projects shall
be divided into various stages of say approximately 10,000 ha. each. The
priority shall be given for completion of each stage (including distribution
system) starting from the head reach. The works of the next stage shall
not be commenced before putting the earlier stage to use. The head
works, resettlement works and land acquisition for submergence and the
concerned reach of the canal including disnet shall be included in the first
stage.
2. For rest of the projects (having CCA less than 10,000 ha): The project
execution shall follow the reaches mentioned in the chapter ‘Irrigation
Management (handing over of completed projects)’.
Following requirements shall be fulfilled in respect of all types of new
works-
a) The provision for new works shall be limited to 1.5 times the balance
budget amount, after deducting the liabilities as well as planned
committed expenditure (e.g. likely expenditure on ongoing tenders,
land acquisition / rehabilitation, works to be executed by other
departments /Mech Org / Electrical Org etc.).
b) No work is incorporated in the procurement plan which is not included
in the administratively approved project report.
c) Proposed work is required to be executed for achieving proposed
physical targets.
d) Land required for proposed work is in possession of the department
(either (i) after registered sale deed in the case of direct purchase or
(ii)after declaration of award under Land Acquisition Act or (iii)
written consent of owner), and also statutory clearances to the project
are obtained.
e) The proposed work is in continuity with the executed/ongoing works
(e.g. if the work of canals from km say 1 to 4 is under execution, the
work of immediate next few km need to be proposed in procurement
plan). If there is a necessity of departure from this guideline reasons
for proposing the departure are recorded in the plan.
Page 107 of 303

f) For canal/distribution system works, having design discharge up to 1

cumec at offtake and also for storage tanks, Water Users Association(s)
in the benefited zone of the proposed work is (are) formed.
K-CONTRACTS
a. GENERAL
98. For the purpose of this chapter, contract is an agreement enforceable by law for
undertaking any work, which should invariably be in writing, wherein there
should be a stipulation as to the quantity of work to be done and the time within
which it is to be completed, besides other conditions for levying compensation
and liabilities.
99. The normal system for carrying out works is through contracts. In exceptional
cases, a work may be carried out through rate list system with the prior approval
of Superintending Engineer and subject to the conditions as mentioned in the
following paragraph 103.
100. In the case of maintenance and repair works of canal and distribution
system, the work can be carried out by engaging daily labour, subject to the
prior approval of Superintending Engineer.
101. The works such as manufacturing and erection of hydraulic gates, hoists,
canal cleaning works, mechanical work of LIS etc. shall be carried out by
Mechanical Organization. The procedure for undertaking such works by
Mechanical Organization as mentioned in Appendix 5 shall be followed.
102. Electrical works like Dam lighting, gallery electrification, providing
substations at the site, O&M of Colony electric supply, electrification of offices
and of Rest houses and the O&M of electrical works shall be got executed from
the Electrical Organization.
b. MODES OF EXECUTION OF WORKS
103. The departmental execution of works includes, besides employment of
daily labour, the ‘rate list’ system, which can be used by the Executive Engineer
up to a limit as mentioned in Appendix 32, subject to following conditions-
a) Item rate quotations in sealed cover should be invited by the Executive Engineer
for the items of works to be executed on rate list from contractors registered
with the Public Works Department. Identical items of different components of a
work, if feasible, may be covered by one set of quotations.
The lowest quoted rates shall be compared with sanctioned estimated rates. The
work should be entrusted at rates not exceeding the sanctioned estimated rates.
Note: Utmost care should be taken to provide different rates for different parts
of the work or to provide separate rates for additional leads or lifts, etc. to avoid
the situation in which the rate list agency would carry out only the profitable
part of work and leave the remaining work unexecuted.
104. Except as provided in paragraph 103, tenders for works should be invited
only on regular contract forms. These shall also be invited publicly. However,
for below mentioned categories of works, publicity for execution of these works
is not required-
i. works carried out in emergencies such as danger of breach of canal etc.
ii. works of urgent nature where the time available for completion of work may
be insufficient to go through prescribed procedure, with prior permission of
Superintending Engineer. For such exceptions, the conditions mentioned in
paragraph 74 shall apply.
Page 108 of 303

105. Rules for the guidance of officers preparing receiving, opening and
accepting the tender documents in respect of (i) e-tendering and (ii) non e-
tendering are as given in Appendix 6.
106. ‘Contracts’ are of two kinds, viz.(i) lump sum & (ii) schedule.
1. Lump Sum Contracts:
Lump sum contracts are of two types-
1. Lump sum Contracts with Departmental design:
2. Lump sum Contracts with Contractor’s own design
Common features for a (1) and a (2) above are as follows-
In lump sum contract the contractor agrees to execute the complete work
with all contingencies in accordance with the drawings and specifications for a
fixed sum and in a fixed time, the following being its essential characteristics-
i. No reference is made in the contract to the departmental estimate of
the work and quantities of work to be done.
ii. Detailed measurements of the work are not required to be recorded,
except in respect of additions and alterations.
iii. The form for lump sum contract prescribed by Government is Form C.
In the case of Departmental design and drawing, the amount may be
added to or deducted from the fixed sum only when the design is altered or
foundation levels shown on drawing and actual foundation level differ by ± 1m,
on account of additions and alterations, not covered by the contract and not
involving increase or decrease in quantities. Specific mention should be made,
that the rates as provided for such items in the sanctioned schedule of rates,
will be paid or deducted, as the case may be.
In the case of contractor’s own design and drawings, the condition that
no extra payment shall be admissible in the case of variation in the quantities,
except when the design parameters are changed by the engineer in-charge, shall
be incorporated. More care shall be exercised in defining the scope of work,
which shall be unambiguous and well defined in respect of end product / results
& milestones and compensation for not attending the same.
2. Schedule contracts are those in which the contractor undertakes to execute
the work at fixed rates, the sum he is to receive being dependent on the
quantities and kind of work done or material supplied. The forms used for such
contracts are B-1 (works), B-2(works), D (material supply) and E
(transportation/ carking). Normally tenders for works shall be invited in
percentage form i.e. B1 only.
If the tenders for works are proposed to be called in B2 or C forms, the prior
approval of Government / IDC shall be obtained.
Note: Multilateral aid agencies like The World Bank, Asian Development Bank,
etc. prescribe different formats for contracts, which shall be adopted for works
financed by such agencies.
107. The following principles shall be followed by officers entering into
contract: -
i. The terms of a contract must be precise and definite and there must be no
room for ambiguity or misconstruction therein. No alternatives should be
provided in any form.
ii. Standard forms of contracts should be adopted wherever prescribed.
However, the instructions to officers inviting tenders, given in the printed
form shall be excluded while including, these form in the bid documents. The
general conditions, special conditions, specifications, drawings, schedules
Page 109 of 303

etc. shall be properly scrutinized by the competent authority, before

approving bid documents (the authority shall ensure inter-alia that the
contract conditions do not involve uncertain or indefinite liability or that any
condition of an unusual character is not specified).
iii. Where standard forms are not found to be useful, the form should be got
approved from Government, (i.e. Water Resources Department in
consultation with Finance department and Law and Judiciary department.)
iv. The terms of contract once entered into should not be altered without the
previous consent of the Government.
v. Provision should be made in the contract for safeguarding the Government
property entrusted to the contractor.
vi. Provision should also be made in every contract to enable the Government to
cancel it with due notice and without extra cost.
108. As regards procurement of consultancy services, the provisions made in
the Appendix 7 shall be followed.
109. All agreements or security bonds or indenture bonds entered into with
Water Resources Department (excluding IDC) by contractors for the execution of
work or for securing due performance of contracts are exempt from stamp duty.
The Irrigation Development Corporations, however, shall obtain general
exemption from Government, from payment of stamp duty.
Note: An agreement for hire of plant and machinery is not an instrument for
execution of any work, nor is it an instrument for due performance of any
contract and as such is not exempt from stamp duty. All agreements entered
into with contractors and local bodies for hire of machinery should, therefore
bear stamps of the value, as required under Maharashtra Stamp Act.
110. The following instruments furnished to the Department by the contractor
are exempted from payment of Stamp Duty:
i. Instruments for securing due performance of any contract by
way of the deposit of money or of Government or other
securities and
ii. Instruments under which materials belonging to the
contractor are mortgaged as security for an advance made to
him by any such department.
The Irrigation Development Corporation, however, shall obtain general
exemption from Government from payment of stamp duty for such instruments.
111. Every officer, before entering upon any legal proceeding related to
contract, shall obtain the approval of the tender accepting authority.
c. REGISTRATION OF CONTRACTORS
112. Subject to provision of paragraph 132, no tender form may be issued or
contract given to any person, syndicate or firm whose name is not borne on the
register of approved contractors of Public Works Department of the Government,
without the orders of Government.
113. Provided that, if on invitation of tenders, there is no response to the
tender even after second call, it would be permissible to consider the
unregistered contractors, eligible to submit their offers for the third call. Each
such case should be reported to the next higher authority.
114. Tenders for the works of uncommon nature such as publicity by way of
participation in exhibition, installation of micro-irrigation system, etc. for which
there is no system of registration can be invited from experienced registered /
unregistered contractors, with the prior permission of Chief Engineer.
Page 110 of 303

Note1: The above provisions are applicable for construction works and not for
other works like transport etc.
Note 2: When re-invitation of tenders is necessitated due to receipt of high
tenders, it is open to the competent authority to re-invite tenders openly from
registered as well as unregistered contractors, provided that the high tenders
are first rejected by the authority which is competent to accept that tender.
Note-3: If re-invitation of tenders is not found to be feasible due to the extreme
urgency of the work, the contract should be negotiated, but such negotiations
should be carried out only with the registered contractors, in the appropriate
category, subject to the rules for negotiations in Appendix 8.
Note 4: Multilateral agencies like the World Bank, Asian Development Bank etc.
prescribe different procedures, which shall be adopted for works financed by
such agencies.
d. DRAFT TENDER PAPERS (DTP)
115. Before a work is given out on contract, the concerned Executive Engineer
shall prepare Draft Tender Papers (DTP) which shall include details in various
sections and in various paragraphs as indicated below -
Press Notice
SECTION – I: DETAILED TENDER NOTICE, INFORMATION AND
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1 Definitions & interpretations
2 Eligibility
3 Reference to Annexure A for information such as Description of
project, Status of Project, Climatic conditions, Scope of work,
description of Work, Information for obtaining Tender Papers & its
submission, Work and site conditions, Period of completion and
programme of works, Updated estimated cost of work, Earnest
money / Security deposit, Price variation information
4 Charges for downloading/purchasing the tender documents.
5 Time limit for raising online queries by bidders (if applicable)
6 Revision or amendments of tender documents
7 Detailed Manner of submission of tender (e-tendering and non-
eTendering)
8 List of documents in envelope No.1 to be uploaded/submitted
9 List of documents in envelope No.2 to be uploaded/submitted
10 Date and Procedure for opening of tenders
11 Units to be adopted shall be only in MKS
12 Acceptance of tender (Designation of accepting authority, stipulation
that hard copy of accepted tender to be signed on every page by
Contractor and Executive Engineer)
13 Validity Period of the offer submitted by the bidder
Annexure ‘A’ containing following information
A Description of project
B Status of Project
C Climatic conditions
D Scope of work
E Description of Work
F Information for obtaining Tender Papers & their submission.
G Work and site conditions
H Period of completion and programme of works
Page 111 of 303

I Price variation information

SECTION II
1 Memorandum
2 Schedule ‘A’ (where applicable)
3 Schedule ‘B’ (where applicable)
4 Schedule ‘C’ showing items of work and reference to applicable
specifications
5 Work Programme / Milestones
SECTION III
The proformae to be used for submission of information by tenderer,
shall be included in this section. (e.g. list of machinery, list of
technical personnel etc.)
SECTION IV
Conditions of contract (i.e. main tender form of B1/B2/C/D/E Type
Tender) (However the instructions to officers inviting tender, given
in the printed form shall be excluded while including these forms in
the bid document)
SECTION V
Special conditions of contract
SECTION VI
Item wise detailed specifications
SECTION VII
DRAWINGS
1. A complete set of drawings of all components showing the
general dimensions of the proposed work(s) based on the
detailed designs as approved by the competent authority.
In addition to above, the following drawings may be enclosed in the
set of drawings as per the type of work put to tender-
(a) General for all types of works: Site plan / Index plan
showing location & approach.
(b) The drawings mentioned below shall pertain to the works
when covered by the scope of tender.
(i) Road, bridges and cross drainage works: showing the road
alignment, reach and location of cross drainage works and
bridges, included in the tender.
(ii) Building – plan, elevation, sections
(iii) Dam/barrage including intake of LIS/KT weir and
appurtenances: Plan and longitudinal section, typical
cross-sections.
(iv) Canal structures: -Site plan showing canal alignment and
location of structures, Typical plans, elevation and
sections of each type of structure
(v) Canal earthwork: Site plan showing canal alignment, L-
Section, Typical cross-sections
(vi) Tunnels: Site plan showing tunnel alignment, L-Section,
Typical cross-sections, details of support system
(vii) Pump house of LIS: plan, L-section and typical cross
section.
Page 112 of 303

(viii) Rising main of LIS: alignment, L-section, typical cross

sections, details of typical anchor blocks, supports,
position of various valves.
Note 1: The above list is indicative and covers common types of
works dealt with by the department. For other types of works, the
competent authority approving the DTP shall specify the drawings for
such types of works.
Note 2: Drawings shall be included in the tender papers if the work
is expected to be carried out as per the designs of the department.
Note 3: Quarry map, borrow area map shall not be included in the
tender papers.
Note 4: The drawings shall bear the name plate of the construction
organization only.
Note 5: Note mentioning that the details shown on drawings and
levels shown are tentative and liable to change during execution,
shall be written on all the drawings to be attached to the tender.
Note 1: Instructions mentioned in various paragraphs of this chapter, about making
certain provisions in tender document shall be complied with, while preparing and
approving the DTP.
Note 2: Provision shall be made in tender papers in the special conditions to the effect
that the assurance of the quality will be checked by the officers of the department of
different wings (Civil / Mechanical / Electrical) depending on and to the extent of
nature of work.
Note 3: For e-Tendering, for section I, item 7, (Detailed Manner of Submission of
tenders) the tenderers shall be asked to refer to the ‘Instructions to bidders’ available
on the website of service provider. Name of service provider shall also be mentioned in
detailed tender notice.
116. Additional Provisions in respect of Tenders on B1/B2 Forms:
Following requirements shall be fulfilled while submitting the DTP for approval
to the competent authority, when tenders are to be called for on B1 / B2 basis. These
documents shall not be attached to the tender forms to be issued to tenderers.
i. A certificate stating that the DTP are based on sanctioned plans and estimate.
ii. When an estimate is made up of various sub-estimates and when the work of
more than one sub-estimates is to be incorporated in one tender, a combined
schedule B should be prepared in such a way, as to bring in all the quantities
of same items at one place, except that the following items can be clubbed
although they are not the same-
a) Excavation in soil, Excavation in hard murum, Excavation in soft rock shall
be clubbed as ‘Excavation in Soft Strata’.
b) Providing embankment by directly utilizing excavated material, providing
embankment by already deposited material and providing embankment
by borrow area material shall be combined as ‘providing embankment’.
These combined items shall be individually for different zones (e.g.
casing, hearting, cut off trench filling etc.)
c) Combination for such other items (e.g. pitching, masonry etc.) where
advisable in the opinion of the concerned Chief Engineer may be done.
For this purpose, a statement giving recapitulation of the quantities and
amounts of various items under different sub-estimates should be prepared
and sent with the proposal for approval of Draft Tender Papers.
Page 113 of 303

iii. The calculations in support of percentages for material (excluding cement,

steel, bitumen, CI Pipes), labour & fuel components (i.e. K1, K2, K3) to be
used in the price variation clause, shall be furnished. The values of K1, K2,
K3, Co, So, Bo, Do shall be written only in the spaces provided for. The
variables K1, K2, K3, Co, So, Bo, Do mentioned in the price variation formulae
shall not be replaced by these values.
iv. When tenders are invited from the unregistered contractors, in addition to
the documents mentioned in paragraph 126, the unregistered contractors
shall produce along with their tenders, Solvency Certificates from the
Collector of the district in which they reside or banker’s certificate of
financial stability to the extent of not less than 20 per cent of the tendered
value. This requirement shall be included in the tender papers to be issued
to the tenderers.
117. Additional Provisions in respect of Tenders on C Forms:
a) When it is considered necessary to invite one combined tender in Form C for
more than one activity such as survey, investigation, design, execution,
operation and maintenance for specific period etc. such tender can be invited
with the permission of the concerned IDC (or Government in the case of projects
not with the IDC).
b) When such tenders are to be floated for execution of certain works on
contractor’s own design, the following requirements shall be fulfilled-
i. The designs and drawings of that work shall be first prepared based on survey
and investigations carried out by the Department. The estimated cost of the
work on the basis of these designs and drawings shall be arrived at. This
estimated cost shall not be disclosed while inviting the bids.
ii. The amount of Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) shall be specified as 0.5 % of the
amount of the offer quoted by the tenderer. The contents of the tender
documents shall not directly or indirectly reveal the estimated cost of the
work.
iii. The scope of work and parameters for the design of the structure which is
envisaged shall be decided and mentioned in the tender papers.
iv. The data about survey and investigation carried out by the Department shall
be furnished in the tender papers with the clear understanding that the
Department does not accept any liability for the information given in regard
to the survey and investigation and that no increase over and above quoted
amount will be allowed for any additional work due to any reason, e.g.
greater depth of foundation etc. The bidders are expected to visit the site
and satisfy themselves on all points relating to works. Bidders are expected
to carry out all the required survey and investigations before tendering.
v. The offers shall be invited from the tenderers. The cost quoted by the bidder
shall be compared with the estimated cost and if the bid is prima facie
acceptable to the tender accepting authority, Letter of Intent (LoI) shall be
issued to the successful bidder, asking him to furnish the detailed designs and
drawings of the components of works. It shall be made clear in the LoI, inter-
alia, that the offer can be finally accepted only if and only after designs and
drawings are vetted by the designated designs organization and accepted by
the concerned Chief Engineer.
vi. In the event of detailed working drawings and calculations not being found
satisfactory, they will have to be revised at no extra cost to the Department,
to the satisfaction of both, i.e. the designated design organization and the
concerned Chief Engineer. Else, the EMD will be forfeited. If the conditions
Page 114 of 303

of LoI are fulfilled within time period as mentioned in the tender, it shall be
accepted by the competent authority and work order shall be issued to the
successful bidder.
vii. Drawings shall not be either enclosed with or referred to in the tender papers.
The words ‘contractor’s drawings vetted by designated design organization
and approved by concerned Chief Engineer’ shall be included in contract
documents, wherever the word ‘drawings’ occurs.
118. Before publicly inviting tenders, the DTP shall be approved by the
authority which is competent to accept the tender, with reference to the amount
put to tender. However, when such work is of special nature, in the opinion of
DTP approving authority, it shall be approved by the next higher authority. The
authority competent to approve the DTPs shall NOT approve the DTPs with any
remark / condition.
e. TENDERS
119. Mode of Publicity: Sealed (physically or through digital signature) tenders
shall invariably be invited in the most open and public manner possible. Modes
of publicity of tenders shall be as follows-
Sr. No. Cost of Work Mode of Publicity
1 Less than Rs. 62,500 Notice board of office inviting tender
2 Between Rs. 62,500 Website of WRD and in newspapers through
to Rs. 3 Lakh District Publicity Officer
3 Between Rs. 3 Lakh to e-tendering website of Government and in
Rs. 20 Lakh newspapers through District Publicity Officer. The
tender notice shall be published in Marathi
language in the Marathi Newspaper
4 Between Rs. 20 Lakh e-tendering website of Government and in
to Rs. 55 Lakh newspapers through Regional Publicity Officer.
The tender notice shall be published in Marathi
language in the Marathi Newspaper
5 More than Rs. 55 Lakh e-tendering website of Government and in
newspapers through Directorate of Information &
public relations, Mumbai. The tender notice shall
be published in Marathi language in the Marathi
Newspaper and also in English language in English
newspaper.
Note 1: All the tender notices shall be displayed on the notice board of office inviting
tender, irrespective of cost.
Note 2: In the case of works of urgent nature, the procedure to be followed is laid
down in paragraph 72.4.12.
Note 3: In the case of works of emergent nature, the procedure to be followed is laid
down in paragraph 73.
120. The notice should in all cases mention-
(1) The estimated cost of work put to tender, Earnest Money Deposit and the class of
contractors eligible to tender for the work.
(2) The place where and the time when the contract documents can be seen and the
blank forms of tender obtained; also the amount, to be paid for such forms of tender.
Page 115 of 303

(3) The place where, the date on which and the time when tenders are to be submitted
and are to be opened.
(4) With whom or what authority the acceptance of the tender will rest.
(5) The requirement of attaching to the tender a list of documents as per the detailed
tender notice.
121. Following notice periods should be observed while calling for tenders.
Sr. Cost of Work Period of notice Period of notice
No. for the first call for the second
(days) or subsequent
calls (days)
1 Less than Rs. 5 Lakh 8 5
2 Between Rs. 5 Lakh to Rs. 50 Lakh 15 8
3 above Rs. 50 lakhs 25 15
Note 1: The period of notice shall be reckoned from the date of first publication of
notice in the newspaper/appearing on website whichever is later
Note 2: The periods of notice and the slabs for the works mentioned above shall be
modified, if so imperative as per prevalent Government orders.
Note 3: The periods prescribed above, i.e. in the case of first, second or subsequent
calls are minimum and it is always open to the authority approving Draft Tender Papers,
to prescribe longer periods according to requirements of each case.
Note 4: The minimum time gap between the last date for issue of the tender forms and
the date for receiving and opening of tenders shall be 3 days.
122. The tenders i.e. Envelope 1 (Technical Bid) and Envelope 2 (Financial Bid)
shall be opened simultaneously by the concerned authority competent to accept
the tender (based on cost put to tender) immediately after the expiry of time
limit for submission of offer. In the case of non E-Tenders, the same shall be
opened in the presence of the intending bidders or their authorized agents as
may choose to attend. The bidder whose financial offer is lowest shall be
evaluated for technical qualification. If the lowest bidder does not qualify
technically then his financial offer shall not be considered and next lowest shall
be evaluated for technical evaluation and so on.
123. The evaluation based on the documents in envelope no. 1 shall be got
completed (by calling the concerned DAO, with necessary clerical staff,
concerned EE and associating the concerned technical staff in the o ffice of the
accepting authority) and approved by the tender accepting authority within 10
working days of opening of envelope no. 1.
124. After acceptance of the tender by the competent authority, one hard copy
of the accepted tender shall be signed by successful bidder and the concerned
Executive Engineer and shall be kept on record of the EE’s office.
125. The EE shall refund the EMD (electronically in the case of E -Tenders) of
unsuccessful bidders, immediately after issuing the work order.
126. General Guidelines for Submission of documents along with tenders
1. For Works costing up to & including Rs. 1 Cr.
Tender shall be submitted in two envelopes: viz. Envelope-1 & Envelope 2
Envelope 1 shall contain copies of-
a) Valid registration certificate in appropriate class
Page 116 of 303

b) Proof of payment towards earnest money deposit (EMD) or valid EMD exemption
certificate
c) Valid VAT clearance certificate
Envelope 2 shall contain-
f. For non e-tenders: tender papers including all amendments issued, copy
of Common Set of Stipulations issued to pre-tender queries, if any, duly
signed on each page with financial bid recorded at appropriate place
g. For e-tenders:
1. all amendments issued if any and Common Set of Stipulations if any.
(these shall be downloaded from the tender portal signed in token of
acceptance and scanned copy of the same shall be uploaded by the
contractor)
2. offer of the contractor signed digitally.
2. For Works Costing More than Rs. 1 Cr.
All the requirements as per ‘A’ above shall be applicable. In addition, for such works,
eligibility of the tenderers shall be ascertained as per the method mentioned below -
For this, documents to be submitted by the bidder in envelope 1 shall be prescribed as
per requirements mentioned below -
3. For works costing between Rs. 1 Cr. To 3 Cr.
Contractors’ bid capacity shall be worked out as per the following formula: -
Bid capacity = (2 x A x N) – B where,
A = maximum amount of work done during any one year in the last five years (at current
rates*)
*Note: To bring the amount of work done during previous years at par with current
rates, 10% increase shall be considered for every year.
B = The balance amount of works in hand to be executed during the period proposed
for this work**
**Note: This amount shall be worked out on pro-rata basis.
Note: The Contractor shall submit the details of balance costs of works in hand
accurately.
For each work in hand this amount shall be worked out by the following formula:
B = (Balance Amount / Balance Tender period) x N or balance amount, whichever is
less.
N = Tender period in years
The contractors, whose Bid capacity as calculated above is less than the amount put to
tender shall be considered as non-responsive.
4. For works costing more than Rs. 3 Cr.
For such type of works, in addition to (i) above, following additional post qualification
conditions shall be mentioned in tender document.
a) Contractor’s average annual turnover (at current rates*) during the last 5
years shall not be less than 75% of the amount put to tender.
*Note: To bring the amount of work done during previous years at par with
current rates, 10% increase shall be considered for every year.
b) Contractor should have completed at least one work of similar nature. The
amount of such completed work (at current rates*) shall not be less than the
amount as mentioned below.
Page 117 of 303

*Note: To bring the amount of work done during previous years at par with
current rates, 10% increase shall be considered for every year.
Amount put to Amount of completed work
tender (Rs. Cr.) (Rs. Cr.)
3 to 10 30% of amount put to tender
More than 10 30% of amount put to tender or Rs. 5 Cr,
whichever is more
The definition of work of similar nature shall be unambiguous
c) Important items to be executed involved in the proposed work shall be
identified. The contractor shall have experience of executing such items
wherein he should have executed at least 30% of quantities of such items
during any one of the preceding 5 years.
127. The Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) to be deposited with the tender shall be
at the following rates.
Sr. No. Estimated amount of work put to Earnest Money Deposit expressed
tender as % of column (2)
1. Upton Rs. 1 crore 1
2. Above Rs. 1 crore but less than 3/4 % subject to minimum of
Rs. 3 crores Rs. 1 lakh.
3. Above Rs. 3 crores 1/2 % subject to minimum of

Rs. 2,25,000/-
Note1: EMD is not payable by Unemployed Civil Engineers (UCE) registered as
contractors.
Note 2: EMD is not payable by registered Labour Cooperative Societies (LCS) for the
works allotted to them as per provisions in paragraph 156. However, in the case of
works for which open tenders are called for, in which societies participate as
independent bidders, the societies shall pay full EMD as mentioned in the above table.
Note 3: The tender accepting authority shall have discretion to prescribe higher amount
of EMD if considered necessary and justifiable by the peculiar circumstances of any
particular case.
Note 4: The EMD shall be in the following forms
1. For non e-tenders:
1. Demand Draft in the name of concerned Executive Engineer payable
at the place mentioned in the detailed tender notice or
2. Term Deposit Receipt valid for minimum 1 year pledged in the name
of concerned Executive Engineer
2. For e-tenders:
100 % through payment gateway of e-tender portal
128. The earnest money deposit of the successful bidder who fails to complete
the contract documents or pay initial security deposit shall be forfeited and
credited to revenue. The names of such defaulting tenderers shall be circulated
throughout the department, with a view of debarring them from being entrusted
with any work in future; and steps should be taken to have their names removed
from the register of approved contractors. If Labour Cooperative Societies (while
competing for tenders earmarked for them) and Unemployed Civil Engineers
Page 118 of 303

registered as contractors fail to pay the security deposit, they shall be debarred
from tendering in future and steps shall be taken to cancel their registration.
129. The lowest amongst the responsive (i.e. which satisfy the sti pulated
requirements in respect of documents in envelope 1) tenders shall be accepted.
Negotiations to reduce the offer (when the offer is above threshold value of
workability), shall be carried out with the lowest bidder, in writing, only by
tender accepting authority.
130. Specific provision shall be made in the tender documents that right to
reject any or all tenders without assigning any reason is reserved.
131. In the cases, where it is proposed to accept tenders other than the lowest
or by negotiations, the decision should not be taken by an individual officer, but
by the tender committee mentioned in Appendix 8.
Note-1. The above provisions do not apply to: -
i) Works to be given out to labour co-operative societies or unemployed civil engineers
registered as contractors, on the basis of recommendation of work allotment
committee, vide paragraph 132.
ii) Works carried out in emergencies such as danger of breach in canals etc.
Note-2. In the following cases reference to the tender committee is not
necessary: -
a. When tenders are invited publicly but even the lowest tender cannot be
accepted due to high rates and negotiations are carried out, in writing, only by
tender accepting authority with the lowest tenderer and his rates are got
reduced.
b. When only one tender is received for a particular work which is got reduced by
negotiations.
c. When the lowest tender, after acceptance of tender and before issuing work
order, becomes invalid for violation of any stipulated condition, e.g. for non-
payment of initial security deposit, non-completion of tender documents within
the stipulated time-limit, etc., such a tender does not hold good and
automatically stands rejected with the forfeiture of the earnest-money deposit
and the second lowest tender becomes the lowest for being considered for
acceptance. If the second lowest tenderer agrees to execute the work at the
rate quoted by the lowest tenderer, the approval of the tender committee is not
necessary.
132. Procedure for allotment of works estimated to cost less than Rs.15
lakhs: Individual works (except emergency works) estimated to cost less than
rupees 15 lakhs shall be allotted in the following proportion: one third of the
works shall be allotted to labour cooperative societies, one third of works shall
be allotted to unemployed Civil engineers registered as contractors and the
remaining one third shall be allotted by inviting open competitive tenders. The
above proportion shall be maintained by allotment of works by rotation amongst
these three categories (i.e. if the first work is allotted to labour cooperative
societies, second shall be allotted to registered contractors by competitive
bidding and the third to unemployed Civil engineers. This sequence shall be
repeated when number of works is more than three.)
133. The procedure for allotting earmarked works to labour cooperative
societies and unemployed Civil engineers shall be as follows:
a) Works costing up to Rs. 3 Lakh:
These works shall be awarded at estimated rates to labour cooperative societies
& unemployment Civil engineers registered as contractors on the
Page 119 of 303

recommendation of work allotment committee constituted for this purpose by

the Cooperation Department and Public Works Department respectively.
An entry in the pass book of the labour cooperative societies/the unemployed
Civil engineers registered as contractors shall be made whenever any work is
allotted to them under this rule.
Note: If no recommendation is made by a work awarding committee within 15 days,
the work shall be awarded by inviting open tenders. In such cases, the work awarded
shall be deemed to have been awarded to the LCS / UCE as applicable for the purpose
of ensuring the ratio of allotment of work as mentioned above.
b) Works costing between Rs. 3 lakhs to 15 lakh:
The agency for the works earmarked for Labour Co-operative Societies
(LCS) or Unemployed Civil Engineers (UCE) registered as contractors shall be
fixed by inviting e-tenders publicly from the eligible labour co-operative
societies or unemployed civil engineers registered as contractors respectively in
the district in which the work has to be executed.
The work shall be awarded to successful LCS/UCE at not more than the
estimated rate.
A clear mention shall be made in the press notice and in the tender
documents that only the eligible LCS / UCE shall submit their bids. Also the fact
that bids above the estimated rates shall not be acceptable must be mentioned
in the press notice and tender documents.
Note:If no response is received to the invitation of tenders for a work, the work shall
be awarded by inviting open tenders. In such cases, the work awarded shall be deemed
to have been awarded to the LCS / UCE as applicable for the purpose of ensuring the
ratio of allotment of work as mentioned above.
The labour cooperative societies are exempted from payment of earnest money
deposit for tenders invited as per (a) and (b) above.
134. The LCS/ UCE shall not be allowed to sublet the work. No subletting is
permissible shall be clearly mentioned in the special conditions of contract. The
provision about subletting, made in the standard printed form shall be deleted
in such cases.
135. In respect of works located in the tribal areas / naxal affected area where
there is no response from the contractors to the public invitation of tenders, the
method of selective tendering shall be resorted to, with the approval of the
concerned Chief Engineer. He shall prepare a list of selected contractors, subject
to the condition that the number of contractors selected should invariably be
not less than three.
136. (211) The procurement of material, machinery etc., which is within the
scope of the Purchase Advisory Committees of categories A, B, C and E shall be
done as prescribed in Chapter 6 ‘Stores’.
137. For procurement of materials required for works which belong to Category
D, the following procedure shall be adopted-
1) In the case of original works, no construction material shall be normally procured
and tenders for completed items of works shall be invited. If materials are
required to be procured separately, prior approval of the concerned Chief
Engineer shall be obtained.
2) The construction materials required for OM&R works may be procured by calling
tenders (in D Form) by following the procedure as mentioned in this chapter.
138. In tenders for carting materials (in E Form), suitable conditions shall be
inserted in the contract document, stipulating that the carting contractor shall
Page 120 of 303

insure the material handed over to him for carting, with the Government
Insurance Fund, for its full value.
139. SECURITY FOR PERFORMANCE OF CONTRACTS
Security should, in all cases, be taken for due performance of the contract. The
security (initial and balance) shall be by way of: -
1. Initial Security Deposit shall be 50 % of total security deposit as specified in
paragraph 139.3 below. This may be deposited in one or more ways as
mentioned below-
(i) Demand Draft drawn in the name of EE and payable at the location
mentioned in the detailed tender notice
(ii) By adjustment of amount deposited as Earnest Money Deposit as
mentioned in paragraph 133.
(iii) Irrevocable Bank Guarantee bond in the prescribed Form on behalf
of contractor, executed by branch of nationalized / scheduled banks,
situated in Maharashtra State.
The Bank Guarantee shall be valid for the period of 28 days beyond defects
liability period. It shall be the responsibility of the Divisional Accounts
Officer of the concerned division to verify in writing from concerned Bank,
the authenticity of the bank guarantee, by deputing a responsible
employee of the division. Work order shall be issued only after such
verification.
Provision shall be made in the Special Condition and detailed tender
notice of contract that; the validity of the Security Deposit shall be
extended where necessary till the expiry of the period of 28 days beyond
defects liability period if & when the contract period is extended.
Provision shall be made in the Special Condition that, the Executive
Engineer reserves the right to encash the bank guarantee, in the event of
breach of any of the terms and conditions of the contract and failure to
perform as per contract conditions.
In cases where the validity of the Bank guarantee needs to be extended,
the contractor shall be asked to extend the validity of the guarantee to
the extent required, well in time. If the contractor fails to extend the
validity of Bank Guarantee in time, the Executive Engineer and DAO shall
be held responsible, if they fail to encash Bank Guarantee, before its
expiry.
(iv) Interest bearing securities, (as mentioned in paragraph 15.2.2 of
Maharashtra Public Works Accounts Code), which shall be, without any
encumbrance, in the name of contractor (if contractor is a firm / company
it shall be the in the name of the concerned firm / company and not in
the name of partners or any other persons) and pledged in the name of
concerned Executive Engineer.
Note: Some of the securities mentioned in paragraph 15.2.2 which cannot
be pledged shall not be accepted.
2. Balance 50 % Security Deposit shall be recovered from the bills of work done
by way of percentage deduction. The percentage at which the deduction is to
be made shall be so specified that the whole of security deposit is recovered
by the time 50 % of the work by value is completed.
3. Total Security Deposit (SD) to be deposited by the contractor shall be at the
following rates-
Page 121 of 303

Sr. No. Estimated amount of work put to Security Deposit expressed as %

tender of column (2)
1 Upton Rs. 1 crore 5%
2 Above Rs. 1 crore but less than 4% subject to Min Rs. 5 Lakh
Rs. 3 crores
3 Above Rs. 3 crores 3% subject to Min Rs. 12 Lakh

Note1: Where the cost put to tender is likely to exceed by more than ten percent, due
to accepting tender of higher rates compared to, increase in quantities of one or more
items and/or due to sanction of extra items, etc., the amount of security deposit shall
be enhanced proportionately, as per percentage mentioned in the table.
Note 2: When the lowest tender is accepted after ensuring that offer is considered as
workable, in which the offer is less than the amount put to tender by more than 10%,
the amount of additional security deposit, to the extent of 10% of the difference
between the amount of offer and 90% of the amount put to tender shall be obtained
before issue of work order.
Note 3: In case of necessity of forfeiture of the security deposit, in terms of the
provisions of the contract, the amount of the entire security deposit (i .e. initial security
deposit, additional security deposit, the amount deducted from the bills) shall be
forfeited to the Government.
Note 4: The LCS and UCE registered as contractors shall be required to pay fifty percent
of the security deposit normally due.
140. PROVISION FOR SUPPLY OF STORES.
The provision shall be made in the contract, for use of acceptable quality of
material (e.g. soil, rubble, etc.) from excavation or earlier spoil banks, for
relevant items included in the contract, free of cost, on as is where is basis.
Hence, no separate item such as providing pitching, masonry etc., by utilization
of such material shall be included in the Schedule B. The contract shall stipulate
that no claim on account of non-availability of suitable excavated or deposited
material for use, in the items of contract, shall be entertained. However, the
royalty charges, if applicable, for use of such material shall be payable by
contractor.
141. ACCEPTANCE OF TENDERS
The time limit for acceptance of tender shall be as mentioned below
i. In the case of tenders which do not require approval of the
authorities higher than the tender opening authority, decision
about acceptance of such tenders shall be taken within 30 days
from date of opening the tenders.
ii. In other cases, the time limit for sending the proposal for
acceptance shall be 30 days at every stage of submission of the
proposal. (e.g. EE to SE, or SE to CE or CE to ED or ED to EC/GC or
ED to WRD or WRD to Standing Committee etc.) In cases where
these periods are exceeded for some reason or the other, a report
of the special circumstances which made the delay inevitable,
should be made to the next higher authority. The power of
rejection of tender shall rest with the authority competent to
Page 122 of 303

accept the tender (the authority to be decided on the basis of cost

put to tender). When the tenders which requires approval of
Government for acceptance, are opened by Chief Engineer, he shall
submit the tender proposals to the Government with his comments,
regarding acceptance or rejection.
iii. When offer of the bidder leads to an excess of more than 15% of
the administratively approved cost of concerned sub-head, before
accepting such tender involving excess over amount put to tender,
revised administrative approval shall be obtained.
iv. When SoR is revised, then estimate should be updated to current
SoR before floating tender / acceptance of tender.
v. The powers of acceptance of tender shall be as per Chapter 7
Powers.
vi. The Executive Engineer, on receipt of the decision regarding
acceptance of a tender from competent authority, shall intimate
to the successful bidder the decision regarding the acceptance. The
Executive Engineer shall obtain the required initial security deposit
from the successful bidder and after getting the contract
documents (including all correspondence with the successful bidder
from the date of opening of tender till acceptance of tender)
completed in all respects, shall enter into the contract on behalf
of the Governor of Maharashtra. He shall issue the work-order
(order to commence the work) to the contractor and copies of the
same shall be sent to the tender accepting authority, (and also to
the concerned Superintending Engineer if he is not tender
accepting authority). He shall forward certified copies of the
contract documents to the audit and quality control wing.
vii. A register of contracts in form P.W. 107 (attached as Appendix 9)
shall be maintained in the office of Executive Engineer. This
register shall include all the tenders accepted at his level and also
at higher levels.
viii. The Superintending Engineer and Chief Engineer shall also maintain
such register in their office, for all contracts accepted by
themselves or by higher authorities.
ix. With the help of this register, timely monitoring of tender period,
extensions granted and compensation levied etc. shall be done.
x. The Executive Engineer while entering into the contract with the
successful bidder, shall verify, that the person who has signed the
contract documents has requisite authority to bind the firm or
company.
142. Clubbing of Works for Tender Purpose:
(Note: One work means one technically sanctioned estimate)
Normally one tender shall be invited for one technically sanctioned estimate, except-
Page 123 of 303

1. In case of headworks clubbing of works as mentioned in i), ii) and iii) below
shall be done for tender purpose –
i) Following (a) to (d) shall be clubbed in one tender:
a) Earthen dam –including envelope junctions etc. from C.O.T. foundation
to T.B.L.
b) Gravity dam (in colgrout masonry/concrete/Roller Compacted Concrete
etc.) Entire length including overflow, non-overflow portion and EDA,
from foundation level to top of dam level.
c) All Head Regulators
d) Approach and tail channel.
ii) Headworks of Barrage / KT Weir / Storage Tank (including earth work, head
regulators, EDA, approach & tail channel etc., if any)
iii) Lift Irrigation (LI) Schemes:
The following three items shall be clubbed in one tender, which will be
invited and the contract management of which, shall be done by the
Electrical wing-
1) Electrical equipments in control rooms, inside and outside of pump-house
including works related to bus duct.
2) Switchyard complete, including Civ il Works
3) Transmission lines
2. In case of main canal and branch canals clubbing of works, as mentioned in a),
b) below, may be done for tender purpose with the prior approval of Chief
Engineer-
a) For Design Discharge >0.5 cumec: Earthwork, including structures and
lining (where provided) in not more than 5 km long stretch.
b) For Design Discharge ≤ 0.5 cumec: single tender for entire length for
earthwork, structure and lining (where provided).
3. In case of distribution networks clubbing of works as mentioned in a), b) below
may be done for tender purpose with the prior approval of Chief Engineer-
a) For Design Discharge of distributary at head> 0.5 cumec: Earthwork,
including structures and lining (where provided) in not more than 10 km
long stretch including minors, sub-minors, outlets etc.
b) For Design Discharge of distributary at head ≤ 0.5 cumec: Single tender
for entire length for earthwork, structures and lining (where provided)
including minors, sub-minors, outlets etc.
143. Splitting of Works for Tender Purpose:
No OM&R work shall be split up for the purpose of tendering. Also, no original
work (covered in one technical sanction as a unit as mentioned in paragraph 64
above) shall normally be split up for the purpose of inviting tender. However, if
it is considered essential to split up the original work for valid reasons such as-
i. portions of earthwork of canal adjacent to structures, non-availability of land
for carrying out certain portion of work (e.g. if the estimate of canal of km say
20 is sanctioned and if land for carrying out the canal earthwork in the portion
of chainage 19/300 to 19/500 is not available due to say litigation, it will be
permissible to call for the tenders for the portion of 19/000 to 19/300, provided
that the storage is created and command between chainage 0 to 19/300 can be
Page 124 of 303

irrigated. It shall be noted that it will not be permissible to take up the work
between chainage 19/500 to 20/000),
The concerned Executive Engineer shall obtain prior approval to the proposal
along with working estimate of each of the parts of the work proposed to be split
up. The Chief Engineer may approve the same after satisfying himself that
sufficient reasons exist for splitting of the work.
The tenders for the remaining split up part shall not be invited till the reasons
for the splitting are sorted out.
Note: Investigation of cases of splitting up of works for the purpose of tenders
shall be made during technical audit of a project.
144. Any work involving financial implication shall not be undertaken without
written orders (either on paper or by email) of the competent authority.
145. Before calling tenders for any work, it shall be ensured that the land
required for proposed work is in possession (either by (i) after registered sale
deed in the case of direct purchase or (ii) declaration of award under land
acquisition Act or (iii) written consent of owner) of the department and also
statutory clearances to the project have been obtained. If the land is in
possession by the written consent of owner, the work on such land shall not be
started unless preliminary notification under Section 11 of The Right to Fair
Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Act, 2013 (L.A. Act, 2013) is published.
146. In case of doubt about the delineation of the boundaries of land in
possession, on which the work is to be started, the Executive Engineer may get
the boundaries of the land demarcated from the Superintendent of Land Records
concerned and obtain from him an authentic site plan signed by him. The lineout
shall be given by the Deputy Engineer in-charge of the work only thereafter.
147. In the case of bridges, CD Works, weirs, headworks, Deputy Engineer shall
verify observed High Flood Level (HFL) after thorough enquiry with the local
people vis-à-vis one assumed in design. He shall report to the competent
authority for review of design if observed HFL is more than that assumed in
design. The work shall be started only after decision of competent authority is
obtained.
148. The concerned Deputy Engineer and Junior Engineer shall ensure that the
following requirements are fulfilled before starting and at during execution of
works:
a) Certified copies of approved design, drawings and accepted tender of
work are available with the Engineer of contractor, construction Engineer
and quality control Engineer on site. They should be aware of
specifications of every item, design parameters of earth work, proportion
of various ingredients of various grades of concrete as per approved
concrete mix design etc.
b) Work is being executed as per approved drawings and specifications of
works included in the tender
c) OK card system is being followed
d) Tests to assure the quality are being taken.
e) Hidden measurements are recorded / 100% checked by Dy.Engr. and
proper checks are exercised before making payments
f) Video recording of progress of work shall be done by Contractor, in
presence and as per direction of representative of engineer in charge.
g) Record drawings of hidden part are completed before covering such work
Page 125 of 303

h) Approval to excess quantity, if any, is obtained from the competent

authority and contractor is intimated in writing by EE before executing
the same.
i) Approval to the ‘extra item’, if any, is obtained from the competent
authority and the contractor is intimated in writing by EE before executing
the same.
j) General and special conditions of contract are being followed on site.
k) The work progress is as per scheduled program and milestones in the
contract / as mutually agreed.
l) Measurements of the work done and Bills for Payment to the contractor
are submitted to the division office promptly and regularly.
m) If the progress of work is not as per contract stipulations, the relevant
facts shall be reported to division office for initiating action under
appropriate clause of contract.
n) If advance on ‘material brought to site’ is given, arrangement for guarding
the material properly is available at site of storage.
o) Foundation is passed by the competent authority, before covering the
foundations.
The above list is only illustrative and not exhaustive.
149. Prerequisites for starting the gorge filling-
The Executive Engineer shall ensure that
a. Complete land in the submergence area is acquired and is in possession.
b. Civic amenities in the village where Project Affected Persons (PAPs) from
submergence are to be rehabilitated are ready.
c. Rehabilitation of all the people likely to be affected due to submergence
is completed and they have actually shifted.
d. Command area is developed, as per Government order.
150. Pro-forma for RA and Final bill shall include additional certificate
regarding foundation passing, record drawing and video recording. The name
and designation of the authority which has passed the foundation and date of
passing, date of video recording, name and designation of officer preparing the
record drawing, shall be mentioned in bill.
151. In case where it is desirable to commence work on a project, which has
been administratively approved, before the detailed estimate for the whole
project has been prepared, it is permissible for the competent authority to
accord technical sanction to detailed estimates for component parts of the
project, subject to the following conditions:
i) The work for which estimate is prepared shall be within the AA / RAA
provisions and the amount of such work including already sanctioned
works under that sub-head shall be within the approved provision of
concerned sub-head of AA / RAA.
ii) Where the provisions under the detailed heads in the estimate
administratively approved need to be recast or broken up in a realistic
manner according to the setup of construction organization and in the
manner proposed to be executed, such a break up should be sanctioned
by the Chief Engineer and should precede the technical sanction to
component parts under that detailed head.
iii) The amount of the detailed estimate for the component part must not
exceed the amount included in the estimate administratively approved for
that part / break up approved by Chief Engineer as mentioned in ii) above,
by more than the percentage limit or proportionate lump sum limit
Page 126 of 303

permissible under paragraph 402.11, on the project cost administratively

approved without causing a revision. In case these limits are exceeded the
estimate for the component part will be technically sanctioned by the
Chief Engineer who will examine whether or not a revision of
administrative approval is involved. If RAA is required Chief Engineer shall
ensure that RAA proposal is submitted to next higher Authority, such that
RAA is obtained before expenditure on the entire project exceeds the
amount of AA/RAA approved.
152. Ceremonial functions in connection with starting and completion of
important milestones (as decided by Chief Engineer) but not more than 10 in the
case of major projects, 6 in the case of medium project and 2 in case of minor
projects may be held at Government cost with the prior approval to the cost
involved from Executive Director in case of projects under IDC or Chief Engineer
in other cases subject to availability of provision in the project report.
Expenditure on ceremonies permitted under the above paragraph should not
exceed Rs. 50,000 per ceremony.
The expenditure on such ceremonies when considered necessary should be
restricted to items like laying of foundation stones, erection and hire of pendals,
lighting arrangement, transport, garlands, light refreshments such as tea, coffee
or cold drinks and other incidental items.
L. SCOPE OF SANCTION:
153. The authority granted by a sanction to an estimate must, on all occasions,
be looked upon as strictly limited by the precise objects for which the estimate
is sanctioned. Accordingly, any anticipated or actual savings on a sanctioned
estimate for a project component should not be applied to carry out additional
work not contemplated in the original sanctioned estimate.
M. LAPSE OF SANCTION
154. The administrative approval to a project on which no expenditure is
incurred will cease to operate after a period of five years from the date upon
which such approval was accorded. Project work shall not be started unless fresh
AA is obtained. RAA is necessary if expenditure on project within first five years
is less than 10% of approved cost.
N. ALTERATION IN DESIGN DURING CONSTRUCTION:
155. No alternation in sanctioned plans and designs shall be made while
carrying out any work, without the approval of the authority competent to
sanction the revised estimate (or original estimate if no revision of estimate is
required). If such alterations involve any additional expenses, then revised
estimate & drawings shall be prepared after ascertaining the acceptability of
alterations from design point of view and got sanctioned from the competent
authority.
Note: The revised technical sanction cannot be accorded prior to RAA if latter is
necessary.
156. Where additions or alterations are contemplated, though not necessarily
involving an increased expenditure, the approval of original technical
sanctioning authority shall be obtained after ascertaining the acceptability of
alterations from design point of view.
157. Designs Organization shall modify suo-motu, with the prior approval of
Government, if required, the approved drawings for the changes called for in
the design due to new design concepts, change in BIS Codal provisions, etc. These
modifications shall be subject to approval from the concerned Chief Engineer
Page 127 of 303

and action shall be taken as per paragraph 41 to 43, in respect of such

modifications.
158. The responsibility for bringing material deviations or modifications to the
notice of the competent authority rests primarily with the Executive Engineer.
159. When during currency of contract, it is advisable to change the material
of construction, approval for making such change shall be accorded by the
authority which has accepted the tender provided that the cost of the work in
question would remain within its powers of technical sanction.
O. MEASUREMENTS, MEASUREMENT BOOKS AND FIELD BOOKS
160. For any work got executed, measurements of the works shall be recorded
and checked in authorized measurement books, by the competent officers of the
department, as soon as the work is executed and before the work done gets
hidden. As regards initial ground levels, these shall be recorded as final by the
competent officer before starting the excavation because these ground levels
will not be susceptible for checking. The measurement books in paper form shall
be used till the system of e-Measurement Books is introduced. Payment for the
work done has to be based on these measurements. In view of the sanctity of
the measurement books, the rules for issue, review of the measurement books
and for recording and checking the measurements shall be followed scrupulously
as per the provisions of Appendix 10 (Rules for Taking Measurements and
Keeping Measurement Books) and Appendix 11 (Rules in Connection with the
Review of Measurement Books).
P. Enforcement of terms of contract
161. Executive Engineers and their subordinates are responsible that the terms
of contract are strictly enforced, and that no act is done tending to nullify or
vitiate a contract.
Before starting the work, the Executive Engineer and his subordinate shall ensure
fulfillment of pre-requisites such as-
a) Approved drawings and tender documents are available at site.
b) Requisite No Objection Certificates (NOC) are received (e.g. labour licenses,
blasting permissions, etc.)
c) Contractor has mobilized all manpower and machinery required for work.
d) Contractor has established required quality control field laboratory along with
required testing equipments and adequate technicians. It shall also be ensured
that the quality control laboratory of contractor is approved by the Executive
Engineer (Quality Control).
e) Work is insured.
f) Quality assurance mechanism (such as plot register, concrete placement
register, mix design, ice plant etc.) is ready.
g) All safety measures mentioned in tender documents are taken.
h) Material Quarries are opened and adequacy & suitability of material is
ascertained.
Cases involving commitments of appreciable extra expenditure in respect
of provisions of contract agreement which are not explicit shall be referred to
Government or shall be got approved from the competent authority. Also, where
there is some sort of ambiguity about the interpretation, it shall invariably be
got clarified from competent authority before taking action, by Executive
Engineer.
Page 128 of 303

Note: Please see Appendix 32 for the powers of the officers to sanction rates in
excess of tendered rates.
162. Though the Superintending Engineer is the final authority as per clause 2
of the B-1 contract, prior approval of Chief Engineer shall be obtained before
levying compensation on contractors whose contract has been accepted by the
Chief Engineer. The decision to levy compensation or grant extension of time is
an executive decision and not that of an arbitrator.
Note 1: The guidelines for levying compensation and granting time extension are
elaborated in Appendix 12.
Note 2: Guidelines for taking action under clause 3 of B-1 / clause 34 of C
contract are elaborated in Appendix 13.
163. The Executive Engineer may grant extension of time to contractors under
relevant clause of the contract, after obtaining prior approval of the authority
which has accepted the tender. No extension shall be granted to contractors if
the progress of work is found to be inadequate, because of his fault. The cases
in which progress is inadequate due to the fault of contractor, shall be processed
for levy of compensation as per the forgoing paragraph.
164. Clause 30 of the B-1 contract lays down that the decision of the
Superintending Engineer, in certain matters relating to the contract, shall be
final. This clause is not an arbitration clause but dispute resolution clause by an
executive and hence, the contractor is not entitled to claim relief under Section
8 of the Arbitration Act. In the case of any dispute or claim, the contractor shall
address his grievances to the tender accepting authority and shall endorse copies
to the Executive Engineer and Superintending Engineer. In case the Executive
Engineer is the tender accepting authority and if he fails to give his decision
within 30 days of receipt of grievance or if the decision is not acceptable to the
contractor, he shall approach to the Superintending Engineer and this process
shall be repeated, if necessary, till final decision is given by Executive Director
in the case of works pertaining to the IDC and by the Chief Engineer in the case
of works pertaining to Government. If the tender accepting authority is
Superintending Engineer or Chief Engineer, the time limit for giving decision shall
be 60 days and 90 days respectively. The decision given by the Executive Director
in the case of works pertaining to the IDC and by the Chief Engineer in the case
of works pertaining to Government shall be final and binding on the contractor.
165. The Executive Engineer may pay only one intermediate bill (to cover all
clear payments) after the permitted period of the tender, including extension
already approved, is over, provided an amount (inclusive of security deposit) as
may be sufficient to cover the whole of the compensation which shall be
estimated by the Executive Engineer, is kept back. In determining compensation,
the Executive Engineer should fix such amount as to secure Government interest
under the contract, in case the extension of time-limit asked for is not granted.
Q. RULES FOR THE EXECUTION OF WORKS:
166. In the execution of works, every care should be taken that the safety and
convenience of the public are ensured and that all operations (e.g. batching
plants, workshops etc.) are carried on in such a manner as to interfere, as little
as possible, with the vehicular and / or pedestrian traffic. As far as possible,
Page 129 of 303

construction of temporary roads and bridges should not be taken up when the
crops are standing on private land which is to be used for construction. Quarry
excavation and borrow pits, should not be taken close to the inhabited part of
any property.
167. No religious edifice should be destroyed or damaged in execution of works
without the full and free consent of the persons interested in it, nor without the
concurrence of the local revenue authority, else shall the orders of the
Government be obtained.
168. When excavation of foundations, etc., for any work disclose anything
likely to be of archaeological interest, e.g., tools, utensils etc., of ancient
civilizations, the Executive Engineer should immediately inform this fact to the
local office of Archaeological Survey of India.
169. The programme of works should be so arranged as to bring them to a safe
stage before monsoon and not to allow any damage to be caused to any part of
the work during monsoon.
170. All interruptions of more than 7 days duration in progress of works shall
be immediately reported by the Executive Engineer to the Superintending
Engineer & Chief Engineer along with the causes and probable duration of such
interruptions being duly explained.
171. All unusual losses in the manufacture of materials must on their
occurrence, be reported to the Superintending Engineer.
172. In carrying out public works departmentally, local labor should, as far as
possible, be utilized for the purposes of unskilled work. When such works are to
be carried out through the agency of contractors, the employment of such labor
of unskilled work should be insisted upon by making provision in the contract.
173. No person who is under the age of fourteen years shall be employed on
works carried out departmentally. In the case of works given out on contract a
condition to this effect should be prescribed in all contracts.
174. The employment of female labourers on works in the neighborhood of
soldiers’ barracks should be avoided as far as possible.
175. The Deputy Engineer and Junior Engineer should see that the provisions
of various labor legislations such as Industrial Disputes Act, Minimum Wages Act,
Factory Act, etc., are complied with while dealing with labor under their control.
Condition in this respect shall be prescribed in all contracts.
176. All safety measures so as to avoid accidents and harm to workers and staff
at site shall be insisted upon in the case of works given out on contract by
inserting a suitable clause in the tender document under special conditions or in
the specifications, as the case may be.
177. Any fatal accidents at work site should be reported to the Superintending
Engineer, Chief Engineer, Executive Director and Government by Executive
Engineer. Executive Engineers shall also intimate same to the concerned
Collector and local Police station. The local officers concerned should also call
on the nearest relatives of the deceased and express sympathies on behalf of
Government.
In the case of serious bodily injury or fatal accident, Executive Engineer shall
report the matter to labour commissioner. Also if distresses to works causing
disruption to public communication facilities, damage to private properties,
emergency incidences (e.g. breach of embankment which is used for public
communication etc.) shall be reported to Superintending Engineer and Chief
Engineer by Executive Engineer.
Page 130 of 303

Note: In the event of injury caused to the worker and staff employed by the
department and included in the definition of the term ‘workmen’ as given
in Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 by accident arising out of and in
the course of their employment, relevant provisions of that Act should be
strictly complied with. The notice of fatal accidents should invariably be
given to the proper authorities within the prescribed period as required
by section 10 (b) of the Act.
178. With a view to avoid its use, the rejected as well as the defective material
should not be allowed to remain on site of works. In this respect, suitable clause
in the tender document under special conditions shall be inserted.
179. In the case of damage to a work, a joint inspection along with the
contractor should, at once, be held and specimens of bad work where possible
should be collected in presence of contractor and got tested. When it is not
possible to collect specimen, indirect method of testing (e.g. Non-destructive
tests etc.) shall be resorted to in order to ascertain the quality of work in the
presence of contractor. The Executive Engineer shall inform the contractor in
writing pointing out to rectify the damage at his cost where damages are
attributable to bad quality of work or fault of contractor. In this respect, suitable
clause in the tender document under special conditions shall be inserted.
180. When the help of military personnel and equipment as well as help from
other departments is taken for any work, the charges thereof shall be paid by
the concerned officer of the department.
181. When petrol/diesel pump is required to be installed at project site or in
workshop etc. license shall be obtained from the competent authority (i.e.
Inspector of Explosives, Western Circle, Mumbai). Executive Engineer shall
ensure that license shall be renewed as and when required. Devices for
measuring petrol/diesel/oil etc., shall be got calibrated from time to time from
competent authority (Inspector of Weights and Measures).
182. When magazine for storing explosives is required to be constructed at or
nearby project site, approval to the site shall be obtained from the concerned
District Magistrate. Thereafter licenses for construction of magazine and storage
of explosives shall be obtained from the competent authority (i.e. Chief
Inspector of Explosives). When specially designed vans are to be used for
transport of explosives, the design of the van (i.e. portable magazine) shall be
got approved from Chief Inspector of Explosives and license thereof shall also be
obtained. The concerned Executive Engineer shall ensure that all licenses shall
be renewed as and when required.
Note: When the construction of petrol/diesel pump, construction of magazine
building, use of specially design van is made by the contractor he shall
comply with the requirements mentioned in paragraph 181 and 182 above.
In this respect, suitable clause in the tender document under special
conditions shall be inserted.
183. Unless otherwise permitted no payments shall be made for work done or
services rendered for any work of the department without recording
measurements of the works done / services rendered.
184. Review of measurement books shall be taken periodically by the Divisional
Accounts Officer and Executive Engineer as laid down in Appendix 11 (Rules in
connection with the review of measurement books)
185. When machinery of the Mechanical Organisation is used on Departmental
works, charges for such use shall be payable to the Mechanical Organization as
Page 131 of 303

per the machinery use rates approved by Government. The terms and conditions
and machinery use rates as approved shall apply to such use.
186. Hiring of Machinery & Equipment in emergency: Superintending Engineers
may, when abnormal conditions prevail or emergency necessitates temporarily
take on hire Machinery & Equipment from local bodies, contractors and others,
subject to the following conditions-
(i) that the rate of rent to be paid for such machinery does not exceed the
machinery use rates approved by Government.
(ii) That the Superintending Engineers are satisfied, to the extent possible that
the required machinery and equipment cannot be mobilized within the
required time by Mechanical Organization.
187. Lending of Machinery of Mechanical Organization to contractors:
While lending the machinery following procedure shall be followed:
The contractor shall submit the requirement to the Mechanical Organization
through the concerned Civil Executive Engineer. Contractor shall execute the
agreement in the prescribed form of Mechanical Organization and shall fulfill
other requirements of the Mechanical Organization. The charges to be paid by
the contractor for the use of machinery shall be as per terms and conditions
mentioned below:
C1- The basic charges payable for such use shall be as per the machinery use
rates approved by the Government. In addition, 10% supervision charges of the
basic rate shall be payable. Additional 10% shall be payable on the total of basic
and supervision charges.
C2-In addition to C1 above, charges on account of following shall be payable.
4.1) Transportation of machinery to the work site & back.
4.3) Transportation of fuel, lubricants, spares, tools, OMR staff etc. from
sub divisional headquarters to work site.
4.4) Transportation of machinery for carrying out major repairs to the nearest
workshop.
4.5) The charges of watchman to be provided for the machines working at
isolated places.
4.6) If the machines are required for period less than a working season the daily
allowance of crew will be charged extra.
4.7) Temporary housing arrangement for mechanical staff & workers & shades
for parking & repairs to machinery & for stores be provided.
C-3. Minimum period for hire shall be one month. Machinery running charges
shall be for minimum 5 hours per day provided the machinery is in working
condition. If the machine works for more than 5 hours in a day, the contractor
will be charged for actual number of hours of use. Any fraction of an hour above
5 hours will be counted as one full hour.
C-4. In respect of vehicles such as trucks, tippers & water tankers the contractor
or piece worker will be charged for minimum 5 hours utilization or 96 Kms. Any
fraction above 5hrs/96kms will be counted as one full hour / km.
188. Engagement of prison labour on works: When there is demand from jail
authorities for engaging prison labour on department works and when it is
considered feasible to engage these labors, the labors can be engaged with prior
permission of the Government. The payment to such labour shall be made on
task basis.
189. Hiring of open space for storing of construction material: When
construction material such as pipes for rising main are procured departmentally,
and when it is necessary to store the material till its use on works, barren open
Page 132 of 303

space can be hired temporarily by the Executive Engineer, where he is

competent to sanction rental for such open space. Otherwise prior permission
from the authority competent to sanction the rental shall be obtained.
190. The possession of the land shall then be taken after (i) the land is
demarcated (ii) the area is ascertained by taking measurements in presence of
land owner and obtaining his signature on the relevant plan to be drawn at the
time of joint inspection (iii) obtaining written consent of the concerned land
owner (to be ascertained by verifying record of rights) in the form prescribed in
Appendix 20 (except sr.no.1, 3 and 4). Such rental shall be worked out in the
following manner-
(i) The cost of land to be taken over shall be worked out as per the ready
reckoner applicable for the area at the time of taking possession of land.
(ii) The amount of the rental per annum shall be equal to 8% of the cost in (i)
above.
R. EXECUTION OF EXTRA ITEMS AND QUANTITY VARIATION
191. Extra Items: Authority which has accepted a particular tender for a work
is authorized to sanction the execution of and rates to be paid for, extra items
of work, not provided for in the tenders, subject to the following conditions: -
i) The item should be fairly contingent upon the original work contracted
for. The item shall not be a result of contractor’s own convenience, but
ordered as need of the department. It should be ascertained that; the
item cannot be executed in isolation by entering into a separate contract.
ii) The item should be distinct from the items provided for in the contract.
The specification and or methods of construction and end results should
be different from those in the contract.
iii) The rate arrived at shall be for the completed item and not for the
difference in rates between a tender item and the extra item.
(Explanation- In case of excavation in wet condition, total rate should be
sanctioned and not the difference rate. In case of CC work total rate
should be sanctioned and not the difference cost of cement content.)
iv) The rate arrived at shall be based on the current SoR, prevailing at the
time when the extra item crops up.
v) In case the item is not covered in current SoR, rate shall be derived by
following the procedure prescribed for finalization of non SoR rates. The
contractor shall be given clear understanding that the rates which will be
finalized shall be binding on him.
vi) Sanction to extra item shall not necessitate sanction of revised technical
sanction or revised administrative approval. If such approval / sanction is
required, the same should be obtained prior to sanction of the extra item.
vii)The Executive Engineer, upon receipt of approval to the extra item from
the competent authority, shall prepare the extra item rate list (EIRL)
(including detailed specifications for the items included in the EIRL along
with necessary drawings) in standard format and sanction it after
obtaining the signature of the contractor on the EIRL form and all other
documents.
If the contractor is to be supplied with materials (other than those
provided in schedule A of the tender) for the extra items, the rate,
quantity and place of delivery for such material shall be specified in the
EIRL. While fixing the rates of extra items, the fact of supply of materials,
whether within or outside schedule A, shall be taken into account.
Page 133 of 303

viii) No extra item shall be got executed on oral orders or in anticipation

of the sanction of the competent authority.
ix) While applying the price variation for extra item the basic indices shall be
taken as prevailing on the date of cropping up of extra item.
192. The extra item shall be got scrutinized by the Divisional Accounts officer
before submission or sanction.
193. Quantity variation: The Executive Engineer shall not get executed
quantities in excess of 25% of the tender quantity of any item (consolidated items
where applicable) except the items such as excavation and back filling of cut off
trench of earthen dam, foundation excavation and concreting in respect of
gravity dam (including weirs and barrages), and incidental construction work due
to above reasons, cavern support system, foundation excavation and concreting
of canal structures / intake structures / pump house / surface power house, bore
holes, grouting of foundation and masonry of dam. The Executive Engineer shall
not get executed any quantities whatsoever of items which are not within the
scope of the contract.
194. When the extra quantity beyond 125% is to be executed in respect of the
exceptions mentioned above, the decision regarding execution of such quantities
shall be taken by the Chief Engineer after technical scrutiny by the committee
consisting of concerned Executive Engineer, concerned Superintending Engineer
and another Superintending Engineer in the region, nominated by the Chief
Engineer. The execution of such extra quantities shall be taken up only after
the approval of Chief Engineer. The rate arrived at for such extra quantity shall
be based on the current SoR, prevailing at the time when the extra quantity
crops up. While applying the price variation for such quantity the basic indices
shall be taken as prevailing on the date of cropping up of extra quantity and the
percentages of components shall be worked out separately for such items.
195. In all other cases, separate contracts shall be fixed by following the
prescribed procedure.
S. PROGRESS REPORT OF WORKS
196. Monthly Progress report of every work shall be submitted by the
concerned Executive Engineer to the tender accepting authority, which shall be
reviewed by that authority for taking remedial action for delays. In addition to
the monthly progress report, in case the administrative department controlling
the funds is different from this department, quarterly progress report of such
works should be submitted to that department.
T. MEDICAL AND SANITARY ARRANGEMENTS:
197. In regard to large construction works whether carried out departmentally
or through the agency of contractors, the Medical and Public Health Departments
should be consulted beforehand. The Medical Department will advise on and co-
operate in all measures affecting workers’ health.
Note: A work may be considered large one if more than 500 persons are employed
or likely to be employed on it at one time and at one site (i.e., within an eight-
kilometer circle) for a continuous period of not less than six months.
198. As regards housing, sanitation, medical treatment and facilities, it is the
duty of the Executive Engineer to monitor that the general orders on the subject
of health are duly followed.
199. The additional rules regarding the medical and sanitary arrangements to
be provided in labor camps, laid down with a view to improving the sanitation of
labor camps as may be applicable shall be followed. The provision in this respect
Page 134 of 303

shall form an integral part of the contract for the work. When any work is
executed departmentally, all responsibility for the sanitation of labor camps
shall rest with the concerned Deputy Engineer / Junior Engineer.
In the case of contract works, the officers concerned should include necessary
condition in the contract in the light of the orders contained in clause 54 to 56.
U. INFORMATION TO BE GIVEN TO THE SURVEY DEPARTMENT:
200. Information / details regarding all completed works (dam line,
submergence, main canal line, barrage line and similar features) shall be
supplied to local office at Pune of Survey of India, to enable the map of India to
be brought up to date.
V. INCIDENCE OF LAW CHARGES ON CIVIL SUITS IN CONNECTION WITH THE
EXECUTION OF GOVERNMENT WORKS:
201. These charges may be divided into three categories, namely-
i) The amount of the claim for which a decree is given;
ii) The amount of the incidental law charges incurred by the executing
department in connection with a work financed from its own
departmental heads of expenditure, e. g., when this department carries
out a work chargeable to the public works heads of expenditure; and
iii) The amount of incidental law charges incurred by the executing
department when acting as an agent in connection with a work financed
from a different head of expenditure; for instance, when this department
executes a work, the cost of which is debitable to a head other than the
public works heads of expenditure.
202. The decretal amount of the claim, vide (i) above, should be debited in all
cases to the work concerned, and the charges, referred to in item (ii) to the sub-
head ‘Establishment-contingencies’ of the executing department. As regards (iii)
the amount should generally be borne by the department on whose behalf the
work is undertaken, on the ground that the action of the executing department
acting as agent which is the cause of suit, is normally taken in the interest of
the work;
203. When it is established that the law -suit has been caused by a deliberate
act of an employee of the department for his personal gain, the charges should
be adjusted by recovery from the individual concerned. Where this is not possible
the matter shall be referred to Government for orders, with recommendation
and accompanied by a full statement of the case in question. In the case of
contribution works, the law charges should also be debited to the work
concerned.
W. PAYMENT OF COMPENSATION TO WORKERS EMPLOYED BY CONTRACTORS
204. In the case of accidents involving workers employed by contractors the
information regarding addresses of the injured workers / dependents of the
deceased workers should be obtained from the contractor immediately. The
injured worker or the dependents of the deceased worker, as the case may be,
should be advised to make an application to the Commissioner for Workmen’s
Compensation or his subordinate officer for the particular district, if the parties
concerned desire to claim compensation.
205. The amount of compensation likely to be payable should be kept under
‘deposit’ by withholding that amount from the security deposit of or bills payable
to the contractor. The amount to be so withheld should be fixed by making a
reference to schedule IV to the Workmen’s Compensation Act, after taking into
account the monthly wages of the worker, and in cases of injury, the duration
Page 135 of 303

of temporary disablement or the percentage of permanent disablement, as the

case may be.
206. In case the injured worker/the dependents of the deceased worker make
a regular application to the Commissioner for Workmen’s Compensation, the
amount withheld or the balance thereof should be returned to the contractor
only after the matter is finally decided and compensation, if any, paid by
Government is recovered. In case the question does not come up before the
Commissioner, the amount withheld from the contractor should be returned
after two years from the date of the accident.
207. The works to be executed under the Employment Guarantee Scheme (by
whatever name it is called) or those included in the relevant campaigns (e.g.
Jalyukta Shivar), pertaining to the Department (e.g. M&R works, RRR works etc.)
shall only be carried out by the Department officers.
X. CONTRIBUTION AND DEPOSIT WORKS
208. Deposit works are wholly financed by local bodies or other entities.
Contribution works are financed partly by department and partly by local bodies
or other entities.
209. For every contribution / deposit work there must be (i) a requisition from
the concerned department / local body etc. and (ii) duly administratively
approved and technically sanctioned estimate in the same way as for the works
of Water Resources Department.
210. The powers of officers of the department to undertake contribution and
deposit works are mentioned in Appendix 32. If works are costing more than the
amount of competency of the Water Resources Department officers, the
requisitioning body shall obtain approval of Government in Water Resources
Department for entrusting the work to Water Resources Department officers on
deposit basis. The rules of execution of deposit work shall be applicable in that
case also.
Y. CONTRIBUTION WORKS
211. For contribution works, a provision shall be made in the Memorandum of
Understanding (MoU) with the contributor that in case of increase in cost of
work, additional contribution shall have to be made by the contributor in the
agreed proportion. Such work shall be executed in strict accordance with the
procedure laid down for Government works.
212. The contribution should be realized before any liability is incurred on
account of such work. In case where Government is satisfied that the money will
be forthcoming when required, it may authorize the recovery from the
contributor by suitable installments on fixed dates. No interest will be allowed
on sums deposited as contributions for works.
Z. DEPOSIT WORKS
213. For deposit works, following rules will be observed-
Deposit works costing only up to Rupees One Crore can be undertaken by the
department with the prior approval from the concerned Chief Engineer.
i. The design and estimate will, in the first instance, be drawn up in consultation
with the parties depositing the funds and must be submitted for approval and
sanction to competent officer of Water Resources Department as mentioned in
Chapter on Powers.
ii. In addition to the estimated cost of physical work, the centage charges as per
prevailing Government norms (such as establishment, tools and plant, audit and
Page 136 of 303

accounts, pensionary contribution, etc.) shall be considered while deciding the

amount of deposit.
iii. Prior to the work being taken up, a written approval to the estimate and design
must be obtained from the authority depositing the funds and acknowledgement
procured in the prescribed form P.W. 292-E to the effect that, in undertaking
the work, the department does not bind itself to complete the work within the
amount of the estimate and that the authority depositing the funds agrees to
finance any excess that may occur on any account. Any material alteration in
design must be similarly dealt with.
iv. No expenditure shall be incurred in anticipation of deposit. In the case money is
paid by installments, Water Resources Department will not be responsible for
any increase in cost, or damage to the constructed part of the work, caused by
a temporary stoppage of the work pending receipt of further installments.
v. The concerned Executive Engineer shall bring at once to the notice of the
authority competent to undertake such works through his superiors and of the
depositor any anticipated excess over estimate. Quarterly progress report and
Quarterly statement of expenditure shall be sent by Executive Engineer to the
depositors.
AA. PRESERVATION OF ESTIMATES & THEIR USE FOR EXPENDITURE CONTROL
214. Original sanctioned estimates (including plans and specifications) shall be
preserved in the office of concerned Executive Engineer. The certified hard copy
and digitally signed soft copy of same shall be preserved in the office of the
sanctioning authority.
215. Administrative approval & budget allotment in respect of all works shall
be communicated to the Accountant General by the respective officers as soon
as such orders are issued. A consolidated return in form PW 494 indicating the
estimates technically sanctioned by various authorities shall be sent for all works
by the Executive Engineer so as to reach office of AG not later than 10 th of the
month following that in which their sanctions were accorded.
Note 1: In respect of works costing more than Rs 25 lakhs the breakup of the
amount of administrative approval by components shall be supplied to the
Accountant General while communicating such approvals.
Note 2: In cases where a substantial section of a project sanctioned has been
deleted before execution, even though provisionally, the aggregate cost shall be
estimated (if not distinctly incorporated in the sanctioned project). The
concerned Superintending Engineer shall ensure that this cost is intimated to the
Accountant General for exclusion from the total sanctioned estimate of the
project.
BB. COMPLETION REPORTS
216. The completion reports of two types shall be prepared for each project
namely, (i) Financial Completion Report (ii) Technical Completion Report.
1. Financial Completion Report:
a. A completion report in respect of each original works shall be
prepared in proforma attached as Appendix 14 within one month
of completion of work (payment of final bill). Subhead wise
abstract of expenditure for each completed works shall be
prepared as per proforma attached as Appendix 15. Completion
report of each project shall be prepared by Executive Engineer and
Page 137 of 303

approved by the authority which accorded Administrative Approval.

The proforma of same is attached as Appendix 16.
b. The above completion report shall be accompanied by write-up
which shall contain the events which have had impact on the cost
of the project.
c. A completion statement in respect of all OMR works shall be
prepared in proforma attached as Appendix 17 for every year. The
entries against each work shall be taken as soon as work is
completed or at the end of the year, whichever is earlier.
d. When buildings or roads forming part of a project are physically
completed & put into use while the remaining Items are still in
progress the accounts of such work should be provisionally closed
& the necessary completion report thereof in the prescribed form
should invariably be submitted in duplicate to the authority who
has sanctioned the original project, such completion reports need
be submitted through the audit only in cases where the expenditure
has or is anticipated to exceed the sanctioned estimate & the
Executive Engineer is not empowered to deal with the excess. After
being noted it should be returned to the Executive Engineer
concerned for resubmission of the completion report after
completion of all the works. The maintenance & repair charges of
such buildings or roads should be met with from appropriate budget
grants.
2. Technical Completion Report:
a) This report shall cover all technical features of project, brief
history of project, Administrative Approval, Revised Administrative
Approval details, major events (date of start of work etc.), brief
regarding all changes in chapters of Administrative Approval
describing what is finally done against plan, i.e. change in location
of major components, if any, change in construction material i.e.
masonry to concrete, use of crush sand etc., use of new method of
construction i.e. roller compacted concrete etc., change in water
planning, change in design floods, change in sectoral allocation of
water etc., difficulties, impediments encountered during
construction and remedial measures taken, resettlement and
rehabilitation details, names of persons associated with projects,
photographs, video tapes, etc.
b) This report shall be accompanied by record drawings i.e. as
constructed. This report shall be prepared on the basis of
construction notes prepared every year at the end of the working
season and on the basis of ABC Records.
CC.RECORD DRAWINGS
217. Record drawings showing the work as actually constructed should be
completed as soon as possible by the officer in immediate charge of every new
Page 138 of 303

work or alteration of an existing work for approval and record by the Executive
Engineer Completion plans, consisting of copies of the record plans of more
important works and alterations, should, if required to elucidate the report or if
otherwise so directed by the Superintending Engineer, be prepared in the
Executive Engineer's office to accompany the completion report. Record
drawings for works which are not technically sanctioned by the Executive
Engineer should be submitted to the Superintending Engineer for scrutiny and
return. Rules for the preparation, scrutiny, etc., of record drawing given in
Appendix 18 shall be followed.
DD. OFFICE OF RECORD
218. On the completion of any work in respect of which a completion report or
statement is required under paragraph 216.1 such a report or statement should
be forwarded by the Executive Engineer to the Audit Officer who sh ould, after
verification of the figures, transmit it to the Superintending Engineer. That
officer should forward it to Government if he is not himself empowered to deal
with the excess. After disposal by the authority concerned it should be returned
to the divisional office.
219. Completion plans, if any, should not be sent to the audit office but should
be forwarded direct to the Superintending Engineer who should attach those to
the completion report on its receipt.
220. Completion certificates, which should not be submitted to audit, should
ordinarily be retained in the divisional office, but in the event of unfavorable
remarks having been recorded upon such a certificate by any civil or military
officer, it should be submitted for the orders of the Superintending Engineer
with the explanation of the Executive Engineer and an account of any action he
may have taken.
EE. MISCELLANEOUS
221. The construction of religious edifices such as temples, mosques, tombs or
churches on Government land within the Government premises, compounds of
Government buildings and Government buildings should not be permitted.
Complete lists of such existing structures supplemented by block plans and plinth
dimensions should be maintained in each division and sub-divisional Officer
should see that no further erection or extension of such structures take place.
Such structures should not be maintained from Government funds and they
should not be brought on the register of buildings.
222. Where leases of land in charge of the department are granted for the
purpose of tourism, water sports etc., the construction and maintenance, etc.,
of approaches thereto, where such are necessary, should be left to the lessees.
This condition shall be incorporated in the lease agreement.
223. Form of agreement to be executed in connection with permission (a) to
lay underground cables, (b) to erect poles, stay rods, stay rails for overhead
cables and (c) to lay underground water main pipes is given in Appendix 19.
Agreement in connection with permission to construct approach roads with /
without culverts on drains between farm land / house and canals or by the side
of canal in the charge of the department should be executed in appropriate form.
224. Executive Engineer is empowered to issue No Objection Certificate for
running the ferry service in the reservoir and notified rivers, if referred by
District Collector.
225. In the case of ferries in the charge of the department, the Executive
Engineers concerned should arrange for their inspection. Ferries in the charge of
Page 139 of 303

the local bodies should be got inspected by the officer of that body where one
has been appointed with the approval of the State Government.
226. As regards the powers to accord sanction to applications received from
electric supply and telephone companies, private individuals, municipalities,
local bodies, etc., for permission to lay water mains, underground cables,
overhead distribution wires, drainage lines, etc., though, on or over Government
lands including roads, canals, in the charge of this department, see Appendix 32.
The forms of agreements to be executed are given in Appendix 19.
227. in case of road / rail crossings to the canals or diversion in case of
submergence, the cost of construction / diversion shall be borne by concerned
department as follows-
i. Existing road / rail way: Water Resources Department shall bear entire cost
of restoration of connectivity for road / rail to the existing standard. During
restoration, if concerned department proposes to upgrade rail / road
standard, then additional cost for up-gradation shall be borne by concerned
department.
ii. Existing canal / reservoir: Concerned department shall bear entire cost
228. Whenever loss to Government property is involved due to disturbances,
act of miscreants, agitations etc., the fact should be reported immediately by
Executive Engineer to Government followed by detailed report within one month
of the date of the notice of damage to the Commissioner of Police, if such loss
causing disturbances occurs in the jurisdiction of Police commissioner and in
other cases to District Magistrate and Collector of district.
FF. ACQUISITION OF LAND
229. Land may be acquired by any of the following two ways,
a) Compulsory acquisition as per Right to fair Compensation & Transparency in Land
Acquisition, Rehabilitation & Resettlement Act, 2013 (henceforth referred to as
L.A. Act, 2013) & prescribed procedure thereunder.
b) Direct Purchase with prior approval of IDC.
1. Procedure for Compulsory Acquisition as Per L.A. Act, 2013:
i) The concerned Executive Engineer, after the details of land to be acquired
are available shall send the proposal to the Collector for starting the
procedure as per the L.A. Act, 2013. After publication of Section 11
notification, Joint Measurement of the land required shall be carried out
in the presence of JE /Deputy Engineer and representatives of Deputy
Superintendent of Land Records, Land acquisition officer, and land owner
or his representatives. Joint Measurement Sheet and Joint Measurement
Plan shall be signed by all the concerned and certified copies of these
documents shall be obtained by the Deputy Engineer and preserved in the
Division office.
ii) Cost Estimate for the land to be acquired shall be prepared based on Joint
Measurement Report and procedure mentioned in Section 26 to 30 of L.A.
Act, 2013. This estimate shall be sanctioned by competent authority.
iii. Partial payment of the probable land compensation shall be made, as per the
prevailing rules at the stage of notification under Section-19 of L.A. Act,
2013.
iv. Unless incurring of expenditure on the project is not permissible for want of
receipt of Revised Administrative Approval, balance payment of
Page 140 of 303

compensation shall be made as per draft award sent by Land Acquisition

Officer.
v. After the award is declared, a certified copy of final award shall be obtained
by the Deputy Engineer and preserved in the Division office.
vi. Land shall be taken in possession of the department by concerned Deputy
Engineer. While taking over the possession of the land, transfer papers
regarding handing over the land by the revenue to this department shall be
obtained. It shall be ensured by the concerned Deputy Engineer that mutation
entries in right of records (7/12) about the transfer of land in the name of
the department are effected within 6 months from the date of taking
possession of land. Else he shall report this fact along with the report of
efforts taken to Executive Engineer for taking up the matter at higher level.
vii. When it is considered advisable not to wait for taking possession of the land
till declaration of award, the possession can be taken, after publication of
declaration u/s.19 of LA Act, 2013, by consent of the concerned land owners
with the prior approval of Superintending Engineer. At the time of possession,
panchanama shall invariably be drawn up. The panchanama should then be
duly signed by the panchas and countersigned by all the other parties referred
to in paragraph 229 above.
viii. The fact about taking possession by consent shall be informed to local
authority so that the land owner will not be required to pay land revenue,
local fund cess etc. to the revenue authority.
ix. If possession by consent is so taken, the following requirements shall be
fulfilled,
a. The land shall not be taken over till publication of notification under section
19 of L.A. Act, 2013 (Confirmation of intention to acquire the lands)
b. Consent of the concerned land owners shall be taken in form as per Appendix
20.
c. Proposal of payment of crop compensation (if crop is standing in the land
while taking possession) shall be submitted by Deputy Engineer to Executive
Engineer within one month of taking the possession.
d. Register of payment of rental compensation for the land taken in possession
by consent shall be opened and entry of the details of the land shall be taken
in the register.
e. Deputy Engineer shall be responsible to see that the proposal for payment of
provisional rental compensation is submitted for each period of one year
from the date of possession, one month in advance of the due date of
payment. The rental shall be worked out as per the prevailing directives of
Water Resources Department (Annual rental amount is to be 5% of the
probable cost of land worked out on the basis of ready reckoner as per the
existing directives). The Executive Engineer shall be responsible to see that
the payment is made on due date. This procedure shall be repeated till the
date of declaration of award. The final annual rental compensation shall be
worked out at 8% of the award value of the land. The difference between
final rental and provisional rental compensation shall be paid for the period
from date of taking actual possession till declaration of award, within one
month of the date of award. Payment of this rental shall be made to the land
owner and joint cultivator.
f. For powers of officers of this department to sanction rental etc. see
Appendix 32.
2. Procedure for Taking Possession of Land by Direct Purchase:
Page 141 of 303

If it is decided to consider, taking possession of land by adopting the procedure

of Direct Purchase, the concerned Executive Engineer shall first identify the
lands required for the works in the following stages;
a. Dam seat.
b. Main canal (from head to tail reach) in continuous length as decided by
Superintending Engineer in case of minor project and Chief Engineer in
case of medium and major project.
c. Total land required for Distribution network in continuous length in order
to achieve the at least 50 % of targeted irrigation potential.
d. Land for Quarry and land for colony, land required for approach roads etc.
Note: The above list is illustrative.
230. Executive Engineer shall then arrange to ascertain the ownership of the
land and absence of encumbrances on the land, by way of legal search report
from the authorized advocate/Government pleader. Thereafter willingness of
the owners of the land for selling their land and to accept the rate as per ready
reckoner applicable for the area shall be ascertained by obtaining consent letter
in form prescribed in Appendix 21, from each of the land owners. If all the
owners of required land are willing to sell their lands, Executive Engineer shall
submit the proposal of adopting the procedure for taking possession of land by
Direct Purchase, to the concerned Chief Engineer through Superintending
Engineer with the justification for adopting the procedure. If the Chief Engineer
approves the proposal, the following procedure shall be adopted.
231. The land to be purchased shall be got demarcated from concerned Land
Record Officer of the concerned area. The proposal of direct purchase of land
shall be sent to SLAO and member secretary of district level valuation committee
along with Joint measurement plan and joint measurement sheet. After receipt
of approval to the valuation (on the basis of report furnished by SLAO) from the
committee, EE shall make payment only by cheque or demand draft to the land
owners and execute simultaneously the sale deeds with each of the land owners,
and get the sale deed registered with the concerned Sub-registrar. The fact of
purchase shall be communicated to relevant revenue authority along with all
required documents for taking mutation entries in favor of the Department, in
the record of rights. The fact of change in land use shall be intimated to the
competent revenue authority.
232. The charges associated with the process of direct purchase shall be borne
by Department.
GG. OCCUPATION OF LAND WITHIN CANTONMENT: -
233. If any land or building belonging to Ministry of Defence whether inside or
outside cantonment limits is permanently required for use by this Government,
a proposal for the transfer of the property together with a detailed site plan will
be submitted to the Government of India, Ministry of Defence, for sanction. After
the proposal is accepted the land or building will be transferred to this
Government on payment of the prevailing market value.
234. No such lands should be taken or occupied for any purpose whatever either
by the contractor or any other person (official or non-official) acting under
Page 142 of 303

orders of any department of this Government until the sanction of the

Government of India in the Ministry of Defence has been received.
235. Lands belonging to Ministry of Defence may be occupied temporarily for
purpose such as storage of building materials etc. after obtaining previous
sanction from the Military Estates Officer and on payment of such license fee as
he may determine.
HH.DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS LANDS & BUILDINGS
236. Disposal of Surplus Land: In respect of lands which are declared as surplus,
as per the provisions contained in Chapter 5 ‘Buildings, Lands including
Management of Immovable Assets’, the concerned Executive Engineer shall send
the proposal to the concerned Collector and hand over the land on receipt of his
concurrence.
237. Disposal of Surplus Buildings: In respect of building(s) which are declared
as surplus, as per the provisions contained in Chapter 5 ‘Buildings, Lands
including Management of Immovable Assets’, disposal shall be done in the
following manner
i. When building(s) are in dilapidated condition, the auction of the
standing building (excluding the land) shall be arranged by the
Executive Engineer on as is where is basis for dismantling and safe
disposal of the dismantled material. Then the land, if it is found
surplus by Chief Engineer, shall be handed over by the Executive
Engineer to Collector.
ii. When the buildings are in serviceable condition the building along
with land shall be handed over to Collector.
II. LEASING OF LAND
238. As regards leasing of tank bed lands (i.e. galper lands), fisheries, fruit
bearing trees and grass auction, the instructions given in Appendix 22 shall be
followed.
239. As regards transfer of land belonging to Government of Maharashtra, for
the use of the Department proposal should be sent by Executive Engineer to
concerned District Collector, after getting the land demarcated by the Deputy
Superintendent of Land Records of the area concerned. The Executive Engineer
shall get the land diverted for the intended purpose. The ownership of such land
shall be got recorded in the record of rights in the name of Water Resources
Department.
Page 143 of 303

Chapter 4 -CLASSIFICATION OF EXPENDITURE

A. MAIN CLASSIFICATION OF EXPENDITURE
240. Irrigation, Hydro-electric, flood protection and drainage works are divided
into two main categories, i.e., works for which capital accounts are kept and
works for which no capital accounts are kept. The expenditure on all original
works, as defined in Chapter 3 ‘Works’, will be classified as Capital Expenditure
(worked out as per note below) and expenditure on ordinary repairs and
maintenance, as defined in Chapter 3 ‘Works’, shall be classified as Revenue
Expenditure. Distinct heads of accounts are being used for expenditure of capital
nature and of revenue nature for plan and non-plan expenditure respectively.
Note- Capital Expenditure includes: (1) direct charges, i.e. cost of works and
establishment, tools and plant and pensionary charges, suspense and receipts on
capital accounts, (2) indirect charges, i.e. capitalized value of abatement of
land revenue occupied by works and audit charges. (3) Charges for maintenance
on components of works (e.g. canals) not put to service. (4) For buildings and
roads the expenditure on M&R will be charged to Capital Account till project
completion. (5) Charges on account of restoration of damage caused by
casualties such as flood, fire etc.
Generally, Capital Expenditure is classified as ‘Plan’ expenditure and revenue
expenditure is classified as ‘non-plan’. However, some of the expenditure which
may not be of the nature of capital expenditure is also classified as plan
expenditure, when it is committed.
Certain works e.g. Survey & Investigation works for establishing the techno
economic feasibility of water resources projects are undertaken which may lead
to creation of assets. Hence the expenditure on such works is classified as ‘Plan’
expenditure. However, since the techno economic feasibility of the projects is
not initially established such expenditure although of the nature of ‘Plan’
expenditure is classified under ‘Revenue’ head of account. Similarly certain
works such as Soil Survey investigation are taken up with the intension of
improving the performance of projects and thus reducing the expenditure on
assets belongs to ‘Plan’ expenditure, but the exact efficacy of such survey is not
initially known and hence it is classified under revenue head of account.
The debt charges for which the Government is liable including interest, sinking
fund charges, redemption charges and other expenditure relating to the raising
of loans and the service and redemption of debt and any sums required to satisfy
any judgment, decree or award of any court or arbitral tribunal are classified as
‘Charged’ expenditure in the budget and all other expenses are required to be
voted by the legislature.
In case, where expenditure has to be incurred, immediately on items for which
no budget provision exists is required to be met temporarily from the
Contingency fund of the state, by following the procedure mentioned in
Maharashtra Budget Manual, 1977 which needs to be approved by legislature in
subsequent budget session by making suitable budget provision.
241. The works for which capital accounts are kept and works for which no
capital accounts kept are divided to show (A) Irrigation and (B) Hydro-electric
Works (C) Flood Protection and (D) Drainage Works separately. In the case of
works for which capital accounts are kept each of the above divisions is sub-
divided into (1) Productive and (2) Unproductive works. There will be no sub-
Page 144 of 303

division like productive or unproductive for works for which revenue accounts
are kept.
242. Productive works are works of a remunerative character undertaken for
development of the country. They are expected to yield socio-economic return
(Economic Internal Rate of Return (EIRR)) of at least 10 percent.
243. Unproductive works are those which do not directly yield socio-economic
return (EIRR) of 10 percent or more, but which are undertaken for the general
development or to guard against probable future expenditure. As drainage
schemes are protective in nature, they shall be treated as un-productive.
244. Every work classified in accordance with clause 3 and 4 above will retain
the classification unchanged.
245. For the purpose of determining the productivity of remodeled works, only
expenditure incurred on remodeling shall be regarded as the capital.
B. CAPITAL AND REVENUE ACCOUNTS
246. Work wise and sub head wise Capital and revenue accounts shall be kept
for all works, except for M & R Works. Sanctioned estimate wise accounts shall
be kept for M & R works of a project, where cost of all works taken together in
a years is more than Rs.1 Crore.
C. PRINCIPLES FOR DETERMINING WHAT EXPENDITURE IS CHARGEABLE TO CAPITAL
AND WHAT TO REVENUE
247. Works, the expenditure on which under the foregoing paragraph is
chargeable to the capital account, will be classified under the minor head
‘Works’ of the respective major heads as ordered by Government. Some of the
existing major heads are mentioned below -
 4701, Capital outlay on major and medium irrigation
 4702, Capital Outlay On Minor Irrigation
 4711, Capital Outlay on Flood Control Project
 4801, Capital Outlay on Power Projects
Works, the expenditure on which under the foregoing paragraph is chargeable to
the revenue account, will be classified under the minor head ‘Works’ of the
respective major heads as ordered by Government. Some of the existing major
heads are mentioned below-
 2701, Major and Medium Irrigation
 2702, Minor Irrigation
 2801, Power Projects
 2711 Flood control
248. The expenditure on M&R of buildings which are occupied by Management
staff shall be classified under 2701, Major and Medium Irrigation.
D. SURVEY WORKS FOR PROJECTS
249. Estimate for survey works for new water resources projects shall,
irrespective of their estimated cost, be classified under the head ‘2701, Major
And Medium Irrigation–80-General—005 Survey and Investigation’, or ‘2711,
Flood Control and Drainage 03, Drainage’ or ‘2702, Minor Irrigation’ or ‘2801 for
hydro-electric project’.
250. Estimates for survey works undertaken after the completion of a
sanctioned project for the Improvement of that particular project shall be
classified under head ‘2701, major and Medium Irrigation Other Expenditure (01)
Discretionary Grants (Extension and Improvement)’ or ‘2702, Minor Irrigation
Other Expenditure (01) Discretionary Grants (Extension and Improvement)’ and
charged to the revenue account of the project.
Page 145 of 303

251. Estimates for survey and investigation works required, if any, after
project is approved shall be charged to the capital account of the respective
project. i.e. ‘4701, Capital Outlay on Major and Medium Irrigation’ or ‘4711,
Capital Outlay on Flood Control and Drainage’, or ‘4702, Capital Outlay on Minor
Irrigation’ or ‘4801 Capital Outlay on hydro-electric project’ and charged to the
Capital account of the project.
E. COMPLETION REPORTS AND OPEN CAPITAL ACCOUNT EXPENDITURE
252. It is not possible to define exactly the time at which the construction
estimates of water resources work for which capital accounts are kept shall be
closed; but unless specially ordered otherwise, it shall be closed as soon as the
project is practically in full operation, although there may be some works
remaining to be executed, as envisaged in latest approved project report.
253. Where part of an irrigation project is physically completed and put into
use while the remaining items are still in progress, the accounts of such works
shall be provisionally closed and the necessary completion report thereof in the
form prescribed shall invariably be submitted, to the authority who has
sanctioned the original project as mentioned in Chapter 3 ‘Works’. The
maintenance and repair charges of such irrigation projects shall be met from the
ordinary repair grants under the head ‘2701, Capital Outlay Major and Medium
Irrigation’.
254. It is however, necessary to make provision for expenditure debitable to
capital after the closing of the construction estimate of an irrigation project.
Executive Engineer and Divisional Accountant will be responsible for any
expenditure incurred after date of stopping incurring of expenditure against the
project estimate, without the approval of competent financial authority and
technical sanction by competent authority.
Page 146 of 303

CHAPTER 5 BUILDINGS, LANDS INCLUDING MANAGEMENT OF

IMMOVABLE ASSETS
255. General
The term ‘Immovable Assets’ used in this chapter applies to the land and
buildings (residential and non-residential) vested with Water Resources
Department. Mainly these immovable assets are considered as ‘Estate’, of the
department, for the purpose of this chapter. The estate needs to be managed
and maintained properly. Estate shall always be in the name of Executive
Engineer.
256. Activities related to Buildings
Activities related to Management of buildings comprise the following:
256.1 Registers and Records
Following registers & records related to their respective offices shall be

maintained at division as well as at sub-division and section level.
a) Separate registers for residential and non-residential buildings shall be
maintained along with the file containing the documents of Record of rights.
b) The Record drawings of all the residential and non-residential buildings
(including elevation, plans, etc.) shall be maintained along with the register.
In the case of buildings borne on the returns of department, the Deputy
Engineer will be held responsible that plans of such buildings are corrected
on completion of any alterations and corrected record drawing duly approved
by Executive Engineer shall be submitted to division office for the record with
the Estate Manager.
c) Register of occupation and rent recovery of the buildings
d) Register of Taxes
e) Register of surplus buildings.
f) Register of Annual Inspection of buildings
g) Register of Maintenance of Buildings
(Note: - All formats of registers are given in Appendix 23)
256.2 Electric Installations In Residential And Non-Residential Buildings:
The occupants of Government residential buildings shall be personally

responsible for the electric installations therein. No electric fans or other
electric fittings should, therefore be allowed to be removed, fro m building for
repairs or replacement. This work should be entrusted to the junior officer in
charge of maintenance of the buildings. The occupants of Government
residential buildings shall replace broken or fused lamps at their own cost and
they shall keep the installations clean.
With regard to electrical installations in their offices, the head of office shall
observe the following:-
A senior member of the office establishment shall be assigned the duty of
supervision of following-
i) The electrical installations should be properly dusted by the class IV
establishment and the installations should be kept in a clean condition.
ii) If any of these are found missing, suitable actions including lodging police
complaint, if required, shall be initiated at once with the permission of head
of office.
iii) The maintenance engineer in charge should be informed in writing to replace
the missing electrical installations.
Page 147 of 303

iv) Broken or fused lamps in all Government buildings should be replaced by the
concerned office in charge, from their contingent grant.
The duties of the maintenance sub division in connection with the maintenance of the
electric installations in Government buildings are-
a) To test the electric installations in each building periodically and carry out
rewiring or any other special repairs as may be necessary.
b) To attend to all breakdowns, such as- lifts, motors, fans, etc. based on
complaints received or observed during the routine inspection.
256.3 Fixtures & Furniture
Every building should be provided with all necessary fixtures and furniture
as per Note below. All repairs to fixtures should be carried out & charged to
repair estimate of the building.
Procurement and Repairs of furniture of office shall be carried out by the
concerned occupying office. For procurement of Furniture, provisions of
Maharashtra Contingent Expenditure Rules shall be followed.
In case of Govt. rest houses, inspection bungalows etc., the furniture,
crockery, etc. (as per Note below) shall be procured by the Executive Engineer
in charge of maintenance of these buildings.
Officers of the department of the rank of Deputy Engineer and above may
keep articles of government furniture at their residence for doing office work
(as per Note below).
Note: The furniture to be provided in Section, Sub Division, Division, Circle,
Region and ED/DG office and at the residence of officers should be as
per scale laid down in Appendix 24. The power to sanction estimates for
supply of furniture to offices shall be as per Appendix 32 of this manual,
related to administrative and financial powers of the officers. The
furniture/crockery etc. to be supplied to inspection bungalow / Rest
houses should be as per scale laid down in Appendix 25.
256.4 Rules for Occupation of Government Rest Houses And Irrigation
Bungalows.
The rules for occupation of Government rest houses and irrigation
bungalows are enclosed as Appendix 26.
The officer-in-charge of rest house/irrigation bungalow should maintain
two registers for making entries of occupation and recovery of occupation fees.
One of these registers should be kept in the rest house/irrigation bungalow and
the other should be sent to the Sub-Divisional office for checking after the
expiry of each month, when the second register should be brought into use. The
register sent to the Sub-Divisional Office should be returned to the rest
house/irrigation bungalow after checking the fees and its remittance, by th e
20th of each month so that it can be brought into use from the next month when
the second register is sent to the Sub-Divisional office and so forth.
256.5 Allocation And Occupation Of Government Buildings
The residential / non-residential Buildings are constructed in the
irrigation colonies at site / Taluka places / District places. The occupation of
government buildings as residences is regulated by the rules in BCSR Volume I.
Various types of buildings are normally constructed having different
carpet areas. Normally the buildings shall be allotted as per norms fixed. But if
higher grade quarter is vacant & the employee is ready to pay the rent as
applicable to that type of quarter, it may be let out with a condition to vacate
the same if required for allocation to the respective grade officer.
Page 148 of 303

If the quarters in colony are lying vacant and if there is no waiting list for
allotment for these quarters then, these tenements shall be temporarily
transferred to general pool of Government residential accommodations. In-spite
of this if any quarter remains vacant and if servant / officer of the department
in occupation of that quarter, who has been transferred out of that head
quarter, wishes to retain his allotted quarter for his family, he may be allowed
to retain the same. In such case, standard license fee shall be charged for first
three months after his relieving & double the standard license fee shall be
charged till the quarter is vacated. The Government servant shall vacate such
quarter within one month of notice for vacation. From the date of expiry of
notice period economic rent shall be charged, till the quarter is repossessed by
the department.
In case of mid-session transfer, the employee having family members
taking school/college education may be allowed to retain the quarter allotted
to him till the end of education session, with the permission of Superintending
Engineer, having jurisdiction over the colony. The license fee as applicable to
employee under transfer shall be payable in such cases.
In cases of retiring employees, provisions prevailing at the time of
retirement shall be applicable.
The monthly rent (whether based on economic rent, standard rent, etc.)
should be fixed in whole rupees rounded to next ten rupees. Rent for period less
than one month should be rounded as below.
a) Less than or equal to 15 days – Rent for half month.
b) More than 15 days – Rent for full month.
The allotment of tenements shall be made on the basis of applications,
except when the residential buildings are assigned to specific posts. The Division
/ sub-division office having control over the the colony shall keep the record of
applications received for residential quarters and allotment of quarters. The
Division / subdivision office shall keep a waiting list in case of non-availability of
quarters and allotment shall be done on first come first serve basis. This
procedure shall be monitored and regulated by an "Allotment Committee" to be
constituted at district level by the Chief Engineer, WRD, concerned, and at other
places by concerned SE.
256.6 Inspection of Buildings
Every building should be inspected at least once in a year by Junior
Engineer, looking after the maintenance of the buildings. Concerned Deputy
Engineer shall also inspect the buildings such that each building is inspected at
least once in 5 years and minimum of 20% buildings every year. He shall be
responsible that all defects which cannot be remedied through provisions for
ordinary repairs are at once brought to the notice of the Executive Engineer for
the latter’s inspection, and submission of proposal for special repairs.
256.7 Maintenance and repairs
The Executive Engineer shall assign to a Junior Engineer the duty of
maintenance and repairs of each building/colony. The Junior Engineer shall be
primarily responsible for maintenance of these buildings as well as surrounding
in the colony i.e. compound wall, fencing, gates, internal roads/ paths, etc.
The produce, if any, from the colony premises, such as sale of trees,
fruits, grass, etc. should be disposed of by the in-charge engineer of colony
maintenance by competitive bidding with wide publicity, wherever necessary.
256.8 Watch and ward
Page 149 of 303

Proper watch and ward arrangement of the colony premises / office shall
be ensured by the office in-charge. This arrangement may be aided by electronic
Surveillance in the case of non-residential buildings.
The fire safety measures including fire audit, as prescribed in the
Maharashtra Fire Prevention and Life Safety Measures Act, 2006 and Rules
including amendments thereunder shall be adopted.
256.9 Payment of Taxes:
Provision for Payment of municipal or any other taxes that are payable on
buildings shall be made in the annual repair estimate and timely payment of the
same shall be ensured.
256.10 Renting of Buildings to Government Offices / Local Bodies
When a building is not required in near future by the Department and is
vacant, it should be leased only to the offices of other department of State
Government, Central Government, State and Central Government Undertakings
and local self-governments by the Executive Engineer, on conditions that,
Municipal and all other taxes, all current and special repairs shall be carried out
by lessee at their own cost and the building shall be maintained in good
condition and the lease agreement shall be got executed by the concerned
Executive Engineer before the building is actually leased out.
A lease may be given with the sanction of the competent authority as per
Appendix 32 related to administrative and financial powers of the officers. A
clause in the agreement should be added, to enable the Executive Engineer,
when necessary, to terminate the lease at short notice in case the building is
required by the department.
Buildings leased to above mentioned entities should not be altered or
enlarged at the expense of WRD to suit the tenant, and entities occupying
buildings on rent are prohibited from making any alterations even at their own
expense, except with the written permission of the Executive Engineer. The fact
of any additions or alterations being made by the tenant shall confer no right of
ownership on the buildings, nor the fact of the occupant having made additions
or alterations at their own expense be considered as giving them any claim to a
set-off against, or diminution of rent. These conditions should be entered in the
agreement of lease.
The lease rent shall be finalized in consultation with Executive Engineer,
Public Works Department.
256.11 Hire of Office Accommodation
When no suitable Government building is available for office
accommodation, which shall be ascertained from concerned Executive Engineer
of PWD, private building may be hired by the Executive Engineer, entire ly for
use as office accommodation subject to the conditions mentioned in Appendix
30 of MPW Manual. The rent & accompanied taxes being paid as laid down in
rules of Maharashtra Contingent Expenditure Rules.
The powers of authorities to sanction office accommodation are regulated
by the Manual of Delegation of Financial Powers. The powers delegated to the
officers of the department in this respect are detailed in Appendix 32 related
to administrative and financial powers of the officers.
256.12 Surplus buildings
Every Deputy Engineer shall take a review every year of all buildings under
his jurisdiction and identify the buildings which have become surplus due to
various reasons such as- shifting of offices, reduction in staff strength,
completion of project, etc. He shall immediately submit the report of such
Page 150 of 303

surplus buildings to the Division office. Executive Engineer shall in-turn take a
such a review and submit the proposal to Chief Engineer through Superintending
Engineer. Decision about declaring the building as surplus shall be taken by
Executive Director in case of IDC and Chief Engineer in other cases. The entries
of the surplus building(s) shall be taken on record in a separate register by the
concerned division and sub division. Further steps regarding disposal of such
surplus building(s) should be initiated by division office as per relevant
paragraph of ‘Works’ chapter of this manual.
256.13 Purchase and sale of Government Buildings
No building shall be purchased for public purpose without the orders of
Government.
Buildings which are not surplus but are in dilapidated condition, shall
not be sold or dismantled, except under, the orders of Government, in the case
of Permanent buildings and under the orders of Superintending Engineer, in the
case of temporary buildings.
After obtaining such approval, sale or dismantling may be conducted by
sub-ordinate authorities up to the limit and on the conditions as stipulated in
Appendix 32 related to administrative and financial powers of the officers.
257 Activities related to Lands
Activities related to Management of lands comprise the following:
257.1 Registers and Records:
Following registers & records related to their respective offices shall be

maintained at division as well as at sub-division and section level.
a) Registers of Lands (including forest) in the possession of division along
with the file containing the documents of copies of all awards declared
or registered sale deeds along with joint measurement plans,
boundaries of land, Record of rights, etc. The registers incude-
1. Register of Lands In Possession With Division
2. Award-Wise Details Of Land
3. Lands Which Are In Possession By Private Negotiation, For Which
Award Is Not Declared.
4. Progress Of Land Acquisition Cases:
5. Details Of Forest Land Diverted For The Projects, etc.
b) Register of Taxes
c) Register of surplus lands.
d) Register of Leased lands
e) Register of encroachments on lands
(Note: Formats of all registers are given in Appendix 23.)
In order to deter encroachments on government land, regular inspection
of land in possession shall be conducted by the concerned officer in-charge of
land. However, in case of encroachment, it shall be immediately brought to the
notice of divisional office and legal action shall be initiated forthwith by
concerned officer in-charge of land.
257.2 Monitoring the progress of Land Acquisition by Construction Division:
Register of land acquisition cases shall be maintained (kept and updated

from time to time). The bimonthly progress report in respect of land acquisition
cases shall be submitted to EE by the concerned sub-divisions (initiating the
proposal).
257.3 Surplus land
Page 151 of 303

Every Executive Engineer shall take a review of all lands under his
jurisdiction and identify the surplus land(s) and submit the proposal for further
disposal of the surplus lands to the concerned Chief Engineer through
Superintending Engineer. The concerned Chief Engineer shall take review of all
such excess lands for projects in his jurisdiction & shall ascertain the
requirement of such lands for other projects. After carrying out such exercise,
if the land cannot be used for any other project, he shall decide such lands to
be surplus. (Approval for considering the land as surplus shall be accorded by
Executive Director, in case of IDC). Entries of the surplus lands shall be taken in
a separate register by the concerned division and sub-division. Further steps
regarding disposal of such surplus lands should be taken by the concerned
Executive Engineer(s) as per relevant paragraph of chapter ‘Works’ of this
manual.
258 Estate management Unit
An officer of the rank of Deputy Engineer shall be entrusted exclusively with the
task of monitoring the work of estate management and shall be designated as
‘Estate Manager’. Estate Manager shall be functional in every division office, where
these assets are vested.
The unit for estate management shall be headed by deputy engineer, and same
shall be attached to the division office.
The unit shall consist of -
i. One Deputy Engineer
ii. One Assistant draftsman
iii. One Junior Clerk / typist
Executive Engineer shall provide inspection vehicle to the unit for the purpose
of inspection, whenever required.
The unit shall periodically call for the information to be entered and updated in
the registers mentioned above from respective sub division. It shall be the duty of
concerned Deputy Engineer to submit the information related to lands and buildings
e.g. copies of awards, record of right, record drawings, etc. to the estate
management unit on bi-monthly basis.
The unit shall process the bills of various taxes for payment and take entries of
payment in the respective register and send certified copies of paid bills / receipts,
etc. to Sub division office for taking entry in the register of expenditure.
259 Duties of estate manager
Following shall be the duties of estate manager
a) He shall cause to keep up-to-date records of the lands, buildings in the register.
He shall also bring to the notice of the Executive engineer, the findings of reports
received for subordinate offices such as, encroachments, defects, damages, and
lands in possession but yet to be acquired, etc.
b) He shall monitor that, all lands / buildings are transferred in the name of the
Water Resources Department.
c) He shall ensure timely payment of all taxes, fees, etc. to concerned authority.
d) He shall monitor the execution and timely renewal of lease agreements.
e) He shall carry out test check of assets, as directed by Executive Engineer and
bring to the notice of Executive Engineer, any encroachments, defects, damages,
change in approved purpose, in case of leased lands / buildings, etc.
f) He shall regularly review and take follow up actions for removal of
encroachments on lands or buildings till desired result is achieved
g) He shall monitor the progress of land acquisition cases.
Page 152 of 303

Page 153 of 303

Chapter 6 STORES
A - GENERAL
260 The department requires store materials for works, including manufacture, etc.
The departmental officers entrusted with the care, use or consumption of the
stores are responsible for maintaining correct records and preparing and
submitting correct returns in respect of the stores entrusted to them. They shall
also be responsible for keeping them in proper custody and in good order. Any
loss of or damage to the stores should be reported by them forthwith to their
immediate superior.
261 The stores of the department include-

i) Stock of general stores, (i.e. materials which are consumable on works)
ii) Tools and plants including Scientific, Electronic and Mathematical (SEM)
instruments
iii) Materials charged directly to works including material on which secured
advance is paid.
262 The employee in-charge of the stores will be responsible for all the stores
263 Stores required for the execution of sanctioned work may be procured by
following the provisions for the supply of articles as mentioned in relevant rules
including, Maharashtra Contingent Expenditure Rules, 1965 and / or by following
the procedure as laid down in Appendix 27.
264 Separate estimate shall be sanctioned by competent authority before
procurement / manufacturing of stores as well as for repairs.
265 The Executive Engineer shall be responsible for making proper arrangements
throughout his division for the custody of stores. He shall arrange to keep all tools
and equipments in efficient way, shall protect surplus stock from deterioration,
and shall take proper precaution to prevent loss of stores by fire, etc.
Note 1: All articles costing Rs.10000 and above should be insured during
transport.
Note 2: For powers to sanction expenditure on demurrage, see Appendix 32.
266 In the event of death or departure of the person holding charge or due to any
other valid reason the charge of store remains unattended, his immediate higher
officer is bound to take charge of departmental stores which may be left without
adequate protection. Thereafter, the higher officer shall make alternative
standing arrangement for the custody of the store by issuing orders.
B - PURCHASE AND MANUFACTURE OF STORES

267 The prevalent procedure and policy of the Government of India shall be followed
in respect of import of store articles.
268 Procurement of various indigenous items shall be done through the relevant
Purchase Advisory Committees (PAC) for material of category A, B, C, D and E as
mentioned in Appendix 27.
269 The details of fuel and oil purchased for fleet of machinery and generator sets
shall be kept and updated in material at site account register.
270 Before initiating the purchase of new machinery, Executive Engineer should
invariably enquire whether the article required can be resourced from any of the
regional mechanical divisions in the State, as per the rules in Appendix 28.
271 Materials required for works should not be purchased in excess of actual
requirements.
Page 154 of 303

272 The inventory of stock shall be kept to the minimum.

273 The orders on firms for supply of stores shall contain conditions that, Railway
receipt shall not be sent by value payable parcel and payment for goods
dispatched would be made in the ordinary way.
C - STOCK ACCOUNT
a) General Procedure
274 In addition to book value, supervision charges at the rate of 10 per cent of the
book value of the material issued or sold to other departments, local bodies and
private organizations shall be recovered. These supervision charges shall also be
levied on material issued to the works executed by the department on behalf of
other departments, local bodies and private organizations. The supervision
charges may be waived by the officer empowered to sanction the sale in the case
of surplus stock which, in his opinion, would otherwise be un saleable (see also
paragraph 14.2.5 and 9.2.22 of the Maharashtra Public Works Account Code)
275 The issue of stock articles to Contractors on hire is prohibited.
b) Stock taking:
276 The arrangement for stock taking (e.g. weighing of material, labour, etc.) shall
be made by the sub-division office, of which stores are being checked.
277 Executive Engineers shall arrange for stock taking throughout their divisions at
least once in a year. It is essential that the greatest possible precision and
accuracy shall be maintained in the store returns, and the Executive Engineer
shall make such arrangements to achieve these objectives and Superintending
Engineers shall be responsible to ensure that this is done. The dates on which
articles are taken on stock, should be entered in the store returns. Executive
Engineer shall assign the work of stock taking of one subdivision to another
subdivision under his jurisdiction. This procedure shall be followed for all
subdivisions in the division.
278 The Superintending Engineer may depute an officer from one division for surprise
checking of store of another division.Executive Engineer shall exercise surprise
checks of stores at least once in a year.
279 It is not necessary that all the stores of a division or even of a sub-division, should
be checked and counted at the same time. The stock taking may be so arranged
as to go on gradually in the manner most convenient. When the stock of an article
are scattered in a sub-division, it may not be possible to test the aggregate book
balance of any article for the sub-division by actual verification of all the stocks
of it at the same time. In such cases the various stocks of each article in charge
of a Junior Officer should be verified at or about the same time.
280 The procedure of verification outlined in the foregoing paragraphs is for stores,
where the aggregate book value of the store items is less than Rs.1 Crore at one
place.
281 Stores, where the aggregate book v alue of the store items at one place exceeds
Rs.1 Crore, half yearly verification of stores shall be arranged by the concerned
Superintending Engineer.
282 All stock articles (excluding tools and plant) which are not likely to be required
during the following twelve months should be reported to the Executive Engineer,
who will circulate online, the list to all the Executive Engineers to ascertain their
requirement & also send to the member secretary of concerned purchase
committee(s). If there is a requirement for the stock, then material shall be
issued by following the prescribed procedure. In case, there is no requirement
from any office within six months and if it is not likely to be required in future,
Page 155 of 303

process for writing off the loss on stock for such stock article shall be initiated by
the concerned division.
D - RESERVE STOCK
283 The Executive Engineer in Mechanical Organization shall maintain stock of fast
consumable parts required for a working season and for diesel / oil for three
months for the works undertaken by his division, subject to reserve stock limit.
284 The Executive Engineer shall submit the proposal for reserve stock limit to
Superintending Engineer for onward submission to Chief Engineer.
285 Superintending Engineer (Mechanical) may sanction reserve stock limit up to 10%
of OMR budget grants of the divisions under him. If the proposed reserve Stock
limit is beyond 10% but less than 20% of OMR budget grants then, Chief Engineer,
Mechanical may sanction reserve stock limit. This limit shall not be applicable for
articles on stock which have been declared obsolete/surplus by Chief Engineer
(Mechanical).
E – TOOLS AND PLANTS (T&P)
a) General:
286 All the offices which require T & P articles for use shall maintain account of these
articles in the prescribed proformae.
b) Accounts:
287 The accounts relating to T&P including special T&P (machinery and equipments)
shall be kept in the prescribed Forms (presently form no. 33, 34, 35 & 36 of MPW
Account Code) by the in-charge of Store Branch in each office. i.e. Section, sub-
division, division, circle, region and corporate office. As regards workshops,
accounts in the above forms shall be maintained in the concerned subdivision by
the concerned junior engineer. All these forms shall be posted immediately after
every transaction. The accounts of the sections shall be incorporated in the sub
divisional accounts and consolidated account shall be submitted to division office
every month. These accounts shall be checked by the Deputy Executive Engineer
with the assistance of store branch.
288 The consolidated account of the division shall be prepared by the store branch in
Form 37 and checked by Divisional Accounts Officer. In the case of higher offices,
preparation of consolidated account and its monthly checking shall be arranged
to be done by head of office.
c) Physical Verification
i) By Departmental Offices
289 The rules regarding verification of stock apply also to verification of tools and
plant.
290 In the matter of annual check of tools and plant, the Executive Engineers shall
ensure that the arrangements are made for the cent percent cross checking of
stores at the divisional head quarters, sub-divisional head quarters and other
stores. Test check to the extent of at least 10 percent shall be carried out by the
Executive Engineer. In case of higher offices, this verification including test check
shall be arranged to be done by head of the office.
291 As a result of verification, if any articles are found short, recovery therefor shall
be effected from the employee entrusted with the custody of article.
ii) By Store Verification Unit of Finance Department
292 The Store Verification Unit of Finance Department conducts physical verification
of stocks and stores held by divisions. The Store Verification unit carries out visit
without prior intimation. In addition to physical verification of stores, it also
scrutinizes purchase accounts of few months. Therefore all items of stores
Page 156 of 303

including material at site (for which advance is paid by department), stock and
items of dead stock should be made available for physical verification.
293 To reconcile the stock and stores and to point out discrepancy, if any, in a time
bound manner, services of concerned staff should be made available to the unit.
Similarly, all related accounts, vouchers, files and registers should be furnished
to them without delay. Non furnishing or concealing such records shall be liable
for disciplinary action.
294 Outstanding paragraphs of previous inspection reports as well as paragraphs which
were accepted subject to subsequent verification, should be got complied by
furnishing relevant records and Unit should be requested to close the objections.
295 Discrepancies or irregularities pointed out during the current verification visit
should be complied as far as possible during visit period by furnishing the record.
296 Superintending Engineers shall ensure compliance of objections raised by Unit
and adopt remedial measure to avoid irregularities and anomalies.
297 Higher authorities of department shall review the action taken by Executive
Engineer on the observations of Stores Verification Unit from time to time and
especially during the administrative inspection.
d) Inspection of Machinery:
298 The Engineer in charge of site should maintain record of periodical maintenance
schedule of each machine at site. The register of periodical maintenance of
machines as prescribed by CWC guidelines, PWD handbook Chapter 32 and as
prescribed by Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) should be kept & updated
regularly by engineer in-charge of machinery.
299 The machines working at site should be inspected by (i) concerned Junior
Engineer every week, or more frequently, if possible, as per the prescribed pro -
forma, (ii) by Deputy Engineer fortnightly, or more frequently, if possible, by
observing the working of each machine and recording the defects noticed as well
as recording the instructions for rectifying the defects.
During the site visit, the Executive Engineer shall inspect by observing the
working of each production machine (e.g. excavator, loader, dozer, scraper,
etc.) and recording the defects noticed and the instructions for rectifyi ng the
defects.
During the site visit, Superintending Engineer shall inspect at least one of
the production machines. The Deputy Engineer, EE and SE should also inspect
the registers, charts, etc. to verify that those are maintained and updated as
required. The Executive Engineer & Superintending Engineer should issue
inspection note after their visit at site, stating condition and performance of
machinery.
300 With a view to ensuring proper use and maintenance of the machinery and
keeping full records of plant history and operation, separate log sheets should be
kept for the cost and details of main repairs to such machinery in addition to the
history sheets.
e) Transfer of Machinery and Equipments:
301 When machinery and equipments are to be transferred from one division to
another, related spare parts of machines shall be accepted along with the
machines on transfer and the transferor should clearly indicate beforehand the
extent of spares proposed for transfer along with the machines.
302 Procedure for transfer and utilization of special tools & plants (machinery &
equipments) which are found to be surplus in the overall review in a region is
given in Appendix 28.
Page 157 of 303

F – DISPOSAL OF STORES
303 Unless specially authorized to write off finally the irrecoverable value of stores
etc., Executive Engineers should, in case of any robbery, loss or destruction by
fire or otherwise, of public stores, submit a report to the Superintending
Engineer, who will, if necessary, report the matter to Government for orders.
Note:- 1. The loss of fuel due to evaporation will be considered as per oil
company’s recommendations and shall be strictly followed.
Note:- 2. As regards the powers of officers of the department, to write off
irrecoverable value of stores, see Chapter related to Powers.
304 Losses on stores shall be reported immediately to the Audit officer as laid down
in the Bombay Financial Rules, 1959 and Manual of Financial Powers, 1978, as
revised from time to time.
305 An immediate complaint of the loss of stores due to theft shall be lodged with
the Police. When an inquiry is started either by the police authorities or by the
department, the Executive Engineer must, in cases where he is not himself
authorized to write off the value of the property, obtain and forward, as soon as
possible, to the Superintending Engineer, a copy of the proceedings.
306 At the end of each financial year lists of surplus stores should be prepared by
Divisions and shall be sent to regional purchase advisory committees and divisions
in the region and in addition to this it shall be published on website of WRD.
G - SURVEY REPORT OF UNSERVICEABLE ARTICLES
307 When stores (including tools and plant) of any kind become unserviceable, a
report thereof must be made in the form prescribed (Form 32 of MPW Account
Code) for survey report, on the basis of depreciated value by adopting the rates
mentioned below. This should be done at once on discovery of the fact, as it is
desirable to avoid keeping worthless materials on stock. In the report full
explanations must be given, the period during which the articles have been in
store or in use, the cause of deterioration stated Following rates of depreciation
of various articles shall be adopted.
Page 158 of 303

Sr. Item Rates for depreciation (in

No. percentage) per year
1) Scientific, Electronic and 5
Mathematical instruments
(SEM)
2) Tools & plants 10
3) Boat 7½
4) Camp equipage 10
5) Furniture 5
6) Bicycle 5
7) Electrical wiring and 5
accessories
8) Electric motors and fans 8
9) Electric light fittings 10
10) Electric heating appliances 10
11) Electric transformers 3
12) Water pumps 8
13) Oil engines 8
14) Storage type lead cell 20
batteries
15) Storage type nickel iron cells 15
16) Workshop machinery (e.g. 5 to 10, in accordance with the type
lathe, drilling, grinding etc.) of machinery and nature of work on
which those are used (as may be fixed
by the Superintending Engineer.)
17) Machinery / Vehicles other The local officers should work out the
than those in Sr. No. 16 depreciation for heavy plant and
machinery by dividing the cost by its
normal life and multiplying the
duration of actual use i.e. total number
of hours for which the plant and
machinery is expected to give service.
The life shall be as per CWC guidelines.
18) Materials at site and stock and 1 to 10, in accordance with the nature
any item which is not included of material (as may be fixed by the
above Superintending Engineer)
Note 1- The percentage rate for depreciation mentioned above is to be
calculated on original cost of the article, i.e. the value of the article is to be
depreciated annually with reference to the original cost and not on the
diminishing value. When purchase cost is not known, the purchase cost of
material should be taken as present cost.
Note 2- For the electronic and digital items for which the life spans are
prescribed by the Department of Information Technology, the depreciation
shall be worked out by straight-line formula by adopting the life spans.
308 When the articles of tools and plant are rendered unserviceable and a survey
report in respect of those has been submitted to the competent authority, the
competent authority shall satisfy itself by physical verification that the articles
are really unserviceable and then sanction the survey report. Only those articles
made of cast iron should be sent to Government workshop for being used in the
Page 159 of 303

foundry, if suitable and economical, taking into account the quantity and the
likely cost of transport etc. If such a course is not economical these articles along
with others (including those of wrought iron and steel) should be disposed of by
sale, by e-auction or auction by tender as per procedure mentioned in Appendix
29.
309 In the case of articles disposed of by sale, by auction or otherwise the relevant
credit should be indicated. Minimum salvage value shall be 15 percent of original
cost for machinery and 10 percent for other items.
310 The articles of Tools and Plants (including machinery) which in the opinion of the
Executive Engineer are unserviceable and the survey report of which is not within
the power of sanction of Executive Engineer, shall be proposed for approval of
the Superintending Engineer. In the case of articles ordered by Superintendi ng
Engineer to be preserved for repairs, etc. such articles should not be written off
and these shall be got repaired. Unserviceable articles ordered to be disposed off
by sale, auction or otherwise in the survey reports sanctioned by competent
authority must on no account be accumulated but should be disposed off
forthwith. The auctioning / disposing authority shall furnish the certificate of sale
/ disposal to the office maintaining the accounts of Tools and Plants. Only after
receipt of such certificate, such articles shall be removed from the accounts.
H - STORES ACCOUNTS
311 Stores accounts at the end of the financial year for incorporation in the
appropriation accounts should be prepared in form Gen-238 and furnished to the
Accountant General every year latest by 1st of September. The officers concerned
should scrutinize carefully the amount shown against the item “Stores considered
surplus to requirement” in order to satisfy themselves that the stores are, in fact,
surplus to requirement. They should also state invariably, as to how they propose
to dispose off, or have since actually disposed off these stores.
I - SCIENTIFIC, ELECTRONIC AND MATHEMATICAL (SEM) INSTRUMENTS
312 Each Office in-charge shall keep a stock of scientific, electronic and
mathematical instruments to meet the requirements of his office, as per rules
mentioned in Appendix 30.
313 New instruments, which are not available with the office and which cannot be
borrowed or obtained from other offices, shall be procured through the Purchase
Advisory Committee ‘B’ (as mentioned in Appendix 27). Instruments requiring
repairs shall, as for as possible, be got repaired from Government Engineering
Colleges, Polytechnics, MERI Nashik or such other Gov ernment institutes carrying
out such repairs.
314 SEM instruments should not be stocked in excess of requirements, list of surplus
instruments shall be sent to the Purchase Advisory Committee “B” and also to all
the Chief Engineer Offices. The list shall be updated every year by the Officer
having such surplus instruments.
J - STORE KEEPERS / ASSISTANT STORE KEEPERS
315 Storekeeper / assistant store keepers in each division shall be in charge of stores
in the division office. In the case of subdivisions having extensive stores and Tools
and Plants the Assistant Storekeeper in the subdivision shall carry out the duties
of store keeper. He shall perform the duties for accounting, submission of regular
returns and compliance of store verification paras as detailed in the
‘Storekeepers′ Manual’. He will also arrange for the receipt and issue of stores
and materials indented for the works in the division. He shall record the
measurements to the extent of powers delegated to him, of the stores as are
received by him on behalf of the Executive Engineer.
Page 160 of 303

K - HIRING OF STORE HOUSES

316 In the exigencies of works, temporary hiring of open space, go-downs etc. may
be resorted to. The proposal for such hiring shall be initiated by the concerned
office and it shall be got approved from the competent authority after certifying
the non-availability of Government go-downs etc. and obtaining certificate of
reasonability of rent from Public Works Division.
L - POWERS OF OFFICERS TO PURCHASE, MANUFACTURE, DISPOSE AND WRITE OFF
STORES
317 Powers of the officers of the department to purchase, manufacture, write off and
dispose stores and waive recoveries shall be per Appendix 32.
318 In the case of materials purchased, warranty clause shall in inserted in the
purchase order. Model form for such warranty given in Appendix 31 shall be
used.
M - MISCELLANEOUS
319 Vehicles registered with State Transport Authority, shall invariably be got
exempted every year from road tax.
Page 161 of 303

CHAPTER-7 POWERS
320 The execution of works of the Department shall be done only after obtaining
necessary approvals, sanctions etc. In the interest of execution of these works,
powers and responsibilities in respect of taking decisions have been delegated by
the Government to various officers of the Department. The technical and
financial powers shall be exercised as per the powers mentioned in Appendix 32
(‘A’ and ‘B’ respectively). In addition, such powers which are not mentioned in
this Appendix, but vested as per the (i) Acts, (ii) Rules, (iii) Compendium of
administrative, financial and statutory powers of the officers of the Department
published separately shall be exercised by the officers of the Department.
321 These powers shall be exercised judiciously after recording the justification for
exercising the powers. The approvals / sanctions shall be in writing and the
reference to the authority (viz. the serial number of the relevant paragraph /
appendix as per which the powers are vested) shall be invariably given in the
order in which the approval is accorded / sanction is granted.
Page 162 of 303

CHAPTER 8 TRIANGULATION STATIONS & ESTABLISHING AND

PRESERVING BENCHMARKS
322 Introduction
In surveying and leveling, a ‘Benchmark’ (BM) is a mark with a known elevation

that is used as the basis for measuring the elevation of other topographical points,
with a precisely known relationship to the level datum.
323 Classification of BM:
Depending upon the purpose that is to be served, BMs are classified as follows-
i) Permanent BM
a) Great Trigonometrical Survey (GTS) Benchmark
b) Arbitrary BM
ii) Temporary BM
323.1 Permanent Benchmark (PBM):
Permanent Benchmarks are those BM which need to be established for
permanent use. For e.g. BM near the head works. These benchmarks shall be
established by double leveling with reference to GTS or arbitrary benchmarks
for all the projects. At least one BM at head works site of all projects shall be
established.
The PBM are established by providing a bronze plate fixed on the top of a
concrete pedestal with elevation engraved on it. It is well protected with
masonry structure around it so that its position is not disturbed by animals or by
any un-authorized person. The level of such PBM can be connected to either
GTS BM, or assumed arbitrary BM.
323.1.1 Great Trigonometrical Survey (GTS) Benchmark:
The Survey of India (SoI) establishes GTS benchmarks all over the country
with highest precision survey, the datum being mean sea level at Karachi
(Pakistan). The details of GTS benchmarks shall be obtained from SoI.
The Permanent BM at major and medium projects to be established by the
Water Resources Department officers need to be necessarily connected to
GTS BM established by SoI. These are generally established at Major and
Medium projects where the area of operation is not localized.
323.1.2 Arbitrary Benchmark (ABM):
The elevation of these BM is not related to a fixed datum of mean sea
level at Karachi (Pakistan). The value of ABM is assumed arbitrarily such as
100.0 m, 300.0 m, etc. The arbitrary BM shall be established, where the
difference in elevations of neighboring points is more important than their
reduced level with respect to mean sea level at Karachi (Pakistan). These
are generally established for MI Tanks, KT weirs, etc. where the area of
operation is localized.
323.2 Temporary Benchmark (TBM):
These BM are not required for permanent use but are used only
temporarily such as, at the end of the day’s work, so that the next day’s
work may be continued from that point. Such BM should be located on a
relatively permanent point like plinth of a building, corner of culvert or
permanent object etc., so that it can be easily identified for next day’s
work.
324 Methodology for Documentation of PBMs:
Page 163 of 303

The Executive Director of every Irrigation Development Corporation (IDC) or

Chief Engineer in the case of the Government shall assign the responsibility of
maintaining the database of PBMs in the district to one of the Executive Engineers
(EE) as Nodal EE in the District, in the proforma prescribed in Appendix 33.
All other EEs in the district shall furnish the information of PBM established by
them to the nodal EE.
The details such as location, elevation etc. of all PBM shall also be made
available on GIS platform and kept protected using login authentication by the nodal
EE. This database shall be regularly updated.
325 Methodology for carrying BM:
Before carrying survey of any new Irrigation/hydroelectric project, a PBM shall
be established initially near the head works site which shall be preserved throughout
the life of that project. (This PBM is hereafter referred as “Master PBM”). All the
PBMs in the project area including canals and distribution system shall be
established with reference to Master PBM only. The benchmarks should be
connected to the GTS benchmark and the words ‘BM’ and ‘RL’ should be
conspicuously engraved on the metallic plate fixed on the pedestal at BM location.
PBM carrying is the most important work to be carried out in project planning
and execution. Carrying of benchmarks shall be done carefully by Deputy Engineers
by double leveling only or by using Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS)
methodology.
326 Locations of PBM:
PBM shall be established and maintained at following locations-
Sr. Type of Work Location of PBM
No.
1 Major/Medium i) Near main dam or Spillway
irrigation project ii) Near each Head Regulator of dam
iii) Appropriate locations along fringe of the
reservoir (minimum 1 PBM for every 10 km
length)
iv) Appropriate locations along the Canal and
distribution system (minimum 1 PBM for
every 10 km length of canal)
2 LIS i) Near each Pump House & delivery chamber
ii) Appropriate locations along the Canal and
distribution system (minimum 1 PBM for
every 10 km length of canal)
3 Hydro projects i) Near each Power House
ii) In tunnels at suitable distances, surge tank
location, shaft etc.
4 Barrages/ KT Weirs i) On either Banks of river / nalla
ii) near barrage / KT weir location.
5 Colonies At least one in each colony
327 Protection of Benchmarks
In order to prevent human intervention, the BM located in open spaces shall be
protected by enclosing it by fencing.
The concerned Sectional Officer shall be responsible for inspection and
maintaining the BM in his jurisdiction. In case of any damage to BM, same shall be
immediately reported to concerned Deputy Engineer / EE. Remedial action shall be
initiated by the Deputy Engineer.
328 Periodicity of Checking level of PBM:-
Page 164 of 303

The level of master PBM should be checked by Deputy Engineer with reference
to GTS at 3 years interval. The levels of other PBM with the master PBM shall also
be checked by Deputy Engineer with reference to Master PBM at 3 years interval.
329 Triangulation Station:
The details of triangulation stations established by SoI shall be collected by the
nodal EE and same shall be recorded in the register, proforma of which is given in
Appendix 34.
330 Security of Records concerning BM & Triangulation stations:
Considering the security of dams and structures, the records related to BM &
triangulation stations shall be considered as secret documents and shall not be made
available to any private person.
Page 165 of 303

CHAPTER 9 TECHNICAL AUDIT OF WATER RESOURCES

PROJECTS
331 GENERAL
331.1 Scope & Objective:

Technical Audit (TA) shall cover systematic review of project
implementation including survey, investigations, planning, designing,
procurement process, construction procedures, management and impact on
beneficiaries and the surrounding through an agency or staff.
TA shall be conducted by auditing relevant data, specifications, design
procedure, statements, records, various reports, inspection reports, results of
tests conducted at factories (as well as at site) of machinery and equipment, in
the office and if required by field visits. The TA report shall be prepared to
remove deficiencies, if any, & improve quality of the project and/or for value
addition to the project.
331.2 Types of TA:-
Like any other audit, the TA will be of 2 types viz.:
331.2.1 Internal TA
The audit conducted by the agency/staff which is under the direct
administrative control of the authority issuing sanctions/ approvals to
various proposals in the process of implementation of the projects.
331.2.2 External TA
The audit conducted by the agency/staff which is not under the direct
administrative controlof the authority issuing sanctions/ approvals to
various proposals in the process of implementation of the projects.
331.3 Stages of TA
The TA can be classified also on the basis of the stage at which it is conducted
viz.:
331.3.1 Pre- audit
The audit conducted before according sanction/ approval to the proposal

to be audited (e.g. the plans, estimates & specifications proposed to be
sanctioned are audited before according sanction to the same)
331.3.2 Post-audit
The audit conducted after according sanction / approval to the proposal

(e.g. the plans & estimates are audited after according sanction to the
same). The Post audit will be useful to improve quality and / or for value
addition to the future projects.
332 Internal Audit
Internal audit shall be carried out at following stages-
1) Assessing Techno-Economic Feasibility:
a. Estimates for Preliminary survey and Investigation:
b. Approval to the Preliminary Investigation Report (PIR)
c. Estimates for Detailed Survey and Investigation:
d. Approval to the Detailed Project Report (DPR)
2) Procurement Plan:
3) Technical Sanction to Estimate
4) Approval of Draft Tender Papers
Page 166 of 303

5) Invitation and Acceptance of tender:

Broadly following points shall be checked during Internal Technical Audit,
for various components -
332.1 Assessing Techno-Economic Feasibility:
332.1.1 Estimates for Preliminary survey and Investigation:
a) The project is included in the river basin plan.

b) Water Availability certificate is obtained from the officer authorized by the
Government.
c) Reconnaissance Report (RR) is prepared and approved by the competent
authority. Item (a) & (b) above should be ascertained while approving RR.
d) All items of survey and investigation to prepare the Preliminary Investigation
Report (PIR) are as per the Government directives, issued from time to time.
e) Modern techniques of survey and investigation like Global Positioning System
(GPS) Survey, data available with the Department and other agencies of
Government of India (GoI) and Government of Maharashtra (GoM) is used
while preparing the estimate
f) If the project is Inter-state the consent of the concerned state to take up
preparation of PIR, DPR and consent to share its proportionate cost is taken
at appropriate level.
332.1.2 Approval to the PIR
c) The plans and estimates for the preliminary survey and investigation,
prepared as per relevant IS or PWD handbook are approved by the competent
authority.
d) The PIR of the project is prepared on the basis of the preliminary survey and
investigation, as per approved plans and estimates and data collected from
various agencies.
e) The PIR of the project containing report plans and estimates are checked by
the offices of the authority, competent to approve and also by the offices
subordinate to this authority.
f) If the project is found to be techno-economically feasible, the PIR shall be
approved by the competent authority.
g) In case of lift irrigation schemes having command area more than 2000 Ha,
Government’s approval is obtained.
332.2 Preparation of Proposal for Administrative Approval
332.2.1 Estimates for Detailed Survey and Investigation:
a) Whether PIR is prepared and approved by the competent authority.
b) All items of survey and investigation are as per Government directives, issued
from time to time.
c) Modern techniques of survey and investigation like GPS survey, data available
with the Department and other agencies of GoI and GoM is used while
preparing the estimate.
332.2.2 Approval to the DPR
a) The plans and estimates for the detailed survey are approved by competent
authority.
b) The DPR is prepared on the basis of the detailed survey, investigation and
designs, approved by the competent authority.
c) Initially report is prepared, (excluding the estimates) containing chapters on
design, drawing, water planning, etc. On acceptance of these chapters to the
competent authority, (or to the authority superior to the office, preparing
Page 167 of 303

DPR) the plans and estimates based on that are prepared and included in the
DPR. This will avoid revising estimates and economical /financial statements
again and again.
d) The plans and estimates of the project are checked by the offices of the
authority, competent to approve the DPR and also by the offices subordinate
to this authority.
e) Water availability certificate is obtained from competent authority.
f) All sub surface investigations especially required for Cut Off Trench (COT)
and sub-surface seepage control are carried out as per the Government
directives, issued from time to time
g) Bearing capacity test of foundation strata of important structures is carried
out as per provisions of relevant IS or PWD handbook.
h) Survey and data collection for construction material is done.
i) Material testing for required design parameters is done as prescribed in
Central Designs Organization (CDO) guidelines.
j) All ground surveys are carried out from PBM established at site as per
Standard guideline and TBMs carried from this PBM.
k) Alternative sites for location of various components are studied and techno-
economically suitable alternative locations are suggested.
l) Data for existing cropping pattern is collected and proposed cropping pattern
is recommended by the competent authority of Agriculture Department.
m) The Command Area, canal alignment and disnet Survey, to the extent as
mentioned in the Government directives is carried out, for major and medium
Projects. For minor projects, 100% Command Area, canal alignment and
disnet Survey is done.
n) Design flood for spillway / waste weir design is got approved from the
o) Construction schedule is properly planned from technical considerations.
p) Rate analysis / lead statement / controlled blasting / chiseling / Non-DSR
items / lining, etc. are approved by the competent authority.
q) CSR of different departments (WRD, PWD and MJP) are used properly for
respective works.
r) NOC’s from various central / state Government departments are obtained.
s) Certificate of 100% arithmetical check in division office is attached.
t) Economic and financial statements are checked thoroughly.
u) Clearance for project is obtained from SLTAC & MWRRA.
v) Correctness of provision for area to be acquired.
w) Correctness of forest land required and appropriateness of the provision for
the Net Present Value (NPV) & compensatory afforestation with reference to
the prescribed norms.
x) Adequate provision is made for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) &
Environmental Mitigation Plan (EMP), Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) Plan,
provision for shifting of Utility lines (like, HT/LT lines, water supply lines,
etc.) in submergence area / canal area, provision for roads, wells and fruit
bearing trees in submergence area
y) Provisions for Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R&R), are as per prevailing
rules, if rehabilitation is involved.
z) Power availability certificate in case of LIS & Pump Storage Scheme (PSS).
332.3 Pre-Construction Stage
332.3.1 Procurement Plan:
Page 168 of 303

a) The procurement plan is approved by GC of IDC and is as per the broad

financial planning envisaged in the construction program approved in AA.
b) It is commensurate with the priorities for the execution of components of
project, as fixed by the Government.
c) It matches with the fund flow expected during procurement plan period,
taking in to consideration un-cleared liability.
d) If break up of work is proposed, whether approval of competent authority is
obtained
e) Irrigation Potential (IP), as per the Government orders, will be created by
the time water storage is build.
332.3.2 Technical Sanction to Estimate
a) Whether the proposed work is included in approved procurement plan.
b) Plans and estimates are based on adequate survey, investigation and testing.
c) The estimates are based on approved working drawings and applicable
specifications included in the estimates proposed for technical sanction.
d) Checking of Utilization statement
e) Checking of Rate Analysis (including applicability of taxes & levies as per
prevailing Government Rules) with reference to the specifications,
provisions in the SoR (where the items are included in the SoR), reasonability
of non- SoR items, with reference to appropriate prevailing market rates.
f) Propriety of provision of controlled blasting, chiseling, dewatering, pumped
concrete, etc. if included in the estimate.
g) Availability of various certificates (like: arithmetic check, lead, etc.)
prescribed by Government.
h) Overall correctness of plans and estimates
332.3.3 Sanction to Draft Tender Papers
Following points should be checked-
a) Land required for works included in the tender is in possession and documents
for the same are attached.
b) The proposed work is technically sanctioned by competent authority.
c) Appropriate standard form is used. The instructions, if any, given in the
standard printed form to the staff for preparing the DTP are excluded.
d) E-procurement& post qualification are proposed for works, involving cost as
specified in Government orders.
e) Standard contract clauses are only used
f) Special conditions of contract are properly drafted and are relevant to the
specific nature and situation of work concerned.
g) Specifications of each item of work are as per those enclosed with the
approved estimate.
h) All necessary approved drawings are attached as per approved Technically
Sanctioned estimate.
i) Time schedule for various activities of tender acceptance is included.
j) Draft Tender Papers for work should not include procurement of goods &
services, which is not part of construction. For eg: Purchase of vehicle,
computer, furniture, etc.
332.3.4 Invitation and Acceptance of tender:
Some of the important points to be checked at the time of acceptance of
tender are as given below.
a) Proper wide publicity is given through electronic and print media and wide
circulation of copy of tender notice to various offices including contractors
association.
Page 169 of 303

b) Pre bid conference, if required as per norms, is conducted and any of the
conditions accepted are circulated to all bidders and those are included as
part of tender documents.
c) Opening of tender is done properly. In the case of single tender, whether
extension of time limit for submission of tenders has been duly granted.
d) Evaluation of tender is done properly.
e) Excess over the cost put to tender is accepted by competent authority.
333 External Audit:
The External audit shall be conducted at following stages.
1) Audit for AA & RAA proposals:
2) Audit at Construction Stage
3) Audit at Post construction stage:
333.1 Audit for AA & RAA proposals: -
The audit of draft project report (DPR) (original or renovation works
(involving change in scope of original sanctioned AA), etc.) before obtaining
AA/RAA shall be covered in this type of audit.
333.1.1 Scope:
This TA shall be conducted for all the proposals before according AA /
RAA, under the supervision of the State Level Technical Advisory Committee
(SLTAC).
333.1.2 Organization:
There are two State Level Technical Advisory Committees set up in the
State for conducting pre-audit of reports, designs, drawings and estimates
including Rate Analysis (DPR) of all original and repair and renovation works of
projects, proposed for AA/RAA.
(i) SLTAC under Director General (DTHRS), Nashik assisted by
Superintending and Member Secretary with three civil units, one mechanical
and one electrical unit.
(ii) SLTAC under Director General, WALMI, Aurangabad assisted by
Superintending and Member Secretary with two civil units.
Note: The mechanical and electrical units with SLTAC under Director General
(DTHRS) will also work for SLTAC under Director General, WALMI.
Each unit shall have following staff:
1) Executive Engineer (SLTAC) = 1
2) Deputy Engineer = 3
3) Typist cum clerk = 1
4) Peon = 1
In addition, 1 steno-typist, 1 senior clerk, 2 junior clerk, 2 driver and 2
peon shall be made available for SE & Director, SLTAC.
333.1.3 Methodology:-
The concerned officers (project planning officers including officers of
Mechanical and Electrical organizations, in the case of original AA and the
project construction officers in the case of RAA) shall send a proposal to SE,
SLTAC. After scrutiny the comments of SE will be communicated to the
concerned officers and after compliance of these comments, the observations
of SE, SLTAC will be presented to the SLTAC for their consideration and
recommendation. The scrutiny by the SE, SLTAC will include following points-
Appropriateness of the Designs, estimates including rate analysis (leads
for canal earthwork need to be decided by assuming that the borrow area land
will be acquired by the side of the canal (and should be ascertained whether or
Page 170 of 303

not the material from the borrow area is suitable for canal earthwork)), and
increase (in case of RAA) in the cost of project and acceptability of its
justification, reasonableness of construction programme, water availability
certificate, water planning and storage planning, Irrigation planning, Benefit
Cost Ratio (BCR), Internal Rate of Return (IRR), change in scope of work,
availability of statutory clearances for RAA, etc.
The scrutiny by the electrical staff will include following points-
(i) Appropriateness of the Designs such as power house, switchyard
layouts, technical specifications of the equipments used in hydro -electric
project such as main plant and its auxiliaries, transformers, switchyard
equipments, cables, cranes, etc. (ii) Appropriateness of the designs, technical
specifications of the electrical equipment used in LIS and other electrical
installations.
333.2 Audit at Construction stage:
333.2.1 Objective:
At this stage, audit of Technical sanction, Procurement Plan, Procurement
Procedure, execution of works, (including inspection reports, results of tests
conducted at factories as well as at site, of machinery and equipment, Audit of
equipment/machine performance and to ascertain the degree of compliance of
provisions in the Indian Electricity Act, 2003 standards, rules, Government orders
and procedures etc.), excess over the tendered quantity and extra items cropped
up during execution of the work shall be conducted.
333.2.2 Organization:
This audit shall be conducted by the following organization-
Chief Auditor
Water & Irrigation
(A) Superintending Engineer (B) Superintending Engineer
Water & Irrigation Management Audit Construction Audit
i) Executive Engineer, i) Executive Engineer,
Water Audit Unit-1 Construction Audit Unit-1
ii) Executive Engineer, ii) Executive Engineer,
iii) Executive Engineer, iii) Executive Engineer,
iv) Executive Engineer, iv) Executive Engineer,
Irrigation Management Audit Unit-1 Construction Audit Unit-4
v) Executive Engineer, v) Executive Engineer,
vi) Executive Engineer, vi) Executive Engineer,
vii) Executive Engineer,
Mechanical Audit Unit
viii) Executive Engineer,
Electrical Audit Unit
Superintending Engineer, Construction Audit, under Chief Auditor, Water
& Irrigation, Aurangabad and having six civil units, 1 mechanical and 1
electrical unit shall conduct the external audit of projects under construction,
supported by the following staff for each unit-
1)Executive Engineer= 1,
2)Deputy Engineer = 3
Page 171 of 303

3) Typist cum clerk = 1

4) Peon = 1
For Superintending Engineer, Construction Audit, 1 steno-typist, 1 senior
clerk, 2 junior clerk, 2 driver and 2 peon shall be made available.
333.2.3 Methodology:
Technical Audit Methodology is proposed for
1) Audit of Technically sanctioned estimates
2) Procurement Procedure &contracts for various works
3) EIRL Sanctioned
4) Quantity Variation Proposals
5) Execution of Works
333.2.3.1 Audit of Technically sanctioned estimates:
All the Technical Sanction orders shall be endorsed and sent to
Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation, by email.
The list of estimates of the concerned work will be furnished by
the authority according technical sanction to this TA Cell every quarter
by the sanctioning authorities in Appendix 35.
333.2.3.1.1 Selection Criteria:
The number of estimates to be audited shall be minimum
10% of the estimates sanctioned during the quarter. The estimates
to be audited shall be selected by Chief Auditor, Water &
Irrigation, Aurangabad on the basis of following criteria-
a) Estimates from all the sanctioning authorities are covered.
b) All types of estimates (e.g. Dam, Hydro projects, LIS, other
electrical works Canal-excavation, E/W, tunnels, lining, CD Works,
Rehabilitation, pump house, Purchase and repairs of mechanical
and electrical equipments, barrages, etc.) sanctioned during the
quarter are covered.
c) The estimates, involving Non-DSR items, controlled blasting,
chiseling, dewatering, grouting, etc.
d) Estimates having apparently abnormal leads and lifts.
e) Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation, may adopt other criteria after
recording the reasons for the adoption.
After the estimates to be audited are informed by Chief Auditor, Water
& Irrigation, to the project officers, the detailed sanctioned estimates
along with the drawings and design notes shall be sent by the latter to
the former.
333.2.3.1.2 General Guidelines for Technically Sanctioned Estimate
The estimate shall be checked with particular reference to
the following-
a) Proper survey and investigation.
b) Design & Drawing are approved by the competent authority and
whether the estimates are based on working drawings and
applicable specifications are included in the estimates proposed for
technical sanction.
c) Utilization statement
d) Rate Analysis (including applicability of taxes & levies as per
prevailing Government orders) with reference to the specifications,
provisions in the SoR (where the items are included in the SoR), non-
SoR items, with reference to appropriate prevailing market rates.
Page 172 of 303

e) Propriety of provision of controlled blasting, chiseling, dewatering,

pumped concrete etc.
f) Availability of various certificates prescribed by Government.
g) Overall correctness of plans and estimates.
333.2.3.2 Procurement Procedure& Contract for various works:
All the tender acceptance letters shall be endorsed and sent to
Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation, by email by the tender accepting
authority.
The number of tenders to be audited shall be minimum 10% of the
tenders accepted during the quarter. Tender sanctioning authority
shall furnish quarterly report containing the following information in
the Appendix 36 to the Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation.
Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation, shall select tenders for audit by
adopting following criteria-
a) Tenders from all the accepting authorities are covered.
b) Tenders of all types of work (i.e. Dam, Hydro projects, LIS, other
electrical works, canal-excavation, E/W, tunnels, lining, CD Works,
rehabilitation, pump house, mechanical and electrical machinery
and equipments and repairs, barrages, procurement of materials,
etc.) sanctioned.
c) Tenders of all types (B-1, B-2, C, D, and E) are covered, where
applicable.
d) Cases of single tender & negotiated (other than lowest) tender
e) Tenders accepted after obtaining Government approval.
f) The Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation, may adopt other criteria after
recording the reasons for the adoption.
g) Tenders for split works or clubbed works.
After the tenders to be audited are informed by Chief Auditor,
Water & Irrigation, to the project officers, all the relevant contract
documents shall be furnished by the tender accepting authority to the
Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation, for audit.
333.2.3.2.2 General Guidelines for TA of Contract Documents
Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation, shall follow following general
guidelines for technical audits.
a) Correctness of Draft Tender Papers, with reference to
Technically Sanctioned estimates, breakup and clubbing of
works in estimate, whether clubbing of work has been done as
per mandatory provisions of paragraph 116 (ii), weighted
average rates, correctness of applicable specifications,
correctness of description of items in Schedule B, Special
conditions and drawings.
b) Procedure (including e-tendering) followed for inviting and
accepting tenders including prior approval for invitation of
tender, standard procedure of invitation and acceptance of
tender, evaluation and updation of tender (i.e. arriving at the
revised cost of work put to tender with the revised schedule of
rates on the last date of submission of tender) if any, (including
appropriateness of the level of acceptance of tender.)
c) Appropriateness of Post qualification criteria and
appropriateness of evaluation in conformity with this criteria.
Page 173 of 303

d) Checking of price escalation clause including percentages

worked out for various components and basic indices.
e) Appropriateness of Cement variation clause.
f) Special conditions of contract are properly mentioned in tender.
g) Specifications of all items are incorporated in the tender.
h) Possession certificate has been obtained for the land required
for the work.
i) Statutory clearances are obtained.
j) Procurement packages are judiciously selected such that the
works in the earlier reaches of canal will take precedence over
the tail.
k) Condition of e- Payment is included or not?
l) Prior permission of Government is obtained for outsourcing of
work of canal cleaning/project earthwork, gates / hoist
manufacturing, erection & repairs, machinery repairs, instead
of carrying out by mechanical organization.
m) In respect of tenders where works are clubbed the audit shall
cover –
i) Whether prior approval of Chief Engineer is obtained where
necessary as per paragraph 116 (ii).
ii) Whether the Chief Engineer exceeded the limit of clubbing
provided in this manual.
n) In respect of tenders where works are split the audit shall cover
–
i) Whether prior approval of Chief Engineer is obtained where
necessary as per paragraph 143
ii) Whether Chief Engineer has approved the proposal of
splitting?
iii) Whether the tenders for all split works are called for
simultaneously. If so, what are the reasons therefor?
333.2.3.3 EIRL Sanctioned
Executive Engineer shall furnish list of EIRL sanctioned during
quarter along with the tender documents and copies of sanctioned EIRL
to the Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation.
All the EIRL sanctioned during quarter shall be audited.
333.2.3.3.2 General guidelines for technical audits of EIRL:
a) Reasons for cropping up of extra item and admissibility of extra

item.
b) Whether the amount of extra item is covered in Original / Revised
Technically Sanctioned estimate.
c) Appropriateness of Rate analysis with reference to tender
conditions.
d) Specifications of all items are included in extra item proposal and
the rate is based on such specifications.
e) Whether information is furnished in standard Checklist of EIRL.
333.2.3.4 Quantity Variation Proposals.
Executive Engineer shall furnish list of Quantity Variation Proposals
sanctioned during quarter along with the tender documents and copies
Page 174 of 303

of sanctioned quantity variation proposal to the Chief Auditor, Water

& Irrigation.
All the sanctioned Quantity Variation Proposals during quarter shall
be audited.
333.2.3.4.2 General guidelines for technical audit of Quantity
Variation Proposals:
a) Reasons for cropping up of quantity variation and its admissibility.
b) Whether the amount of quantity variation is covered in Revised
Technically Sanctioned estimate.
c) Appropriateness of Rate analysis with reference to tender
conditions.
d) Sanction to rate for variation in quantities from competent
authority and its acceptance by contractor as per tender conditions
and specifications.
333.2.3.5 Execution of Works-
Following duties shall be performed by the Quality Control wing as per
the provisions mentioned in the Chapter for Quality Assurance.
a) To check whether register of passing the foundation of structures,
including COT of dam has been maintained and whether competent
authority has passed the foundation.
b) To check whether Green / OK Card / Inspection slip is issued for
centering work & reinforcement by QC organization. Also, whether the
design for centering is approved by the competent authority.
c) The log book of pump for de-watering is maintained.
d) Whether check measurement register is maintained.
e) Cement Consumption Register in the Form 1, 2, and 3 is maintained.
f) Water Intake Test register and cement consumption register for
grouting is maintained.
g) Register of Machinery and labours brought on site by contractors is
maintained.
h) Whether required tests are conducted to ascertain the quality of
material as per technical specifications in approved estimate.
i) Whether required technical tests are conducted for gates/ hoist
manufacturing, erection & repairs, electrical equipments, also during
LIS erection.
The TA cell under Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation shall audit the
performance of the QC wing in respect of above points on the basis of
inspection notes issued by the QC wing, copies of which will be sent by
the wing to the TA cell.
333.3 Issue of remarks and Audit para
After Technical Audit the remarks and objections if any, shall be
communicated to the concerned CE, SE and EE. The concerned project
officers will furnish their say on these remarks and objections to the SE, TA,
within one month and the next higher officer (other than the Government)
will also furnish the comments to Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation within
further period of 1 month. If Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation is not satisfied
with the say of project officers, he shall submit the audit objections to the
Government under intimation to the concerned, CE SE & EE
333.4 Audit at Post construction stage:
Page 175 of 303

The audit during Operation, Management and Maintenance of project (including

all types of repair work of machinery and equipments, pumps, HEP, etc.) shall be
covered under Post construction stage audit.
This audit is conducted for-
1) Water Audit
2) Audit During Inspection
3) Irrigation Management Audit
4) Audit of Operation and Maintenance of HEP & LIS (For Electrical & Mechanical
Components)
333.4.1 Water Audit
333.4.1.1 Objectives:
The objective will be to audit the annual water accounts for assessing
optimality of use of water including system performance and for
ascertaining the adequacy of irrigation planning and to ascertain the degree
of compliance of provisions in the Irrigation Act, Rules, this Manual,
Government orders and procedures.
333.4.1.2 Organization:
The establishment mentioned in paragraph 333.2.2 will conduct this
audit.
333.4.1.3 Methodology
Water audit units shall conduct audit of all the projects where storage is
created (either partially or fully) by scrutiny of records submitted by project
officer and confirmation by field visits. The record needs to be submitted
in the prescribed proforma (proforma VI for major and medium projects and
proforma VII for minor projects), (Appendix-50). The season-wise
Preliminary Irrigation Programme (PIP) & Completion Irrigation Programme
(CIR), duly approved by the SE shall be submitted to Chief Auditor, Water &
Irrigation one month after the end of the season. Also the CIR and annual
water account for the period 1st July to 30 June approved by SE, shall be
submitted to Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation on or before 14 th Aug of every
year.
The respective units shall scrutinize the water accounts received from the
concerned circles and preliminary remarks on the same shall be
communicated to the concerned circle office.
Superintending Engineers shall promptly comply the preliminary remarks
communicated by CHIEF AUDITOR, WATER & IRRIGATION.
General schedule for submission of Water Accounts & compliance of
remarks:
Sr.No. Particulars Date of
Submission
1 Last date of submission of water accounts by 14th Aug
irrigation circles to CA, W&I office.
2 Communication of preliminary remarks of scrutiny 30th Sep
by CA, W&I office.
3 Last date of submission of compliance of 31Oct
preliminary remarks.
4 Preparation of Draft Water Audit Report in CA, W&I 31st Dec
office.
5 Approval to Draft Water Audit Report by 28th February
Government.
6 Publication of annual Water Audit Report 22nd March
Page 176 of 303

333.4.2 Yearly Inspection/ Site Visit by Audit Cell
Yearly Inspection of Divisions, Sub division and Section offices shall also
be done by visiting these offices and the site. The water audit unit shall prepare
yearly inspection programs for divisions in their jurisdiction, and communicate
the same to respective offices after approval of Chief Auditor, Water &
Irrigation.
Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation shall submit one consolidated copy of
the same to Government.
333.4.2.1 Audit during Inspection:
The information submitted by the field SE shall be compared with field

data contained in the field registers during inspection. Also the basic records and
registers required for irrigation management, method used for data collection,
inspection of distribution system, measuring devices, storage structures, etc.
shall be verified during the inspection.
333.4.2.2 Selection of Projects for Inspection:
The criteria to be followed in selecting the projects for carrying out

inspection shall be as follows: -
(a) All the MAJOR projects once every year
(b) All the MEDIUM projects once in every three years
(c) All MINOR projects at least once in every five years
The Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation may adopt some other criteria after
recording the reasons for the adoption for inspection of project.
333.4.3 Irrigation Management Audit
333.4.3.1 Scope
To conduct technical audit by test checks, of all offices in management
wing (Region, circle, division, sub-division and section) to ascertain various
points of compliances.
The establishment ‘(A)’ indicated in paragraph 333.2.2 will conduct this audit.
333.4.3.3 Methodology
The audit units will ascertain by scrutiny of records in the offices and also
by inspection of site, the following things-
a) Whether all required records as mentioned in chapter related to
Irrigation Management are maintained in the office under inspection.
b) Whether instructions issued in Chapter 12 are followed. Wherever
checking of the data in the registers is referred to, the registers shall
be inspected by the audit staff to ensure the compliance of
instructions and also concerned register shall be signed in token of
such verification. Following points should be checked-
i. Proper and regular recording of data of gauges and instruments
installed on dams and canals
ii. Ascertain the status in respect of all dams and canals, of
compliance of the deficiencies pointed out during Pre and post
monsoon inspections.
iii. Reservoir capacities, ROS & GOS are verified and revised
periodically.
Page 177 of 303

iv. Documents mentioned in Chapter 12 are prepared and approved by

the competent authority and maintained properly.
v. Designers Operating Criteria (DOC) and standing operating
procedures are available at site and the concerned staff is
conversant with it.
vi. Water-measuring devices are provided at all supply points as
required, maintained properly and calibrated periodically.
vii. Whether security from theft point of view is ensured at the dam
site.
c) Whether the Instructions mentioned in Chapter 10 and given below are
followed:
i. Various Notifications to be issued timely under various Acts and
before each irrigation season are issued
ii. Maintenance schedules for civil, mechanical and electrical work are
prepared and followed. Repair works are done in time.
iii. PIP & CIR are prepared and got approved from competent authority
in time.
iv. The register of WUA showing various stages of formulation of WUA;
and monitoring the working of WUA as per the guidelines in respect
of responsibility of the Canal Officer given in the MMISF Act and
Rules.
v. Water agreements in respect of non-irrigation water use are
executed and renewed in time and its register, as mentioned in
Chapter 10 of this Manual, showing the validity of agreements will
be inspected.
vi. Water entitlements are issued to Non-irrigation water users.
vii. Assessment of water charges is done in time and properly, as per
prevailing rates (including incentives, disincentives and penalties,
if any) for different types of users.
viii. Tank bed (galper land), fruit bearing trees and grass are auctioned
regularly.
ix. It should be ensured that where tourism and water sports are
promoted at reservoir site, all precautions and safety measures are
taken by the concerned agency.
x. Whether registers about formation and functioning of various
obligatory committees are maintained and updated and
observations about the contents should be offered.
xi. Whether the procurement plan of M&R works to be executed during
the year is approved by Superintending Engineer?
333.4.4 Audit of Operation and Maintenance of HEP & LIS (For
Electrical & Mechanical Components)
333.4.4.1 Objective
Audit of the operation and maintenance, test requirements, warrantees,
guarantees for HEP & LIS.
The establishment for mechanical and electrical unit indicated in para
386.2.ii shall conduct this audit.
333.5 Issue of remarks and Audit para:
After water audit the remarks and objections if any, shall be communicated
to the concerned SE and CE. The concerned project officers will furnish their
say on these remarks and objections to the SE, Technical Audit within one
Page 178 of 303

month and the next higher officer (other than Government) will also furnish
the comments to Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation within further period of 1
month. If Chief Auditor, Water & Irrigation is not satisfied with the say of
project officers, he shall submit the audit objections to Government under
intimation to the concerned CE, SE & EE. The annual water account report
and annual audit para report prepared by the Chief Auditor, Water &
Irrigation will be submitted to Government for further action.
Page 179 of 303

DRAFT WATER RESOURCES WORKS MANUAL 2016
CHAPTER 10 WATER MANAGEMENT OF IRRIGATION

PROJECTS UNDER WATER RESOURCES DEPARTMENT
334 Peculiarities of Water Management (WM) works

The water management on irrigation projects shall, generally, be governed by
following principles.
i) Sectoral allocation and supply of surface water shall be on the basis of
Acts and Rules.
ii) Achievement of optimum efficiency in conveyance and use of water.
iii) Encourage beneficiary participation in water management.
iv) Timely distribution of water to all water user entities.
v) Realisation of crop yields by suitable scheduling of rotations.
vi) To avoid loss of fertility of land due to erosion of soil, water logging,
salinity, deterioration of soil structure etc.
(vii) Efficient operation and adequate maintenance of water storing and
conveyance systems within optimum cost.
(viii) Adoption of suitable legislations to provide legal support to users and
suppliers for efficient management of water resources.
335 Functions of WRD in Water Management (WM):
The Functions of WRD in WM, in general, shall be as follows-
i. To maintain, operate and manage the infrastructure facilities, created by the
department, efficiently.
ii. To provide bulk water supply for
a. Agriculture including fisheries
b. Rural and urban water supply
c. Generating hydro power
d. commerce and industry
e. Sustaining environment and ecology
f. Recreational and other purposes.
iii. To ensure efficient performance and safety of all water infrastructure facilities
by implementing cost effective, timely and technically sound maintenance
programmes.
iv. To promote tourism and fisheries development in and around reservoirs.
v. Assess and recover the water charges by following prescribed schedule.
vi. To encourage and facilitate beneficiary farmers to -
a) Maintain and manage the system by formation of WUA at various levels of canal
system.
b) Enhance water use efficiency & Irrigated Agriculture productivity.
c) Pay the water charges regularly.
vii. To enhance water use efficiency through
a) Promoting micro irrigation systems
b) Promoting recycling and reuse of water
Page 180 of 303

c) Implementing incentive and disincentive measures as per prevailing orders

d) Benchmarking and water auditing of irrigation projects
viii. To promote conjunctive use of surface and ground water.
ix. To create awareness through information, education, communication,
regulations, incentives and disincentives for efficient water use.
x. To take appropriate steps to protect and preserve the quality of water storages
/ water carriers.
xi. To establish reliable and appropriate rainfall-runoff data acquisition &
processing system to take flood mitigation measures.
xii. Capacity building of staff and beneficiaries including WUA.
xiii. To use created irrigation potential to the fullest extent.
xiv. To provide services of the department which are notified under Right to Services
Act, 2015.
The following services are presently notified-
a) Sanction of water entitlement to Water User Association (WUA)
b) Providing Bill of arrears of water charges to WUA
c) Providing Bill of arrears of non-irrigation use of water charges
d) Decision on complaints regarding bill of water charges
e) Issue of Command area Certificate
f) Permission for Domestic Water use by Grampanchayat, Zilla Parishad, Nagar
Palika, Nagar Panchayat, Nagar Parishad, Cantonment Board, etc.
g) Permission for Domestic and/or industrial Water use to Municipal Corporations,
Private Developers/Builders, Special Urban Development projects
h) Permission for industrial Water use
i) Providing certificate of distance from notified River / Reservoir
j) Permission to irrigate by lift
336 Acts, Rules, Manuals, Handbooks and Government publications related to WM
The officers and staff members particularly those in-charges of WM shall get
themselves acquainted with the Acts, Rules, Manuals, Handbooks and Publications
of GoM especially related to Irrigation water management in the State. A list of such
documents is mentioned in Chapter 2. The guidelines, instructions and procedures
laid down therein shall be followed by the management staff in operating, managing
and maintaining the irrigation infrastructure.
337 Organisation and Hierarchy in WM
General hierarchy of the Department (viz. Regions, Circles, Divisions, Sub-
divisions and Sections) applies in the case of WM works also.
Sectional Officer (SO) is the overall in-charge of WM in the jurisdiction of Section
(which consists of beats ranging from 4 to 6 depending on the extent and spread of
command area) who is mainly assisted by Daftar Karkoon, Measurer, Canal Inspector,
Canal Chowkidar, Canal Tapali / Messenger. In addition a Civil Engineering Assistant
also works under the control of the Sectional Officer. The Sectional Officer reports
to Dy. Engineer. The Canal Inspector is the in-charge of WM in the Beat. He shall
look after WM under his jurisdiction and he is attached to Section Office.
338 Classification of irrigation projects:
Page 181 of 303

The category, as defined in Chapter 3 (i.e.major, medium or minor) of each

project may be reviewed, periodically for the purpose of water management (may
be after every 10 years or even less, if required) to verify whether or not a particular
project belongs to the category as originally planned and to ascertain that it still
falls in the same category or not. Powers to change the category of irrigation project
due to change in CCA (the change in CCA, may be due to various reasons like, loss
of command due to diverting land for non agricultural use, diverting Water for non
irrigation use or augmenting the storage by diverting nalla or water from other
project, etc.) shall be with the Government. After taking such decision, Government
shall issue notification to effect the change in the category of a project needs to be
notified in the official gazette.
339 Command area under different types of Section offices
A Section Office shall be headed by Sectional Officer in the cadre of Assistant
Engineer Gr-II/Sectional Engineer/Junior Engineer. Irrigation section offices are
classified on the basis of command area and spread of command area in three groups
as follows-
Concentric Section: A Section having not less than 4000 Ha irrigation from a single
project.
Normal Section: A Section having not less than 2000 Ha and not more than 4000 ha
irrigation from a single project.
Scattered Section: A Section having not less than 2000 Ha and not more than 4000
ha irrigation from two or more minor irrigation tanks.
Section for Gated Spillway, barrage and lifts on reservoir: In the case of gated
spillway, barrage and lifts on reservoir, the operation and maintenance of head
works involves lot of mechanical and electrical works. It requires skilled staff like
foreman, crane operator, electrician, welder, fitter etc. Therefore, electrical and
mechanical section offices shall be established taking into account the workload of
one or more such projects.
The staffing pattern for various offices in WM shall be as prescribed by the
Government.
340 Duties of Management Staff in WM:
340.1 General: Apart from general duties and responsibilities mentioned in Chapter
2, all the officers entrusted with water management while inspecting head
works canals and distribution system during irrigation rotation or otherwise,
shall note down following details under their dated signatures in respective
registers -
i) Water level in the reservoir,
ii) Readings of various instruments installed at head works including evaparometer.
iii) Gauge readings of notches installed in the inspection gallery, foundation-
cum-drainage gallery, toe drains etc.
iv) Gauge readings at the discharge measuring devices like S.W.F., C.T.F. etc.
at head and along canal
Inspecting officer shall check –
a. Whether the contents mentioned in the register are according to the approved
reservoir capacity table?
Page 182 of 303

b. Whether there is any unauthorized use of water during the rotation by test
check?
c. Whether all measuring devices are duly calibrated as per norms?
He should record his findings in his inspection note with instructions regarding
corrective measures.
340.2 Duties and responsibilities of the field staff working in WM shall be as follows:
340.2.1 Canal Inspector (CI)
1) To keep over all watch on the assets of WRD in his jurisdiction and inform the
sectional officer in the event of -
(i) Any damage to canal earthwork or canal structures
(ii) Any seepage through canal earthwork or canal structures
(iii) Encroachment on WRD’s land
(iv) Any theft,
(v) Any emergency.
2) To prepare PIP of his beat and submit the same to Sectional officer before
each season before the date as prescribed.
3) To prepare a Pali Patrak and to get it approved from the Sectional Officer for
each minor before the irrigation season starts.
4) To submit to the Sectional Officer at least 4 days in advance of the ensuing
rotation, indent for supply of water in that rotation at the head of each
distributing channel in his beat.
5) To ensure that water is supplied for irrigation in his beat, according to
approved PaIi Patrak.
6) Where no assistant is available, he should
(a) Open and close the gates of the outlet channels as per approved rotation
programme / pali patrak.
(b) Operate the gates of cross regulator, if any in his beat, as per the instructions
of sectional officer.
(c) Operate gates of escape, if any in his beat, in case of emergency as per the
instructions of his higher officers.
In case of emergency, if it is not possible to contact sectional officer / Dy.
Engineer he may open gates of CR and escape, on his own, to minimize the
damage to public and / or private property.
7) To inspect day to day field irrigation viz. he should check, every day in
the rotation period, the areas have been supplied with the planned quantity of
water on the assigned days (i.e. for which dates of water supply was given on
water passes) if water is not supplied as planned, reasons (such as khurapani,
rains etc.) for not irrigating or partly irrigating the fields shall be recorded on
the irrigators' pass and duplicate shall be kept with him.
8) To bring on record any type of misuse or waste of water, or detectable
excess irrigation, as soon as it is noticed and to take further action by adopting
the prescribed procedure viz. to give immediately intimation to the Sectional
Officer where such misuse or waste of water in any individual case involves an
area of 1 ha or more. Up to 1 ha irrigated area he himself should conduct the
panchnama.
Page 183 of 303

9) To see that no channel is supplied water beyond the scheduled time, in

the same rotation except with the orders of his superiors.
10) To see that demarcation, unitisation and corner stones of areas under
blocks are intact and that the outer bunds around the irrigated areas are strong
enough to prevent waste of water, otherwise, to record a suitable note in the
irrigators' water pass, and to inform the Sectional Officer to enable him to serve
necessary written notice on the irrigator. To take similar action where an
irrigators' channel is not serviceable.
11) To keep under frequent and vigilant watch, the irrigation on wells and
pazar (Percolation) in the irrigated tract of his beat and to keep the Sectional
Officer, informed in writing about this.
12) After the irrigation in a rotation period is over, to submit to the Sectional
Officer the details of discharge drawn, area irrigated and duty (area irrigated
using one unit of water) achieved in that rotation.
13) To assist sectional officer/ Dy. Engineer/EE in the following events:
a. conducting panchnama.
b. Checking crop measurements
c. Conducting Auctions.
d. Registering offences.
e. Conducting various meetings, seminars and Training classes of
beneficiaries/WUA
14) To submit the monthly diaries of his work.
340.2.2 Measurer
1) The Measurer shall measure the irrigated areas, cropwise and
cultivatorwise, assigned to him by the Dy. Engineer / Sectional Officer, and enter
the measurements with a rough sketch in the Crop Measurement book. After
taking and recording the measurements he should put his dated signature on
every page of the book. The crop wise and cultivator wise area shall be worked
out on the basis of these measurements. He shall obtain from Section Office, the
details of panchnamas conducted during the season before starting the work of
crop measurement.
2) Where the sanctioned areas are demarcated and unitized, the
demarcation sketches shall be duly prepared in the Sub Division office and
approved by the Dy. Engineer. The measurer shall record all the requisite
preliminary details on the copies of the approved sketches, before taking up the
work of crop measurements. The measurer shall fill in the details of areas of
each crop in each plot on the backside of the form and put their dated signature
below the entries. In case the demarcations are disturbed, regular
measurements as in (1) above shall be recorded.
3) If any unauthorised irrigation not booked by the Canal Inspector is noticed
by a Measurer, he should immediately measure it and record in the crop
measurement book, with a simultaneous report to the Sectional Officer
concerned. Concerned Dy. Engr. shall conduct personal inspection and make
inquiries for ascertaining the factual position about the authenticity of the
report and shall take further action on the basis of his findings.
Page 184 of 303

4) The Measurer shall prepare assessment statements on the basis of the

measurements recorded by him in time.
5) The Measurers shall also, when called upon by Dy. Engr. or the Executive
Engineer; demarcate and unitise areas sanctioned under block system, and
prepare sketches thereof, by adopting suitable scale for the sketches.
6) He shall always keep with him the record of areas of various irrigated
crops, their assessment, etc. He shall help the sectional office staff in their work,
as and when the Sectional Officer (S.O.) or the Dy. Engr. directs him to do so.
340.2.3 Civil Engineering Assistant (CEA)
In addition to the duties mentioned in Chapter 2, CEA shall perform following
duties.
1) To assist S.O. in recording and maintaining data regarding Rainfall, River gauging,
evaporimeter, seepage and dam instrumentation etc.
2) To supervise all types of repairs, modernisation and rehabilitation works
entrusted to him by the S.O.
341 Records to be maintained in different offices dealing with IM
Apart from records mentioned in a) Appendix 47 b) Appendix 23 and c) Appendix
48, records mentioned in Appendix 37 shall be maintained in all WM Sub Divisions
and Section offices.
342 Notification of Rivers/ nallas
342.1 The rivers and nallas in the catchment area and those in the command area
of all existing / under construction projects shall be notified as per the
Section 11 of the Maharashtra Irrigation Act, 1976. The purpose of use and
regulation of water from such source shall be mentioned in the notification.
Separate notifications may be issued in case of existing use and proposed use
to avoid confusion, especially when the purpose of use is manifold (i.e.
drinking water, irrigation, industries etc.) or location of use of water is
different. For projects which are completed or taken up for construction, the
process of notification shall be initiated without loss of time and further
progress shall be monitored till publication of the notification in the official
gazette. For projects which are yet to be taken up, the process of notification
shall be initiated by the construction wing, within one month of the date of
Administrative Approval to the project and further progress shall be
monitored till publication of the notification in the official gazette. It should
be ensured that the notification is issued before start of construction of the
project.
After publication of such notification in the official gazette, the rights to use,
control, regulate and permit use of water in respect of such notified rivers/
nallas are vested in WRD. For the use of water from the notified river/nalla,
permission of WRD shall be essential.
Although only a certain portion of a river / nalla is expected to be covered in a
notification, it is necessary to ensure that no use of water is allowed in the
portion not covered by the notification as otherwise the overall water planning
in the basin would be affected. Hence, the Revenue Department which is vested
with the powers of permitting use of water from the non-notified portion of a
river / nalla needs to obtain prior consent of the concerned Executive Engineer
of WRD.
Page 185 of 303

However, even after issuing such notification, the WRD shall obtain approvals in
respect of various aspects such as sectoral allocations, entitlements etc. from
the appropriate authorities.
342.2 The extent of river / nalla notification shall be as follows
a) The main river / nalla shall be notified right from the origin or from the end
point up to which the river / nalla is notified earlier and up to the location of the
downstream most dam / weir / barrage constructed or under construction, on that
river/ nalla.
b) Part of river on the downstream side of ‘a’ above and up to the point of the
confluence with the main river / nalla of the last tributary forming boundary of the
command area of the project.
c) The tributaries on both the banks of the main river/ nalla mentioned in ‘a)’
above, (i.e. the location where downstream most project is constructed /is under
construction) shall be notified from their origin or from the end point up to which
the tributary is notified earlier and up to the confluence with the main river / nalla.
d) The tributaries of the main river / nalla joining it on the downstream side within
the boundary of the command area shall be notified from the point these cross the
canal to the point these meet the main river / nalla. In case of ridge canal the rivers
and nallas shall be notified from origin up to confluence with the main and / or
other river/nalla. (mainly in case of Lift Irrigation Schemes).
342.3 The draft of the notification of river / nalla shall be as per the Appendix 38.
The objectives of publishing this notification are as follows-
(i) To modify the project planning, if necessary, to cater to the authorized
established uses of water.
(ii) Not to allow use of water, which will adversely affect the project planning.
(iii) To empower Government authorities in respect of Sr. No.(ii) above.
Hence, after the authorized established uses are ascertained as a result of
notification issued by the Collector under Section 80 of MI Act, 1976, the project
planning shall be modified, if necessary, before taking up the works of the project.
The following guidelines shall be followed while detailing the draft of the
notification.
1. If no notification is issued prior to the present notification, the third paragraph
of the draft notification, and also the schedule-1 shall not be included.
2. The names of villages, talukas and districts mentioned in Schedule-1 in columns
6, 7 and 8 shall be mentioned in column 3, 4 & 5 of Schedule-2 in respect of river /
tributary already notified.
3. In respect of rivers/ tributaries which are not previously notified, such rivers /
tributaries shall be added in schedule-2. The length of the river / tributaries shall
start from the point of source to the confluence of the river / tributary with the
main river on which the project planned now shall be included in schedule -2.
4. Points on the rivers / tributaries such as source of river / tributary shall be
appropriately defined if it cannot be defined by village, taluka and district. e.g. in
case of forest land, range of the forest and compartment number shall be
mentioned.
5. The portion of the river and of the concerned tributaries on the downstream side
of the planned project shall also be mentioned in schedule-2. The portion of the
Page 186 of 303

river and concerned tributaries (upto the boundary of the command of the planned
project) from canal upto confluence with the main river shall be covered. In the
case of ridge canals the portion of natural drainages, to be included in schedule-2,
shall be from their origins which pass through the command area of the canal, upto
the confluence of such drainages with some main nalla / river.
6. Write the name of the district instead of survey number in respect of the river to
be notified.
7. The notification number shall be mentioned in the draft notification. For this
purpose a register showing all the notifications issued from time to time shall be
maintained in the office of the River Basin Agency, in the following proforma.
Sr. No. of Date of No. of dams Names of Remarks
Notification Publication covered by dams covered
in the the by the
Gazette notification notification
1 2 3 4 5
This register shall have one section for each sub basin and the names of sub basins
shall be as per those adopted in the respective River Basin Plan, or else as per the
names mentioned in the award of the tribunal. All the notifications previously issued
shall first be entered in this register under the appropriate sub basin. Monthly
abstract of the notifications issued, in the following proforma shall be prepared in
the first few pages of the register.
Particulars April May Total
etc. for
the
year
Sub basin………………….
Number (s) /
cumulative
number of
notifications
issued during
the month
Number (s) /
Cumulative
number of
dams covered
in the
notification
The notification number to be mentioned in the draft notification shall
start with the abbreviated name of the sub basin / abbreviated name of the project
and serial number as per the register e.g. when notification for Chaskaman Project
is to be issued the notification number shall be ‘SBK-5/Chask/1’.
Page 187 of 303

The Superintending Engineer shall ensure that all the details in this draft
notification shall be furnished and then submit the same to Government for
publication of the notification. The proposal shall also include-
i) The index map showing all relevant details.
ii) The river / nalla / tributary to be notified shall be shown on the village map(s)
in one colour. On this map(s), the river / nalla / tributary already notified shall be
shown in different colour. To identify different tributaries these should be
numbered and flow directions thereof be shown on the map. The survey / gut
number (a) where it enters or originates, (b) through which it flows and (c) in which
it meets the main river shall be clearly shown on the map.
343 Government shall publish the notification in both Marathi and English, in the
official Gazette, at least three months prior to the date of applying water from
the project. The proposal for notification shall include map prominently showing
the rivers and nallas on village maps including Gut Numbers. Different
components shall be clearly shown in different colours. It should be ascertained
that no part of river/ nalla proposed to be notified is included in any other earlier
notification. The proposal shall be 100 percent checked at division and circle
office level.
344 After the publication of a notification in the official Gazette, the concerned
Collector(s) shall cause public notice as per the section 80 of the MIA 1976, with
a view to invite claims, if any, from the parties which are likely to be affected by
the notification u/s. 11 of this act. The claims of the affected parties which are
found to be acceptable shall be catered for suitably in the project planning
(project review in respect of projects which are already completed).
345 Command area notification
Canal officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer shall declare the land which
is likely to be in the command area of the project, as belonging to the command
area of the project by notification in the official Gazette, as per the provisions of
the section 3(1) and 3(2) of the MI Act, 1976. Such lands may include which are
irrigated from the canal within the meaning of section 55 of MI Act, 1976. Canal
officer not below the rank of EE with the prior permission of canal officer not below
the rank of SE, may declare any land as ‘non commanded’ if in his opinion it is not
techno-economical feasible.
346 Supply of water for various uses
346.1 General
A)Water is supplied from the irrigation projects for one or more of the following
uses
a. Drinking & domestic water supply
b. Irrigation
c. Water for other developmental activities like industries, hydropower generation,
d. Fisheries, tourism, environment, navigation, recreation and cultural activities.
B) The integrated water plan of the basin/sub basin shall be prepared with the help
of all the concerned department and consultation of the stakeholder, considering
requirement of all the categories of water and priority given to each type of use.
B.1) The planning of supply of water stored in a dam shall be made in the
following stages.
Page 188 of 303

(i) Deciding sectoral allocation of water at Government level at the time of

project planning and thereafter as and when required.
(ii) Deciding the entitlements within each sector (by the River Basin Agency)
as and when required.
(iii) Deciding annually the quota (applicable entitlement) of water for each
water use entity (by the competent canal officer).
(iv) Sanction to season wise Preliminary Irrigation Programs (PIP) (by the
competent canal officer).
(v) Modification in the Preliminary Irrigation Programs (PIP) considering
changes in the water availability.
C) During scarcity, the reservation of water for non-irrigation purposes (i.e.
domestic and industrial) shall be as per the decision of the Regional Level
Committee (in the case of project covering more than one district) and District Level
Committee.
D) After receipt of indent from the user entity but before executing an agreement,
the concerned Executive Engineer shall obtain approval to water entitlement in
favour of that agency from the River Basin Agency. The concerned Executive
Engineer shall then issue the letter of intent of permission to use water to the user
entity with instruction to execute the agreement preferably within one year but not
exceeding three years. The letter of intent shall specifically mention that it will
stand cancelled if the agreement is not executed within three years. The Executive
Engineer shall ensure that the following requirements are fulfilled before executing
the agreement.
(i) Charges for restoration of irrigation, if any, are paid by the user entity.
(ii) Security deposit as per prevailing Government instructions (presently the
deposit is equivalent to two months’ water charges)
(iii) The appropriate commitment charges i.e. 5% of the annual water charges
per annum (calculated on the basis of current rate) on entire sanctioned quantity
are paid by the user entity if the agreement is not executed within one year of letter
of intent.
(iv) Revalidation of entitlement in favour of the user entity is obtained from
the River Basin Agency.
E) The relevant Canal Officer (S.O.) shall ensure that water is used for the purpose
for which approval is accorded. In case of non-irrigation water supply, if the water
is proposed to be utilized for more than one purpose (i.e. for industrial and
drinking/domestic use in industrial complex, drinking and commercial use in cities
etc.) the concerned entity should make separate measuring arrangement for
estimating quantity of water used for different purposes or, if in the opinion of the
Executive Engineer, separate measurement is not possible (i.e.in case of Municipal
Corporations etc.), the percentage of water use for different purposes should be
agreed by both the parties (i.e. Executive Engineer & the Entity) from the past
experience and included in the agreement.
The water user entity using/supplying water for different categories of use shall
submit to the concerned EE, in the proforma given below, the break up of such uses
during previous year in the following proforma by 15th May every year.( i.e.
information of 2015 -16 shall be submitted by May 2016). The supplementary
agreement shall be executed with the user entity for the current year (i.e. for the
Page 189 of 303

year 2016 -17 for above example) when the percentage mentioned in the original
agreement differs from the percentages worked out from the breakup provided by
the user entity. However the billing already done for the previous year shall not be
revised based on this breakup. Such condition must be included in the original
agreement.
The rates which are going to be charged to the user entity with mention of purpose
of use of water, sanctioned quota and present rate with incentive and disincentive
(subject to its revision by the department from time to time), shall be specified.
The water drawn by the user entity during rainy season from the source where the
Department has not released the water, concessional rate as decided by the
Department shall be charged. (Wherever applicable)
PROFORMA
Name of Division:
Name of water user entity:
Source of water:
Sr Approved entitlement MCum (as Last year’s use(MCum) Whether
N per original agreement + any
o. supplementary agreement, if modificat
any) ion is
required
Domes Commerci tot Domes Commerci Tot
in current
tic al/ al tic al/ al agreeme
industrial industrial
nt
( yes/no)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Note-1: The concerned user entity should submit information in this proforma to
concerned Executive Engineer by 15th May every year.
Note-2: If the water user entity does not submit the information in the above
proforma, on or before 15th May, 5% penalty shall be levied and water will not be
supplied to such entity during next year.
F) On the similar lines of measurement books for works, assessment book (AB) shall
be maintained and quantity of water use shall be decided on the basis of gauge
readings recorded jointly by representatives of WRD and user entity. Rules for
recording and keeping Assessment Book (AB) and Guage Book (GB) are given in
Appendix 39.
Water charges shall be assessed at the agreed rate for the entire quantity of
water supplied, irrespective of quantity used by the entity or returned part or whole
of it to the source of supply.(i.e. river, tank etc.) The Entity shall recycle and reuse
it for which no separate charges shall be assessed (This condition shall also be
applicable in case of water supply to the condensers of the sugar factories.) The
concerned Canal Officer shall bring to the notice of the Pollution Control Board for
taking action, any breach of terms of the agreement related to water quality.
If there is no alternate source other than the existing reservoirs/canals of the
department for non-irrigation use and if water is required to be allocated for non-
irrigation use, prior approval of Government shall be obtained. If such reallocation
Page 190 of 303

results in reduction in irrigation potential of the project by more than 10%, prior
approval of MWRRA shall be obtained prior to referring the matter to Government.
When there is reduction in planned irrigation area due to diversion of water from
irrigation purpose to non-irrigation purpose, the cost of restoration of irrigation
area, at the prevailing rate, shall be recovered from the entity while entering into
an agreement with the entity unless such payment is exempted by the Government.
The amount so collected shall be used for restoration of the area of the project by
appropriate measures such as undertaking pipe distribution, lining canal etc.
A quarterly review shall be taken at Division level, to ascertain that the
assessment of water charges is done as per category of use and as per the original
agreement (or as per the supplementary agreement, if any). A certificate about
such review shall be submitted annually to the Superintending Engineer. The
Superintending Engineer should review all non-irrigation agreements once in three
years.
346.2 Domestic use including livestock
A) The Department may approve, after ensuring that the water use entity
demanding water has explored all perennial sources including ground water before
submitting its demand to the Department, the supply of bulk waterto local bodies
(i.e. Grampanchayat, Municipality, Municipal Corporation), Maharashtra Jeevan
Pradhikaran, Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation, Townships etc. for
domestic use including livestock, from reservoirs / notified rivers / nallas based on
prevailing guidelines. All new water supply schemes shall envisage conveyance of
water directly from reservoir through dedicated pipelines (instead of open canal) to
avoid losses and contamination of water.
Existing water supply schemes, which are not taking water directly from reservoir
through pipeline, shall do so in a phased manner.
B) Supply of water for non-irrigation use from canal shall be permitted only in
exceptional cases and that too for domestic use subject to the conditio n that
reservation is made in appropriate storage.
If in exceptional cases permission is granted to supply water from canal/non
Perennial River the user entity should construct balancing tank of the following
capacity -
Sr. Source of water supply scheme Capacity of balancing
No. tank
1 Perennial canal Equal to 2 months
requirement.
2 Eight monthly canal Equal to 5 months
requirement
3 River in which water is released Equal to 1 months
for perennial irrigation requirement.
4 Other rivers Equal to 4 months

requirement.
C) Water supply schemes envisaging pumping directly from reservoir, shall have
balancing tank-having storage equal to at least 3 days requirement of water.
Page 191 of 303

D) The intake structure for the water supply schemes shall be approved by the
concerned Superintending Engineer. The work within the departments land or work
within 35m, from the intake structure (whichever is more) shall be done by the
department for which the concerned entity shall deposit the entire amount required
for such construction with concerned Executive Engineer in advance. The entity
shall execute the required agreement, in the prescribed form, for supply of water
before starting any work.
An agreement, in the prescribed form, (vide Appendix 40) shall be executed
with the concerned agency at Executive Engineer's level.
The following guidelines shall be followed while preparing the text of the
agreement-
(i) Amount of security deposit shall be calculated on the basis of the sanctioned
entitlement even though the water supply will be made in more than one stage.
(ii) Rehabilitation and restoration charges shall be recovered, if applicable, as per
Government orders.
(iii) Payment of proportionate capital cost is optional and not a pre requisite
for executing the agreement. Payment of proportionate capital cost by a water user
entity entitles it for concessional rates. The fact about payment of this cost shall
be considered while prescribing the water rates (i.e. whether concessional or
otherwise). If this payment is done in installments, the concessional water rates
shall be applicable on at the last stage.
The stamp duty for such agreement shall be borne by the entity and shall be as
per the prevailing Government orders. However registration of agreement is not
necessary.
When water supplied by department is to be used for more than one purpose,
the proportions/percentages of water use for each purpose e.g. domestic and
industrial /commercial shall invariably be mentioned in the agreement and
accordingly water charges shall be levied.
346.3 Agricultural use
Major quantum of water is used for irrigation sector. Hence it shall be ensured
by Departmental staff and the users, that water is used in most efficient and
economical manner to increase water use efficiency and extend the benefits to
larger area. For achieving this, measures such as, i) monitoring and reducing losses
in conveyance system, ii) use of mulching in farms, iii) use of drip, sprinkler, iv)
promotion to participatory irrigation management, v) making conjunctive use of
surface and ground water etc. shall be adopted. WUA shall be encouraged to use
ground water and adopt micro irrigation to save water.
For the projects where MMISF Act, 2005, is made applicable water for irrigation shall
be supplied to WUA only and not to individuals. Hence water shall be supplied for
irrigation purpose under Maharashtra Irrigation Act, 1976, by methods A, B, D and E
mentioned below, only on projects other than those notified under MMISF Act, 2005.
Water for irrigation shall be supplied by any one of following methods
A. To individual on area basis on seasonal or yearly demand
B. Supply on crop block basis which envisages sanction for specific group of crops
in specific portion of command area.
C. To Water Users' Associations on Volumetric basis
Page 192 of 303

D. By Agreement method (i.e. by agreement between the Department and majority

of land owners)
E. Under a Scheme which envisages irrigation management by a Water Committee
when the project command is less than 200 Ha.
The above methods are described in paragraph 346.3
346.4 Industrial use:
On receipt of application by any entity for industrial use (hereinafter called as
‘user entity’), the competent authority shall accord sanction to the application
within the sectoral allocation and also within the water entitlement sanctioned
(which shall be obtained before according the sanction to the application) by the
competent authority (i.e. by the RBA in case of projects which are notified under
MWRRA Act, 2005 and Government in other cases). Agreement shall be executed by
the concerned Executive Engineer with the user entity in the prescribed form ( vide
Appendix 41).
The following guidelines shall be followed while preparing the text of the
agreement-
(i) Amount of security deposit shall be calculated on the basis of the sanctioned
entitlement even though the water supply will be made in more than one stage.
(ii) Rehabilitation and restoration charges shall be recovered, if applicable, as per
Government orders.
(iii) Payment of proportionate capital cost is optional and not a pre requisite
for executing the agreement. Payment of proportionate capital cost by a water user
entity entitles it for concessional water supply rates. The fact about payment of this
cost shall be considered while prescribing the water rates (i.e. whether concessional
or otherwise). If this payment is done in installments, the concessional water rates
shall be applicable on at the last stage.
(iv) The stamp duty for such agreement shall be borne by the entity and shall
be as per the prevailing Government orders. However registration of agreement is
not necessary.
As far as possible, water for industrial use shall not be supplied through
canal/non perennial rivers. As a normal rule, the permission for using water for
industries shall be from the reserv oir by direct pipeline. Under exceptional cases, if
it is to be permitted, the entity shall have storage tank to satisfy water requirement
as mentioned in paragraph 346.2(B). Conditions to the effect shall be incorporated
in the agreement with the user entity that (i) the industries shall recycle and /or
reuse treated water, (ii) the responsibility of complying with the provisions of Water
(Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 shall be with the user entity, (iii)
adoption of rain-water harvesting is obligatory. Only make-up water shall be
supplied to the industries.
Installation of electronic water meters shall be compulsory for user entities and
it should be the responsibility of the user entity to keep it in working conditions.
The representative of the user entity and the Department shall take the reading
twice daily and record it in the register under their dated signatures. The meter
shall be calibrated once in six months. Water charges shall be levied as per
prevailing rates fixed by the Government with appropriate incentives and
disincentives.
Page 193 of 303

347 Observations to be recorded at various Head-Work sites including

instrumentation
Water levels, water discharges at various points and readings of various
instruments installed at head works sites shall be observed and recorded as
mentioned in Chapter 12.
348 Reservoir Area-capacity table & its periodical verification
Reservoir surface area and capacity at various levels (given by area capacity
table), shall be used for the following-
a. To asses evaporation from tank surface.
b. To know the water storage available, at various point of time which helps in
preparing PIP for each irrigation season.
c. To know the reduction in water storage capacity due to siltation at various levels.
d. To asses ‘incoming floods’ in the reservoir.
e. To know the flood absorption capacity of the reservoir.
f. To know the tank bed lands available in Rabi and hot weather season.
g. To know the rate of siltation in the tank.
The surface area and the capacity of the tank go on changing with passage of
time due to deposition of various materials, mainly silt, in the tank or releasing silt
through river sluice/scouring sluice. Hence siltation study shall be carried out
periodically and area-capacity table shall be updated accordingly. The periodicity
of revision of area capacity table on the basis of siltation survey, for various
categories of dams shall be as follows.
i) Live storage 100 Mcum and above - 10 years
ii) Live storage 50 to 100 Mcum - 7 years
iii) Live storage 10 to 50 Mcum - 5 years
iv) Live storage less than 10 Mcum - 3 years
The siltation survey shall be carried out with the help of one of the fallowing
systems or combination of them.
i) Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS), ii) Remote sensing iii) sounding
system iv) ground survey.
Reservoirs of medium and minor projects get depleted in summer below
Minimum Draw Down Level (MDDL), especially in drought prone zone. In these cases,
the survey can be easily carried out by ground survey upto MDDL level and below
that with sounding method. This ground survey shall be carried out in late summer.
The contour interval for this work shall not be greater than 1.00 m. The capacity
and area of the reservoir shall be calculated between highest flood level and Outlet
sill level at 1.00 m contour interval.
MERI, Nashik shall conduct training classes for field officers for carrying out
siltation survey with above methods. Field officers shall carry out such surveys and
revise area capacity tables shall be approved by the competent authority. The
competent authority for approving the updated area capacity table shall be as
follows;
Major project - Government (WRD)
Page 194 of 303

Medium projects - Chief Engineer

Minor projects - Superintending Engineer
After revising the area capacity table the irrigation potential shall also be revised
(taking into account the reduction in evaporation losses also) with the approval of
Government If there is change in sectoral allocation of water, approval of the
government, shall be obtained. The revised capacities shall reflect in the revised
administrative approvals/RRR reports stating the up-to date actual rate of
sedimentation per year per sq. km of catchment area.
349 Safety measures & Vigilance at Various Head Works sites
The instructions mentioned in chapter 12 shall be applicable for safety &
Vigilance of all the projects.
350 Pre and Post Monsoon Inspections of Head Works, Canals and Distribution
Systems
The instructions mentioned in Chapter 12 shall be followed for Pre and Post
Monsoon Inspections by Field Officers.
351 Periodical inspections of Buildings & Roads
The periodical inspections of the Buildings and roads shall be carried out and
records shall be maintained as mentioned in Chapter 5. Necessary actions for annual
repairs and / special repairs shall be as mentioned in Chapter 5.
352 Mode of Supply of water for irrigation
352.1 General
i) The Government has taken a decision to supply water for irrigation purpose to
WUA only (with the exception of individual sanctioned lifts) and on volumetric basis
only. For new projects it is compulsory to provide supply only on volumetric basis.
As regards other projects, the existing practice of supplying water needs to be
changed to volumetric supply in phases. Till then the existing practice of supplying
water by adopting any of the various modes as mentioned in paragraph 346.3 above
shall be continued. Important provisions for each of the mode of supply are
mentioned in the following paragraphs.
ii) Water charges for supply of water are to be recovered at the rates decided by
Government. These rates envisage providing concessions, incentives considering
different seasons, crops, mode of supply etc. Penalties are to be imposed for various
reasons such as unauthorized use of water (e.g. without sanction, for crops other
than sanctioned crops etc.), exceeding the permitted number of children by the
user etc. Notional water charges (50% of the seasonal water charges as per the
prevailing Government orders) are to be recovered if supply of water is not availed
of, although offered.
352.2 Common provisions for all the modes of supply
i) The following action shall be taken before supplying of water for irrigation
(a) Deciding availability of water for each irrigation season after reserving water for
domestic use as decided in District Level Committee and approval to the PIP by the
(b) Deciding area, type of crops to be grown (where applicable), number and
duration of rotations by Canal Advisory Committee.
Page 195 of 303

(c) Issuing public notice for each season declaring contents of sub-paragraph (b)
above and also conditions of supply, period for making applications by users etc.
(d) Applications to be made within prescribed period by users about the area of any
one or more of the permitted crops.
(e) Sanctioning of the water applications
(The elaboration of contents of sub-paragraph (a) to (e) is given in following
paragraphs.)
ii) Water supply in an irrigation season shall be limited to number of rotations /
waterings, declared in the notice for that season or up-to the maturity of the
sanctioned crop(s) whichever is earlier.
iii) The water supply to any entity which is entitled to such supply shall not be
stopped except in circumstances given in paragraph 49 of M. I. Act, 1976 e.g. for
executing works of emergency repairs, in the case of default by the user (such as
non-maintenance of field channels, wastage of water, unauthorized crop etc.) etc.
iv) Water shall be supplied only to the crops declared by the competent canal officer
by public notice.
352.3 Supply of water on an application
a. In response to the notice issued by the competent canal officer, demand for
water shall be submitted by the beneficiaries in the command, in the prescribed
form, which shall be acknowledged by the canal officer receiving it. The competent
canal officer, after clearing dues, if any, of water charges by the applicants, shall
sanction the demand within 15 days from last date of receipt of the applications
(subject to payment of dues), for the part or full area, based on approved PIP. The
canal officer shall display his decision on the notice boards at the specified places,
within15 days from last date of accepting the application, otherwise the application
shall be deemed to be approved.
b. The water charges shall be levied on the basis of irrigation season, type of crop
and area irrigated as per crop measurement.
c. Area under sugarcane shall not be sanctioned as seasonal crop (on Form-7) unless
the soils in the area are suitable for sugarcane and the area is within X-limit
sanctioned by the competent authority.
352.4 Supply of water on Volumetric basis
The provisions under Chapter II of part VI of MI Act, 1976 for supply of water on
volumetric basis are applicable also to the WUA registered under Maharashtra Co -
operative Societies Act, 1960.
352.5 Supply of water under irrigation agreements
352.5.1 Block system
This system of irrigation which came into practice in pursuance of
recommendation of Sir Vishvesvarayya involves long-term approval for taking
specified crops and it is meant for beneficiaries for whom crop block is
sanctioned. The system of sanctioning fresh Irrigation blocks is now discontinued
by the Govt. This system envisages execution of agreement by individual user
entity with competent canal officer, for a single crop or different types of crops
incorporated in the different blocks. No block shall be sanctioned in respect of
the command areas in which WUA are formed under MMISF Act, 2005. Sanction
Page 196 of 303

for blocks shall not be renewed after the term of the existing blocks is over, if
WUA are formed in such areas.
Provisions applicable for this system
In this system water charges are levied on the basis of irrigation season, type of
crop and area irrigated as per crop measurement.
352.5.2 Irrigation Agreement System
If the permanent holders occupying not less than 2/3 rd of the irrigable lands or
95% of the total number of permanent holders of the irrigable lands in a village
or a specified area apply for the water supply or give consent to supply water
from a canal system to one or more specified crops, (mostly rice and or wheat),
in a particular season (mostly Kharif or rabi season) an agreement shall be
executed for a specified period (normally 3 to 5 years) in accordance with the
provisions of the Maharashtra Irrigation Act, 1976 and rules made thereunder.
Such agreement shall be called as ‘Irrigation Agreement’. Once such agreement
is executed, it shall be applicable to all the occupiers and holders of land in that
particular area or village.
It is renewable on the same terms and conditions or 'with the changes as may be
necessary due to consolidation of holdings or change in the water rates as may be
prescribed by Government. The rate at which the water supply is made under the
agreement is known as 'Agreement Rate' and shall be as fixed by the Government
for crop/crops under agreement. The holders and occupiers of the land will have
to pay the water charges for the agreement area whether the land is sown or not
and irrigated or not. However they shall be entitled to remission if the crop yield
Aanewari is below 50%.
The lands a) irrigated by private wells/tanks (known as 'Wet Lands') and b) which
are not in command but can be irrigated by lifting water, shall be included in the
agreement, if the owners of such land so desire, shall be charged at 50% of the
agreement rate. This reduced rate shall be applicable for one crop only.
352.5.3 Under a scheme
This system envisages, when the irrigable area is not exceeding 200 ha., (i)
preparing draft scheme by competent Canal Officer, (ii) formation of Water
Committee, (iii) handing over the management of the canal and distribution of
water therefrom to this committee and (iv) application of provisions of MI Act,
1976, Section 72 to 74 and rules made thereunder (regarding e.g. area of scheme,
water rate, period of water supply, crops permitted, amount to be paid by the
canal officer to the Water Committee for management of canal, etc.).
352.5.4 Water Supply to Supplement Village Tanks
During the period of acute water stress (when it is likely to lead to desertion of
village) the Executive Engineer, when water is available, may supply water to
supplement village tanks, if so decided by the district level committee or the
regional Authority in case of projects having benefitted areas spanning in more than
one district. Water shall be supplied on volumetric basis only after the concerned
local body executes an agreement for such supply of water with the concerned EE.
Such agreement shall incorporate payment of water charges for the water when
released.
353 Water supply to Water Users’ Associations (WUA)
353.1 General
Page 197 of 303

In order to involve the beneficiaries in the process of irrigation management,

formation of Water Users’ Associations (WUA) is very essential and such formation
is obligatory in the case of all new irrigation projects. Some WUA have already bee n
formed by way of registration under the Maharashtra Co-operative Societies (MCS)
Act, 1960 with the competent officer of the Co-operative Department. The WUA
registered under MCS Act, 1960 which are existing in the command areas of all
projects and those in the portions of the natural drainages notified under MI Act,
1976, shall be excluded from the purview of the MCS Act, 1960 with effect from the
date on which the notification of these WUA is published under the relevant Section
of the MMISF Act, 2005. The provisions of Section 22.3 of this Act shall be applicable
to such WUA after the required notifications under the MMISF Act, 2005 are issued.
Till issuance of such notification, the working of these Associations shall be as
follows-
(i) The present managing body of WUA shall continue till the fresh body is
elected under MMISF Act, 2005.
(ii) The day to day working of the WUA in respect of OM&R of distribution
network (disnet) shall be continued to be carried out as per the present
practice.
Once the minor level Associations are notified under MMISF Act, 2005, the higher
level Associations shall also be formed as per the provisions of the same Act.
Henceforth the WUA are to be formed only under MMISF Act, 2005 in the commands
of all projects and the areas related to notified natural drainages. These WUA are
to be registered with the competent Canal Officer of the WRD.
353.2 WUA establishment under MMISF Act, 2005
The WUA shall be formed by following the procedure mentioned below.
(i) The MMISF Act, 2005 shall be made applicable to a particular part or whole
of command area of a project by publishing notification under the Act.
(ii) After the Act is made applicable, the notification declaring competent
authority for the purpose of WUA shall be issued.
(iii) The notification declaring delineation of area of every WUA shall be
issued.
(iv) Each of the WUA for which the area is delineated shall be registered with
the concerned Executive Engineer.
(v) Elections of the managing body of WUA shall be conducted.
(vi) An agreement shall be executed between the WUA and the Executive
Engineer.
(vii) Joint inspection of the distribution network with the representative of
WUA and representative of the Department shall be conducted.
(viii) The works for improvement of the system found necessary as a result of
joint inspection shall be carried out in specified period.
(ix) The distribution network shall be handed over, after carrying out the
necessary repair works, to WUA for OM&R.
353.3 Functions of WUA
In addition to the functions mentioned in the MMISF Act, 2005, the WUA are
permitted to engage in the following activities.
Page 198 of 303

The Association may also engage into any activity of common interest of the
members in the command area related to irrigation and agriculture, such as
introduction of drip and sprinkler system for optimizing the use of water; developing
farm ponds and community projects for exploiting groundwater; procurement and
distribution of seeds, fertilizers and pesticides; procurement and renting of
agricultural implements; marketing and processing agricultural produce from the
command area and supplementary business like dairy and fisheries cultivating galper
land, etc.
The provisions of MMISF Act, 2005, and of the rules made there under (i.e.
Maharashtra Management of Irrigation Systems by Farmers Rules, 2006) (MMISF
Rules) shall be followed both by the WUA at minor level and higher level Associations
and the Canal Officers of the Department. The important provisions of the MI Act,
1976 and MMISF Act, 2005 are given in Appendix 42. Some of the important powers
of canal officers as per MI Act 1976 are given in Appendix 49.
353.4 Agreement with WUA:
Appropriate formats shall be used to execute agreement between (i) Canal
Officers and WUA at minor level, (ii) WUA at one level and WUA at higher level,
if any. The agreement shall cover the points mentioned in Section 29 (2) of the
MMISF Act, 2005 and Rule 12 of MMISF Rules, 2006.
353.5 Water charges:
WUA shall be charged for water supply on volumetric basis, whereas the WUA in
turn may charge the users on area basis. The WUA may decide their own rates.
WUA may be permitted to use ground water, free of charge, in their jurisdiction
conjunctively.
353.6 Management Committee:
There shall be a management committee for WUA at every level. Number of
members in management committee shall be decided as per the provisions in
MMISF Act, 2005 and MMISF Rules, 2006.
353.7 Maintenance & Repairs:
The WUA shall carry out all the functions required for efficient working of the
system handed over to them. For efficient working of the system, WUA shall
carry regular inspection and timely repairs to the system in their jurisdiction.
For M&R of distribution network the percentage of amount of the total water
charges minus local cess shall be given by the Govt. to WUA, as maintenance
grants, as follows:
Share of water users’ association at various level
Fundam Higher level association
ental
Total
associat
Project percent
ion
age
Minor Distribut Canal Project
level ary level level level
WUA WUA WUA WUA
Minor 75% Nil Nil Nil #75%
project
Page 199 of 303

Medium 50% 15% 10% *3% 78%

project
Major 50% 20% 20% *3% 93%
project
These grants are payable only after water charges are remitted to Government by
WUA.
# If on minor projects distributary/ canal level associations exist, 50% amount
shall be payable to minor level association and 25% amount shall be payable to
higher level associations.
*After judging the performance of the association Government shall increase the
percentage up to 5%.
However, the special repairs work (as defined in the Chapter 3), arising out of
natural calamity or otherwise but not due to the fault of the WUA shall be carried
out by the concerned Canal Officer. The system which is not handed over to WUA
shall be maintained by the concerned Canal Officer.
353.8 Quota of water:
It shall be the responsibility of the canal officer to provide measuring device at
appropriate place before handing over the system to WUA. WUA shall be
responsible for keeping the measuring device in proper working condition.
Season wise quota of water for WUA shall be decided based on criteria laid down
by Maharashtra Water Resources Regulatory Authority.
353.9 Lift Irrigation Water Users' Association (LIWUA)
For every LIS, there shall be constituted a Water Users' Association under this Act.
The permission for Use of water/constructing LIS/ delineation of LIWUA /
Elections of its governing body/Levying water charges, execution of agreement
etc. shall be governed by the Sections 39 to 51of the MMISF Act, 2005 and Rules
thereunder.
353.9.1 Electronic Measuring Devices (EMD)
Lift Irrigation Water Users' Associations (LIWUA) shall provide, install, maintain
and calibrate EMD for flow measurement at their cost:
Provided that, for every rising main, there shall be a separate EMD conforming to
relevant Indian Standard and certified by competent authority.
The empowered Canal Officer may make separate arrangement, if necessary and
if deemed fit, for exercising effective control over the supply of electricity to the
Lift Irrigation (LIWUA) and individual lifts as prescribed. The provisions of Section
97 of MI Act, 1976, regarding preventing unauthorized use of water shall, mutatis-
mutandis, apply to LIWUA under this Act. The Canal Officer shall assist in
obtaining the connection of electric power supply to the Lift Irrigation Schemes.
353.10 Membership of higher level association
(1) All LIWUA on Main Canal shall be deemed to be the member of the Canal
Level Association.
(2) All LIWUA on reservoirs shall be deemed to be the member of Project Level
Association under Section 51 of MMISF Act.
353.11 Audit of WUA
Page 200 of 303

Each WUA shall get its accounts for a financial year audited by an Auditor
empanelled by the concerned Superintending Engineer, in the case of minor level
WUA and by Chartered Accountant in other cases, within three months from the
close of the financial year and furnish a certified copy of the report to the Sectional
Officer. Each WUA shall also furnish the compliance report of the Audit Report
within one month from the date of receipt of the Audit Report, to the auditor and
also to the Sectional Officer. Any financial irregularity pointed out by the Auditor
shall be brought to the notice of Executive Engineer by the concerned Sectional
Officer.
When complaints about the working of the WUA in respect of financial matters
are received by the empowered Canal Officer, he shall conduct enquiry in the
matter and take further necessary action.
353.12 Motivation of WUA:
Success of Participatory Irrigation Management depends on efficiency and self-
sustainability of WUA. As a part of inculcating these objectives, the State shall
take steps for evaluation of performance using various techniques such as
Benchmarking, arranging periodical workshops, publication of success stories,
awarding region wise/ State wide prizes for better performance, etc.
353.13 Committees for water use planning
The following committees shall decide the water use planning at the appropriate
times.
1. District Level Committee
2. Canal Advisory Committee
353.13.1 District Level Committee
The composition of this committee shall be as follows-
1 Guardian Minister for the District Chairman
2 Executive Engineer, Irrigation Division Member
3 Chief Executive Officer, Zilla Parishad Member
4 Superintending Engineer Maharashtra Jeevan Member
Pradhikaran
5 Commissioners of Municipal Corporations in the Member
District
6 District Collector Member
Secretary
The committee shall decide the reservation of reservoir water for domestic
purposes. In the years in which the water stored in the reservoir as on 15 th of October
is as per the project planning, the committee shall consider the requirement of
water for domestic use as per the norms of consumption. However, during the year
of scarcity, the norms applicable in scarcity conditions shall be considered while
deciding the reservation for domestic use. Also other guidelines issued by
Government from time to time shall be considered by the committee while deciding
the reservation and while recommending the allocation for other purposes.
The Committee shall meet any time between 15 to 31 October and shall reserve
quantity of water required for drinking purpose till 15 July of next year. Quantity
Page 201 of 303

once reserved shall not be altered thereafter so that the Rabi irrigation can be
planned easily.
The concerned Grampanchayat, Municipality, Municipal Corporation or officers
of Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran shall deposit advance 50% water charges with
the Water Resources Department. The reservation shall automatically stand
cancelled in case the deposit is not paid by the concerned within 15 days of meeting.
The responsible officers for payment of water charges shall be as follows;
Sr. Organisation Responsible Officer
No.
1 Gram Panchayat Chief Executive Officer,
Zilla Parishad
2 Municipality/Council Chief Officer
3 Municipal Corporation Municipal Commissioner
4 Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran Executive Engineer
5 Maharashtra Industrial Development Executive Engineer
Corporation
353.13.2 Canal Advisory Committee

i.Constitution:
The composition of this committee shall be as follows-
(i) For major projects having command area more than 1 lakh ha.-
Chairman Minister, WRD (in his absence Minister of State WRD)
Member Superintending Engineer in charge of the irrigation
Secretary management of the project.
Official 1 All Ministers and State Ministers of Central & State
members Government having constituencies in the command
area of the project
2 Concerned Chief Engineer, Superintending
Engineer(s) and Executive Engineers
3 Divisional Commissioner(s), Collectors and Chief
Executive Officers having jurisdiction over the
Districts in the command area.
4 Superintending Engineer / Executive Engineers of the
MIDC which is a water user entity of the project.
5 Regional Jt. Director of Agriculture and concerned
Superintending Agriculture Officer of the Districts
6 Municipal Commissioner(s) and Chief Officers, of the
Municipal Corporation(s) and Municipal Council(s)
respectively which are water user entities of the
project.
Page 202 of 303

Non-official 1 Members of Parliament, Legislative Assembly and

Members Legislative Council having constituencies in command
area and Presidents of concerned Zilla Parishads
2 Chairmen of Sugar Factories which are water user
entities of the project
3 Chairman of District Federation of Horticulture, if
any.
4 Chairmen of District Agricultural Produce Marketing
Committees
5 Representative of Water Users Associations i.e.
Chairmen of Canal Level Associations, one
representative of all Distributary Level Associations
and one representative of minor level WUA.
6 Three women members of the Managing Committees
of minor level water users’ association, one each from
head, middle and tail portions of command area
7 One Representative each from Scheduled Caste,
Scheduled Tribes, Minorities, Economically weaker
section from all minor level water users’ associations
taken together
(ii) For major projects having command area less than 1 Lakh ha.-
Chairman Minister, WRD (in his absence Minister of State WRD) if the
command area is spread over more than one district and
Guardian Minister of the District if the command area is
within a District.
Member Superintending Engineer in charge of the irrigation
Secretary management of the project.
Official 1 All Ministers and State Ministers of Central & State
members Government having constituencies in command area
2 Concerned Chief Engineer, Superintending
Engineer(s) and Executive Engineers
3 Collector(s) and Chief Executive Officer(s) having
jurisdiction over the District(s) in command area.
5 Superintending Agriculture Officer of the concerned
Districts
6 Municipal Commissioner(s) and Chief Officer(s), of the
project.
Page 203 of 303


any.
Committees
taken together
(iii) For medium projects-

Chairman Executive Engineer
Member Deputy Engineer
Secretary
Official 1 Concerned Deputy Engineers
members
2 Block Development Officers of concerned Panchayat
Samiti(s)
3 Taluka Agriculture Officer and Agriculture
Development Officer of the Zilla Parishad
4 District Planning Officer
5 Municipal Commissioner(s) and Chief Officer(s), of the
project
Page 204 of 303


any.
Committees
taken together
(iv) For minor projects-

Chairman Deputy Engineer
Member Sectional Officer
Secretary
Official 1 Gramsevak or Village Development Officer of all the
members villages in the command area
2 Agriculture Assistants of Agriculture Department and
Zilla Parishad concerned with the command area
3 Chief Officer of the Municipal Council which is water
user entity of the project.
4 Executive Engineers of the MIDC which is a water user
entity of the project.
Members Legislative Council and members of concerned Zilla
Parishad and panchayat samiti, Sarpanch having
constituencies in command area
2 Members of managing committees of all WUA in
command area
3 One women representative of Grampanchayat
taken together
Page 205 of 303

Note-1: The non-official members which cannot be distinctly identified shall be

selected by the Member Secretary in consultation with the Chairman of the
concerned committee. The tenure of these non-official members shall be five years.
Note-2: Where project level associations have been formed, the Canal Advisory
Committee shall not be constituted. On projects where PLA gets established the
Canal Advisory Committee will stand dissolv ed.
Note-3: The provisions of M.I.Act, 1976, MWRRA Act, 2005, MMISF Act, 2005 and
State Water Policy shall be binding to the Canal Advisory Committee.
353.14 Functions of Canal Advisory Committees
The functions of canal advisory committees shall be as follows,
(a) Planning of annual water
(b) Review of PIP of previous season
(c) Suggest measures for meeting the gap between created irrigation potential
of the project and its utilization
(d) To suggest formation of WUA, as per MMISF Act, 2005, for total command
area of the project
(e) To review implementation of water entitlements of WUA and difficulties in
the working of WUA
(f) To suggest measures for conjunctive use of surface and ground water in
command area
(g) To take review of arrears of water charges and refund of water charges
payable to WUA.
(h) To fix the program for rallies of farmers, agricultural exhibitions and lectures
of experts in the command area.
In case the command area lies in more than one district, Official members shall
be from those districts. Members at serial number 2 to 8 shall be beneficiaries of
the project. Members to be appointed shall not be defaulters of water charges.
Educated, especially Agriculture educated members shall be preferred.
Sub Divisional Officer shall appoint one of the concerned Sectional Officers as
Non-member Secretary of the Committee.
353.15 Working of Canal Advisory Committee
1. The committee shall meet before every irrigation season.
2. In scarcity situation, if the reservation for drinking water is ordered by District
Collector, then special meeting of Canal Advisory Committee shall be conducted.
3. The agenda notes for the meeting should be distributed amongst the members,
at least 10 days in advance.
4. The meetings shall be conducted, as far as possible, in the command area of the
project.
5. The decisions of Maharashtra Water Resources Regularity Authority shall be
binding for Canal Advisory Committee.
354 Conjunctive use of water in command area
Record of number of wells in the command area shall be maintained by the
concerned Canal Officer. The Water levels in some representative wells shall
Page 206 of 303

be observed by the DIRD staff once in pre monsoon period and once in post
monsoon period. This data shall be used for planning of conjunctive use and
while planning PIP. Cognizance of water that can be provided from well shall
be taken into account.
The water users shall be asked to use ground water, where possible, during the
closure period of canal for the crops for which supply of water is a sensitive
factor. Ground water from wells (dug wells as well as bore wells) shall be used
to supplement the irrigation water supply.
When the land in command area becomes waterlogged the water table shall be
lowered down by extracting GW by cultivators, which can be done by using it
in alternate rotations or entirely irrigating from this source, as per availability
of Ground Water.
355 Irrigation Seasons
In Maharashtra, Kharif, Rabi and Hot Weather are the three Irrigation seasons for
cropping. The period of irrigation seasons shall be as follows;
Season Period (for Rest of Period (for Konkan and
Maharashtra) Vidarbha)
Kharif 1st July to 14th October 1st July to 14th
November
Rabi 15th October to 28th 15th November to 31st
February March
Hot 1st March to 30th June 1st April to 30th June
Weather
The periods of these seasons shall be considered for various purposes such as
preparation of PIP, assessment of water charges, recovery of irrigation dues
etc.
356 Preliminary Irrigation Programme (PIP)
356.1 General
Project planning envisages irrigation in Kharif, and Rabi season and also in Hot
Weather season on some major and medium projects as per approved cropping
pattern with prescribed no. of w atering and certain amount of delta. For irrigation
there are some long term commitments (such as under block systems, agreement
system, lifts on reservoirs etc.) and some seasonal demands. Also there are non
irrigation commitments like Domestic water supply, water for hydro and thermal
power generation industries etc. However the availability of water for irrigation
changes every year and every season depending on monsoon and post monsoon rains.
Hence for the proper planning and utilization of the water in normal year as well as
deficit rainfall year and to maximize the irrigated area, PIP shall be prepared and
got approved from the competent authority well in advance of the beginning of the
season. The situation in Konkan and Eastern Vidarbha is different from rest of
Maharashtra. Hence, while preparing PIP, points related to these regions shall be
considered as explained in paragraph 357 below.
The PIP shall be prepared in stages namely: (i) for Kharif season, (ii) for combined
rabi and hot weather season, (iii) modified for hot weather season.
Page 207 of 303

Note: The PIP sanctioned shall be modified, if necessary, as and when required by
considering the decisions of District Level Committee and recommendatio ns of
Canal Advisory Committee.
356.2 Common provisions for PIP for different seasons
Sanction to the above mentioned PIPs from the competent authority shall be
obtained before giving wide publicity to PIP for rabi season at the first instance. At
the end of rabi season PIP for hot weather season shall be reviewed and modified
and revised sanction shall be obtained, if required. This revised PIP shall be
published before commencement of hot weather season. While preparing PIP
following points shall be considered:
A) Water use on reservoir lifts.
B) Post monsoon inflow.
C) Evaporation losses of reservoir water.
D) Commitments in following order.
a) Reservations by district level committee for domestic water supply and
livestock till 15th July of next year.
b) Supply to thermal power stations
c) Industrial water supply
d) Area sanctioned for Government institutes like Agricultural colleges,
Agriculture research centers
e) Long term irrigation sanctions which may include
i) Sanctions under block system
ii) LIS water requirement sanctions on reservoir and canals.
iii)Volumetric water supply sanctioned to WUA
iv) Standing sanctioned perennial crops.
E) Transit losses from past experience or 0.90 lt/1000 sq. m for lined canal and 4.5
lt/th.sq.m. for unlined canal.
F) The use of water for all purposes other than domestic use should be limited to
approved quota only. (i. e. extra demand, if any, shall not be considered)
G) Carry over storage wherever provided.
Illustrative example of typical PIP is enclosed at Appendix 43.
356.3 Competent authority for approval of PIP
Competent authority shall be as follows-
Sr.No. Category of Authority Remarks
Project
1 Major Superintending When irrigation
Engineer management of one
project is looked after
2 Medium Executive Engineer
by more than one
3 Minor Deputy Engineer officer, the PIP shall be
approved by next higher
officer.
Page 208 of 303

Chief Engineer shall monitor that the competent authority approves the PIP of
every project in every irrigation season in time.
357 PIP in normal year of rainfall
357.1 Kharif Season
Since number of waterings and its period cannot be decided in advance, the
programme shall be prepared on the basis of (i) past experience and (ii) assumptions
in approved Project Report, considering that the water for irrigation and non
irrigation will be available from run of the river.
The PIP for this season shall be sanctioned before 31 st May. Apart from the points
mentioned in paragraph 356.2 above, filling of tail tanks (which are included in
project planning) and seasonal area proposed to be sanctioned on Form-7 shall also
be considered while deciding PIP for this season. However, priority shall be given
for sanctioned standing two seasonal and perennial crops over seasonal crops on
Form-7 and filling of tail tanks (which are included in project planning).
Also lifting water from canal for perennial crops shall not be allowed. In case of
flow irrigation also the permission for sugarcane crop shall be within X-limit and R-
limit in respect of reclaimed area.
357.2 Rabi and Hot Weather
In a normal rainfall year it is assumed that reservoir will be full at the beginning of
the Rabi season. While preparing and sanctioning the PIP all the points mentione d
in 2.1 above shall be considered. PIP shall be sanctioned by the competent authority
before 5th October. Applications on Form-7 for supply of water shall be invited by
public notice and sanctioned well before start of first rotation in each season.
357.3 PIP for Eastern Vidarbha and Konkan Region
The provision for supply of water shall be considered on the basis of past experience
for -
a. Area under irrigation Agreement
b. For two waterings for other crops on Form-7.
PIP for Rabi/Hot Weather/Konkan season shall be sanctioned before 5th
November, and applications for supply of water shall be invited by public notice and
sanctioned before start of first rotation in each season.
358 Implementation of PIP during water deficit year
If the actual rainfall data during June and July and yield received in the reservoir
indicate that the year may be a water deficit year, the following action shall be
taken.
358.1 In Kharif season
1. No water shall be supplied to seasonal crops on form no.7 though these are
included in already approved PIP for Kharif season, till action as per ‘5.’
below is taken.
2. Water shall be first reserved for domestic supply including livestock
requirement upto 15th July of next year.
3. Then the requirement of standing sanctioned crops of
a) WUAs/ Kharif crops under block system / Kharif crop on agreement system
in eastern Vidarbha
Page 209 of 303

b) Government institutes like Agriculture college, Agriculture research

centers
c) Protective watering to standing perennial/two seasonal crops on Form-7
shall be reserved.
4. Then the requirement of following entities up to 31st October.
a) Thermal power stations
b) Industrial water supply
shall be reserved.
5. After reserving water for 2 to 4 as above balance water shall be used as
follows:
In the month of July the review of water storage shall be taken ev ery week
and when the stored water is found to be more than adequate to fulfill requirements
under 2 to 4 above, the below mentioned requirements shall be considered in the
following order of priority.
i. Sanctioned Kharif crops of Government institutes like Agriculture
College, Agriculture research centers.
ii. Balance quota of WUA
iii. Sanctioned Kharif crops on LIS
6. After fulfilling the above requirements, if it is possible to spare water for
additional sanctions, new Kharif demands may be considered as follows:
a. Government Institutes’ demand for fodder and seeds cultivation
b. Kharif seasonal crops on Form-7.
7. If the live storage in the tank does not exceed 50% till the end of September,
No water shall be supplied to standing sugarcane crop.
8. Fresh Perennial crops (other than sugarcane) and two seasonal crops shall not
be sanctioned till live storage exceeds 33% of the designed storage.
9. Permission to new sugarcane crop shall not be given unless actual live storage
exceeds 50% of the designed storage.
358.2 In Rabi and Hot weather season
On the basis of available live storage and anticipated post monsoon flow (after
considering evaporation and transit losses) further implementation of Rabi - Hot
weather PIP should be done as follows in the below mentioned order:
1. Water for domestic purpose (including live stock) for the period up to 15 th
July of next year shall be reserved as per the sanctioned entitlement
(modified as per norms fixed by the Government for scarcity period). The
reservations decided by the relevant committee (if already done) and / or as
per Government orders, if any, shall also be considered.
2. Requirement of the standing crops in order of priority as mentioned in
paragraph 358.1 above.
3. Requirement of thermal power stations and industries after applying cut,
imposed by the Government or District Level Committee, if any, in the
sanctioned quota.
4. Any other remaining commitments of sanctions under 26.5.A (5 to 9).
Page 210 of 303

5. After fulfilling the above requirements, if it is possible to spare water for

additional sanctions, new rabi demands may be considered in order of priority
as follows:
a. Rabi Bhusar crops requiring less water and rabi Bhusar crops giving more
fodder
b. Other rabi crops
c. Protective watering to standing perennial crops on Form-7.
359 Completion Irrigation Report (CIR)
Completion Irrigation Report (CIR) of each project and for each irrigation season
shall be submitted within the prescribed period, in the proformae (wi th due
modifications) VI (for major and medium projects) and VII (for minor projects)
prescribed for annual water account by the Government. The concerned Executive
Engineer in case of major and medium projects and Dy. Engineer in case of minor
irrigation projects, shall submit these proformae to the PIP sanctioning authority.
The CIR shall include the justification for deviations from the sanctioned PIP. If the
justification is not acceptable to the PIP sanctioning authority, it shall issue suitable
instructions for improving the performance in the future and/or take/initiate
appropriate action against the defaulting officer.
360 Notification of seasonal irrigation programme
As per the PIP, approved by the competent authority, the irrigation Rotation
programme should be declared in electronic and print media, departmental web
site and conventional method of putting notices at Gram panchayat offices and
chavdis in the villages concerned. Notification shall also be displayed at the notice
board of all the irrigation offices concerned.
The notification shall include following details-
1) Total projected Irrigation Potential (IP) of the project, total IP created so far,
the area sanctioned for that season as per PIP. Village wise and outlet wise details
shall be available in the concerned section office. In case of WUA the quantum of
water available to each WUA for that particular season shall be informed in writing.
2) Number of rotations and its period
3) Place of availability of blank demand forms i.e.
a) With canal inspector / measurer
b) In Section office, Sub division office.
c) On line – web site etc.
Note: blank demand forms shall be made available free of cost.
4) Last date for submission of demand forms. Where to submit demand form, if not
submitted on-line.
5) Distributary/minor wise detailed rotation programme shall be prepared and
displaced at proper place in the village (s) concerned for information of all
concerned farmers.
361 Freedom of taking crops
a. As per Section 47 of MI Act, 1976, in respect of irrigation water supplied to
individual farmers on area basis including those permitted to lift water from
canal (other than blocks and area under irrigation agreements) the entities shall
have to grow any one or more crops as permitted by the Canal Officer.
Page 211 of 303

b. The WUA shall have freedom to grow crops of their choice within the approved
quota of water and subject to supply of water as per the rotations decided by
the Canal Officer.
c. In respect of irrigation envisaged in the agreement system, the farmers shal l
have to grow any one or more of the crops mutually decided and mentioned in
the agreement.
d. As regards irrigation by block system, the farmers shall have to grow the crops
sanctioned in the block.
362 Lifts on Reservoirs, Canals & notified rivers/ nallas
Lifts on Reservoirs, Canals & notified rivers/ nallas shall be permitted, subject
to availability of water. The detailed guidelines and conditions for giving permission
shall be as follows-
Sr. Project component/ Permissible area in % of Percentage of
No. location of lifting water projected irrigable water permissible
command area (ICA) to lift, to that of
water available
for irrigation at
the head of main
canal.
1 Reservoir and it’s u/s
river/nalla portion –
A)
A) A)
From reservoir of i) 6.00 % for flow i) 3.6 %
projects where canals irrigation and
are directly from ii)14% for drip/sprinkler ii) 5.65 %
dam/barrage /weir irrigation.
B) Where water is first

i) 1.00 % for flow
released in pick up weir i) 0.6 %
irrigation and
i) from reservoir and u/s ii)14% for drip/sprinkler ii) 5.65 %
river /nalla irrigation.
2 Dam to pick up weir 5.0 % 3.0%

3 Inspection side of canal 10.0 % of the projected 7.0%
(opposite side of non-perennial ICA for
command ) fodder crops only with
preference to farmers
irrigating on
drip/sprinkler
4 Notified rivers/nallas Depending on the area
that can be irrigated on
dependable flow in the
river/nalla during rabi
and summer season,
permission to LIS and/or
individual farmer may be
granted.
Page 212 of 303

5 Rivers on state boundary Permission upto 20 km

u/s of the state
boundary may be
granted to LIS of WUAs
or individual farmers
freely.
6 Within command area of No permission shall be
Govt. LIS granted for private LIS,
either individual or
cooperative, in any
case, by revenue, forest
or WRD officers.
363 Canal operation during irrigation rotation

363.1 General guidelines (volumetric basis or area basis)
1) Every precaution shall be taken and the staff should be vigilant to see that
water is not wasted through piping and/or breach in any water carrier or
leakages from gate structures.
2) Rotation programme (i.e. Shejpali/RWS) of every minor / distributary should
be ready before releasing water.
3) Running canal / distributaries /minors at less than designed discharge should
be avoided to reduce transit and evaporation losses. The discharge in the
canal shall be released and increased gradually in stages. Irrigation should be
planned in such a way that the rotation period will be minimum possible and
gradual reduction in discharge at the end of the rotation should also be planned
to avoid sudden draw down effect on canal side slopes.
4) Irrigation rotation shall be planned for 24 hours every day. Night irrigation
should be insisted.
5) In the beginning of the season meetings of the farmers shall be arranged by the
canal inspector and they should be encouraged to use water economically and
avoid losses.
363.2 Canal Operation on projects not notified under MMISF Act, 2005 (water is
supplied on area basis)
Water for irrigation shall be supplied as per pre declared irrigation rotation
period only to the farmers whose water demand is sanctioned by the competent
authority. Water shall be supplied from tail to head and as per predetermined
rotation periods and on-off schedule of the distributaries and minors.
Water shall be released (Lifted in case of LIS) as per the indent from the field
officers as mentioned below:
I) When entire command area is under one SO: Prior to start of each rotation
the Sectional Officer shall collect the indent of required discharge for all the
irrigation beats (i.e. from each canal inspector). The indent shall be based on area
to be irrigated as per approved PIP. (in proforma is given in Appendix 43). He shall
scrutinize and compile the demand and accordingly release the required discharge
at the head of main canal on the day of start of rotation.
Before releasing water in canal he should ensure that the escape gates are closed
and the cross regulator gates are opened to the required level. The required
Page 213 of 303

discharge shall be gradually increased in three stages giving at least 2 hours gap
between two stages. He should ensure that the off-takes (i.e. outlets/sub- minors/
minors) in head reaches are closed till the required discharge reach to the tail end.
Gradually head reach off-takes shall be opened as per the operation programme (on–
off of minors and distributary) for that particular rotation. While closing the canal
the discharge should be reduced gradually in the same manner as mentioned above
to avoid sudden draw down condition in canal. To maintain the required depth of
water in the parent canal/distributary cross regulators shall be operated suitably.
To regulate the discharge in the distributary /minor, outlet gates shall be operated
suitably. Proper guarding of the cross regulator and out let gate of major off-takes,
shall be ensured by deputing gaurds at such locations. The obstructions, if any, put
in the canal by the farmers shall be immediately removed. Any deviation or non-
observance of its turn by any entity shall be treated as irregularity and shall be
treated by the Canal Officer in the manner prescribed in Paragraph 368
(Unauthorized Irrigation and its Panchanama) of this chapter. Flying squads shall
also visit and inspect irrigation areas from time to time as a part of vigilance.
Within the beat the canal inspector shall operate the outlets and manage the
irrigation with the help of departmental labourers.
II) When entire command area is under more than one section:- In this case the
Dy. Engineer shall appoint the Sectional Officer, in-charge of head works, to co-
ordinate with all other Sections. At the beginning of each rotation all concerned
Sectional Officer should send the indent for water in proforma IA to the sub division.
The sub division office shall approve it, as it is or with modifications, if necessary,
and order the Sectional Officer in-charge of head works, in writing/by e-mail, to
release the required discharge. He shall ensure that all the instructions, mentioned
in paragraph 363.2.1 above, are followed by the Section Officers in their respective
sections. He should see that required discharge is available to each section as per
rotation programme. He should also see that the tail section gets water first. The
coordinating Sectional Officer shall see that required discharge is available to each
section as approved by the Dy. Engineer at the head of their jurisdiction. Within the
jurisdiction of each section, the Sectional Officer shall operate and manage the
irrigation as mentioned above. There may be change in requirement of discharge in
the jurisdiction of particular section, due to some emergency, local situations or
rainfall etc. In such circumstances the Sectional Officer may intimate the
coordinating Sectional Officer to modify the releases, at the head of his jurisdiction.
Such modification shall be done by the coordinating Sectional Officer along with any
other Sectional Officers at head reaches, if they are also involved. The Dy. Engineer
shall monitor the overall operation and ensure that there is proper coordination
among all the sections and tail sections are getting water first.
III) When entire command area is under more than one sub division: In this case
the Executive Engineer shall appoint the Dy. Engineer in-charge of head works sub
division to coordinate among all the other concerned sub divisions. At the beginning
of each rotation all the Dy. Engineers concerned, after compiling the requirement
of all the Sectional Officer under them, should send the indent for water in proforma
II to the head works sub division with a copy to the division office. The coordinating
Dy. Engineer shall see that required discharge is available to each sub division as
per rotation programme at the head of their jurisdiction. Within the jurisdiction of
the sub division the Dy. Engineer concerned shall monitor and manage the irrigation.
He should ensure that tail sections are getting water first and there is no wastage
Page 214 of 303

of water. There may be change in requirement of discharge due to some emergency,

local situations or rainfall etc. In such circumstances he may intimate the
coordinating Dy. Engineer to modify the releases, at the head of his jurisdiction.
Such modification shall be done by the Head works Dy. Engineer and any other Dy.
Engineer if they are also involved. The Executive Engineer shall monitor the overall
operation and ensure that there is proper coordination among all the sub divisions
and tail sub divisions and tail sections are getting water first.
IV) When entire command area is under more than one division: In this case the
Superintending Engineer shall appoint the Executive Engineer in-charge of head
works division to coordinate with all other divisions. At the beginning of each
rotation the Executive Engineer(s) concerned should send the indent for water
(which shall include the quantum of discharges required, with respective periods,
at the head of sub division’s jurisdiction) to the head works division with a copy to
the circle office. The co-ordinating Executive Engineer shall see that required
discharge is made available to each division as per rotation programme at the head
of their jurisdiction. The concerned Superintending Engineer shall monitor the
overall operation and ensure that there is proper coordination among all the
divisions and tail division and tail sub divisions are getting water first. The Executive
Engineer(s) shall monitor the irrigation within their jurisdiction.
Formats prescribed by the Government for keeping account of water used during
the rotation, approximate area irrigated during the rotation, etc. shall be submitted
by the concerned Sectional Officer (In proformae IIA, IIIA and IVA) (Appendix-50) to
the Deputy Engineer, who in turn shall submit the compiled account to the Executive
Engineer as detailed in Chapter 9 ‘Technical Audit of Water Resources Projects’.
The inspecting officers i.e. Superintending Engineer, Executive Engineer, Dy.
Engineer shall see that the field staff is taking proper care for avoiding any pilferage
and wastage of water, attending leakages in the conveyance and distribution
system, following irrigation scheduling, keeping records etc. At the end of the
irrigation season, Sectional Officer, Dy. Engineer and Executive Engineer (in case of
medium and major projects only) should submit completion report to their next
higher officer.
363.3 Canal Operation during irrigation on projects notified under MMISF Act,
2005.
As per Section 73 (2) of MMISF Act, 2005, canals having discharge carrying
capacity of less than 1.0 cumec shall be constructed only after formation of WUA.
For canals having discharging capacity more than 1 cumec, though formation of WUA
is not the prerequisite for starting construction, WUA shall be formed during
construction phase only. However, in case of completed projects, provisions of
MMISF Act, 2005 may be made applicable in phases, considering no. of projects and
cost of RRR works required to be completed on each project before handing over to
WUA.
In the case of projects, where Project Level Association (PLA) is set up, entire
planning of water use in respect of irrigation shall be entrusted to PLA. In such cases
Government's role shall be limited to the extent of supply of water to PLA as per
applicable water entitlement (quota), supply water for non-irrigation uses and
maintenance of dam and appurtenances.
Unit water use entitlement (i.e. water available per ha. of CCA in a particular
year or season) shall be decided by the Executive Engineer following guidelines
Page 215 of 303

issued by the Authority as per the provisions of MWRRA Act, 2005.On the basis of
Unit water use entitlement and delineated area of the Project Level Association /
Canal Level Association / Distributary Level Association / Water Users Association
the water will be supplied at the head of the highest level association. To distribute
the water either to lower level WUA or the members of the WUA shall be the
responsibility of the immediate higher level association. The management staff of
the department shall guide WUA, in efficient management of irrigation in its area
of operation.
WUAs at minor level shall have freedom of taking crops in its area of its
operation. Water will be supplied to WUA on volumetric basis, as per the quota for
the season. WUA shall distribute water to their members on area basis.
For every area of operation of WUA a proper measuring device(s) at the head of
supply of water shall be provided and its proper working shall be ensured from time
to time. It should also be calibrated periodically. Gauge readings shall be recorded
twice a day and at more times if the fluctuations in the supply of discharge are
more. Gauge readings shall be taken jointly by representatives of department and
WUA and recorded in the register, in the prescribed proforma. Mode of arriving at
the volume of water supplied from the gauge readings and mode of ascertaining the
volume of water for a period in which measuring device is out of order shall be
mentioned in the agreement w ith WUA.
Independent regulators shall be appointed by the MWRRA to monitor the supply
of water to the WUA as per their entitlement and monitor their internal distribution
of water as per entitlement of individual farmer. These regulators shall be of the
rank of deputy engineers for major projects and of the rank of junior engineer for
medium and minor projects. They shall work independently as far as their role of
regulator is concerned. Regulators shall perform following functions.
1. Regulators shall act as supervisors on behalf of Authority.
2. Whether or not the scheduled rotation period is communicated to Water
Users' Association.
3. Whether Water Users' Association is following the principle of supply of
water from tail to head.
4. Whether members, including those at tail end are receiving water as per
their entitlement.
5. Report of rotation wise performance to the Authority directly with a copy
to concerned Executive Engineer.
364 Water supply for non-irrigation purpose:
Generally water for non-irrigation purpose shall not be supplied from canal.
However if it is permitted, condition of construction of balancing tank having water
storage capacity equal to two months water requirement for supply from perennial
canal and five months for supply from non-perennial canal shall be included in the
agreement. In such cases it should be planned to supply water for filling balancing
tank during the regular, one or more irrigation rotation period, to minimize the
conveyance losses. If it is not possible to supply during rush period of irrigation
rotation due to constraint of canal discharging capacity, it may be supplied during
last phase of rotation or in continuation of rotation period. As far as possible,
running of canal only for non-irrigation use may be avoided.
Page 216 of 303

Water supply for non-irrigation purpose shall be on volumetric basis. The

concerned water user shall have to install the water meter/flow measuring
arrangement and should keep it always in working condition. It should be calibrated
periodically. Mode of arriving at the volume of water supplied from the gauge
readings and mode of ascertaining the volume of water for a period in which
measuring device is out of order shall be mentioned in the agreement with the
concerned entity. Representatives of department and the representative of
concerned water user shall take meter readings/gauge reading jointly and record it
in the register prescribed for the purpose. Meter readings shall be recorded twice a
day at the pre accepted time.
365 Water Audit, Irrigation management Audit and Benchmarking
The provisions regarding water audit and irrigation management audit mentioned
in Chapter 9 shall be followed.
366 Benchmarking
The performance of water resources projects and service delivery through
these projects for various water user sub-sectors can be improved by increasing
the efficiency, transparency and accountability of the personnel responsible for
providing services and seeking participation of users.
Benchmarking is a very powerful management tool for analysing and
improving performance of water resources projects. Therefore benchmarking
of projects shall be a regular feature.
Projects for Benchmarking: Benchmarking of major and medium irrigation
projects shall be carried out at State level and for minor projects by concerned
Chief Engineers. Only the projects of which the irrigation system is developed
and stabilised for a period of five years, are to be considered for Benchmarking.
Benchmarking shall be carried out every year.
Indicators of Benchmarking: The indicators of benchmarking shall be
catagorised into a) system (technical) performance, b) Economic performance
and c) Social performance. The indicators and targets shall be revised as and
when required by the core committee.
The field Executive Engineers shall be responsible for the accuracy and
correctness of the data required for Benchmarking and submission of action
taken reports.
367 Vigilance in respect of management of irrigation and non irrigation uses of
water
Flying squads headed by a Dy. Engineer including junior engineer, canal
inspector, measurer and dafter karkoon shall be formed at circle level for surprise
checking of irrigation during rotation periods. The squad shall function as follows;
a) The squad shall verify, inter-alia, the following related to distribution of
water
(i) Whether the supply of water is as per the approved rotations
(ii) Occurrence of significant leakages, water logging, ponding,
(iii) Whether the irrigation management staff is available in the beat and they
are performing their assigned duties.
(iv) Test check of measurement of crop wise area irrigated.
Page 217 of 303

(v) Over application of water by farmers (as revealed by flow of water in nallas
and drains in the command)
(vi) Pat-Mot relation (direct mixing of well water and canal water)
(vii) Whether the water meters / measuring devices are in working condition and
duly calibrated
(viii) Whether separate pipelines for different types of uses (industrial, domestic
etc.) exist and whether each pipeline is fitted with independent water meter.
(ix) The squad shall verify the areas of unauthorised irrigation of any type.
(x) Whether these unauthorized uses are included in panchnamas already
conducted by the concerned management staff and whether water supply is
discontinued in respect of such unauthorized use if so ordered by the
Executive Engineer.
The vigilance squad shall submit, after every visit within 3 days (including
holidays), the report of its findings to concerned Superintending Engineer.
368 Unauthorised Irrigation and its Panchnama
Following actions of the user entities shall be considered as unauthorized use of
water.
(1) Using water without application / sanction
(2) Out of turn use of water
(3) Illegal use: It includes following acts of the farmers
a. Open outlet gate without permission or cause obstruction to flow of water
in the canal
b. Use water through field channel/outlet other than the sanctioned one
c. Tampering with the outlet lock, gate, etc.
d. Use common field channel for canal and well water
e. Bunds of sugarcane block are not of specified height of 0.5 m
f. Grow crops other than sanctioned ones
g. Grow sugarcane more than thrice in the same plot in five years
(4) Use of water for irrigating the crops more than once in the same rotation.
(5) Wastage of water
(6) Adopting method of application of water other than sanctioned (e.g. sanctioned
for drip irrigation and actually using for flow irrigation)
The procedure and rules regarding framing the Panchanama are given in Appendix
44.
369 Emergencies on dams / canals
A) In case of any emergency at head works site, immediate action shall be taken as
per the Emergency Action Plan as mentioned in Chapter 12.
B) If any such emergency occurs on canals, the field officer present at site should
immediately inform the situation to his higher officers, co-ordinating staff/sectional
officers of the upper reach/s sections and in-charge of the head-works concerned.
The Chairmen of the concerned Water Users' Associations and higher level Water
Users' Associations shall also be informed.
Page 218 of 303

C) In case of threat/ damage to works, by the farmers or other persons, higher

officers of department, the concerned police and revenue authorities, Chairmen of
the concerned WUA and higher level WUA shall be informed immediately.
In case of emergency, necessary measures from following shall be adopted:
a) Divert water in u/s branch canal /distributaries /minors by operating cross
regulator, in the same section.
b) Release discharge through escape in the same section.
c) Increase discharges in water carriers in other sections.
d) Release discharge through escape in other sections.
e) As a last resort, reduce /stop discharge from head works.
The repair works shall be carried out as mentioned in paragraph 73. The water
supply shall be restored as early as possible, duly bringing the work to the safe
position to pass the required discharge. Continuous vigilance/watch and ward shall
be maintained at such site till the complete repair work as sanctioned by the
competent authority is carried out.
Competent Revenue and Agriculture officers shall be informed to carry out land
and crop damage survey, if any, in view of payment of compensation. However the
concerned Dy. Engineer shall assess the structural damages to any private property
and get it approved by the competent authority. Powers to approve compensation
for crop and land damages shall be as per Section 80 of MI Act, 1976.
370 Measurement of irrigated area
Where the irrigation water is supplied on area basis, crop wise area irrigated on
canal in each season shall be measured by measurers and recorded in the note books
issued to him for this purpose. Area irrigated on wells in command area shall also
be measured and recorded separately.
The canal officers shall exercise percentage checks, of the crop measurements
recorded by measurers, to the following extent.
Sr. Canal Officer Percentage check
No.
1 Executive At least 1% of area on canal
Engineer
2 Dy. Engineer At least 2% of area of each
Section
3 Sectional At least 7% of area of each
Officer village
High Precision G.P.S. with the help of MERI may be used for measurement of
irrigated area.
Where water is supplied on volumetric basis; measurement of volume of water
supplied shall be recorded. Readings of measuring devices shall be recorded in
presence of the beneficiary entity or its representative. The Dy. Engineer and
Executive Engineer during their visit to site shall check and record gauge reading at
that time with their initials.
371 Measurements of discharge
Page 219 of 303

Accurate water measurement with the help of appropriate measuring devices is

necessary to observe proper delivery schedules and water accounting. It helps in
evaluation of irrigation efficiency of distribution system.
In case of volumetric supply to the WUA and LIWUA, an Electronic Measuring
Device in case of water supply through pipes shall be fixed and flumed structure in
case of open canal shall be constructed at the point of delivery. These shall be
provided at Government cost and maintained by the concerned WUA/LIWUA. These
measuring devices shall be calibrated at least once in three years and record of
calibration shall be maintained.
The types of different measuring devices and procedure for measuring the
discharge as given in WALMI Publication No. 36 shall be followed.
372 Assessment, Recovery and Remission of Water charges
Assessment of water charges shall be done based on following types of
measurements:
1. Volumetric basis: This shall be adopted for all non-irrigation users, supply to
WUA and LIWUA and individual lifts, where supply is on volumetric basis.
2. Crop area basis: This shall be adopted where water is supplied for irrigation to
individual farmers by flow.
3. Royalty basis: Water charges on royalty basis may also be recovered by the
department from the users who are using the water, where there is no consumptive
use and water is returned to the department after use, e.g. hydro-electric projects.
373 Mode of assessment
373.1 Water supplied on volumetric basis
For domestic and industrial supplies, quantity of water used shall be decided by
recording meter readings and preparing abstract of the bills for water use as
mentioned in Appendix 39. The entries in the assessment books shall be taken by
the concerned Sectional Officer and test check shall be exercised by the Deputy
Engineer and Executive Engineer whenever they visit the site. Penal rates as decided
by the Government shall be applied for periods during which the meters are out of
order or not working properly. In case of supplies through canals, standard-
measuring structures shall be constructed and maintained by the department.
Assessment of water charges for irrigation purposes to user entities receiving
water on volumetric basis, shall be decided on the basis of entries in Gauge registers
jointly recorded by the representatives of user entities and Department. The
assessment shall be based on seasonal rates and volume of water consumed. Penal
rates shall be charged for use of water in excess of the sanctioned quota or other
penalties imposed by the Canal Officer.
Assessment shall be made at concessional rates for entities using water where
storage structures are developed by them or part of cost of storage structure is
shared by them and any other concessions given by the Govt. from time to time..
373.2 On the basis of area irrigated
Beneficiary wise, village wise assessment statements shall be prepared in the
Section Office, based on irrigated crop area measurements taken by the measurer
and test checked by the competent authority. While preparing assessment
statements, it shall be ensured that all prevailing incentives, disincentives and
penalties, if any, are made applicable. The statements shall be thoroughly checked
Page 220 of 303

in Sub-division and division office with reference to sanction of Form-7 before

according sanction by the Executive Engineer. Sanctioned assessment statements
shall be sent to the respective Section offices through Sub-divisions for preparation
of bills and effecting recovery.
The schedule for sending the water bills and recovery of water charges shall be
as follows:
Sr. Season Last date of sending Last date for
No. water bills to recovery of water
farmers/WUAs charges.
1 Kharif 1st February 31st May
2 Rabi 1st May 31st August
3 Hot Weather 1st October 31st January
Notes:
i) If the water charges are not remitted within the prescribed date, interest at the
rate of 1% per month shall be levied.
ii) If the water charges are deposited in advance before actual supply of water for
the season, 5% rebate shall be allowed on total w ater charges.
374 Recovery of arrears of water charges
In the case of industrial use, strict measures such as stopping the supply of water
shall be resorted to, after giving reasonable time for payment of water charges.
In case of domestic supplies through local self Governments, diverting funds
directly from Government or District Collector may be resorted to.
Arrears of water charges on account of irrigation shall be recoverable as such
arrears by any of the processes specified in Section 176 of the Maharashtra Land
Revenue Code, 1966, including the forfeiture of the said land and Gazette
Notification of Revenue and Forest Department Dated 17th July, 1998, empowering
Executive Engineer of Irrigation Division to implement Provisions of Maharashtra
Land Revenue Code, 1966, vested with Collector with regard to Section 179, 180,
181, 182, 192, 193, 208, 212 and Section 218 (1), are given below.
Sr.No. Powers of Collector as per Extent to which Executive Engineer is
Maharashtra Land Revenue empowered
Code, 1966 (Section)
1 179 Proclamation and issue of Written
Notice
2 180 Full Powers
3 181 & 182 Issue Attachment Warrant, its
implication and power to sale.
4 192, 193, 208 & 212 Full powers
5 218(1) Powers limited to movable properties
375 Other sources of revenue (tank-bed lands, fisheries, etc.)
Page 221 of 303

Apart from water charges, there are other sources of revenue as mentioned
below:
375.1 Leasing tank bed lands (Galper lands)
Lands submerged during monsoon are available for use in Rabi and Hot Weather
season. These lands shall be given out on lease for cultivation of seasonal crops.
The rules for leasing/auctioning such lands are given in Appendix 45.
375.2 Fisheries
Leasing /auctioning of the tanks /reservoirs for pisciculture is done by the fisheries
department and 50% of the revenue so earned shall be transferred to the WRD. The
concerned Executive Engineer shall ensure that all the tanks in his jurisdiction are
auctioned by fisheries department and share of the revenue, so earned, is
transferred to WRD. The sectional officer in charge of the head works shall take
care that activities related to fishing do not affect the safety of the dam.
375.3 Tourism
Tourism activities shall be promoted in and around the reservoirs. For this
purpose agencies shall be fixed by e-auctioning as per prescribed procedure.
376 Dispute Resolution, appeals and compensations
Water is supplied to Irrigation and non-irrigation water users as per the provisions
of MI Act, 1976 or MMISF Act, 2005. There can arise dispute/ disputes between i)
the WRD officers and irrigation/ non-irrigation water users (including WUA) or ii)
among water users themselves. Any such dispute between them and appeals shall
be resolved under the provisions of A) Section 63 and 64 of MMISF Act, 2005 and ii)
Section 21 of MWRRA Act, 2005 and rules and regulations made thereunder, as
applicable. And decision on compensation, if any, shall be taken in accordance of
the Section 75 of MIA Act, 1976.
The State Government shall by a general or special order appoint, for each River
Basin, Primary Dispute Resolution Officer(s) (PDRO) authorized to resolve the
disputes with regard to issuance or delivery of Water Entitlement under the MWRRA
Act.
A complaint resolution unit headed by the Deputy Executive Engineer shall be
established in every irrigation management division office, to solve the complaints
of the water user entities regarding water distribution and water charges recovery
and penalties.
377 Repair and Maintenance of the Projects
377.1 Principles
Following principles generally be observed for maintenance and repairs.
i. Keeping all the components of the system in efficient working
condition by incurring minimum expenditure.
ii. Annual maintenance should be so planned, that water service delivery
is not hampered.
iii. Special repairs, renovation,improvement and modernization works
shall be planned in phased manner.
iv. Emergency repairs should be taken up immediately and executed in
minimum possible time to restore water service delivery.
Page 222 of 303

v. Machinery and manpower available with the mechanical wing shall be

used for canal cleaning, silt removal and repairs to earthwork, gates,
pumps, electric motors, etc. If departmental machinery is not
available, works may be carried out on contract.
377.2 The classification of repair works
The classification of repair works shall be as mentioned in Chapter 3.
377.3 AM&R grants & its Distribution among Various components of the project
The norms for maintenance and repairs grant are fixed by the Government
and are revised from time to time. The budget allocation for maintenance
and repairs is generally made according to these norms. Apportionment of
available annual grants among various components of the scheme shall be
done while sanctioning the procurement list for AM&R works. The
apportionment of AM&R grants among various components of the projects
works shall be as mentioned in Chapter 3.
377.4 Unit for contracts for AM&R works
a) Contracts for Annual Maintenance & Repair works of irrigation projects shall be
fixed sub-division wise, separately for each category of project (viz. major,
medium. minor, KT weirs, etc.). However, in order to avoid delay in calling tenders
and completion of works, concerned Superintending Engineer may, as per the site
conditions and exigency of works allow fixing of contracts Section wise, after
recording the reasons therefor.
b) Separate contracts shall be fixed for mechanical and electrical works (LIS, HEP
components, spillway crest gates, sluice gates, valves, etc).
c) Unit for procurement of AM&R works of drainage schemes shall be one tender for
all schemes in the jurisdiction of a Section.
The preparation of estimates & DTP, obtaining approvals to it, procurement
procedure execution of works, and contract management pertaining to OM&R works
of dams, canals, distribution systems, drainage schemes, gates, and all components
of LIS, barrages, HEP etc. including works to be done by mechanical and electrical
wings shall be as per the respective paragraphs of Chapter 3.
377.5 Special repairs, Extension and Improvement (RRR) works and Emergency
repairs:
The rules related to special repairs, Emergency works and RRR are mentioned
in Chapter 3.
377.6 Repairs of Works handed over /to be handed over to WUA
The rules for Maintenance & Repairs of works, handed over / to be handed over
to WUA shall be as mentioned in Chapter 3.
377.7 Maintenance and RRR of Maji Malgujari tanks in Vidarbha
The maintenance and RRR of Maji Malgujari tanks in Vidarbha shall be
done as mentioned in Chapter 3.
377.7.1.1 Ferry services, boating, tourism, water sports, etc. in and
around reservoir
Permission for (i) ferry services to facilitate communication to villages in
submergence area and (ii) water sports and other activities related with tourism,
may be granted in and around the reservoirs as per prevailing orders of the
Government. Following procedure shall be followed while granting such permission.
Page 223 of 303

1. The Executive Engineer shall grant permission for these activities, with the prior
approval of the Chief Engineer in case of major and medium projects and
Superintending Engineer in case of minor projects.
2. In case of projects providing drinking water supplies, special care shall be taken
by agency to prevent pollution and /or deteriorating of quality of water, due to
these activities.
3. e-auction procedure shall be followed for deciding the agency.
4. Besides the standard clauses of the agreement and site specific special
conditions, the conditions mentioned in Appendix 46 shall be incorporated in the
offer documents.
378 Norms for safe distance from dam for development works
a. The land to be used for construction activities shall be 500 metres away from
full reservoir level contour and 200 metres from dam line in case of construction
activity upstream of the dam.
b. No construction/excavation shall be permitted on downstream of dam within 200
metres or a distance of 20 times the dam height, from dam or ancillary works.
c. No construction shall be permitted within a distance, where flood line of river
plus 1 m, touches the ground.
d. The Agency shall obtain clearance to land use pattern from concerned SE.
379 Flood management and Flood forecasting system
Basin wise coordinating officers for flood management are designated by the
Government for management of floods during monsoon.
380 Flood forecasting system
The data gathered and generated by the Chief Engineer (Hydrology Project)
Nashik is used for flood forecasting and flood management by the designated basin
flood management officers.
Habitation and economic activities of permanent nature in flood prone zones,
are controlled by marking Red and Blue lines.
Activities related to flood management shall be implemented as mentioned in
Chapter 12.
381 Irrigation
In order to increase the efficiency of irrigation, following micro irrigation
methods are adopted:
i. Drip Irrigation
ii. Sprinkler Irrigation
iii. Diffuser Irrigation
Perennial crops especially water intensive crops in the command area of projects
shall be brought under any one of above methods. Use of micro irrigation shall be a
pre requisite for sanctioning permissions for new area or while renewing existing
permissions under water intensive perennial crops.
382 Water logging & Saline area in command and its reclamation & prevention
After commencement of irrigation, the annual survey shall be taken-up for
checking the health of soil in the command areas of projects by DIRD. Preventive
measures like proper maintenance of water delivery system, avoiding excessive use
of water, rotation of crops, adoption of micro irrigation methods etc., shall be taken
Page 224 of 303

to avoid lands becoming waterlogged/ saline. Ground water levels shall be

monitored in the command area of the project, by observing well water levels
before and after the monsoon, soil testing, etc. Remedial measures for reclamation
of water logged area/saline area, if any, in the command area of projects shall be
formulated and implemented by the DIRD.
383 Maintenance of Drainage Schemes
The provision in regards to maintenance and repairs in Chapter 3 shall apply
mutatis mutandis to maintenance of drainage schemes also.
Maintenance of drains.
The drains become non functional due to any one or more of the following, (i)
Sedimentation, (ii) damage to side slopes (iii) Erosion of bank, (iv) Ingress of roots
in the joints of subsurface drains, (v) dislocation of alignment of subsurface drains
(vi)Growth of Vegetation and (vii) Encroachment or closure of the drains
Following are the two types of maintenance of drains
a) Preventive maintenance: The functioning of the drains can be ensured by
preventive maintenance in case of (vi) and (vii) above.
b) Corrective maintenance: The functioning of the drains can be restored by
corrective maintenance in case of (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v).
The responsibility of Maintenance of drainage schemes handed over to WUA shall
rest with them. In case of schemes which are yet to be handed over to WUA, the
maintenance shall be carried out by the WRD and after completion of works; the
part of the scheme related to WUA shall be handed over to it.
384 Water quality protection & preservation
In order to prevent pollution of water of reservoir, canals and notified
rivers/nallas under the control of the Department following measures shall be
taken.
1) A condition regarding treating the effluent, sewage water, waste water to the
minimum acceptable standard as per the norms fixed by the pollution control board
before letting out into the water body or natural stream and provision of penalty
and permanent stoppage of water supply, for continued negligence shall invariably
be included in the agreement for non irrigation uses.
2) Water samples from reservoirs and notified rivers/ nallas, especially sources of
domestic water supply, shall be got tested periodically. Sources of untreated
effluents/sewage entering the reservoirs/rivers nalla shall be identified and timely
action under MI Act, 1976 shall be taken against the offender.
3) Farmers/WUA in the command area should be educated during their trainings
against indiscriminate use of pesticides and chemical fertilizers.
4) Environmental mitigation measures suggested while granting environmental
clearance to the project shall be implemented and the results shall be monitored.
385 Research in Irrigation management
Research in irrigation management is conducted by WALMI Aurangabad, and DIRD
Pune.
Following types of research studies are undertaken by these organizations.
i. Paper Study: Study on the basis of data collected in the form of documents
and
Page 225 of 303

ii. Applied study: Analyses of problems referred by field officers.

The research activities can be broadly classified as;
1. Studies related to structures for indirect irrigation e.g. percolation tanks,
cement nalla bunds, underground bandharas, etc.
2. Water management studies for micro irrigation methods
3. Soil management studies such as co-relation of irrigability of lands and X-
limit.
4. Special studies on subjects referred by other organisations, such as use of
sewage water / effluents for irrigation
5. Applied studies for utilisation of saline and water-logged lands for fishery
development, plantation of some specific plants such Jatropha,
Eucalyptus etc.
386 General
From the start of the construction activity of the project, the construction wing, should
bear in mind that they have to construct the project of the best quality, to deliver the
envisaged services to the beneficiaries, throughout its planned lifespan as defined in
works chapter. They should also maintain all the relevant records of planning, designing
and construction activities in good condition, to hand over it, along with the project,
to the management wing, so as to facilitate them, in operating, managing and
maintaining it efficiently and tackling day to day & emergency problems easily.
Construction wing shall maintain all the records in physical form as well as di gital form.
Note1: The term ‘project’ as used in context to handing over of projects applies to
one or more components of dams, canals, distribution systems, land development
works, hydro electric projects, lift irrigation schemes, barrages, KT weirs, buildings &
roads under the jurisdiction of Water Resources Department.
Note2: ‘Construction wing’ means all the relevant officers and staff engaged in all
the activities of construction of the project.
Note3: ‘Management wing’ means all the relevant officers and staff engaged in all the
activities of operation, management and maintenance of the project.
Note-4: In case of HEP to be handed over to MSPGCL –‘Management wing’ means all
the relevant officers and staff of Maharashtra State Power Generation Company
Limited engaged in all the activities of operation, management and maintenance of
the project.
1. Unit of Project Components for handing over:
Sr. Project Unit of Project Components eligible for handing over
No.
1) Major At first (A) + (B)(a) then (B)(a) and at last (B)(b), as
mentioned below, shall form the unit for handing over.
(A) Entire Head Works
(B) Canal and distribution system or distribution
system including all structures, creating additional
Irrigation potential of
a) not less than 4000 Ha (This should be
achieved even after postponement of canal lining), or
Page 226 of 303

b) balance projected irrigation potential.

Note - In exceptional case if some components of head
works are held up for reasons beyond the control of
construction wing, but components completed are
capable to supply water to entire distribution system
transferred and / or to be transferred, competent
authority can order the transfer of part (A)+ (B)(a),
then(B)(a).
2) Medium At first (A) + (B)(a) then (B)(a) and at last (B)(b), as
(A) Entire Head Works
(B) Canal and /or distribution system including all
structures, creating additional Irrigation potential of
a) not less than 2000 Ha, or
b) balance projected irrigation potential.
Note: In exceptional case if some components of head
works are held up for reasons beyond the control of
construction wing, but other components completed
are capable to supply water to entire distribution
system transferred and to be transferred are
completed, competent authority can order the
transfer of part (A)+ (B)(a), then (B)(a)
3) Minor Entire Project
Note: If 100% work of headwork is completed & 95% of
irrigation potential is created, then project is eligible
for handing over to the management wing and in such
case the balance work shall be carried out by
management wing.
4) LIS At first (I) + (II)+(III) then (II)+(III) and at last (IV) as
(I)Entire head works(civil work) and entire switch yard
(II) Canal and distribution network, as per 1(B)(a), or
2(B)(a) or 3 above as the case may be.
(III) Rising main and pumps, required for irrigating area
as per (II) above.
(IV) Rising main and pumps required for irrigating area
as per 1(B)(b), or 2(B)(b) above, as the case may be.
Note:
1) The entire transmission line shall be handed over to
MSETCL/ MSETDL/ Electrical maintenance wing, for
operation and Maintenance.
(In case of LIS, transmission line up to LIS substation is
maintained by MSETCL/ MSEDCL whereas internal
transmission lines between LIS sub-station to various
stages is maintained by Electrical wing.)
Page 227 of 303

2) Other Electrical components of LIS shall be handed

over to Electrical maintenance w ing.
3) The maintenance of mechanical components shall
be handed over to Mechanical management wing of
mechanical organization.
5) HEP After commissioning of entire power station-
i)Dam foot/ (a) Intake gates and entire completed head works
Surface/ shall be handed over to civil management wing.
Underground (b) All electrical and mechanical components along
with powerhouse building , switchyard, package
powerhouse
shed shall be handed over to Maharashtra state
power Generation Company limited
(MAHAGENCO.) on lease basis.
(c) Transmission line shall be handed over to
MSETCL/MSEDCL on lease basis After
commissioning of entire Power station-
ii) Pumped a) Intake gates and entire completed head works
Storage Schemes of upper and lower dams including intake
structures shall be handed over to Civil
Management Wing.
b) Electrical and mechanical components along
with powerhouse building, shall be handed over
to MAHAGENCO on lease basis.
c) Transmission line shall be handed over to
MSETCL/MSEDCL on lease basis After
commissioning of entire Power station-
387 Pre- requisites for handing over:

Construction wing should see that before handing over the project or project
components as mentioned in paragraph 386 above following things are ready-
387.1 The works to be handed over are completed in all respect.
387.2 Completion report and record drawings for the project components to be
handed over shall be ready
387.3 The project components to be transferred shall be run successfully for one
year, before handing over.
387.4 Sufficient staff, if required for the proper management of the project
components to be handed over, shall be made available to the management
wing.
387.5 The required notifications regarding (a) command area (b) rivers and nallas
and (c) any other declaration under Maharashtra Irrigation Act 1976 (MIA-
1976) has been issued
387.6 In case of HEP, to be handed over to MAHAGENCO, their operation and
maintenance engineers & technical staff, shall be deployed, 6 months before
handing over, to acquire technical know -how and training.
Page 228 of 303

388 Time limit for handing over

After fulfillment of all requirements mentioned in paragraph 439 and 440, the handing
over shall be completed within six months. The competent authority, shall ensure that
the same has been effected.
389 Permission to hand over
As soon as, project or project components are ready for handing over, the concerned
Executive Engineer of construction wing shall initiate the process to obtain the
permission from the competent authority, as mentioned below. He shall justify the
readiness, by submitting the documents fulfilling the pre-requisites as mentioned in
paragraph 440.
The competent authority may get any clarification or additional information to ensure
that all prerequisites are fulfilled and issue the permission within 15 days.
Such permission shall avoid hurried and under pressure handing over of incomplete and
unfinished works and its improper record, especially when the handing and taking over
offices are under the same authority.
Sr. No. Type of Project Competent authority
1) Major Executive Director (ED)
2) Medium Chief Engineer
3) Minor Chief Engineer
4) LIS As per 1,2,3 as applicable
5) HEP Water Resources Department
Note1 - The concerned ED shall accord the permission to hand over the Medium and
Minor irrigation project also, if the CEs of construction & management wings are
different.
390 Preparing for handing over:
390.1 Prior to handing over the project, or the project unit the construction wing
shall maintain and operate the project or project unit for one year. This year
will be treated as trial year for testing the project or project unit.
390.2 During this trial period construction wing should run the system with design
discharge (after considering the departure from the project planning, e.g.
postponement of canal lining as per GR dated 17/3/1994) and remove/rectify
all shortcomings. Defects found, if any during this trial period shall be
rectified by the Construction Wing before handing over.
390.3 After fulfilment of requirements mentioned in paragraph 439 & 440,
Construction Wing shall intimate management wing and start process of
handing over the project, at least six months prior to start of the irrigation
year (i.e.1’st of July).
391 Handing over process-
Handing over of project shall consist of-
a) Handing over of physical system
b) Handing over of records
c) Transfer of offices &/or staff and
Page 229 of 303

d) Handing over of machinery, tools & plants.

e) Shifting of office.
a) Handing over of physical system:
For handing over physical system a joint inspection of the system shall be carried
out by the officers of construction & management wing at appropriate level. Executive
Engineer (EE) of the management wing shall fix up the program of joint inspection as
per the availability of no. of Deputy Engineers (DyE) and Junior engineer (Sect.Er.) with
him, in consultation with EE of the construction wing.
The findings of the joint inspection shall be recorded and signed by all concerned and
kept on record. The construction wing shall provide approved record drawings and other
relevant records to the concerned officers of management wing at least seven days
prior to joint inspection. The joint inspection may be repeated or carried out at higher
level if there is disagreement regarding completion of work, quality of work or work
not done as per approved drawings and designs.
The Competent Authority for joint inspection shall be as follows-
i. Head works: Dams & barrages:
All category I, category II & category III large dams including all its ancillary works shall
jointly be inspected, respectively at the level of Superintending Engineer (SE), EE, and
Dy. Engineer. Small dams & its ancillary works shall be inspected at DyE level. The
standard pre & post-monsoon inspections forms, prescribed by dam safety organization,
shall be used for joint inspection.
Note1-Defination of small & large dams and its category shall be as per ICOLD
definition.
Note2-The type & category of barrage shall be decided on the basis of design flood.
Note3-KT weir shall be treated as small dams & jointly inspected at DyE level
ii. Hydroelectric project (HEP)
Civil works of the HEP shall be inspected jointly and handed over to management wing
as per a) above. However powerhouse, switchyard and related ancillary works shall
directly be handed over to Maharashtra State Generation Company (MAHAGENCO), after
joint inspection at SE level.
iii. Main Canal
Executive Engineers shall jointly inspect all main canals having designed discharge (Qd)
equal to or more than 3.0 cumecs. DyEs shall inspect all main canals having Qd less
than 3.0 cumecs. The joint inspection shall cover inspection of earthwork, lining, all
structures and demarcation of acquired land boundary including checking of controlling
levels at all structures and hard rock patches.
Note 1-However EEs shall jointly inspect all embankments having height more than 8.0
m and structures having span more than 10.0 m and/or pier height more than 6.0 m.
irrespective of Qd.
Note 2-The management wing should satisfy themself by checking designed profiles
and taking designed levels of canal, especially at lined section, rock excavation,
structures and as many places as they want and compare it with record drawings.
Location of bench marks, its values and all the instruments required for joint
inspection should be provided by the construction wing. Management wing shall get
satisfy themself by actually operating gated structures.
Page 230 of 303

Note 3-Discharge measuring devices shall be checked very carefully and it’s accuracy
within permissible limit shall be assured.
Note 4-All canals/distributaries/minors should be tested for Design Discharge. (After
considering the departure from the project planning, for e.g. postponement of canal
lining)
iv. Distribution system-
Dy. Engineer shall jointly inspect all the distributaries and minors having design
discharge more than 0.3 cumecs and up to 3.0 cumecs and SOs shall jointly inspect all
distributaries and minors having design discharge less than 0.3 cumecs. The joint
inspection shall cover earthwork, structures, lining and land boundary.
Note - Above note number 2, 3 and 4 shall be applicable mutatis mutandis.
v. Land development works-
The concerned SOs and the Chairman/representative of concerned WUAs shall, jointly
inspect all LD works including structures, and shall sign the report. Joint inspection
shall also include inspection of field drains and tailing of distributaries/minors i n nallas.
All field channels shall be tested up to last chak.
vi. Lift irrigation schemes- (LIS)
EEs of construction and management wing shall jointly inspect all LIS. EEs from
Mechanical and electrical wing shall also participate in joint inspection, with al l
relevant records, to handover components concerned with them. However the
operation and maintenance of the machineries installed in pump house and switchyard
shall be with them, till the completion of trial running period guaranteed by the
manufacturer is over.
vii. Roads & Buildings-
1. Roads:
The construction wing shall hand over roads, temporarily transferred from other
department during the construction period, back to the concerned department.
However roads, which are permanently transferred to WRD or constructed by the
construction wing, shall be handed over to management wing.
Dy. Engineers shall inspect jointly all ODR & above standard roads, whereas, SO shall
inspect all other roads such as colony & project site roads. However note 1 below Para
444. a.iii also apply to road works.
2. Building Works
DyE shall inspect all residential and nonresidential buildings having multistoried
structure and SOs shall jointly inspect all single storied buildings.
b) Handing over of Records-
All the records, henceforth be maintained in physical as well as digital form. Also Video
recording of important construction activities and hidden parts (such as cut off trench,
foundation details, reinforcement details, embedded parts etc.) shall be recorded and
its CDs/Pen-drives shall also be handed over to the management wing. Required
numbers of hard copies of all the records, shall be signed by the respective officers of
both the wings and kept on record.
i. Documents / copies of documents mentioned in Appendix 47
Part(A) shall be handed over by the construction wing to the
management wing
Page 231 of 303

ii. Documents / copies of documents mentioned in Appendix 47 part

(B) should not to be handed over to the management wing.
iii. If some of the documents which are required to be handed over as
mentioned in Appendix 47 below are not available, the competent
authority may use its discretion and give order in writing for
handing over, even in the absence of such document.
c) Transfer of Offices &/or staff-
i. To maintain and operate newly handed over project and provide
necessary services to the beneficiaries, required staff shall either be
transferred from construction wing or specially created.
ii. Construction wing should send a proposal to the Appropriate Authority,
at least one year prior to actual handing over of the project, if they
propose to transfer any sub division or staff to the management wing
and/or propose to create additional staff for the same. Any
management staff specially created for the project shall also be
transferred to the management wing.
iii. Staff such as junior engineer and sr. clerk who are conversant with
records to be handed over, shall also be transferred to the
management wing in exchange of equal no. Of staff, to facilitate
smooth transfer of records and it’s further maintenance and
preservation.
d) Handing over of Machineries and T&P-
i. Unserviceable machineries, T&P, mathematical & scientific
instruments, laboratory instruments, inspection vehicles,
dismantled materials etc. shall not be transferred to management
wing and shall be finally disposed by construction wing. However
those in good & serviceable condition may be transferred with
mutual consent of both the Executive Engineers concerned.
ii. When a construction division or sub division is proposed to be
transferred en- block to management wing, all staff, machineries
& articles shall go with that office and no staff or good machinery
or articles shall be retained or transferred to any other division or
sub division within the construction circle or elsewhere.
iii. Spares, Consumables, Oils, Lubricants, Workshop Machineries,
T&P, mathematical & scientific instruments, Testing instruments
etc. procured for HEP, shall be transferred to MAHAGENCO.
e) Shifting of Office:
If the construction circle/division/sub division is proposed to be closed or to be shifted
en-block elsewhere, all construction works along with records to be retained with
construction wing shall be transferred to other near by circle/division/sub division. If
in exceptional case such transfer is not suitable in the interest of work then sufficient
sub divisions shall be transferred to the management wing, along with required staff,
T&P, Stores and Budget provision.
392 Execution of balance & incomplete works
During the joint inspection, a list of balance and incomplete works shall be prepared
and program for its completion shall be prepared and executed accordingly either by
Page 232 of 303

construction or management wing, as mutually decided, by charging the expenditure

to the construction head.
393 Public Declaration
In order to encourage participation of the beneficiaries of project in irrigation
management, the event of handing over may be publicized to the concerned village
Panchayats, WUA’s and stakeholders by construction wing and may be given wide
publicity through media.
Page 233 of 303

CHAPTER 11 USE OF INFORMATION & COMMUNICATION

TECHNOLOGY (ICT) IN DEPARTMENTAL WORKING
394 Definitions:-
394.1.1 Information and Communication Technology (ICT): It is defined as diverse
set of electronic and digital technological tools and resources used to
communicate, and to create, disseminate, store and manage information,
e.g. computers, internet, broadcasting technologies (radio and television),
satellites, telephony, mobiles etc.
394.1.2 Government Process Re-engineering (GPR): It is the process, resulting
from innovative thinking, which envisages improvisation of existing working
methods and / or to evolve new processes to bring about better service
delivery and / or for effecting savings in time, cost and man power.
394.1.3 Technical Architecture: A minimal set of rules governing the arrangement,
interaction, and interdependence of the parts or elements the purpose of
which is to ensure that the application satisfies a specified set of
requirements.
394.1.4 Quality Cost Based Selection (QCBS): It is process of evaluation among
short-listed agencies that takes into account the quality of the proposal and
also the cost of the services in the selection of the successful agency.
394.1.5 Change Request: It is the intimation given to the agency developing an
ICT application to incorporate change(s) during the process of development
or after the deployment (but during the currency of the contract) of the
software application, with the objective of achieving the desired results
which were not contemplated at the time of finalizing the scope of work to
be executed by the agency.
394.1.6 Hosting: Hosting is a type of Internet service that allows individuals and
organizations to make their website accessible via the World Wide Web and
which ensure data storage, data management and its security.
394.1.7 Data Center: It is a facility used to house computer systems and associated
components, such as telecommunications and storage systems for storing the
data.
394.1.8 Functional Requirement Specifications (FRS): It is a document containing
specifications evolved with the objective of fulfilling the requirements of the
applications to be developed such that it will carry out the desired functions
which are also defined in this document.
394.1.9 Software Requirement Specifications (SRS): It is a description of a
software system to be developed and it lays down functional and non-
functional requirements, and may include a set of use cases that describe
user interactions that the software must provide. It is a document detailing
the process of development of application including requirements of
hardware, software and telecommunication to fulfil the objectives of FRS.
394.1.10 User Acceptance Testing (UAT): This is the testing of the developed
application, envisaging hands on experience of selected end users to
ascertain the suitability of the application from the point of view of (i)
conformity of the output with the desired output and (ii) user friendliness.
394.1.11 Request for Proposal (RFP): This is a detailed notice issued by facilitator
organisation inviting proposals from eligible developers who would be
Page 234 of 303

interested in developing desired applications for the facilitator organisation

(i.e. the organisation of WRD which is entrusted with the job of development
of ICT application).
394.1.12 Service Level Agreement (SLA): It is an agreement for providing services
for a specified period of use of the application with the objective of
preventing possible operational difficulties on periodical basis and / or
removing within specified time limit the occasional difficulties experienced
during the use of application, executed either with the agency developing
certain application or with some other agency.
395 General
In order to achieve accuracy, transparency, speedier completion of tasks

and simplification of the works and services, the department has embarked on
the use of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in day to day
working. It has made a beginning in this direction to extend the use in all possible
fields. The use results in reduction in the paper work, saving in manpower and
ultimately the cost. It also facilitates storing and retrieving the huge data of the
department. Some of the offices of the department have developed some useful
ICT applications mainly for their own use. The department has created some new
offices devoted to the development of new applications.
The rules and procedure mentioned in this chapter are applicable to all
agencies, which are responsible for development, adoption (use) and
institutionalization of ICT applications for the department.
396 Applications of ICT for Water Resources Department
Presently following applications are being implemented in WRD-

396.1 e-Jalseva Portal (Earlier called as “Integrated Computerized
Information System (ICIS)” ):
The functional areas of e-Jalseva portal are Project Investigation,

Designing, Construction, Maintenance, Irrigation Management, Training &
Research and Support functions/finance & establishment.
396.2 Website of Water Resources Department:
396.1.1 The website (https://wrd.maharashtra.gov.in) contains

information related to department including Corporations, such as
history, organization chart, Acts, Rules, publications, service related
matters, project information, irrigation information, tender information,
RTI disclosure and other relevant information and is made available in
public domain.
396.1.2 Authorized entities can upload on this website the specific
information / data, related to them.
396.3 Websites of Individual Organizations:

Other than the website of the department as mentioned in paragraph 449.2,
following organizations are allowed to maintain their own websites-
ii) Chief Engineer, Hydrology Project (CE, HP) : (a) www.mahahp.org :
For information related to various Hydrological Parameters in the State
etc. & (b) http://www.rtsfros.com/mahakrishna : Real Time
Page 235 of 303

Streamflow Forecasting and Reserviour Operation System for Krishna

& Bhima Basins in Maharashtra.
iii) Water And Land Management Institute, Aurangabad (WALMI):
http://walmi.org/ : For various activities in WALMI.
iv) Maharashtra Engineering Research Institute (MERI), Nashik:
http://www.merinashik.org/: For various activities related to
functions of MERI.
396.4 e-Jalhami:
This website is meant for seeking and obtaining services of WRD which are
covered under Right to Services Act, 2015, by beneficiaries of the services.
Presently the following notified services of WRD are included in this website -
i) Sanction of water entitlement to Water User Association (WUA)
ii) Providing bill of arrears of water charges to WUA
iii) Providing bill of arrears of non-irrigation use of water
iv) Decision on complaints regarding bill of water charges
v) Issue of Command Area Certificate
vi) Permission for Domestic Water use by local bodies e.g.
Grampanchayat, Zilla Parishad, Nagar Palika, Nagar Panchayat,
Nagar Parishad, Cantonment Board, etc.
vii) Permission for Domestic and / or industrial Water use to Municpal
Corporations, Private Developers / Builders, Special Urban
Development projects
viii) Permission for industrial Water use
ix) Providing certificate of distance from notified River / Reservoir
x) Permission to irrigate by lift
The website can be accessed at: www.wrd.mahaonline.gov.in
396.5 e-Service Book

This system will enable keeping the service records of the employees of
the department in electronic form. It will be also useful for other purposes
such as consolidated bio-data and service data of employees of the
department. This system is accessible to every office in-charge in respect of
data related to his competency.
396.6 e-TIMES:
e-TIMES i.e. e-Training Information Management and Evaluation System is
being developed for preparation of Lecturers’ Database, preparation of
Annual Training Programme, online Nomination for Training from field
offices, Selection of Participants, Course Planning, Hostel Management,
Registration of Trainees, Certificate generation, accounting and Evaluation
etc. This system is accessible to training institutes, all officers (Executive
Engineer and above) and all employees of WRD.
396.7 Video Conference:

The Video Conference system is established at all circle
headquarters, and is being used to conduct meetings, delivery of lectures
and trainings to employees of Water Resources Department.
Page 236 of 303

396.8 GIS and Mobile Applications:

Since 1982, department has undertaken several geo-informatic related
activities, such as, crop mapping, sedimentation study, etc. Geo-portal is
being developed in order to map offices of the department, its projects, and
project components and assets and is accessible to field offices. The
information on this geo-portal is collected through mobile application.
396.9 e-Mail Service:

For communication between various offices, official email ID for
each office of WRD is provided. The correspondence through e-mail shall
be treated as official correspondence.
397 Duties of end users in ICT Application:
The officers and staff of the department, who are end users of ICT
application(s), are expected to be conversant with the use of computers and
other electronic devices and use of developed softwares that are required to be
used while performing their day to day duties. They shall attend the training
programmes specially designed and run by the organizations related to
development of ICT.
Following shall be the duties of each end user with reference to ICT-
a) He shall attend the trainings, understand the system and use it for intended
use.
b) He shall enter validated data as per instructions and keep system up to date.
c) He shall use the data available in the system for decision making and day to
day working in the department.
d) He shall keep authentications such as Login ID and Password etc. safe and
secured. He shall change password as frequently as prescribed. He shall not
share these details with any person.
e) He shall inform the issues / difficulties experienced by him while using the
ICT applications immediately to the concerned Chief Engineer.
The Digital Signature Certificate (key) shall be used in applications where

it is mandatory in the case of softwares available for electronic communication.
(e.g.: tender processing, etc.) List of such softwares shall be maintained in each
office. The officers of the Department shall get soft copy of their signature
(digital signature key) registered from the agency approved by Controller of
Certifying Authority, Government of India for their official use and it shall be
their personal responsibility to get it renewed periodically, as required. The
digital signature key of an officer has to be kept in his personal custody.
398 Facilitator Organizations related to development of ICT
The organizations of the department entrusted with the job of development of

ICT application are hereby designated as facilitator organizations. Following main
facilitator organizations of Water Resources Department shall carry out the
activities related to development of ICT.
398.1 Hydrology Project, Nashik
Page 237 of 303

Hydrology Project, Nashik shall formulate the proposals related to real

time hydro-meteorological data acquisition, its analysis and storage. They shall
maintain the infrastructure constructed for this purpose.
398.2 Resource Engineering Centre, Nashik
Resource Engineering Centre, Nashik under Maharashtra Engineering

Research Institute, Nashik shall formulate the proposals in the domain of
Geographical Information System and Remote Sensing, which will be helpful for
Water Resources Department for optimum utilization of water resources and
land use planning.
398.3 e-Governance Circle, Mumbai
The subjects which are not dealt with by Hydrology Project, Nashik and
Resource Engineering Centre, Nashik shall be dealt by this unit.
399 Functions of Facilitator organizations:

Following shall be common functions of the facilitator organizations:
 They shall arrange to develop ICT application(s) as per need of end user /
department in accordance with the procedure mentioned in paragraph 455 of
this chapter.
 They shall arrange to impart training to Master Trainers / Training of Trainers
(ToT) / end users, related to ICT applications.
 They shall take necessary actions to keep the system safe and secured.
400 Technical Consultant in the Department:

In order to assist the facilitator organization, Retainer Technical Consultants
shall be engaged by e-Governance Circle, Mumbai. The services of this consultant
shall be made available to other facilitator organization, when required. The
consultant shall be expert in the domain of ICT and shall fulfill the criteria laid down
by Department of Information and Technology, Government of Maharashtra.
400.1 Methodology for Engagement:

The engagement of consultants shall be done from amongst the following-
a. DIT empanelled consultants.
b. Government employees belonging to DIT / NIC / C-DAC / ECIL
etc.
c. From employees of any organization / Company / Corporation /
Board / Institute, etc. of State or Central Government (e.g.
Mahaonline, NISG, etc.)
d. HoD / Professor of Government Engineering College /
Government aided universities.
e. Retired Government employees
The facilitator organization shall first formulate its criteria of consultants
considering the scope of probable activities to be undertaken by the facilitator
organization, for engagement for specific period. The facilitator organization
shall contact the above sources and obtain list of willing and suitable persons.
Initial screening of these candidates shall be done by facilitator organization and
candidates shall be short listed from them on merit basis.
Page 238 of 303

The emoluments shall be decided as per terms and conditions of deputation

existing in the parent departments / source organization. If any candidate is
suitable for the job requirements he can also be offered scale corresponding to
one step higher, which will be decided by the Project Implementation
Committee (PIC) of Water Resources Department. In case of retired persons,
provisions applicable to re-employment shall govern. However the total
emoluments proposed shall not exceed the limit prescribed by the prevailing
Government orders, if any.
The proposal for selection of candidate to be engaged as a consultant along
with the emoluments to be offered shall be submitted by the facilitator
organization to the PIC through the department, for approval.
400.2 Functions of Technical Consultant
Technical Consultant shall perform following functions-

a) Explore technical solutions for an ICT application.
b) Recommend System Architecture for ICT applications.
c) Prescribe Qualification criteria and Technical Evaluation criteria in Quality
Cost Based (Techno Commercial) (QCBS) offer documents.
d) Assist the evaluation committee in (QCBS) selection of Turnkey Solution
Providers (TSP) and or vendors.
e) Evaluation of System Requirement Specifications (SRS) received from
successful TSP and / or vendor.
f) Resolving technical issues cropped up during the course of implementation
of ICT applications.
g) Certify the efforts for Change Request, if any.
h) Technical evaluation of all technical documentations.
i) Suggest new technologies available in the market for the existing
application in order to upgrade them.
401 Pool of IT personnel in WRD:

With growing number of ICT Applications and the intricacy of ICT related
work, the creation of pool of IT personnel is essential. Though during the
development and implementation of ICT applications, the services of technical
consultant and of TSP are available, their services are available project specific
or for limited periods. Moreover, they are available by outsourcing. Looking into
the universality of ICT applications, it is necessary to create a pool of
Department’s own IT personnel.
These IT personnel shall be selected from amongst departmental staff,
preferably Engineers, and also having interest and basic knowledge of ICT. The
dedicated pool of two Junior Engineers from each circle shall be created. Each
pool shall be supported by non-technical staff, viz. 2 clerks (senior / junior) for
establishment matters and one senior clerk for accounts matters. This pool with
the supporting staff will be working under Deputy / Asst. Superintending
Engineer.
401.1 Salient Features of Pool:

The salient features of this pool are as given below:
a. Drafting the services of such personnel shall be on the basis of the association
of the departmental staff with the work of ICT application.
Page 239 of 303

b. Posting of such staff shall be only after obtaining willingness of employee.

c. Such staff shall have to undergo IT induction training of minimum 3 months
arranged by the department. They shall also be required to attend various
training programs of the subject to keep their ICT knowledge updated.
d. If any staff from pool is promoted, he shall be posted at any vacant post in
pool, if available.
e. If the request from eligible applicants for such posting exceeds the strength
of the pool, the selection shall be based on the length of service of an
applicant in the department.
f. He shall be preferably transferred to the identical pool of another circle.
g. In case there is no vacancy in the pool the staff from the pool can be
transferred to other offices outside the pool.
h. The staff posted in the pool shall be entitled to allowances at par with those
deputed in training institutes in the State.
401.2 Strength of the Pool

The engineering staff working for ICT in e-Governance Circle, Mumbai,
Hydrology Project, Nashik and Resource Engineering Centre, Nashik along with
dedicated pool of 2 persons (as mentioned in paragraph 454 above) under each
circle shall form ICT pool for the department. The pool will be supported by
appropriate non-technical staff.
The IT pool in e-Governance Circle, Mumbai, Hydrology Project, Nashik
and Resource Engineering Centre, Nashik shall consist of engineering staff. Also
other non-engineering staff in these offices, if the latter is possessing Diploma,
Degree in Computer Engineering or Computer Science and if they are doing the
ICT work shall be included in the pool.
The IT pool in e-Governance Circle shall consist of following staff:
Post SE* EE 1 EE 2 EE 3 EE 4 Total

Superintendi 1 0 0 0 0 1
ng Engineer
Executive 0 1 1 1 1 4
Engineer
Assistant 1 5 6 5 5 22
Engineer,
Grade-1
Assistant 0 5 5 5 5 20
Engineer,
Grade-2
Consultant 3 0 0 0 0 3
Developer 2 0 0 0 0 2
Total 7 11 12 11 11 52
SE* = Superintending Engineer, e-Governance Circle, Mumbai
EE1 = Executive Engineer, MIS and Training Division, Mumbai
EE2 = Executive Engineer, Governance Computerization Division, Pune
EE3= Executive Engineer, Construction Management Computerization
Division, Pune
EE4 = Executive Engineer, Irrigation Management Computerization
Division, Pune
Page 240 of 303

The posts in the IT pool for these offices may also be manned by borrowing
the services on deputation of suitable persons from other departments or from
organizations / Company / Corporation / Board / Institute etc. of State or
Central Government.
402 Methodology of evolving ICT applications

Following are the general guidelines for developing and implementing ICT
application by the facilitator organization.
402.1 Requirement Assessment:
Requirements can come from one of the following sources-

1) Requirements received from end users: The end users may forward the
requirements for development of new ICT applications / enhancements in
existing applications to the concerned Chief Engineer. The Chief Engineer
shall scrutinize the requirements received and send the appropriate
requirements to the facilitator organization.
2) Requirements communicated by Government
3) Requirements anticipated by facilitator organization
4) Requirements suggested as per Project Completion Report as mentioned
in 8.13 of this chapter.
5) Requirements suggested by the developer keeping in view the data
integrity, security etc.
6) Requirements mandated by the new standard.
All the requirements shall be carefully studied and documented.
402.2 Assessment and finalization of requirements including GPR:

Once requirements are documented in consultation with the committee
of domain experts, assessment of requirements shall be carried out by the
facilitator organization, considering the following points-
i. Vision and strategy
ii. Current State Assessment
iii. The immediate goal which is sought to be achieved
iv. Government Process Re-engineering (GPR) (improvisation of
existing working methods or evolving new procedures as a result of
innovative thinking) by following steps-
• Problem Identification & Definition
• Definition of Vision & Objectives of GPR
• Process Study & Documentation
• Process Analysis
• Process Re-engineering & Defining ‘To Be Processes’ (the
changes to be brought about in the Processes)
• Process Validation
v. System Architecture
vi. Implementation Approach and Sourcing
vii. Business model in respect of use of developed services, such as
terms of reference of payment of services etc.
viii. Legal Framework
ix. Change Management
Page 241 of 303

x. Training and Capacity Building

xi. Project and Program Management
xii. Monitoring & Evaluation
402.3 Functional Requirements

After assessment of requirements, functional requirement of the system
shall be analyzed, quantified and documented in consultation with the
domain experts. The functional requirements shall be related to-
i. Improved focus and experience of the end user.
ii. Minimized process complexity,
iii. Saving in cost and time
iv. Increased transparency levels,
v. Reduced administrative burden,
vi. Adoption of best practices
402.4 Evaluation of Alternative Solutions

In order to develop ICT application fulfilling the functional requirements,
various alternative solutions shall be explored by the facilitator organization,
in consultation with domain experts. Technical Consultant shall suggest the
alternative mechanisms / technologies available in the market. Assessment
of proposed solution shall be carried out with reference to techno-economic
feasibility analysis and accordingly one solution shall be proposed for
implementation.
402.5 Formulation of Concept Note

In order to get the approval to development of ICT application, Concept note
containing following points shall be prepared by the facilitator organization-
1) Preface / introduction
2) Brief of the Project including proposed name, who proposed the project,
objectives of project, earlier initiatives and their status, requirement of
‘nodal committee’ (i.e. committee of domain expert, to be appointed by
Government) with proposed composition, etc.
3) Stakeholders and Beneficiaries of the project
4) Envisaged benefits from the project
5) Proposed Modules: Components of projects including modules, sub-modules,
etc, their integration, etc.
6) System Architecture including software, hardware, hosting, connectivity
requirements.
7) Integration with existing applications of the Department or other
department, if any.
8) Approximate Cost details including capital cost and recurring cost.
9) Time Schedule of development, implementation and maintenance of
project.
10) Implementation Approach including evaluation of various alternatives and
recommendation of best alternative.
11) Methodology for selection of agency for development, hosting,
implementation and maintenance
12) Timelines for change over from existing system to the proposed system.
13) Methodology for change request
Page 242 of 303

14) Mode of payment to the agency to be appointed for development,

maintenance, implementation and hosting, etc.
15) Milestones
16) Dispute Resolution
17) System Administrator (Admin): The officer / authority who will be
responsible as system administrator for the system.
18) Capacity Building plan
19) Scope for further enhancement including the stages in which the proposed
enhancement will be planned.
20) Conclusion
402.6 Approval to Original or Revised Concept Note:

402.6.1 Approving Authorities:
One of the following authorities shall be competent to accord approval to
the concept note, depending on cost of project-
1) Water Resources Department: Principal Secretary, WRD
2) Project Implementation Committee (PIC) of WRD:
3) High Power Committee (HPC):
402.6.2 Composition of PIC of Water Resources Department:

The present composition of PIC of Water Resources Department is as follows-
1 Secretary (WR&D) Water Resources Department, Chairman
Mantralaya
2 Secretary (WRM & CAD) Water Resources Department, Member
Mantralaya
3 Secretary or his DIT, Government of Maharashtra Member
representative
4 Secretary or his Finance Department, Member
representative Government of Maharashtra
5 Secretary or his Planning Department, Member
6 Secretary or his Industries Department, Member
7 Chief Engineer (P&V) & Water Resources Department, Member
Joint Secretary Mantralaya
8 Superintending Water Resources Department, Member
Engineer & Deputy Mantralaya
Secretary (MI)
9 Superintending e-Governance Circle, Mumbai Member
Engineer Secretary
The detailed terms of references of the committee shall be as per prevalent
government guidelines.
Note: When any ICT application is to be developed by a facilitator organization
other than the e-Governance Circle, the head of that organization shall also be
a member by special invitation.
402.6.3 Composition of High Power Committee (HPC):
The present composition of HPC is as follows-
Page 243 of 303

A Chief Secretary, Government of Chairman

Maharashtra
B Secretary (Finance Department), Member
C Secretary (Planning Department), Member
D Secretary (Revenue Department), Member
E Secretary, GAD (Administrative Reforms & Member
Organization & Methods), Government of
Maharashtra
F Secretary (DIT), Government of Member
Maharashtra
G Secretary of Water Resources Department, Member
H Development Commissioner (Industries) Member
I Director, National Centre for Software Member
Technology or his representative
J Director General, NIC, New Delhi Member
K Experts (as needed) Member
L Director (IT) Member
Secretary.
The detailed terms of references of the HPC shall be as per prevalent government
guidelines.
402.6.4 Powers of approval to the Original or Revised Concept

Note:
The approval to the Concept Note shall be accorded by the competent
authority as mentioned below-
Sr. Cost of ICT Application, proposed Approving Authority
No. in concept note
1 Up to Rs. 10 Lakh Water Resources
Department
2 Rs. 10 Lakh to Rs. 5 Crore PIC of Water Resources
Department
3 a) Above Rs. 5 Crore High Power Committee
b) Cases where there is no
unanimity in the PIC
402.7 Administrative Approval (AA) or Revised AA to the project proposal:

The approval to the Concept Note is administrative approval in principle.
However, the Department shall issue formal orders of Administrative
Approval to the project proposal, based on approved concept note
mentioning capital cost and recurring cost.
402.8 Technical Sanction (TS) to the project proposal

The approval given to the concept note by the competent authority shall
be treated as Technical Sanction to the project proposal and a note to that
Page 244 of 303

effect shall be taken in the register of technical sanctions of the concerned

facilitator organization.
402.9 Development of ICT Application

ICT application can be got developed either from Government agencies or
shortlisted agencies or by engaging private agency and the same shall be included
in the concept note.
The process of selection of the agency for development of ICT application shall
commence only after AA and TS are recorded.
402.9.1 Government agencies / shortlisted agencies for

development of ICT application-
In order to develop and implement ICT Application, selection of agency
shall be made from one of the following-
1) Mahaonline Ltd. (Joint Venture of Government of Maharashtra and
TCS)
2) National Informatics Centre (NIC)
3) Maharashtra Remote Sensing Application Centre, (MRSAC) Nagpur
4) Any organization / Company / Corporation / Board / Institute etc.
which is under Government of India or Government of Maharashtra.
5) Any Joint Venture company of Government of India or Government of
Maharashtra.
6) Empanelled agencies by Government of India or Government of
Maharashtra
7) Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM), in case of proprietary system.
8) Specific directives of Government of Maharashtra or Government of
India for selection of agency.
There is no need to go for tendering, if development or
implementation of ICT application is proposed from any of the above
mentioned agencies. In the case of works like, providing services of
technical manpower (e.g.: system analyst, developer, tester etc.) or
providing cloud based services etc, proposal shall be obtained from the
concerned agency and the same shall be evaluated in order to check
technical feasibility and fulfillment of functional requirements.
When it is envisaged that ICT application shall be developed by one of
the above mentioned agencies, and the concept note for the same is
approved by the competent authority, then Officer in-charge responsible
for development and implementation of ICT Application, shall directly
make agreement with the agency and shall issue the work order.
In case when there is a need for floating Request for Proposal (RFP) or
tendering, procedure mentioned in paragraph 455.9.2 shall be followed.
402.9.2 Development of ICT Application from Private Agency:

i. Request for Proposal (RFP) / Tendering:
In case, the development of ICT application is proposed to be carried out
by private agency, for which it is necessary to invite Request For Proposal
(RFP) / tender, then proposal for the same shall be formulated by facilitator
organization. The proposal shall include-
 Invitation for Bids
Page 245 of 303

 Instructions to Bidders (Including provision for pre bid conference)

 Bid Data Sheet (Cost of Work, Validity Period of Bid, Documents to be
provided by the bidder, etc)
 Eligibility criteria for the Provision of Goods, Work, and Services
 General Conditions of Contract
 Special Conditions of Contract
 Technical Requirements (including Implementation Schedule)
 The rate and methodology for working out the cost of change request
 Sample Forms (Forms in which information is to be furnished by the bidder)
 Service Level Agreements (i.e. agreements related to the services to be
provided by the bidder during operation of the ICT application)
 Functional Requirement Specifications
 Additional Instructions to Bidders
 System Architecture
 Provision of required hardware for all stages till completion of the contract.
 Obtaining the Security Audit Certificates for original application, protocols
and all changes made in the application
 Training of Facilitator Organization Staff and of End Users at various stages
and at various locations along with user manual about the development and
use of application.
 Condition of transfer of Intellectual Property Right, in the case of software
development
 Documentation (write-up about logic of the software, UAT certificates,
User Manuals, etc.) and Exit Protocol (containing requirement of trainings
to be imparted to the user, period for which the agency shall be responsible
for resolution of issues, etc.)
 Dispute resolution mechanism: In case of dispute, nominated Executive
Engineer shall communicate his final decision to the agency. If concerned
agency is not satisfied with the decision of Executive Engineer, it shall
approach the next higher authority upto Chief Engineer. If the agency is
still not satisfied with the decision of Chief Engineer, then it may approach
the dispute resolution authority, whose decision will be binding for both
parties.
 Warrantee, post-warrantee period and terms of payments
 Any other relevant information
The approval to RFP or Draft Tender Papers shall be obtained from the relevant
authority as stated in Paragraph 402.6.4
ii. Acceptance of proposal / Tender

The approval to tender shall be obtained from the relevant
authority as stated in Paragraph 402.6.4 Proposal for the same shall be
formulated by Facilitator Organization and submitted to Government for
approval of competent authority.
After approval by competent authority, the Executive Engineer
nominated by the Head of the concerned Facilitator Organization, shall
enter into agreement with the successful bidder.
402.10 Contract Management
Page 246 of 303

As far as Contract Management is concerned, following activities shall be carried

out by the nominated Executive Engineer
i. The payments to the TSP/Vendor shall be made against raised invoices
for the work done after ascertaining from the technical consultant
that the development is carried out as per agreement.
ii. The payments to the TSP/Vendor shall be made after recording in
Measurement Book, the milestones achieved and approved by the
Nodal committee (Committee of domain experts), if appointed. The
requirement of percentage checking shall not be applicable in case of
development of software and service provisions. In the case of
contract involving supply of hardware, measurements shall be checked
100 % by the deputy engineer and percentage check as prescribed for
Civil Works based on cost, shall be exercised by Executive Engineer.
Moreover, in the case of milestones, the satisfactory completion of
the same shall be corroborated by acceptance testing and the
payment shall be made after such testing.
iii. The monitoring of actions of the consultant especially in respect of
activities mentioned in the service level agreement.
iv. Monitoring milestones mentioned in the contract and taking
appropriate actions: To Monitor milestones mentioned in the contract
and take appropriate actions shall be the responsibility of the
Facilitator organization and the Executive Engineer who entered into
agreement with the successful bidder, in consultation with the
technical consultant wherever necessary.
v. Monitoring Service Level Agreement (SLA) mentioned in the contract
and taking appropriate actions: To Monitor Service Level Agreement
(SLA) mentioned in the contract and take appropriate actions shall be
the responsibility of the Facilitator organization and the Executive
Engineer who entered into agreement with the successful bidder, in
consultation with the technical consultant wherever necessary.
vi. Change Requests (CR):

Requests for the additions or alterations which are not covered in
System Requirement Specifications (SRS) shall be termed as Change
Request. When it is necessary to make changes during the currency of
development contract, then proposal for the same shall be invited in
writing by the facilitator organization from the developer/vendor
concerned. The proposal shall include all efforts viz. efforts for
requirement gathering, development, testing, documentation, supply of
required hardware, project management, etc. for the additions and
alterations accepted to be made. The cost of such efforts and/or supplies
shall be derived as per terms and conditions of the agreement. The
quantum of efforts and /or supplies shall be decided and certified by
Technical consultant in order to arrive at the cost of Change Request
Page 247 of 303

proposal. This proposal shall be submitted to following competent

authority for approval.
Sr. No. Criteria Approving Authority

1 When the cost involved in the CR (including Concerned SE of the
all earlier approved CRs) does not involve Facilitator
excess over the amount provided for in the Organization
AA / RAA for the components which are put
to tender.
2 When the cost involved in the CR (including PIC of WRD as
all earlier approved CRs) involves excess mentioned in
over the amount provided for in AA / RAA of paragraph 402.6.4
not more than 15 % of the amount provided
for in the AA / RAA for the components
which are put to tender.
3 Cases not covered in Sr. 1 and Sr. 2 above HPC of GoM as
mentioned in
Paragraph 402.6.4
Change requests which are not eligible for payments

The following types of changes shall not be eligible for any payment over
and above the amount provided for the component(s) in the accepted tender
1. Any change which does not involve modification in data structure and data
base.
2. Redesigning of outputs, Redesigning input screen, change in data base
relationship, redefining the queries
3. Generation of one time analytical report.
4. Any functionality mentioned in FRS but remained to be included in SRS
5. Integration with other web servers
These exclusions shall invariably be included in the agreement.
vii. User Acceptance Testing (UAT): The nodal committee
shall prescribe the mechanism for carrying out UAT and
it shall closely monitor and ensure that UAT is carried out
by end users within the prescribed time limit. However,
prime responsibility of ensuring that UAT is carried out
shall rest with facilitator organization. Chairman of nodal
committee shall give certificate in this regards. They
shall check the conformity of ICT application with FRS
and SRS while carrying out UAT. Consultant shall look
after the various technical criteria including load tests,
specifications, etc. The module / system shall be
launched only after carrying out UAT.
viii. Documentations
It shall be the duty of the concerned facilitator organization to collect
all necessary documentations including user manuals, technical
documentations, source code and Intellectual Property Rights and
maintain the records.
ix. Agreement Completion & Exit Protocol
Page 248 of 303

As soon as the contract period is over, the completion report shall be

prepared by facilitator organization. The ownership and control of ICT
application shall be taken over by the facilitator organization as per
exit protocol. Then it shall be deemed to have been handed over to
Chief Engineer(s) concerned (and also to concerned Executive Director
/ Director General, in case the application is supposed to be used by
Executive Director / Director General’s office) with the use of the
application. The facilitator organization shall enter into agreement(s)
for Annual Maintenance for software and hardware, proposals for
which shall be formulated and submitted to the competent authority
for approval by following steps mentioned in paragraph 455 above.
x. Monitoring the use of ICT application:
All the concerned Executive Director / Director General / Chief
Engineer shall be responsible to ensure that the use of the
application is made by all the concerned officers under their
control.
This monitoring shall be done at various levels viz. Superintending
Engineer, Chief Engineer, Executive Director / Director General
periodically and at least once in 3 months.
Also, the monitoring shall be done at Government level by the Chief
Engineer & Joint Secretary dealing with the subject of ICT
application by convening meetings of Chief Engineers and also
Superintending Engineer or Executive Engineer in IDC.
The subject of use of ICT applications shall be invariably included
in the agenda of meetings, which shall be conducted by the
Secretary to Government with Executive Directors / Director
Generals or Chief Engineers.
xi. Dispute Resolution Authority:
The mechanism for dispute resolution shall be mentioned in the
concept note and agreement. The concept note approving authority shall
be the dispute resolution authority.
402.11 Revised Administrative Approval
Proposal for Revised Administrative Approval shall be prepared in case of-
 Modification / Deviations from the original objectives, even though the
cost of the same may possibly be covered by savings on other items, or
 When expenditure is likely to exceed administratively approved amount
by more than 15% .
The proposal for RAA shall be prepared on the lines of preparation of
Concept Note as mentioned in the paragraph 402.5 and considering the
integration with the work carried out as per earlier approved concept note
stating the appropriate reasons for necessity of RAA. The proposal shall
clearly mention the role of agency appointed earlier and its payment terms
in the proposal for Revised Administrative Approval. The proposal shall be
submitted to the competent authority as mentioned in paragraph 402.6.4.
After approval by the competent authority, the Department shall issue
formal order of Revised Administrative Approval.
402.12 ICT application finally developed/ Hardwares supplied:
A detailed note shall be prepared and included in completion report
stating the final outcome of project vis-à-vis envisaged benefits as mentioned
Page 249 of 303

in the original concept note. Reasons for shortfall / enhancement, if any, in

the final outcome with reference to expected benefits shall be explained.
402.13 Assessment of Performance
In order to evaluate the performance against the objectives of the project
(including number of actual users, discontinuance of the practices sought to
be replaced by the project), sample survey shall be conducted involving
various stakeholders of the project such as department employees, citizens,
contractors, etc. for whom the project is developed.
402.14 Enhancements required:
The enhancements to be carried out in the system along with the gap, if
any, noticed during implementation, capacity building, technology, etc. shall
also be initiated.
402.15 Project Completion report
After completion of project, necessary completion report thereof, in the form

prescribed, shall be prepared by the facilitator organization and shall invariably be
submitted, to the Government, with soft and hard copies to all the concerned Executive
Directors, Director Generals and Chief Engineers for record in their offices.
The completion report shall include:
Salient features of the project as follows-
1) Name of ICT Project:

2) Name of Facilitator Organization:
3) Chief Engineer(s) / Superintending Engineer(s) responsible for use of the
application:
4) Name(s) of Project Management Consultant(s):
5) Name of TSP/Vendor:
6) Date of Work Order:
7) Number of Extensions granted, if any:
8) Period of extension(s)
a. From ………. To ………..
b. From ………. To ………..
9) Completion date of project
a. As per Original agreement:
b. Extension of time limit, if any:
c. Actual:
10) Change Requests (CR)
a. Total number of CR
b. Total approved cost
c. Total expenditure
Comparison of project as conceived vis-à-vis executed:
Sr. Particulars As per approved Concept Note As executed

No. As originally First Revised
approved approved *
1 Scope
Objective (In brief)
2 Cost (Rs.)
Page 250 of 303

(*) Note: Add more sub columns if number of revisions is more than 1
Details of Change Requests executed
Sr CR Particulars Approving Approved Date of Date of
No. No. of Change Authority Cost Approval Deployment
1
2
3
4
Note: In the above table all CR should be included, irrespective of whether

involves cost or not
Name(s) of Personnel associated with the project:
Sr. Designation Name Period of Association
No. with the project
From To
1
A Superintending Engineer
2
B Executive Engineer 1
2
C Deputy Engineer 1
2
D Junior Engineer 1
2
Write up shall be prepared containing the following details

Background for taking up the project including the office(s) which initiated the
project
a. Scope including Jurisdictional and functional coverage
b. Elaborated Objectives:
This paragraph shall have following sub-paragraphs
1. Objectives as per original AA
2. Final Objectives (including objectives of Change Request)
e.g.
i. Minimized process complexity, including reduction in
steps involved in delivery of services
ii. Client (other than Government Servants) centric
services attempted, if any
iii. Improvement in services to Government Employees
/other beneficiaries
iv. Replacement of prevailing manual and paper based
processes
v. Saving in cost and time
vi. Increased transparency levels,
These deliverables shall be quantified wherever it is feasible.
Details of Technical Platform
 Data Base package used
 Operating system used at front end and back end
 IT Security packages used
 Tools used for integration
Page 251 of 303

 Tools used for monitoring SLAs

 Internet Service Provider e.g. BSNL, Reliance, MTNL, etc
 Server Hosting facility provider
 Co-Location(City & Country) of backup server
 Details of Security Audit, if conducted (in case of critical and involving sensitive
data and monetary transaction applications)
Difficulties encountered and measures taken to overcome and lessons learnt
Details of User Acceptance Test
Elaborate upon:
 Team of Users involved
 Location/Office
 Dates
 Period of Response by Tester (Time elapsed between intimation by Facilitator
Organization and completion of User Acceptance Testing)
 Findings & Corrective measures if any
 Draft User Manual(s)
Trainings
i. Total Training Programs conducted shall be attached as annexure with following
details-
 Numbers and names of 1. Master Trainer, 2. Trainer, 3. Persons Trained, 4.
Specialized Training for Facilitator(s)
 No. of Trainee Days
Sr. Name of Designation Office Name of Location Period of
No. trainee Name Training of Training training
Program From To
 Offices to which the Inventory of ICT applications (including hardware and

software) is furnished.
 Follow up project, if suggested
 A note on ICT application finally developed/ Hardware supplied, as mentioned
in paragraph 402.12
Conclusion
Bibliography.
Annexure
Following documents shall be attached as annexure to completion report.
 Original concept note approved by competent Authority
 AA letter
 Revised concept note(s) approved by competent Authority, if any.
 RAA letter(s) if any.
 Minutes of HPC/IPC meeting(s)
 Minutes of HPC/IPC meetings, orders/letters approving change request(s).
 Appropriate Technical documents such as UAT certificate, system architecture
etc.
Page 252 of 303

CHAPTER 12 SAFETY OF PROJECTS
403. DEFINITIONS
a) Reservoir Operation Schedule: Reservoir Operation Schedule is the schedule
prepared to serve the purpose of building up the conservation storage
efficiently without involving any risk of man-made flood in the area on the
downstream.
b) Gate Operation Schedule: Gate Operation Schedule is the sequence and stages
of operation of various gates corresponding to various lake levels and the flood
situations.
c) Guide Curves: Guide curves will show the limits to which the reservoir levels
should be normally raised at the end of specified periods for achieving the
normal planned storage of the reservoir while availing of the flood absorption
capacity to the greater possible extent during the specified periods.
d) Trigger Mechanism: Trigger mechanism is the plan to indicate the level of
disaster, the type of response, communication sequence and actions of officers.
(A) DAM SAFETY

404. PERIODICAL DAM INSPECTION:
Periodical inspection of every dam shall be carried out by the authority competent for
inspection as per the schedule given below and report shall be submitted to the
appropriate authority. In addition to above, it shall be the responsibility of the
concerned officer in-charge of maintenance and operation of dams to carry out timely
inspections and initiate appropriate remedial measures.
404.1 Inspecting Authority for Periodical Inspection:
Inspecting authority for periodical inspection of different categories of dams

and to whom the authority shall submit the report is given in Table(1).
In order to decide the inspecting authority on the basis of the table the following
procedure shall be followed.
Dam categories as per height, storage capacity and spillway capacity shall be
first determined individually. Highest of the category amongst them will be the
category of the dam and inspecting authority for periodical inspection shall be decided
accordingly.
Table(1) Inspecting Authority for Different Categories Of Dams

Sr. Dam Heigh Gross Design Type of Inspectin To whom Remarks
No Category t of Storage spillway spillwa g inspection
. the capacit capacit y Authority report is
y (C) y (Q) to be
(MCum) (cumec) submitted
Page 253 of 303

dam1
(H)
(m)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 Large More More More Gated SE (1) CE shall
Dam than than 60 than spillwa Regional conduct
(Category 30 3000 y CE inspection of
-I) (2) D.S.O, Dams having
Nashik. Height more
than 60 m or
storage
capacity more
than 1000
MCum or
spillway
capacity more
than 10,000
cumec. Such
that all the
dams shall be
inspected
within the
period of three
years.
2 Large 15 to 15 to 60 2000 to Ungate EE (1)SE and
Dam 30 3000 d (2)D.S.O,
(Category spillwa
-II) y
3 Large 10 to 1 to 15 2000 to Ungate Dy Engr (1)SE and Dams between
Dam 15 3000 d (2)EE 10 to 15 m. in
(Category spillwa height shall
-III) y also be
inspected by
Executive
Engineer,
having length
of waste weir
more than 200
m. such that all
the dams shall
be inspected
within the
period of three
years.
4 Small less less less Ungate Dy. Engr. (1)SE and
Dam than than 1 than d Or can be (2)EE
10 m. 2000 outsource
d through
approved
empanele
d retired
DE, if in
the
opinion of
the SE is
not
1Height of the dam shall be from deepest foundation level / stripped level to top of dam for masonry / concrete dams
and earthen dam respectively.
Page 254 of 303

feasible
for DE to
conduct
the
inspectio
n.
404.2 Time Schedule of Inspections and submission of report:
The periodical inspection of dams shall be completed by the competent authorities as

per the schedule given in Table (2).
Table(2) Schedule of Inspection of Dams and submission of report
Last Dates for
Sr Sending of Inspection
Type of Inspection Completion of
No. Report to concerned
Inspection
authorities
1 Pre- Monsoon th
15 May 30th June
2 Post Monsoon th
30 November st
31 December
Special inspection
3 30th April 31st May
before the first filling2
Within one week after
Special inspection after Within one week from
4 the lake attains the
the first filling the date of inspection
intended storage level
Special inspection after
a severe distressing Immediately after the Immediately after
5
event or accident or event is noted inspection
incident
404.3 Periodical Inspection of Gates of dam:
Periodical Inspection of gates of dam shall also be carried out by the officers of
mechanical organization as given in Table (3)
Table (3) Competent Authority and Norms for Inspection of Gates of dams &
Barrages
Type of Inspecting Inspection norms and Inspection report
Dam / Authority periodicity to be sent to
Barrage
Dams of CE (Mech.) ● On pre and post monsoon 1 CE(civil)
National along with basis, such that all the dams concerned
Importanc concerned CE shall be inspected within the 2 SE (civil)
e3 and (Civil) period of three years. concerned
Specific ● Dams specially requested 3 DSO
Category I by CE(civil) 4.EE (civil)
Dam Concerned
2 Report need not be sent to DSO.
3
National Importance Dams are the dams having height more than 100 meters or storage capacity more than 1000
million cubic meters
Page 255 of 303

Other SE ● On pre and post monsoon 1. CE (mech.)

Gated (Mechanical), basis :- 2. CE
Dams & Nasik o All dam outlet gates and (civil)concerned
Barrages spillway gates in respect 3 SE (civil)
of dams of national concerned
importance and one dam 4.DSO
from each region. 4.EE (civil)
o Dams specially requested Concerned
by SE(civil)
Other EE ● All dam outlet gates and 1. SE
Gated (Inspection spillway gates (Mechanical),
dams& Divn.), ● 50% before monsoon and Nashik
Barrages Aurangabad 50% after monsoon 2 SE (civil)
concerned
3.DSO
4.EE (civil)
Concerned
All gated Dy. Engineer ● All dam outlet gates and 1. SE
and (Inspection spillway gates pre & post (Mechanical),
ungated Divn.) monsoon i.e. each gated dam Nashik
dams& to be inspected twice in a 2. EE (Inspection
Barrages year Divn.),
Aurangabad
3.EE
(civil)concerned
4 Dam Safety
Organisation,
Nasik
The dates for pre and post monsoon inspection of gates and submission of their reports
shall be as mentioned in above Table (2).
405. Inspections reports:
The inspections and preparation of reports shall be done in the prescribed
pro-forma/ questionnaire for appropriate category of dam. The proformae for
inspection of Large Dams (Category I), Large Dams (Category II and III), Small
Dams and various types of Gates on Dams are appended at Appendix 48. Special
attention shall be paid to the general instructions mentioned in the respective
pro-forma.
406. Remedial measures:
The concerned EE (Civil) shall be responsible for initiating immediate necessary
action in respect of appropriate remedial measures for all the deficiencies
pointed out in inspection report. The actions taken and the efficacy of the
remedial measures taken shall also be reported.
407. Inspections of Dams by Dam Safety Organisation (DSO):
Page 256 of 303

DSO shall carry out every year, inspection of 100 selected dams following the criteria
as under-
1. All dams of National Importance (at present 5 dams viz. Koyna, Jayakwadi,
Ujjani, Totaldoh and Isapur).
2. Dams suggested by the regional CEs to the DSO and mutually agreed
3. All century old dams (all such dams shall be inspected once in three
years).
4. All the dams where imminent failure is anticipated by the DSO on the basis
of previous health status report.
5. Selected dams where major deficiencies requiring immediate attention on
the basis of previous health status report.
In addition to this, DSO & Mechanical organization shall also conduct pre & post
monsoon inspections of dams owned by private agencies by charging prescribed fee for
civil and mechanical components respectively.
After inspection of dams owned by WRD, DSO shall communicate significant and
important deficiencies to concerned project authorities i.e. concerned CE, SE, and EE.
Concerned EE shall initiate appropriate remedial measures. DSO shall monitor the
remedial actions taken by project authorities and include the deficiencies as well as
actions taken, in annual Health Status Report (HSR) of dams. In respect of privately
owned dams, the inspection reports shall be sent to the concerned private agency for
taking appropriate remedial actions and reporting to the DSO.
408. Monitoring of Periodical inspections of dams to be carried out by field

officers:
408.1 Dam Inspection:
DSO carries out scrutiny of the periodical inspection reports in respect of category
I and II dams, (including pre monsoon and post monsoon inspection reports
received from field officers). Important deficiencies are intimated to concerned
project authorities to carry out remedial measures. The deficiencies shall be
classified according to the Category of distress as under-
Category A: major deficiencies, which may lead to dam failure

Category B: major rectifiable deficiencies needing immediate attention
Category C: minor deficiencies
Before inclusion of Category A & B deficiencies in Health status report,
DSO shall report the same to the concerned CE, SE and EE. The DSO shall monitor
the actions taken by the project authorities. Similar procedure shall be followed
by Mechanical organization regarding deficiencies in respect of gates.
408.2 Category A deficiencies:
Page 257 of 303

In respect of the deficiencies reported as Category A, concerned CE shall

visit the dam and furnish his comments about classification of deficiencies. DSO
shall incorporate Category A deficiencies in its report, only after ascertaining
appropriateness of the classification from the concerned CE.
409. Health Status Report (HSR) of Dams:

409.1 HSR for Large Dams Category I & II:
409.1.1 Regionwise HSR:
DSO shall prepare region wise annual Health Status Reports (HSR) of dams
for Large dams (category I & II), on the basis of pre & post monsoon
inspection reports received from inspecting authorities, inspection reports
received from mechanical organization and test inspection reports of
DSO.DSO shall submit the reports to concerned regional CEs.
409.1.2 Consolidated HSR
Based on the region wise HSR, DSO shall also prepare every year,
consolidated HSR for the State and submit it to the Government and Central
Water Commission (CWC) and shall also publish the same.
409.1.3 Contents of HSR:
HSR shall include following minimum information-
i. Action Taken in respect of deficiencies pointed out in previous year's
HSR.
ii. Health Status of Large Dams covering deficiencies noticed during the
course of inspections for the current year and remedial actions
suggested for Category-I and II Dams.
iii. Status of dam instrumentation.
iv. Status of meteorological instruments
v. Status of availability of documents specified by National Committee
on Dam Safety.4
vi. Deficiencies of Category A and B as reported in HSR prepared by
Mechanical Organization.
409.1.4 Publication of the HSR:
HSR shall be published every year by April end as per the procedure and
format approved by the Government.
409.2 HSR for Large dams (Category III) and small dams:
4
Documents specified by N.C.D.S.- G.O.S. / R.O.S., E.A.P., Completion Report, Data Book, Record
Drawings O & M Mannual
Page 258 of 303

The regional Chief Engineers shall prepare the HSR of Large dams
(Category III) and small dams in their region on the basis of pre & post monsoon
inspection reports of the inspecting authority. These HSR shall be prepared on
similar lines as those for large dams of (Category I & II) and the same shall be
published every year by April end.
409.3 Health Status Report of Century Old Dams:
DSO shall also prepare separate HSR of century old dams. The Report shall
be prepared once in three years.
410 Review of Safety of Large dams (Category I)

Safety aspects of large dams (Category I) shall be reviewed by regional Committees,
set by Government under Government resolution dated 4/06/2014.
411 Special Preparedness and vigilance before first filling of reservoir

The Superintending Engineers shall prepare list of dams filling for the first time and
organize the necessary precaution for their safety in accordance with the Dam Safety
Manual, Chapter 8, “Preparedness for dealing with emergency situations on dams”.
412 Seepages from Dams:

Accurate measurement of seepages from body of the dam as well as foundation shall
be carried out by fixing triangular notches at various locations such as toe drain,
drainage gallery, small channels, at toe of the dam, etc.
In earth dams, seepage of water shall be monitored also from turbidity point of view.
Seepage and leakage shall be analyzed and monitored by drawing graphs of lake level
versus seepage/ leakage and superimposing yearly graphs. Following actions shall be
taken regarding measurement and monitoring of such seepage-
1. Junior Engineer in charge of the dam shall check the seepage / leakages
observations at least once in a week and sign the register maintained for the
purpose. In the event of increasing trend, leakages shall be measured daily and
hourly in case of alarming leakages.
2. Dy. Engineer shall check such observations of leakages once in a fortnight
and sign the register.
3. Executive Engineer shall check such observations of leakages whenever he
inspects the dam and sign the register.
4. SE and CE shall check such observations of leakages during pre & post
monsoon inspections of dams and sign the register.
5. SE shall send report to the CE and DSO every six months, by 15 th Oct &
15th April.
Page 259 of 303

413 Dam Instrumentation:

Instrumentation in the dams shall be provided as per relevant Indian Standards
and P.W.D Handbook Chapter 22 titled “Instrumentation”, to keep a watch over the
performance of the structure and indicate the distress spots, if any, for taking remedial
measures. Various aspects related to instrumentation viz. planning, installation,
inspection, taking observations, analysis of the data, training for operation &
maintenance are prescribed in P.W.D Handbook Chapter 22 titled “Instrumentation”.
413.1 Distribution of works amongst various

organizations:
Different organizations / agencies shall be responsible for -
(1) Central Designs Organization

a. Preparing proposals for installation of instrumentation in
new dams according to design requirements
b. Preparing and furnishing designers operating criteria and
relevant design parameters of normal behavior to the field officers and
DSO, including indications through instruments of any abnormal
behavior.
(2) DSO
a. Procurement, Installation and Commissioning of all Special
instruments including imported instruments.
b. Annual Inspection, Checking and Calibration of Instruments
and furnishing Calibration details to field officers.
c. Imparting training to field officers and staff regarding proper
upkeep, maintenance and operation of instruments and methods of taking
correct observations.
d. Analysis and interpretation of instrumentation data and
monitoring the behavior and status of safety of specified dams.
e. Periodical Inspection of working of instrumentation and
methods of taking and recording the observations and monitoring the
deficiencies noticed by the field officers and DSO.
f. Suggesting additional instrumentation in consultation with
CDO in existing dams wherever necessary.
g. Evolving standard methodology regarding recording of
instrumentation data, presentation and their periodical review.
h. Advising the field officers regarding proper collection and
upkeep of data and records.
(3) Field Officers
Page 260 of 303

a. Maintenance, upkeep and operation of instruments

according to O&M Manual.
b. Periodically noting observations of instrumentation data
and maintain field registers in prescribed proformae and proper plotting
of the data and annually furnish to DSO.
c. To maintain Field register consisting of prescribed
information, documents regarding dam instrumentation as per Appendix
48.
d. Analysis of leakage data for the dams which are not within
the purview of DSO.
413.2 Forms for observations:

Various forms are given in PWD Handbook Chapter 22 for recording the
observations of various instruments installed on the dams. Field officers may use the
forms given in this Chapter and those the forms suggested/ prescribed by the
equipment manufacturer and DSO.
413.3 Instrumentation Data Analysis:

1. Field officers shall record the observations of various instruments installed
on a dam and maintain the registers. They should properly plot the data and
furnish the copies of tabulated data and plotting periodically to Dam safety
Organization.
2. DSO shall analyze and interpret the instrumentation data and monitor the
behavior and status of safety of dams and send the Analysis report (Project wise)
to the project authorities and Government. DSO shall incorporate the
information regarding status of working of instruments on dams in the annual
Health Status Report of the dams.
3. Project EE shall comply the observations in the report of DSO and initiate
appropriate proposal for remedial actions wherever necessary.
414 Records to be maintained for completed dams for watching safety aspects
For all dams the, record of investigations, designs, construction, operation &
maintenance shall be carefully maintained as permanent record so that the same is
readily available for any future reference. Such record is helpful for-
i. Evolving efficient O&M procedures for the dam
ii. Periodical review of design approach and O&M procedures,
iii. Deciding the nature and significance of any unusual phenomenon, signs of
distress, emergency situations, inadequacies observed in performance of dam,
deciding remedial measures, etc.
iv. Strengthening or modifications when need arises.
Page 261 of 303

List of such records to be maintained is given in Appendix 48.

415 Security arrangements on Dams:
Adequate security arrangements shall be provided at the project sites to avoid
incidences like damage or destruction of any component or facility, theft of equipment
/part/ information. Dam in charge shall see that all the means of communication such
as telephone, wireless etc. are in order and working all the time. Chief Engineer shall
review security arrangements of large dams (Category I) at least once in a year. SE shall
review security arrangements of dams (Category II) at least once in a year. EE shall
review security arrangements of all other dams at least once in a year.
416 Adoption of provisions in Dam Safety Manual:

The officers and staff of WRD in-charge of maintenance of dams shall follow the various
provisions in the Dam safety manual. This will ensure effective watch on safety aspects
of dams and while dealing promptly and effectively in situations of dams showing signs
of distress. Following chapters of the Dam safety manual have been published-
Chapter 2 - Identification of causes of failure

Chapter 7 - Flood forecasting, Reservoir operation and Gate Operation
Chapter 8 - Preparedness for dealing with Emergency situations of dams
The provisions of remaining chapters shall also be followed when these chapters are
finalized.
417 Reservoir Operation Schedule (ROS):

Project officers shall prepare Operation Schedule, so as to ensure building up of
storage appropriately without involving any risk to safety of dam. The Executive
Engineers of the gated dams shall prepare complete ROS as per the guidelines contained
in dam safety manual chapter 7, for each dam under his control.
The ROS shall be approved by the Chief Engineer for all dams. The ROS shall be
reviewed every five years.
418 Gate Operation schedule (GOS)
The GOS is a part of ROS and it shall clearly indicate the sequence and stages of
operation of various gates corresponding to various lake levels and flood situations. It
shall be prepared by CDO as per the guidelines contained in dam safety manual chapter
7.The GOS shall be approved by the Chief Engineer for all dams
419 Emergency Action Plan (EAP):
Emergency Action Plan of the dam shall be prepared as per the guidelines contained in
dam safety manual Chapter 8 and submitted to the proper authority along with the
proposal for obtaining approval to the gorge filling. The EAP shall be reviewed after
every 2 years. Action shall be taken according to this EAP when emergency conditions
occur.
420 Standard Operating Procedure for Flood Control
Page 262 of 303

Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) document shall be prepared to identify

hazard potential of the dam to the downstream area, monitor flood situation, warning
regarding probable floods in advance, monitor and protect infrastructures created,
minimize / protect loss of human life and livestock.
The SOP shall be prepared based on Model Document prescribed by Government
which is annexed as Appendix 48 and its subsequent amendments. Some of the
important provisions in Model Document are as follows-
420.1 SOP shall be prepared for the dam fulfilling any of
the following conditions-
1. All gated dams
2. All dams with gross storage capacity of 150 MCum or more
3. All dams with spillway discharging capacity more than 3000 cumecs
420.2 Components of SOP:
Pre monsoon preparations-
This includes (1)Administrative preparation, (2)appointment of flood control officers,
(3)fixing duties and responsibilities of flood control officers, (4)trigger mechanism,
(5)actions to be taken by WRD authorities, (6)actions to be taken by other Govt.
Departments and Local bodies, (7)demarcation of alert, danger and disaster levels,
(8)selection of safe places for shifting of people.
Activities during monsoon-
This includes functions and responsibilities of (1) Dam controller, (2)Dy flood control
officer, (3)Divisional flood control officer, (4)District coordination officer, (5)Basin
flood control officer, (6)state flood control liaisoning officer, (7)Executive Directors of
Irrigation Development Corporations.
Post Monsoon activities-

The post monsoon inspection of dam & river, remedial measures for damages, annual
basin flood control reporting.
Annual Basin flood control report shall be submitted to the Government by Basin flood
control officer (Chief Engineer) by 31st Dec.
The SOP shall also include ROS, Communication protocols for Government Projects,
Non-Government Projects, Interstate projects, preparedness checklists for SE & EE,
Action chart, etc.
420.3 Approval to SOP:
SOP shall be approved by the Chief Engineer (Basin flood control officer).
421 Reporting of Important Events:
Reporting of the important events related to flood control shall be as follows-
Page 263 of 303

Officer When To Whom How
Executive (1)Discharge in river SE/ CE / concerned SMS / Phone /

Engineer corresponding to alert EE on down stream Email &
level 5and danger level.6 of river portion. Wireless & by
letter.
(2)In case of major dams SE / Collector / By letter / SMS

24 Hours before releases Tahsildar / Phone
through spillway.
(3)Storage in dam at Superintending SMS/ Phone /

particular time beyond Engineer Letter
storage stipulated in
ROS..
(4)Likely places & bridges SE / Executive SMS / Phone

which get affected at Engineer (PWD) / Radio &
discharge. (Considering Concerned Municipal Television
past experience) Corporation /
Minicipality / Gram
Panchayats
Superintend (1)Discharge in river at Chief Engineer / SMS / Phone /

ing Engineer danger level. Collector / Divisional Email &
Commissioner / Wireless
Superintendent of
Police
(2)75 % of design CE / Collector/ SMS / Phone /

discharge or more Divisional Email &
discharge to be released Commissioner / Wireless
from spillway. Concerned SE on
D/S Portion.
(3)Likely places or bridges CE / Collector / SMS / Phone

which get affected due to Divisional Radio &
discharge below alert & Commissioner / Television
danger level (Considering Superintendent of
past Experience) Police
5Alert Level : river flowing with maximum discharge carrying capacity
6Danger Level: Inundation beyond river boundaries
Page 264 of 303

Officer When To Whom How
(4)Any structural damages CE / Secretary, WRD SMS / Phone

to dam and canal.
(5)Any dam Failure. CE / Secretary, WRD SMS / Phone

/ Collector /
Divisional
Commissioner.
Chief (1)Discharge in river at Secretary (WRD) / SMS / Phone

Engineer danger level. Divisional /Email &
Commissioner Wireless/ Radio
& Television
(2)Any structural damages Secretary (WRD) SMS / Phone

dam and canal.
(3)Failure of any Dam. Secretary (WRD)/ SMS /Phone/
Divisional Email
Commissione
For reporting at different levels SOP of the dam shall be referred.
422 Inspection and Reporting in case of Dam failure and Alarming events
Following actions shall be taken in case of incidences of dam or bandhara failure-
1. Concerned project SE shall inspect the site within 24 hours of the incident
and report on telephone to the Government.
2. Concerned project CE shall submit a preliminary report to the Government
on phone, by FAX or email, based on the facts at the place of incidence within
24 hours of incidence.
3. Concerned Executive Director shall submit to the Government within 8
days of the incidence, a detailed report of the incidence based on the technical
reasoning and after fixing the responsibility if he finds that the incidence has
happened due to negligence and lack of supervision by the engineers.
4. In case of alarming events, such as settlement of embankments, abnormal
seepages from dams, development of cracks etc. report shall be submitted to
the Government as per prescribed format given in Appendix 48.
(B) CANAL SAFETY

(INCLUDING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM & CANALS OF LIS)
423 Following procedure and norms shall be adopted in respect of inspection of canal
and distribution system.
Page 265 of 303

423.1 Inspection of canal structures

423.1.1 Inspecting Authority:
Inspecting authority and frequency for inspection of different categories of Canal

structures on canal and distribution system shall be as given below -
Inspecting Category of canal structures Frequency Inspectio
Authority n report
to be
sent to
Sectional Officer All canal structures Annual Dy Er &
EE
Dy Engineer 1. Structures on canals with design Annual EE & SE
discharge of 0.7 cumec (25 cusec) or
above,
2. Canal structures pointed out by
Sectional Officer needing attention of
Dy. Engineer
Executive Engineer 1) Canal structures having abutment Annual SE & CE
to abutment length of 30 m or
more,
2) Structures on canals with design
discharge 10 cumec or more
3) All syphons
4) Structures pointed out by Dy Engr
needing attention of Executive
Engineer
Superintending 1) Structures on canals with design Annual EE &CE
Engineer discharge 20 cumec or more
2) Structures pointed out by EE
needing attention of
Superintending Engineer
Copy of Inspection reports, in case of structures in the reach of canal having

designed discharge 30 cumec or more, shall also be sent to DSO. For these reports, DSO
shall monitor the action taken by the project officers and also pursue the
implementation of remedial measures.
423.1.2 Proforma for Inspection:
Page 266 of 303

All the structures on canal shall be inspected as above and the register of
canal structures and details of inspection shall be entered in the prescribed
Proforma A and Proforma B given in Appendix 48. Register of inspection shall
be maintained properly and produced at the time of inspection by higher
authorities. The Superintending Engineers and other higher authorities shall
carry out such inspections at random, some time during their tours and record
their remarks in the register. Dy. Engr. and Sectional Officer shall invariably
inspect at least once in a year all CD works as prescribed above in monsoon and
canal structures as prescribed above during irrigation rotation period to observe
hydraulic functioning and seepage through these structures and details of
inspection shall be entered in the prescribed Proforma A and Proforma B given
in Appendix 48.
424 Inspection of Embankments

424.1 Schedule for Inspection
Following schedule be followed for inspection of embankments on canal

and distribution system.
Inspecting Height of embankment in Frequency Inspection

Authority meters report to be
sent to
Canal Inspector / All embankments in his Twice in every SO & Dy Er
CEA jurisdiction month
Sectional Officer 3 to 5 m Once in a month Dy Er & EE
Dy Engr. More than 5 m Once in three EE & SE
months
Executive Engr. More than 5 m and those Once in six SE & CE
pointed out by Dy. Engr months
needing attention of
Executive Engineer
Superintending More than 10 m and those Annual EE &CE
Engineer pointed out by EE needing
attention of SE
Copy of Inspection reports, in case of canal embankment, where the embankment

height is 5 m or more, and design discharge is more than 30 cumec shall also be sent to
DSO.For these reports, DSO shall monitor the action taken by the project officers and
also pursue the implementation of remedial measures.
424.2Details of Inspection
The details of inspection of embankments shall be entered in register of
canal structures and in the prescribed Proforma A and Proforma C given in
Page 267 of 303

Appendix 48. Register of inspection shall be maintained properly and produced

at the time of inspection by higher authorities.
Inspection Report format for various canal structures and canal
embankment is given in Appendix 48.
424.3 Inspection of Surface Drainage System on Canal and Distribution

System
In case of canals where surface drainage system is provided to facilitate
effective drainage of rainwater, longitudinal drains provided along d/s slope of
embankment shall be inspected for any vegetation growth obstructing free flow
of rainwater. The inspecting authority shall be as mentioned in paragraph 457
above.
425 Points to be checked during inspection of canal structures and embankments:
The inspection should be carried out in such a manner as to fulfill the said
purposes and give justice to location specific issues. Indicative list of such points is as
follows-
1. Whether there is any sign of distress/likely failure of any structure?
2. Location and extent of leakage, if any, through structure.
3. Location, extent & nature (clean/muddy) of seepage through banks.
4. Possibility of nalla-water from super passage entering into the canal
resulting in to silting up of canal.
5. To verify that following components of the system are well maintained,
function properly and are connected to main drain.
a. diverted nallas and regraded nallas
b. toe drains
c. catch water drains
d. escape channels
e. natural drains and artificial drains in the command and across the
canals
f. borrow pits.
6. Whether cavities formed behind the lining have been filled?
7. Whether potholes are filled-up to avoid formation of rain-cuts?
8. Whether precaution is taken to avoid bank-erosion?
9. Whether oiling and greasing is done to all types of H.R. and C.R. gates?
10. Whether gates of HRs, CRs, Escapes and Outlets are in good condition?
11. Location, nature and extent of damages due to rains.
12. To check following points in case of CD Works-
a. Is there any leakage through body of the structure? If yes, rate of
leakage in LPS?
Page 268 of 303

b. Is there any damage to masonry or concrete of the structure?

c. Is there any settlement of earthwork behind abutment and/or wing
walls?
d. Are the bearings in proper position and well lubricated?
e. Is the vent way clean?
f. Are the near by borrow pits well connected and draining into nalla?
g. Are there any obstructions in the nalla bed?
h. Is the nalla properly regraded u/s and d/s for sufficient length?
i. Is the nalla diversion functioning?
j. Is there any leakage through joints of earthwork and structure?
k. Is there any seepage through approaches?
426 Inspection of canals by DSO
DSO shall also carry out test inspections of one canal having design discharge
more than 10 cumec, from each region suggested by regional CE, based on following
selection criteria-
a) important structures like aqueduct, syphon, SWF, super passages etc as well as
structures designed by CDO
b) Deep cuts having depth10 m and more & high embankments having height 10
m and more.
DSO shall also suggest remedial measures in case of deficiencies noticed in their test
inspection. DSO shall monitor the action taken by the project officers and also pursue
the implementation of remedial measures.
427 Remedial measures:
Immediately after receiving the test inspection reports from the inspecting authority,
the concerned Executive Engineer shall initiate proposals for remedial measures and
submit to the SE. The higher officer shall endeavor to see that the remedial works are
carried out as early as possible. The concerned SE shall send the consolidated Action
Taken Report to DSO.
428 Reporting Important events like canal breaches
In case of important events or incidences such as canal breaches, development of cracks

etc. report shall be submitted to the Government as per prescribed format given in
Appendix 48.
(C) Safety of Lift Irrigation Schemes

429. Safety of the Civil structures:
Annual inspection of the civil structures of the LIS viz. Approach channel,
fore-bay, pump house, booster pump houses, ground and elevated reservoirs,
Page 269 of 303

rising mains, delivery chambers etc. shall be carried out every year by the
concerned Executive Engineer.
430. Inspecting authority

Inspecting authority and frequency for inspection of different components
of LIS shall be as given below-
Inspecting
Criteria for Inspection Frequency
Authority
Executive
LIS having CCA less than 10,000 ha Annual
Engineer
Superintending
LIS having CCA more than 10,000 ha Annual
Engineer
Note: The authority for inspection may be on the basis of size and importance
of the civil structure which will depend on the area to be irrigated from this
scheme . Hence the authority to inspect can be decided on the basis of CCA of
the scheme. Annual inspection Report shall be submitted to the SE, CE and DSO.
EE shall take necessary steps in order to remove the deficiencies. He shall also
take all necessary steps such as obtaining estimates for removal of deficiencies
noticed in inspection reports of mechanical and electrical equipments, making
budget available to the concerned mechanical and electrical divisions to
implement necessary remedial measures. Safety of the canals shall be dealt with
as given in “Section (B) Safety of Canals” of this chapter.
431. Safety of the electrical

equipments:
431.1 Switchyard:
Switchyard of Lift Irrigation Schemes shall be inspected usually before
monsoon i.e in the month of May and after monsoon i.e. in the month of October
every year. Inspection shall cover systematic review of safety of manpower and
equipments in switchyards by physical verification, checking statements,
records, various reports etc.
The guidelines given in relevant Indian Standards and Indian Electricity
Rules shall be followed for inspection of electrical equipments of the switchyard.
Inspecting authority shall write the inspection notes and prepare report
with his remarks showing deficiencies, if any, and remedial measures, if
required. He shall submit the report to the Chief Engineer (Elect) for
information and further remedial measures. Inspecting authority shall also
forward the copy of inspection report to concerned EE and SE. The check list for
inspection of switchyard of LIS is given in Appendix 48.
Page 270 of 303

The records of inspection of every year carried out for switchyard shall be
kept in electronic form and hard copy. The next due date for inspection of
switchyard shall be clearly marked in such formats. Compliance report of the
inspection carried out shall be furnished to Chief Engineer (Elect).
431.2 Transmission Lines:
The overhead transmission lines shall be inspected periodically for
maintenance purposes to detect any faults which may lead to breakdown of
electric supply. Transmission line shall be patrolled usually before monsoon i.e
in the month of May and after monsoon i.e. in the month of October every year
by the concerned Engineer-in -charge. Also transmission line shall be patrolled
after long outages.

Act and Rules shall be followed for inspection of transmission lines. Inspecting
authority shall write the inspection notes and prepare report with remedial
measures. He shall send it to division office for approval and further processing.
He shall take further remedial actions as per Indian Electricity Act and Rules.
The check list for ground patrolling of the transmission lines is enclosed in
Appendix 48.
Maintenance and cleaning of various equipment fittings, accessories,
primary instruments and sensors shall be carried out when they are de-energized
during the shut-down of main equipment so as to minimize shutdown time. The
records of all maintenance works carried out for each transmission line shall be
kept in table formats in electronic form and hard copy. The next due date for
maintenance of each item of work shall be clearly marked in such tables and
formats.
Compliance report of the patrolling/maintenance carried out shall be
furnished to division office. Breakdown maintenance team shall always be kept
ready with necessary tools to tackles so as to minimize the breakdown time. All
the planned maintenance would be completed in day time. Every person
involved in operation and maintenance of transmission lines shall be trained at
the induction level and at least once in a year.
431.3 Inspecting authority and frequency for inspection
Inspecting authority and frequency for inspection of electrical
components of LIS shall be as given below -
Page 271 of 303

Inspecting Electrical Component

Authority of
Electrical wing
a) Switch yard including transformer and other associated electrical
equipments
Deputy Engineer Up to 11 KV Switchyard
Executive 33 & 132 KV Switchyard
Engineer
Superintending Above 132 KV Switchyard
Engineer
b) Transmission lines
Deputy Engineer Up to 11 KV
Executive 33 & 132 KV and Critical Locations of all Transmission
Engineer lines
Superintending Above 132 KV
Engineer
431.4 Statutory Inspections:

Concerned Executive Engineer from Electrical wing shall get the statutory
inspections conducted by the Factory Inspector and Electrical Inspector before
commissioning of equipment. Deficiencies noticed shall be complied by the
concerned Officers.
Concerned SE (Electrical) shall consolidate the inspection report and send
to SE (Civil) for onward submission to DSO.
432 Safety of mechanical equipments:
Inspection of the mechanical equipments of LIS viz. pumps, anti-surge
devices, equipments in control room, inside the pump house, various valves etc.
shall be carried out half yearly by the inspecting authority of the mechanical
organization as per the checklist prescribed by CE (Mech). Annual inspection
Report be submitted to the SE and CE of electrical as well as civil wing.
Concerned DE, EE & SE of mechanical organization shall conduct half
yearly inspection (or more frequently, wherever necessary) of the mechanical
equipment of the LIS as per the checklist for inspection and maintenance given
in Appendix 48. Half yearly inspection Report be submitted to the SE and CE of
mechanical as well as civil wing, within one month after inspection.
One of the inspections shall be necessarily conducted while the scheme is
running for irrigation purpose. The other inspection during idle condition shall
be carried out by June end.
432.1 Inspecting authority
Page 272 of 303

Inspecting authority and frequency for inspection of mechanical

components of LIS shall be as given below -
Below criteria mentioned for pumps shall be adopted for inspection of
other components also, eg: anti-surge devices, equipments in control room,
inside the pump house, various valves etc.
Inspecting Authority of All Mechanical Component
Mechanical wing
Deputy Engineer Each Pump up to 500 HP
Executive Engineer Each Pump from 500 HP to 1500 HP
Superintending Engineer Each Pump above 1500 HP,
Concerned SE (Mechanical) shall consolidate the inspection report and

send to SE (Civil) for onward submission to DSO.
433 Remedial measures:
Immediately after receiving the test inspection report from inspecting
authority, the concerned Executive Engineer shall initiate proposals for remedial
measures and submit to the SE, where necessary. The higher officers shall
endeavor to see that the remedial works are carried out as early as possible.
The concerned SE shall send the consolidated Action Taken Report to DSO.
(D) Safety of Hydro Electric Power Projects

434 Scope:
Safety aspects of Hydro Projects operated by (a) Maharashtra State Power

Generation Company Ltd (MAHAGENCO) (b) GOM, WRD and (c) Private developers
are covered in this section.
435 Safety aspects of hydro projects Operated by Maharashtra State Power

Generation Company Ltd (MAHAGENCO)
The responsibility rests with MAHAGENCO in respect of (1) safety aspects

of hydro projects operated by it (2)getting statutory inspections carried out for
these projects by Factory Inspector/ Electrical Inspector, and complying with
the inspection reports. (3) Conducting safety audits. (4) Keeping watch and ward
of powerhouse and switchyard. (5) Maintenance of Power house.(6) Civil
structures including dam and related allied structures which are handed over to
MAHAGENCO.
Inspecting authority of the HEP shall conduct annual inspection to
ascertain whether safety aspects mentioned above are looked after properly by
MAHAGENCO as per the checklist for inspection and maintenance given in
Page 273 of 303

Appendix 48. Annual inspection Report be submitted to the SE and CE &

MAHAGENCO.
The safety aspects of dam and related allied structures, which are not
handed over to MAHAGENCO shall be looked after by WRD.
436. Safety aspects of Hydro Projects operated by GoM:
The responsibility shall rest with concerned SE of Electrical Wing of WRD in

respect of (1) safety aspects of hydro projects operated by it (2) getting statutory
inspections carried out for these projects by Factory Inspector/ Electrical
Inspector, and complying with the inspection reports. (3) Conducting safe ty
audits. (4) Keeping watch and ward of powerhouse and switchyard. (5)
Maintenance of Power house.
Inspecting authority of the HEP shall conduct annual inspection as per the
checklist for inspection and maintenance given in Appendix 48.
The safety aspects of dam and related allied structures shall be looked after
by the Civil Wing as mentioned in Section A and Section B of this chapter.
The pre and post monsoon inspection of these projects in respect of
electrical and mechanical components shall be carried out by Electrical wing of
WRD.
Concerned SE (Electrical) shall consolidate the inspection report for civil,
electrical and mechanical components for onward submission to DSO.
437. Safety aspects of Private Hydro Projects and Hydro Projects developed and
operated by Private Developers:
The responsibility shall rest with private developer in respect of (1) safety
aspects of hydro projects developed and operated by it (2) getting statutory
inspections carried out for these projects by Factory Inspector/ Electrical
Inspector, and complying with the inspection reports. (3) Conducting safety
audits. (4) Keeping watch and ward of powerhouse and switchyard. (5)
Maintenance of Power house. (6) Civil structures including dam and related allied
structures which are handed over to the developer.
Inspecting authority shall conduct annual inspection to ascertain whether
safety aspects mentioned above are looked after properly by developer as per the
checklist for inspection and maintenance given in Appendix 48 for private
projects and BOT projects respectively. Annual inspection Report be sent to the
private developer for carrying out remedial measures.
438. Inspection of Hydro Power stations, Switch yard and Transmission lines
438.1 Hydro Power Stations and Switch yard:
Page 274 of 303

The Hydro Electric Power Stations shall be inspected usually before

monsoon i.e in the month of May and after post monsoon i.e. in the month of
October of every year. Inspection shall cover systematic review of safety of man
power and equipments used in power station and switchyards by physical
verification, checking statements, records, various reports, etc.
Inspecting authority and frequency for inspection of electrical components
of hydro projects shall be as given below -
Inspecting
All Electrical Component
Authority of
Electrical wing
Executive Total Installed Capacity upto and including
Engineer 25 MW
Superintending Total Installed Capacity above 25 MW
Engineer

Rules shall be followed during inspection of electrical and mechanical equipments
of the power station and switchyard. Electrical Engineer shall write the inspection
notes and prepare report with his remarks showing deficiencies, if any, and
remedial measures, if required. He shall submit it to The Chief Engineer
(Electrical), Hydro Projects, Mumbai for information and taking up further
remedial measures. Electrical Engineer shall also give the copy of inspection
report to concerned EE and SE. CE(E) shall take further remedial actions, if
necessary. The check list for inspection of the Hydro Electric switchyard and
Power Stations is given in Appendix 48 respectively.
The records of inspection of every year carried out for power stations and
switchyards shall be kept in table formats in electronic form and hard copy. The
next due date for inspection of power station and switchyard shall be clearly
marked in such tables and formats. Compliance report of the inspection carried
out would be furnished to Chief Engineer (Elect), Hydro Projects, Mumbai.
438.2 Transmission Lines:

The overhead transmission lines shall be inspected periodically for
maintenance purposes to detect any faults which may lead to breakdown of
electric supply. Transmission lines shall be patrolled usually before monsoon i.e
in the month of May and after monsoon i.e. in the month of October of every year
by the concerned Engineer-in -charge. Also transmission lines shall be patrolled
after long outages.
Rules shall be followed during inspection of transmission lines. Engineer-in -charge
Page 275 of 303

shall write the inspection notes and prepare report with remedial measures. He
shall forward it to division office for approval and further processing. EE should
also inspect critical locations of transmission lines. He shall take further remedial
action as per Indian Electricity Rules. The check list for ground patrolling of the
transmission lines is enclosed in Appendix 48.
Maintenance and cleaning of various equipment fittings, accessories,
primary instruments and sensors shall be carried out when they are de-energized
during the shut-down of main equipment so as to minimize shutdown time. The
records of all maintenance carried out for each transmission line shall be kept in
table formats in electronic form and hard copy. The next due date for
maintenance of each item of work shall be clearly marked in such tables and
formats.
Compliance report of the patrolling/maintenance carried out would be
furnished to division office. Breakdown maintenance team shall always be kept
ready with necessary tools to tackle so as to minimize the breakdown time. All
the planned maintenance would be completed in day time. Every person involved
in operation and maintenance of transmission lines shall be trained at the
induction level and at least once in a year.
Inspecting authority and frequency for inspection of Transmission Lines shall
be as given below-
Inspecting Criterial for Inspection

Authority of
Electrical wing
Deputy Engineer Up to 11 KV
Executive Engineer 33 & 132 KV and Critical Locations of
all Transmission lines
Superintending Above 132 KV
Engineer
438.3 Prevention against flooding of Hydro Projects:

In order to prevent flooding of Hydro Power stations, recommendations
regarding safety aspects given in "Manual on Prevention against Flooding of Hydro
Power Station (Publication No. GP-308, Year 2010)” published by Central Board of
Irrigation and Power (CBIP) shall be followed.
439 Safety Guidelines for Electrical Works:

The guidelines given in Indian Standard: 5216 (part-I)-1982
(Recommendations on Safety Procedures and Practices in Electrical Work) and
Page 276 of 303

Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 / 2005 & as amended from time to time shall be
followed during inspection of electrical and mechanical equipments.
(E) Flood Zones and Marking:

440 Important flood zones :
440.1 Prohibited zones:
Main river course and adjacent area required to carry controlled flood discharge
released over spillway and flood discharge in the free catchment downstream of
the dam shall be considered as prohibited zone. Flood to be considered for this
purpose shall be maximum of (i) 25 year return flood and (ii) 1.5 times the
established river carrying capacity. The expanse of this magnitude of flood shall
be denoted by blue lines which confine the prohibited zone.
440.2 Restrictive zone:
No unconditional development is permitted in the spread of flood of 1 in 100
years frequency where there is no dam on up-stream on the river or nalla or
a flood equal to spillway design flood discharge and flood discharge in the
free catchment downstream of the dam and this shall be denoted by red
lines. The area bounded by red lines and blue line shall be called as
Restrictive zone.
441 Preparation & Approval to the Flood Zones
WRD officers shall finalize the flood lines (blue & red lines) on the maps
which will decide the extent of prohibited zone and restrictive zone. Such maps
shall be approved by the concerned CE.
442 Development works including tourism in the vicinity of dams:
Following norms shall be adopted for allowing development activities for
tourism purpose near dam and dam foot excluding the prohibited area.
i. Activities related to tourism development on Upstream of dam, may be allowed
beyond the water spread corresponding to HFL+1m or 500 m from edge of HFL,
whichever is more.
ii. Construction or excavation activities shall not be allowed within the distance of
10 times dam height or 200 m on down-stream side from dam toe, whichever is
maximum.
iii. It shall be mandatory for the developer to take necessary no objection certificate
from the concerned CE of WRD before starting tourism development activities.
(F) Railway Affecting Works
443 Some water storage tanks or reservoirs, canals in embankment, river bunds, road
embankments, channels for irrigation may affect the Railway Works. Project
officers shall take appropriate action as per “Maharashtra Manual of Railway
Affecting Tanks and Other Public Works (May 2009)” to ensure safety of works.
The manual prescribes criteria for and types of railway affecting works, effect on
safety of railway lines and bridges, inspection, repairs etc.
Page 277 of 303

(G) Organizational Setup for DSO

444 Organizational setup:
Organizational setup for DSO to look after safety aspects of various Water Resources
Projects shall be as under-
* Existing Divisions
@ Additional Divisions to take care of safety aspects of LIS and Hydro Projects.
444.1 Staffing in each of the additional Divisions-
Executive Engineer 1 Post

Dy Engrs. 4 posts (1 Civil & 3 Mech / Elecrtical for LIS/ HEPs)
Junior Engr. 4 posts
Jr Clerk/ Typist 1 post
Tracer 1 post
Peon 1 post
SE,
DSO
EE,
EE, Hydro
EE, EE,
EE, EE, EE, Instrument LIS Safety Projects
Canal ation Divn Safety Divn
Dam Safety Dam Safety Dam Safety
Divn. 1* Divn. 2* Divn. 3* Safety Research (Headed by (Headed by
Divn* Divn* EE(Mech)) EE
@ (Electrical))
@
445 Responsibilities of additional Divisions under DSO:

445.1 LIS Safety Division:
a) To scrutinize and compile the consolidated inspection reports for hydro

projects received from all the concerned SE (Civil) of LIS.
b) Prepare a consolidated status report for all LIS in the State.
445.2 Hydro Projects Safety Division:
a) To scrutinize and compile the consolidated inspection reports for Civil,

Mechanical and Electrical components of LIS, received from all the
concerned SE(Electrical) of Hydro Projects.
b) Prepare a consolidated status report for all HEP in the State.
Page 278 of 303

Chapter 13 Quality Assurance of Works
446 General:
Quality assurance is meant for ensuring that every work (Civil, Mechanical and
Electrical) is being executed to the desired quality standards and workmanship
duly conforming to technical specifications and execution procedures for long
term durability and reliability of service. Quality assurance involves considerable
attention to control process of execution of works, testing and inspection at
various stages namely, input, process and output for further improvement.
Quality of work primarily depends upon material, methodology and workmanship.
The quality needs to be assured through system of internal appraisal (which is
responsibility of the construction engineer) and external appraisal (which is to be
done by the agency other than the construction engineer).
Suitable clauses shall be incorporated in the contract document to pin point
the responsibility of contractor in relation to the quality assurance. However, the
primary and over-all responsibility for the execution of work as per specifications,
performance and safety of the work shall rest with the Construction Engineer.
The Construction Engineers shall finally certify that the works are carried out as
per the design, drawings & specifications and that they are of good workmanship.
447. Quality Assurance System:
The quality assurance system includes-

i) Detailed specifications based on design, drawings and construction methodology.
In the case of electrical and mechanical works, it shall be ensured that the
technical specifications do take care of the requirements of (i) the evacuating
agency (e.g. Maharashtra State Electricity Generation Company (MAHAGENCO) /
Maharashtra State Electricity Transmission Company Limited (MSETCL)), (ii)
Factory Inspectors and (iii) Electrical Inspectors.
ii) Supervision by qualified & trained site engineers & staff.
iii) Quality testing laboratories of required standards with state of art equipments.
iv) In case of multi-disciplinary works, proper coordination between different
organizations.
v) Deciding stages in the process of execution of works for monitoring the
appropriateness of the intra and inter activities involved for arriving at that
particular stage and taking up further stages only after ensuring that the
execution at the earlier stages is satisfactory e.g. providing vertical and
horizontal anchorages before concreting, backfilling of COT after passing
foundation, preparation of surface before concreting, etc.
vi) Confirming material suitability through tests before use on works.
vii)Testing during the execution of work by carrying out field tests and testing of
products at desired frequency.
viii) It shall be ensured by construction engineer that adequate appropriate measures
are actually been taken as per contract specifications during construction for
safeguarding life of operating and inspecting personnel and property including
equipments.
ix) In case of works involving requirement of technical knowledge of various
disciplines (Civil, Mechanical and Electrical) during execution, suitable provision
Page 279 of 303

of quality assurance by the concerned organizations (Civil, Mechanical and

Electrical) shall be made by the construction engineer in the contract document.
x) Documentation of testing, material consumption & photographic / video
recordings of important activities, preparing record drawings.
xi) Training facility to impart orientation & special training to site engineers,
supervisory staff and hands on training to contractor’s workmen. The emphasis of
the training purpose shall also be to imbibe in the minds of trainees the
importance of quality assurance.
448. Trainings
The Chief Engineer/ Superintending Engineer shall arrange the training(s) of

the field officers as per their job requirements prior to commencement of working
season. It shall include the topics like understanding drawings, special conditions
of contract and specifications, setting out of layouts, testing of materials,
methodology of construction, safety aspects, documentation (preparation of
working drawings, record drawings, videography / photography, test reports,
record tests), etc.
449. Organization for External Quality Appraisal:
i) The organizations for external quality appraisal are henceforth termed as Quality
Control (QC) organizations.
ii) In respect of execution of Civil works, all the Quality Control Circles shall externally
appraise the quality of works which are within their scope.
iii) As regards Mechanical / Electrical works, a dedicated division under direct control
of the concerned Chief Engineer shall perform such appraisal. This division shall
have one sub division for each construction circle of Mechanical / Electrical
organizations.
450. Role of Quality Control (QC) Organizations:
Quality control organizations shall independently inspect the works and carry out
test checks for exercising quality control with reference to the certified copy of
contract documents supplied by Executive Engineer of the construction division.
Copy of work order shall also be supplied by construction Executive Engineer to
the quality control organization. In the case of departmental works, the copies of
approved drawings & specifications shall be provided by the construction engineer
to the quality control organization. Also the date of start of work shall be
intimated and the program of execution of work shall be provided by the
construction engineer to the quality control organization.
Quality control organization shall point out the deficiencies and shortfalls in all
aspects of construction to construction engineer. In the case of Electrical and
Mechanical components, the QC organization shall ensure, by witnessing factory
tests along with construction engineer that the testing of the supplied items is
done as specified in the contract document and test results indicate the
fulfillment of acceptance criteria.
It shall monitor that all the requirements are fulfilled before the start of work
as well as during execution. It shall be ensured that field laboratories are
established at the work site and all arrangements for carrying out routine tests in
such field laboratories are duly made. The equipments in the laboratory as well
Page 280 of 303

as at work site shall be periodically calibrated. In the case of civil works, the QC
Organization shall establish and maintain testing laboratories of the desired
classes, at suitable places.
Where inter-disciplinary (Civil / Mechanical / Electrical) works are carried out
by one single organization, the compliance of the quality assurance plan shall be
ensured by the quality control organization of the concerned wing.
451. Assurance regarding compliance of specifications:
Compliance of specifications for work shall be assured in respect of the

following-
(i) Availability of men, material and machinery
(ii) Method of execution and testing
(i) Availability of men, material and machinery:
Before start of execution of any work, it shall be ensured that trained

manpower and machinery (in good working condition) as mentioned in contract
documents are available at site in required number with the agency entrusted
with the work. If the drawings of the works to be executed do not reflect the
methodology to be adopted for execution of work, it shall be ensured that the
proposed methodology does not vitiate the design considerations (e.g. if the
precast beams are to be placed in position by providing intermediate supports
along the axis of the beam, the stresses developed in the beam during erection
need to be checked to ensure that the beam will not fail during erection). It shall
also be ensured before starting the work that the required working space for
construction and maintenance of the equipment is available.
It shall be ensured that the material required for execution of work satisfying
the specifications is available in sufficient quantity. Sub-standard material / part
/ jobwork, unserviceable equipment/machinery shall be removed from site /
workshop. Unfit / untrained manpower shall not be allowed to work.
(iii) Method of execution and testing:
The day to day control required to be exercised shall be the responsibility

of the construction engineer (e.g. before taking up the work of foundation
concrete, the foundations are passed by the competent authority, each layer of
earthwork is of required thickness and satisfies the requirement of compaction in
relation to field density etc.).
The Deputy Engineer or the Junior Engineer in charge of work (except in
case of hidden measurements) shall ensure that at the stage of starting any
activity related to execution of works, the pre-requisite activity is completed
satisfactorily (e.g. he should record the fulfillment of the preceding activity, in
the ‘Internal Work Clearance Register’, which shall be maintained for each work.)
The Quality Control organization shall ensure that the prerequisites for
activities required at the start of work (and subsequent resumption in case of
abandoned / suspended works) and at the beginning of each working season are
fulfilled. In addition, it shall conduct frequent inspection and issue inspection
slips and inspection reports as mentioned in Paragraph 510 below.
The method of execution and testing shall involve following activities-
i) It shall be ensured that the approved drawings are available at the concerned
work site and the working drawings based on approved drawings showing details
Page 281 of 303

of each component, required for execution purpose are also available. It shall
also be ensured that the work is being executed as per these drawings.
ii) It shall be ensured that the specifications incorporated in the contract document
are always available with the supervisory staff and they are well conversant with
the specifications.
iii) The suitability of input material shall be ascertained beforehand by appropriate
testing as specified (in respect of frequency, sampling, method of testing, etc).
iv) During execution of work, necessary specified tests shall be carried out.
v) The record of procurement and consumption of all important construction
material e.g. cement, steel, etc. shall be kept at work site. The consumption of
material shall be cross checked based on quantity of work executed.
vi) It shall be ensured that mix design is prepared by QC organization and approved
by Construction Superintending Engineer, for different items of concrete works.
vii) It shall be ensured that the finished product fulfills the requirements as per
specifications.
viii) Special tests or tests of specific materials, for which testing facility is not
available with Quality Control or MERI, Nashik, shall be got done from the
standard laboratories suggested by MERI, Nashik where such facilities are
available and the reports be obtained in addition to test reports, obtained from
the supplier. For this, such testing laboratories shall be identified in advance,
prior to taking up works. (e.g. Tests on Elastomeric Bearing Pads, Neoprene
material for joints, sealants, epoxy compounds, PVC pipes, M.S. Pipes, RCC Pipes,
PVC water stoppers, etc.)
452. Documentation of test results:
Register(s) of all the tests carried out on input materials as well as during
execution shall be maintained. Analysis and interpretation of test results shall be
done systematically and properly, by using statistical methods at the end of every
month. The deficit in the number of tests carried out as revealed by the analysis
shall be taken into consideration while carrying out the tests in the future
execution. Also the implications of the deficit in the number of tests shall be
assessed. Also departure from the specified parameters (e.g. strength,
permeability, etc.) as revealed by the analysis shall be considered and suitable
measures (e.g. review of design mix, taking up grouting works, dismantling the
structures, etc.) shall be taken at appropriate time.
In addition to daily testing, record tests as specified in contract (as
specified in IS if the work is carried out by department) shall also be carried out
in laboratory. The results of such record tests shall also be documented properly.
453. Internal work clearance register
Separate register shall be maintained for each important component of the

work, by the construction in-charge. All entries of clearance given by the
competent construction engineer (after satisfying himself that all the
prerequisites are fulfilled) for starting any activity / for proceeding with next
activity shall be recorded in this register. The quality control engineer shall
inspect this register and point out omissions noticed, if any, to all concerned.
454. Analysis of test results for mid-term review of design and methodology:
In the event of significant disparity between the design parameters of the

available construction materials with reference to those of the construction
Page 282 of 303

materials explored at the time of project design, the design of the concerned
component shall be reviewed before proceeding with the execution of that
component.
455. Interaction between construction organization and quality co ntrol
organization:
Interaction between construction and quality control organization shall be

required at every stage of execution of work. One of the important interactions
is in the form of OK card system. OK cards shall be issued by quality control
organization, which notifies that all the prerequisites required for start of
construction activity (for first time as well as at the beginning of each working
season) are fulfilled by construction engineer and the proposed construction
activity can be started. Such OK cards shall be issued by quality control
organization in respect of (i) works costing more than Rs.3 Crore, (ii) embankment
works where height of embankment is more than 3 m. and (iii) canal structures
costing more than Rs.1 Crore. For works which do not fit in these norms, similar
system for checking that all the prerequisites required for start of each activity
of work are fulfilled shall be established by the construction organization.
During execution of work, if minor deficiencies in the w ork are pointed out
by the quality control organization by issuing yellow slip, the work may continue
after the deficiencies are removed by the construction organization.
However, during execution of work, if serious deficiencies are noticed, red
slip shall be issued by the officer of quality control organization, not below the
rank of deputy engineer. In that case, the construction engineer shall stop the
work immediately. After rectifying the deficiencies, the work shall be resumed
by obtaining clearance from quality control organization in the form of OK card.
The construction engineer shall ordinarily implement all the suggestions
given by the Quality Control Engineers. Difference of opinion, if any, between the
Construction Engineer and the Quality Control Engineer, in regards to the
suggestions of the latter / red slip, shall be sorted out by the concerned
construction Chief Engineer (Civil / Mechanical /Electrical).
456. Inspection and Review:
a. Inspection:
Construction engineers & Quality Control Engineers shall visit the work site
regularly. On every visit, the engineer shall issue an inspection note, which shall
include the observations (including the remark about good or poor quality as
noticed during the inspection) on quality aspects & instructions to improve the
same. They shall arrange to conduct field tests and point out the deficiencies in
execution of work, if any.
When the works are in progress, following monthly frequency of site visits
shall be maintained by the respective officers of construction organization.
S
r
. Site visits per Month
Designation
N (In days)
o
.
Page 283 of 303

Junior Engineer Expected to be present at site

1
always
2 Deputy Engineer 20
3 Executive Engineer 10
Superintending
4 4
Engineer
5 Chief Engineer 2
6 Executive Director 1
During course of inspection, various quality related documents such as test
reports, OK cards, yellow / red slips, compliance of inspection notes issued by
quality control officers, internal work clearance register, etc. shall be scrutinized
by the inspecting authority. The inspecting authority shall ensure that the
specifications incorporated in the contract document are available with the
supervisory staff and they are well conversant with the specifications.
b. Review Meetings:
Chief Engineer / Superintending Engineer / Executive Engineer shall take

periodical review of construction activities under his jurisdiction. In such
meetings, review about quality assurance aspects of works, under execution shall
be invariably taken.
For such review meetings, the Chief Engineer shall invite Superintending
Engineer, Quality Control. The Construction Superintending Engineer shall invite
Quality Control Executive Engineers.
Monthly meetings of Quality Control Executive Engineer with Construction
Engineer shall be held for improving quality of work & for compliance of issues
raised by Q.C. organization.
457. Electrical and Mechanical works:
The above provisions for inspection shall also be applicable to

electrical and mechanical works. In addition to this, special provisions for
electrical and mechanical works are mentioned below -
a. General
i. The reports of tests conducted by the manufacturer for materials to be used for
works shall be invariably obtained from the supplier. The concerned construction
engineer shall verify & accept the material only after satisfactory test results.
ii. Physical examination of the material upon receipt at site to check for conditions
and damage if any occurred during transit shall be conducted by the construction
in-charge, who shall take appropriate actions where deemed necessary.
iii. Safe and proper storage of Electrical & mechanical Materials/ equipments after
receipt at site and before erection shall be ensured by periodic inspection during
storage by the construction in-charge.
b. Testing of Materials used for execution of works and Testing to be done
related to Workmanship:
i. Testing of materials:
a. Special Tests:
Special Tests (e.g. Percentage elongation in case of rubber seals, Bearing
pressure in case of bushings, etc.) or tests of specific materials (e.g. Rubber Seal,
Page 284 of 303

Bearing/Bush), for which testing facility is not available with the department,
shall be got done by the construction engineer from the standard laboratories, as
selected by Chief Engineer, Mechanical/Electrical where such facilities are
available and the reports obtained.
b. Tests to be conducted with the help of facilities available with the
department:
Necessary tests of materials as per relevant IS specifications shall be carried
out in respect of departmentally executed works.
ii. Testing related to Workmanship
a. Special Test:
The facility for testing of workmanship of casting of cast steel used for trunion
shoe etc. being not available with the department shall be carried out through
standard laboratories as selected by Chief Engineer, Mechanical.
b. Tests to be conducted with the help of facilities available with the department:
Wherever required (e.g. Welded Joints, Cast steel), Non Destructive Testing
(NDT) shall be carried out by Quality Control Organization to ensure that the
executed work meets the requirements specified.
c. Physical Inspection-
The construction engineer shall physically inspect the materials (e.g. Steel
Plates) to be used for the works to ensure that the same is free from rust and the
surface finish is acceptable. The construction engineer shall also check the
dimensions of the parts. All the critical dimensions shall be checked by the
construction engineer and also by quality control engineer.
The construction engineer shall also check the performance of the pump,
motors & electro mechanical components of LIS from the point of view of rise in
temperature of oil and cooling water after specified hours of working of pump,
motors & electro mechanical components of LIS.
d. Quality assurance for workmanship:
i. Role of Construction engineer:

The construction engineer shall ensure that:
i) Welding electrode of appropriate type & in proper condition is selected.
ii) Succeeding activity of execution shall be taken up only after successful
completion of previous activity (e.g. for welding works, the first run shall be crack
free before taking up the second run).
iii) The tolerances of the machined parts and assemblies are w ithin acceptable limits
as per relevant standards.
iv) The prefabricated parts are provided with adequate bracings to prevent
deformation of their shape, till final placement.
v) Proper jointing of various parts by using nut bolts of specified quality, by
adequate tightening with the help of torque wrench.
vi) Various parts to be assembled shall carry punched markings to enable the
assembly in proper sequence and at proper place.
ii. Role of Quality Control Wing
The quality control organization shall ensure that:
i) The Construction Engineer has taken steps to ensure fulfillment of points
mentioned in paragraph 457.d.i. This shall be done by test checking.
ii) Stress relieving when specified (e.g. trunion girder box) is done by appropriate
method as prescribed.
Page 285 of 303

e. Inspection and Testing at manufacturer’s workplace and at places other than

work site:
Before any material, equipment, apparatus etc. is packed or dispatched

from the manufacturer’s workplace, all relevant tests, inspections, checks,
examinations, etc. required as per quality assurance plan approved by authority
competent to accept the tender, shall be witnessed by Quality Control Engineer
along with the concerned in-charge, not below the rank of Executive Engineer of
construction and in presence of contractor. The deficiencies noticed, if any, shall
be got rectified by the above said inspecting officers. After satisfying that, the
material, equipment, apparatus, etc. are acceptable in terms of contract
specifications; the test certificate shall be recorded by the concerned in-charge,
not below the rank of Executive Engineer and countersigned by the Quality
Control Engineer.
The Quality Control Engineers shall satisfy himself that the contractor has
produced all the necessary test certificates as specified in the contract
documents.
As regards special test(s), which are required to be conducted at a place other
than manufacturer’s workplace or also other than worksite, the above procedure
shall be followed after the contractor makes available the material, equipment,
apparatus, etc. at the desired place, for which special test(s) are to be carried
out.
If this is not practicable, third party quality control inspection (i.e. the party
appointed by the department for such inspection) shall be resorted to.
f. Testing at worksite:
All relevant tests (including load tests of pump, motors & electro
mechanical components of LIS) carried out by the contractor, as per contract
conditions, required as per quality assurance plan approved by authority
competent to accept the tender, shall be witnessed by the Quality Control
Engineer along with the engineer in-charge. The deficiencies noticed, if any, shall
be got rectified by the above said inspecting officers after getting the repeat
tests conducted. After satisfying that, work (including material, equipment,
apparatus, etc.) is acceptable in terms of contract specifications; recording that
the test results are satisfactory shall be done in the test inspection register by
the engineer in-charge and countersigned by the Quality Control Engineer.
As regards tests to be conducted by the Quality Control Engineer, the same
shall be witnessed by the engineer in-charge in presence of contractor. The
quality control engineer shall satisfy himself that the deficiencies, if any are
rectified by getting the repeat tests done. Further procedure regarding recording
of test results shall be same as mentioned above.
Some of the tests (e.g. hydraulic pressure test, turbine acceptance test, etc.)
shall be necessarily witnessed by the Quality Control engineer.
As regards tests which may not be conducted in presence of the quality control
engineer, the quality control engineer shall verify that the necessary entries
regarding satisfactory outcome of tests are taken in the test inspection register.
He shall point out the omissions, if any, to all concerned.
The Quality Control Engineer shall verify that all necessary entries regarding
clearance given by electrical / civil / Mechanical Deputy Engineers are recorded
Page 286 of 303

in the Interface Clearance register maintained for this purpose (e.g. clearance
of electrical wing shall be obtained in respect of blockouts, trenches,
embedment, etc. before concreting, etc.). He shall point out the omissions, if
any, to all concerned.
g. Quality Assurance in respect of workmanship:
The Quality Control engineer shall exercise checks during his inspections about
the workmanship by visual inspection (e.g.: adequate welding at appropriate
places) and also by actual testing (e.g. tightness of nuts, screws, etc.).
h. Special provisions for Electrical Works:
In addition to this, special provisions for electrical works are mentioned below -
a. It shall also be ensured by the construction in-charge that clearances are obtained
at the appropriate stages of the execution of the works from various authorities
like (i) the evacuating agency (for e.g. MAHAGENCO / MSETCL) (ii) Factory
Inspectors and (iii) Electrical Inspectors.
b. It shall be ensured by the construction engineer that the E&M equipment are
provided with adequate earthing arrangement satisfying the standard provisions.
c. A system of obtaining clearances from electrical wing for taking up the concreting
works by the civil wing shall be enforced. Interface Clearance register shall be
maintained for this purpose, entries in which shall be signed by the concerned
Deputy Engineers of electrical and civil wing.
d. It shall be ensured by the construction engineer that suitable arrangement for
terminating high voltage incoming & outgoing lines, as per contract specification
is made.
e. Third Party Inspection: To ensure quality of the equipments during manufacturing
and testing, provision of Third Party Inspection shall be made in the tender papers
for major items of E&M equipments like EOT Crane, Transformers, stator, rotor,
etc. especially when manufacture and supply of these equipments is from foreign
countries. The names of acceptable Third Party Inspection Agencies shall be
indicated in the tender papers. The manufacturer / supplier shall appoint Third
party Inspection Agency with the approval of the Chief Engineer (Electrical). A
tripartite agreement shall be executed between (a) manufacturer / supplier (b)
Third party agency (c) representative of Chief Engineer (Electrical). The scope of
work of third party inspecting agency, inter-alia shall be specified in this
agreement, which shall include vetting of drawings, checking quality of
manufacturing at various stages by witnessing tests and also during carrying out
performance tests at construction site.
Page 287 of 303

Chapter 14 WORKING OF IRRIGATION

DEVELOPMENT CORPORATIONS
458. Objectives of creation of Irrigation Development Corporations (IDC):
Government of Maharashtra (GoM), has established five Irrigation

Development Corporations (IDC) in the State during the period from April 1996 to
August 1998. These Corporations are established for promotion & operation of
irrigation projects, command area development, schemes for generation of
hydroelectric energy & other allied & incidental activities including flood control
in different regions of the Maharashtra State. These Corporations were
empowered to raise the funds, as per necessity for fulfilling these objectives,
through bonds having public / private participation.
459. Formation and Area of Operation of Corporations:
The formation and area of operation of respective Corporations are as

given below-
Sr. Name of the Details of Area of
No. Corporation & formation of operation
Headquarter Corporations
1. Maharashtra Maharashtra Krishna
Krishna Valley Act no: 15 of river basin
Development 1996
Corporation, Date: 4 April
Pune 1996.
(MKVDC, Pune)
2 Vidarbha Maharashtra Godavari
Irrigation Act no: 26 of river basin
Development 1997 in Vidarbha
Corporation, Date: 28 April region &
Nagpur (VIDC, 1997. Tapi river
Nagpur) basin in
Vidarbha
region
3 Tapi Irrigation Maharashtra Tapi river

Development Act no: 4 of basin in
Corporation, 1998 North
Jalgaon (TIDC, Date: 6 Maharashtra
Jalgaon) January 1998. region
4 Konkan Irrigation Maharashtra Konkan

Development Act no: 3 of region
Corporation, 1998
Thane. (KIDC, Date: 6
Thane) January 1998.
Page 288 of 303

5 Godavari Maharashtra Godavari

Marathwada Act no: 23 of river basin
Irrigation 1998 in
Development Date: 17 Marathwada
Corporation, August 1998. & North
Aurangabad. Maharashtra
(GMIDC, regions
Aurangabad)
460. Structure of the Corporations.
a. Structure common to all Corporations:
i. Chairman -Minister for Water Resources Department (ex-officio)

ii. Vice chairman – Chief Secretary to Government (ex-officio)
iii. Managing Director – Secretary of Water Resources Department (WR & D) (ex-
officio)
iv. Ex-officio Members as below:
1) Secretary (CAD & WM), Water Resources Department
2) Secretary, Finance Department
3) Secretary, Planning Department
4) Secretary (Forests), Revenue and Forests Department
5) Secretary (Relief & Rehabilitation), Revenue and Forests Department
6) Secretary, Agriculture Department
v. Member Secretary: Executive Director of respective Corporation.
b. Non Official Members:
The number of non-official members, to be nominated by State Government,
varies from corporation to Corporation as mentioned below-
Membership criteria & Number of members for different Corporations
designation of the member
Sr. Membership Designati MKVDC, VIDC, TIDC, KIDC, GMIDC,
No. criteria on Pune Nagpur Jalgaon Thane Aurangabad
1 Members from Vice 2 2 2 2 1
the area of chairman
operation of
Corporation
2 Members from Member 5 5 2 3 7
Maharashtra
state legislative
assembly.
3 Members from Member 2 3 1 1 2
Maharashtra
state legislative
council
4 Members Member 3 3 Nil Nil Nil
representing
reputed &
recognized
financial
institutions
Page 289 of 303

5 Members having Member 2 2 Nil Nil Nil

special
knowledge or
practical
experience, one
each from the
field of irrigation
& finance
6 Representative Member 1 1 1 1 1
of respective
Development
Boards
The Chairman, Vice-Chairmen, Managing Director and other members

(including member secretary) of the Corporation constitute the Governing Council
(GC) of the Corporation.
461. Functions of the Corporations.
The broad functions shall be as under-

1. To plan, investigate, design, construct & manage the irrigation projects &
command area development including extension, improvement, modernization,
special repairs of completed projects and flood protection works ;
2. To plan, investigate, design, construct & manage the schemes of generation of
hydro electric energy;
3. To keep coordination with the State Government departments, railway
authorities, local authorities and statutory bodies with a view to minimize the
inconvenience likely to be caused by the submergence of roads, railways, lands,
electric and communication lines and bear the cost if any.
4. To enter into contracts in respect of the works & any other matters transferred
to the Corporation along with assets & liabilities under its Act;
5. To invite tenders, bids, offers & enter into contracts for the purpose of all the
activities of the Corporation;
6. To promote participation of any person or body or association of individuals in
planning, investigation, designing, construction & management of irrigation
projects, command area development & hydroelectric power projects including
flood management.
7. To undertake schemes or works either jointly with other corporate bodies or
institutions, or with government or local authorities or on agency basis in
furtherance of the purposes for which the Corporation is established & all matters
connected therewith;
8. To promote irrigation related activities such as fisheries, pisciculture,
floriculture, horticulture, sericulture, tissue culture, etc.
9. To promote tourism, water sports & other related activities on & around irrigation
& hydroelectric power projects;
10. To develop the land around or nearby tanks/reservoirs & other suitable locations
with irrigation facilities & other infrastructure facilities & lease part or whole of
such developed properties to the interested parties;
11. To prepare annual plan & five year development plan;
12. To prepare annual budget;
Page 290 of 303

13. To do all such other things & perform such acts as may be necessary for, or
incidental or conducive to any matters which are necessary for furtherance of the
objectives for which the Corporation is established.
14. To undertake and perform any duty, obligation or activities entrusted by the state
government in furtherance of the objectives for which Corporation is established.
15. The Corporation may carry out all or any other function and exercise all or any
of the powers under various Acts & Rules of the Government related to Water
Resources Management (e.g. Maharashtra Irrigation Act, 1976, Bombay Canal
Rules, 1934, MMISF Act, 2005, MMISF Rules, 2006, MWRRA Act, 2005, etc).
16. Corporation shall apply water charges for irrigation as well as non-irrigation use
in the jurisdiction of the Corporation, as fixed by the Government, from time to
time.
462. Staffing pattern:
Staffing pattern for the various Corporations shall be as below -

For VIDC, For TIDC
Sr. No. Designation GMIDC and and KIDC
MKVDC each each
A Executive director 1 1
Total A 1 1
B Project branch
1 Superintending engineer 1 1
2 Executive engineer 2 1
3 Deputy engineer 8 4
4 Tracer 4 2
Total B 15 8
C Data Centre Branch (Under EE)
1 Junior Engineer (For PB) 1 1
2 Jr. Clerk (For CB) 1 1
Asst. accounts officer (For AB) (From
the cadre of Maharashtra Finance
3 1 1
Account Service, Group-B-Non
Gazetted)
Total C 3 3
D Establishment branch.
1 Superintendent 1 1
2 First clerk 1 1
3 Sr. clerk 3 2
4 Jr. clerk cum typist 7 5
5 Asst. Store keeper 1 1
Higher Grade Steno/ Lower Grade
6 2 2
Steno/ Steno typist
7 Record keeper 1 1
8 Driver 4 4
9 Naik 1 1
10 Peon 11 8
11 Watchman 3 3
Page 291 of 303

Total D 35 29
E Legal Cell
Legal Advisor (Retired Judge, not
1 1 1
below the rank of District Judge)
2 Deputy engineer 1 1
Higher Grade Steno/ Lower Grade
3 1 1
Steno/ Steno typist
4 Sr. clerk 2 1
Total E 9 7
F Accounts branch
Chief Account & Finance Officer (of
1 the rank of Director Accounts & 1 1
Treasuries)
Sr. Accounts Officer (from cadre of
2 Asst. Director Accounts and 1 1
Treasuries)
Accounts Officer (From the cadre of
3 Maharashtra Accounts and Finance 3 2
Service, Group-B)
Asst. Accounts Officer (From the
cadre of Maharashtra Accounts and
4 6 4
Finance Service, Group-B-Non
Gazetted)
Total F 14 9
Grand Total 77 57
463. The remuneration and allowances of the official & non-official members of
the Corporation:
The remuneration and allowances of the non-official members of the

Corporation, which are nominated by Government shall be same as directed by
Government in this regard, or which are prevalent from time to time.
The official members of the Corporation shall be entitled to travelling and
daily allowance for attending the meetings of the Corporation. The provisions of
travelling allowance rules, applicable to the employees of the state shall be
applicable to the members. The expenses shall be borne by the department,
which is drawing their salary or by Corporation as the case may be.
464. Constitution, Functions & Powers of Governing Council (GC) of Corporation
a. Constitution of GC:
As mentioned in paragraph 460 of this Chapter.
b. Functions of GC:
a) To approve the draft master plan for utilization of allotted share of water in the
river basin / basins for submission to the State Water Board through the
Government.
b) To approve the annual budget plan and re-appropriation proposal, if any, for
submission to the Government.
Page 292 of 303

c) To finalize for submission to Government annual targets for creation of storages,

additional irrigation potential to be created and its utilization.
d) To take quarterly review of achievements vis-à-vis targets as mentioned in (c)
above.
e) To take appropriate actions in order to expedite the issues related to land
acquisition (including Private, Government and diversion of forest lands) and
rehabilitation.
f) To approve the proposals for enhancing the revenue of the Corporation.
g) To approve rules and regulations of the Corporation for submission to
Government.
h) To monitor that the Executive Director approves the project wise yearly
procurement schedule.
i) To approve the annual accounts audited by the auditor appointed by Corporation
for submission to AG.
j) To approve action taken report on Separate Audit Report (SAR) by AG on the
annual accounts of the Corporation, for submission to Government.
k) To approve Annual Report of activities during previous financial year of the
Corporation for submission to Government.
l) To approve the proposal for delegation of any powers under the Act to any officer
of the State Government or to any of its officers & to permit them to re-delegate
specific powers to their subordinates of the Corporation, for obtaining approval
of Government.
m) To approve the Annual Implementation Plan of execution of the projects
consistent with approved budget outlay for that year.
n) To undertake any other activities entrusted by the state government in
furtherance of the objectives for which Corporation is established.
o) To approve proposals for appointment of legal advisor and when necessary, panel
of counsels, senior counsels, etc. including terms of appointment.
c. Powers of GC
a. To exercise the powers related to administrative approval and revised
administrative approval as delegated by the Government from time to time, after
obtaining clearance from SLTAC and MWRRA, as applicable.
b. To approve claims arising out of contracts up to Rs. 50 lakhs, which are beyond
the powers of Executive committee, after considering legal opinion of Secretary
(L&JD), who shall be specially invited for the meeting, in which claims are
considered for approval.
c. To accept / challenge in courts of law arbitration awards / court orders / decrees
in respect of contractors’ claims.
d. To grant permissions to challenge the awards/ court orders in higher courts of
law, in the cases where the award/order is not prima facie acceptable.
e. To approve the proposal for acquisition of movable property (e.g. inspection
vehicles) for the performance of functions of the Corporation as mentioned in the
Act.
f. To approve the proposals of leasing property, including land, for a period not
more than 30 years (for the performance of functions of the Corporation as
mentioned in the Act or for State/Central Govt.’s purpose).
g. To approve the proposals for, execution of works of other Government
department / PSU and local bodies on Deposit Contribution basis costing over Rs.1
Crore.
Page 293 of 303

h. To approve the proposal for construction of Dam, Bandhara, Weir, etc. by any
agency other than Govt. deptt. or local bodies in the jurisdiction of the
Corporation, by any person, subject to the water availability as per master plan
of the basin.
i. To approve lease rights for water sports, other recreational activities related to
use of reservoir & its surrounding & reservoir water
j. To approve appointment of suitable consultant or person having special
knowledge or skill to assist the Corporation in the performance of its functions
k. To approve the appointment of internal auditors.
l. To approve proposal to establish, maintain and operate labs, experimental and
research stations and farms for conducting experiments and research.
m. To finalize the budget estimate (annual financial statement and programme of
works) for the next financial year of the Corporation as well as re-appropriation
proposal, if any.
n. To approve the annual accounts audited by the auditor appointed by Corporation.
o. To approve the Separate Audit Report (SAR) by AG on the annual accounts of the
Corporation and action taken report on the same.
p. To approve the Annual Report of activities during previous financial year of the
Corporation.
q. To finalize the proposal for delegation of any powers under the act to any officer
of State government or to any of its officers & to permit them to re-delegate
specific powers to their subordinates of the Corporation.
r. To approve proposal for appointment of legal advisor and, when necessary, panel
of counsels, senior counsels, etc. including terms of appointment.
s. To approve policy of investment of surplus funds.
t. To approve the bank (s) for keeping current and deposit account of the
Corporation.
465. Meetings of GC
a. Convening of meeting :
a) The meeting shall be held at least once in two months.
b) Meeting of the GC shall be held on such date and place as may be decided by the
chairman. The member secretary of the GC shall issue the notice of the meetings
on the directions of the Chairman.
c) The Chairman of GC may invite any officer of the Central Govt, State Govt, Local
authority to attend its meeting or meetings as Special invitee for the purpose of
assisting or advising it on any matter(s). The person so invited may take part in
proceeding but shall have no right to vote.
b. Notice of meeting
a) A minimum of fifteen days’ notice shall be given before every meeting specifying
the place, date, time of the meeting along with statement of business (agenda
items) to be transacted at such meeting. The agenda note(s) shall be given to all
members of GC by post or by hand delivery or by email at their respective
addresses registered with the Corporation. Provided that a meeting may be called
at shorter notice with the permission of Chairman, for period not less than 3 days
to transact urgent business. Agenda note shall include sufficient details along
with financial implications, if any, of each agenda item.
b) Business of each meeting shall invariably include following items-
i. Confirmation of minutes of previous meeting
ii. Review of action taken on minutes of earlier meetings.
Page 294 of 303

iii. Physical and financial review of progress against targets.

c. Presiding authority of meeting
Meetings of the GC shall be presided over by the Chairman or in his absence
by one of the Vice-Chairmen nominated by the Chairman, for that meeting.
d. Adjournment of meeting for want of quorum
The quorum of the meeting shall be two third of its total strength of the appointed
members of the GC. No representative shall be allowed to participate in the
meeting. Where a meeting of GC could not be held for want of quorum, then such
meeting shall stand cancelled.
Note: For the purpose of quorum, fraction shall be rounded off to next higher
number.
e. Business of the meeting
a) All members (including Chairman, Vice Chairman & Member Secretary) shall have
power to vote in the meetings of GC
b) No business shall be transacted at any meeting other than the business specified
in the notice issued, provided that the Chairman may bring before the GC of his
own or at the instance of any member present any business not speci fied in the
notice & which in his opinion is urgent.
c) The opinion of the presiding authority on the question whether or not the business
is urgent shall be final.
d) A member, who may be directly or indirectly concerned or interested in any
contract, loan, arrangement or proposal entered into or proposed to be entered
into, by or on behalf of Corporation, shall, at the earliest possible opportunity,
disclose the nature of his interest to the Corporation, and shall not be present at
any meeting of the Corporation when any such contract, loan, arrangement or
proposal is discussed, unless his presence is required by the other members for
the purpose of eliciting information, but no member so required to be present
shall vote on any such contract, loan, arrangement or proposal. Provided that,
member shall not be deemed to be concerned or interested as aforesaid by reason
only of his being a shareholder of a company concerned in any such contract,
loan, arrangement or proposal.
e) The order in which business shall be transacted at any meeting shall be
determined by the presiding authority.
f) Minutes of the proceedings of every meeting shall be drafted by the member
secretary, finalized by MD and approved by the Chairman and then it shall be
circulated to all the members within 15 days of the meetings.
g) Proceedings of the meetings shall be authenticated by member secretary &
Chairman of the meeting by signing on each page of the minutes. Members may
offer their comments within 15 days of receipt of minutes of meeting.
h) If member who was absent in the meeting, doesn’t give his comments on minutes
of meeting in the said period, he shall be deemed to have agreed with the
decisions taken in the meeting. If any comments are received from any member,
the same shall be enclosed with the agenda note of next meeting for deliberation.
i) Member secretary shall place before the GC the minutes of previous meeting and
comments received thereon, if any, at its next meeting & the minutes shall be
confirmed with or without amendments.
j) If there is difference of opinion on any agenda point decision on such points shall
be taken by majority, by voice vote of the members. The Chairman shall have
Page 295 of 303

casting (i.e. additional) vote in case of a tie. While drafting the minutes of
meeting, the specific mention of disagreement with the decision shall be made
and name(s) of such members shall be mentioned in the minutes.
k) The GC may, from time to time, constitute committee or committees, related to
specific issue(s), out of its members consisting of such members of them as it may
think proper for the submission of their report for consideration of GC.
466. Executive Committee:
a. Composition of Committee:
The Executive Committee of the Corporation, shall consist of members as

below-
i) Managing Director - Chairman
ii) Executive Director – Member
iii) All Chief Engineers under respective Corporation- Member
iv) Chief Accounts & Finance Officer- Member
v) Superintending Engineer/Executive Engineer in the office of Corporation -
Member Secretary.
b. Functions & Powers of Executive Committee:
a) To approve claims arising out of contracts up to Rs. 15 lakhs, after considering

the opinion of legal advisor of the Corporation.
b) To recommend to Chairman of GC, the agenda items which shall be deliberated
in the GC Meetings of the Corporation
c) To suggest priorities of project implementation as per the budget allocations
available.
d) To study, analyse & offer opinion on various Technical/Non-Technical issues(s)
which may be posed to it by GC / Chairman / Managing Director
c. Working of the Executive Committee
a) No meeting of the committee shall be conducted in the absence of Executive

Director & Chief Accounts and Finance Officer (CAFO).
b) Other than above, there shall not be any other requirement of quorum for this
meeting.
c) No representative of any member shall be allowed to participate in the meeting.
d) Agenda of the meeting shall be prepared by Member secretary and shall be
finalized by the Executive Director.
e) Generally the meeting shall be conducted once in a month with 7 days prior
notice.
f) Agenda item shall not be decided in the meeting, in absence of concerned Chief
Engineer, who proposed agenda item.
467. The responsibilities & duties of the Managing Director(MD)
a) He shall have the overall control on the activities of the Corporation.

b) He shall get prepared and finalize river basin plan as required under MWRRA Act
2005 for submission to State Water Board with the concurrence of GC.
c) The superintendence of the follow up actions on the decisions taken by GC and
Executive Committee of the Corporation.
d) Managing Director shall finalize the draft agenda notes and draft proceedings of
the GC for approval from the Chairman.
Page 296 of 303

e) Managing Director shall finalize the budget estimate (annual financial statement
and programme of works) for the next financial year of the Corporation as well
as re-appropriation proposal, if any, for approval of GC.
f) Managing Director shall submit the annual accounts audited by the auditor
appointed by Corporation for approval ofGC.
g) Managing Director shall submit the Separate Audit Report (SAR) by AG on the
annual accounts of the Corporation and action taken report on the same to the
GC for approval.
h) Managing Director shall submit the Annual Report of activities during previous
financial year of the Corporation to the GC for approval.
i) Managing Director shall finalize the proposal for delegation of any powers under
the Act to any officer of State Government or to any of its officers & to permit
them to re-delegate specific powers to their subordinates of the Corporation and
submit the same to the GC for approval.
468. The responsibilities & duties of the Executive Director (ED)
a) Executive Director shall be responsible for day to day functioning of all offices
directly under his control.
b) He shall be responsible mainly for physical / technical and financial planning of
various stages of a project.
c) He shall obtain clearance to the proposals for AA and RAA from SLTAC and MWRRA
as applicable.
d) He shall cause to implement the decisions taken by GC and Executive Committee
of the Corporation.
e) He shall obtain the approval from GC for appointment of legal advisor and when
necessary, panel of counsels, senior counsels, etc. including terms of
appointment.
f) All orders and instruments of the Corporation shall be authenticated by the ED or
any person authorized to do so by him.
g) He shall get prepared the draft agenda notes and draft proceedings of the GC.
h) He shall get prepared the budget estimate (annual financial statement and
programme of works) for the next financial year of the Corporation as well as re-
appropriation proposal, if any.
i) He shall get the annual accounts prepared and audited by the auditor appointed
by Corporation.
j) He shall get prepared action taken report on Separate Audit Report (SAR) by AG
on the annual accounts of the Corporation.
k) He shall get prepared Annual Report of activities of the Corporation during
previous financial year.
l) He shall prepare the proposal for delegation of any powers under the Act to any
officer of state government or to any of its officers & to permit them to re -
delegate specific powers to their subordinates of the Corporation.
m) He shall monitor key areas of progress at quarterly intervals or more frequently
in critical cases and take steps to rectify slippages in order to adhere to the
intended time schedule.
n) He shall take timely review of creation of storage and irrigation potential, actual
irrigation utilization, formation of WUA, handing over of projects to Management
Organization & WUA and ensure monitoring of this aspect.
Page 297 of 303

o) He shall see to it that all financial proposals are processed and funds are released
after obtaining the written comments thereon of the Chief Accounts and Finance
Officer (CAFO)
p) To submit to GC the Annual Implementation Plan of execution of the projects
consistent with approved budget outlay for that year.
q) To approve Procurement Schedule consistent with the above annual
implementation plan.
r) Approval to Regional Schedule of Rates (RSR).
469. Responsibilities & duties of the Chief Accounts and Finance Officer (CAFO)
a) The Chief Accounts and Finance Officer shall exercise overall financial control on
the activities of Corporation.
b) He shall implement the decisions involving financial & accounting implications,
taken by GC and Executive Committee of the Corporation.
c) He shall opine on the budget estimate (annual financial statement and
programme of works) for the next financial year of the Corporation.
d) He shall prepare the annual accounts and get audited by the auditor appointed
by Corporation.
e) He shall send the audited annual accounts approved by GC to AG.
f) He shall prepare action taken report on Separate Audit Report (SAR) by AG on the
annual accounts of the Corporation.
g) He shall suggest and or opine the proposal for delegation of any powers under the
Act to any officer of state government or to any of its officers & to permit them
to re-delegate specific powers to their subordinates of the Corporation.
h) He shall propose the distribution of appropriations received for projects.
i) He shall ensure keeping proper accounts of the money spent on each item of
expenditure & receipt.
j) He shall devise suitable and effective means for accounting, compile various
accounts forms required for Management Information System (MIS).
k) He shall establish effective internal audit mechanism to ensure that proper
financial discipline is followed at local level.
l) He shall be responsible for effective cash flow of funds received by Corporation.
m) He shall examine and offer his comments on the proposals involving financial
implication, including tenders.
n) He shall propose policy of investment of surplus funds for obtaining approval of
GC and implement the approved policy
o) He shall propose the bank (s) for keeping current and deposit account of the
Corporation for obtaining approval of GC.
470. Additional Charge of CAFO:
If Chief Accounts & Finance Officer is not available for his duties, then in that
case the Finance Department shall be requested to make alternative arrangement
to officiate on the post of CAFO. In the meantime, Executive Director shall resort
to options in the following order-
i) With the approval of MD, the CAFO of another IDC may be asked to hold additional
charge or
ii) As per the standing arrangement approved by the Principal Secretary (Accounts
and Treasuries), Finance Department an officer from Maharashtra Accounts and
Finance Services holding equivalent post in other department shall be asked to
hold additional charge of CAFO or
Page 298 of 303

iii) Assign the duties of CAFO to senior most officers in the Corporation office.
471. Powers of officers:
Powers for all the officers of Corporation shall be as given in Appendix 32.
472. Financial management
The sources of fund for the Corporations shall be (i) budget allocation from
Government, (ii) revenues generated by Corporation, such as, lease rent, sale of
perishable goods, interest on investment etc.
After the approval of annual budget provisions in the state legislature these
approved budget provisions are communicated to the respective Corporations.
The ED of the Corporation after receipt of the same shall get prepared a project
wise, item wise (i.e. pending liabilities, land acquisition, works, resettlement,
gate manufacturing etc.) annual implementation plan consistent with approved
budget outlay. This annual plan shall be placed before the GC for approval. After
obtaining approval of GC to this plan, the ED of the Corporation shall approve a
detailed project wise procurement schedule consistent with this annual plan. The
annual implementation plan shall not exceed1.5 times the annual budget.
It will be the responsibility of the ED to see that financial management for
the year is in line with this annual implementation plan. The ED of the Corporation
shall have the powers to make minor modifications in this schedule as long as
project wise/activity wise allocations of this schedule remain unchanged.
473. Distribution of Budget Grants:
The budget grants received by the Corporation for various projects shall be
kept in a Personal Ledger Account (PLA) of the Corporation with treasury. No
money shall be drawn from the PLA unless it is required for immediate
disbursement. The Superintending Engineers and Executive Engineers shall be
informed about the quarterly grants available for a project. Executive Engineers
shall submit to the Corporation, the demand for funds, limited to the district wise
and project wise allocation, based on passed bills, within their allocation, through
Superintending Engineer fortnightly and within the time slots, as may be
prescribed by the Corporation. Normally disbursement of grants by the
Corporation shall be as per the demands. In case of any variation in actual release
with reference to demand, Executive Director shall record the reasons for such
variation. The funds demanded shall be immediately transferred by Corporation
to the bank account of division, under intimation to Superintending Engineer.
The Executive Director, in consultation with all the Superintending Engineers
concerned, shall submit the proposals of re-appropriation, for obtaining
recommendation of GC and for obtaining approval of Government. The Executive
Director may approve the re-appropriation of funds, on the basis of proposal from
all the Superintending Engineers, when Executive Director is authorized to do the
same by Government.
The Chief Engineer and Superintending Engineer shall demand to the
Corporation monthly funds required to meet establishment and office expense up
to 20th date of each month. The Executive Engineer shall demand through
Superintending Engineer to the Corporation monthly funds required to meet
establishment and office expenses up to 20th date of each month.
474. Accounting Procedure of Corporation:
a. Maintenance of Accounts
Page 299 of 303

The accounts of the Corporation shall be maintained at two levels,

i) At the level of drawing and disbursing officers (DDOs) and
ii) At the level of Corporate Office.
The accounts of DDOs can be classified in two types viz. Work accounts and
establishment accounts. The accounts shall be maintained on the basis of double
entry accounting system. (i.e. for each transaction entry on debit side, there shall
be corresponding entry on the credit side also) However transactions shall be
recorded on cash basis.
b. Account of DDOs:-
All cash transactions (both receipt and expenses) pertaining to the working of
the DDOs shall be entered in the cash book of the concerned DDO. Account for
the month detailing the amounts received and spent along with details of unspent
balances in the forms prescribed by the Corporation shall be submitted by DDOs
to the Corporation by 7th of succeeding month.
Project wise and work wise account shall be maintained by Division. A
combined account showing all transactions, pertaining to establishment and
works shall be submitted by the division office to the Corporation.
The accounts shall clearly show the recoveries and remittances on account of
various heads of revenue, including those pertaining to Central Government. The
pay and allowances of Converted Regular Temporary establishment shall be
directly charged to concerned project works.
Every division and circle shall submit to the Corporation, along with the
monthly account, pro-rata apportionment of expenditure on establishment and T
& P during the month to various projects.
c. Accounts of the Corporation as a whole:-
The annual accounts of the Corporation shall comprise (i) Income and
Expenditure account and (ii) Balance sheet.
Both these shall be prepared based on the monthly accounts compiled by the
Corporation as prescribed under Companies Act 2013, unless otherwise specified
by Government. The Corporation shall strive to use the latest available
technology in accounting procedures. The apportioned amount of establishment
expenditure and tools and plants expenditure of divisions and circles shall be
added on pro-rata basis. The establishment and tools and plant expenditure of
Chief Engineer’s office and corporate office shall be distributed pro-rata to all
the projects.
The annual accounts and supporting schedules shall be got examined by the
auditor appointed by the Corporation on behalf of Government under the
Corporation Act. The audited annual accounts shall then be submitted by the ED
to MD for finalization. The finalized account shall be submitted to GC for
approval. After approval, a copy of the same shall be sent to the Accountant
General with a request to audit the accounts.
The Separate Audit Report, received from AG and its compliance shall be
submitted to GC for approval. After approval, a copy of the same shall be sent to
the Government.
475 Audit of Annual Account of Corporation:
The Corporation shall get its accounts audited by (i) Concurrent audit (ii)
Internal Auditor (iii) By statutory auditor including (a) Audit conducted by CA
Page 300 of 303

appointed by Corporation for audit purpose (b) Test Audit by AG and (c) Separate
Audit of Balance sheet by AG
a. Concurrent audit:
The concurrent audit mechanism by way of pre audit of all vouchers by
divisional accounts officer (i.e. representative of AG) at division shall be
followed.
b. Internal Audit:
The concerned accounts officer / assistant accounts officer of the corporate
office shall conduct audit of the divisions, at least once in 6 months, to verify
that (i) the demands of funds were based on passed bills (ii) the funds released
by the Corporation are immediately disbursed to the agencies for whom they were
released, (iii) the revenues and receipts of the divisions have been properly
classified and promptly transmitted to the Corporation accounts, (iv) the
Executive Engineer has not made investment at his level (v) cash book of division
is properly maintained timely (vi) timely remittance is done of various taxes
deducted at source.
c. Statutory Audit:
a. The Corporation shall appoint, on behalf of Government, a Charted Accountant
(CA), for statutory audit from panel of CAs maintained by CAG.
b. All the offices of the Corporation shall be got audited from the Accountant
General.
c. The Separate Audit Report shall be obtained from AG, after submitting
annual account to him, as per paragraph 528.3.
476. Annual report of the Corporation
The Corporation shall prepare and submit to the State Government an

Annual Report of its activities during the previous financial year within 6 months
after the end of financial year.
The report shall normally consist of the information based on the following
topics along with the details of points mentioned against it. In giving the details
of key topics the comparative figures for last 3 years shall be given. Report shall
contain the program and actual achievements during the year, difficulties
experienced in achieving the targets, wherever applicable.
1) Introduction: Area of the Corporation, district wise/ sub basin wise area of
operation and the number of projects and total storage and irrigation potentials
thereof, the amendments to the Corporation Act if any made by the GOM during
the year of report, specific issues related to the Corporation such as the status of
utilization of water as per tribunal awards, removal of backlog etc.
2) Organization and Establishment: Details of the organization, details of R.T/ CRT
establishment of the Corporation, the number of technical/ accounts /
administrative personnel in the Corporation, the number of various offices right
from sectional office to office of Executive Director of the Corporation.
3) Master plan of water utilization: The brief details of sub basin wise planned
water utilization. Cumulative Storage created, cumulative irrigation potential
created
4) Physical Aspects: The project wise detail about (i) storage creation (ii) irrigation
potential creation (iii) actual utilization of created irrigation potential (iv) the
number of projects completed. (v) Status of formation of Water Users
Associations. (v) status of handing over of projects to management wing. (VI)
Hydro power station(s) commissioned through BOT policy, if any
Page 301 of 303

5) Works under PMKSY, National projects, and other GoI sponsored schemes and
schemes under NABARD program:- GOI funding, GOM’s matching contribution,
actual expenditure, details of project wise works planned and executed etc.
6) Financial Aspects: Project wise, budget head wise approved budget outlay &
expenditure.
7) CAD Activities: GoI funding, GoM funding, details of project wise works executed.
8) Non Irrigation Water supply permissions: The new water supply permissions for
industrial and domestic water supply given along with their quantum.
9) Flood control: The report of the flood control activities executed in the year.
10) Benefits given to drought prone areas: the details of water let out to overcome
the drought prone situations in the areas of operation of the Corporation.
11) Rehabilitation and Resettlement Activities: details of villages and amenities
provided.
12) Inter-state/ Inter-Corporation issues: - Details about progress achieved towards
reaching understanding and monitoring of joint projects with other states,
implementation of directives of Tribunal/MWRRA.
13) Policy decisions taken: Description of important decisions taken during the year.
14) Resource Generation: The resources generated through a) permission for the
navigation, b) permissions in respect of tourism activities, c) Permissions for
leasing Corporation’s land / buildings which are vacant for the time being d) The
resources generated through any other sources
15) Deposit and other Works: The deposit works undertaken by the Corporation, the
works carried out by the Corporation for other departments, the consultancy
works undertaken in the year etc.
16) Legal matters: The overall statistical information of pending legal cases in the
Corporation, the progress made in resolving these cases in the year along with
their financial implication
17) New initiatives: planned and implemented for speedy progress and achievement
of Corporation objectives
477. Disposal & Leasing of lands & buildings
a. Disposal
Lands/Buildings which are no more required by the Corporation shall first be
identified & be declared as ‘Surplus’ with the approval of the ED. The
Corporation shall go for auction of such Lands/Buildings. The offset value shall be
decided based on ready reckoner rate or valuation (to be got done by Town
Planning department for land and PWD for buildings), whichever is more.
b. Leasing of lands & Building:
Lands / buildings which are not surplus, but not required for Corporation in
near future, can be leased to private parties for a maximum period of 3 years at
a time with the prior approval of GC. However, lease period for SHP, tourism,
fishery, PPP, solar power generation can be extended up-to 30 years, as per
requirements with the prior approval of GC.
Following conditions / procedure shall be followed, while leasing of lands and
building.
c. Conditions
i. Land / building shall be leased only for the activities, for which Corporation has
been formed or for Central or State Government purpose.
Page 302 of 303

ii. Any construction on leased land may be carried out only after obtaining prior
permission from the competent authority of Corporation. At the end of lease
period, lessee shall demolish such construction at his own cost, failing which,
Corporation shall have the right to demolish such a construction at the cost of
leassee.
iii. Minimum annual Lease rent (Base rent) for land shall be based on the cost of land
as per ready reckoner rates in those areas. The annual lease rent shall be worked
out by applying prevailing prime lending rate of State Bank of India, to such cost
of land. In case of building, lease rent shall be got fixed in consultation with
Executive Engineer, PWD.
iv. Earnest Money deposit for bid shall be equal to base rent for one month to be
rounded in thousand.
v. The Security deposit shall be equal to lease rent for three months to be rounded
in thousand.
vi. The use of leased Lands/Buildings shall be made only for the purpose that has
been specifically mentioned in the agreement.
d. Procedure
i) Competitive e-bids shall be invited for leasing of land / building by giving wide
publicity (except for Centre / State Government purpose).
ii) The Lease agreement shall be in the prevalent format as approved by GoM and
possession of Lands / Buildings shall be given only after the execution of this
agreement.
iii) Advance one year lease rent shall be paid.
iv) Competent authority for leasing of land and buildings shall be GC.
e. Tank Bed Land:
The tank bed lands in the Corporation areas can be given on lease for a season
for cultivation purpose as per procedure mentioned in the Chapter 10 on ‘Water
Management of Irrigation Projects under WRD’.
478. Legal matters
It shall be duty of every officer against whom a case is instituted in any

court of law or tribunal by his designation to maintain a register of such cases for
proper follow up actions. Registers of court cases showing the dates of hearing
and status of the case shall be maintained by the officer responsible to defend
the Department in Court. A monthly report of the status of all cases shall be
submitted to all the officers on behalf of whom he is defending case.
A responsible officer shall be appointed to keep track of proceedings in the
case. All cases involving service matters of employees before tribunals shall be
dealt with at appointing authority level. All matters involving works and contracts
shall be dealt with at division level. All matters related to land acquisition shall
be dealt with at sub divisional level.
479. Matter which are not covered above:
For the matters which are not covered above, the Rules and Regulations
made under the IDC Act and amended from time to time shall be applicable.
Page 303 of 303

2.4 Maintenance of Civil Works

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

2.4 Maintenance of Civil Works

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

(DRAFT)

Water Resources Department

8.9 Irrigation Project Investigation Organization (IPI): ................................................ 35

11.2.3 Superintending Engineer (Hydro Electrical): ............................................... 45

11.3.14 Research Officer/ Executive Engineer (Instrumentation Research

11.5.3 Junior Engineer (Electrical):.......................................................................... 72

22 Maintenance of office, furniture and equipment’s:-................................................. 84

R. EXECUTION OF EXTRA ITEMS AND QUANTITY VARIATION ............................................... 133

256.5 Allocation And Occupation Of Government Buildings .......................................... 148

K - HIRING OF STORE HOUSES ................................................................................................... 161

333.2.2 Organization: .................................................................................................... 171

338 Classification of irrigation projects:.................................................................................. 181

353.11 Audit of WUA .......................................................................................................... 200

365 Water Audit, Irrigation management Audit and Benchmarking......................................... 217

395 General ............................................................................................................................. 235

431.1 Switchyard: ........................................................................................................... 270

450. Role of Quality Control (QC) Organizations: ......................................................... 280

b. Functions of GC: .............................................................................................................. 292

479. Matter which are not covered above: ....................................................................... 303

an irrigation year, which will not be limited by inadequate storage

ee) Irrigation Development Corporation: A corporation created by an Act of

Structures, Power Houses, Lift Irrigation Schemes, Barrages, Kolhapur

maintenance services, procurement of electronic equipment (e.g.

CHAPTER -2 FUNCTIONS, DUTIES OF ESTABLISHMENT &

vii) Hydro-electric projects for generation of electricity by harnessing

4. Irrigation Development Corporations:

ii) Maharashtra Irrigation Act, 1976

C-ORGANIZATION SETUP AND FUNCTIONS

Service of Engineers of the rank of Superintending Engineer and Executive

The Water and Land Management Institute (WALMI), is headed by an officer

(g) Valuation of machinery

ix) Initiation of proposals for various model tests (hydraulic,

prescribing the syllabus and conducting professional examinations of all

A Technical Audit cell headed by a Superintending Engineer,

8.11 Command Area Development (CAD) Organization:

The Quality Control organization of the Department consists of Circles each

f. Integrate ICT applications developed by WRD with those of other

D-DUTIES AND GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF OFFICERS

10 Duties of officers of the rank of Secretary to Government:

irrigation projects. He shall endeavour that items requiring serious

The Chief Engineer is the professional head of the

11.1.6 Chief Engineer (Designs)

auditing and technical audit during construction of all projects in

carry out the duties in respect of Flood Control, in the capacity of

for training and training material. He shall be the chairman of

b) Obtain administrative approval (including estimate of cost

iii) compile and communicate the observations related to

paragraph 11.2(a) above, the Superintending Engineer designated

proper, commensurate with the outcome and absolutely

xiii) As soon as encroachment noticed by the subordinate officer

report to the Superintending Engineer any bottleneck or hurdle

f) He shall ensure that the tender is always kept alive by either

shall arrange to carry out, any urgent repairs, with due

having area more than 4 ha. or cause to conduct su-moto

He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Mechanical

c. Ensuring smooth functioning of State DPC and flow of data to and

He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Services of

requirements, warrantees and guarantees for Hydro Electric

vi) He shall conduct memo reading for annual inspection.

11.3.24 Executive Engineer (DIRD):

He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Services of Civil

XVI. He shall check at least 2 % crop measurements in an irrigation season

He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Mechanical Services

He shall be the officer belonging to Maharashtra Services of Civil